mon wovaenas yatueases mt

+a esye

\tde baie

eth netoeney Pe

Seerey

docene satel ne bois bef

CAEWEAE NTO Oat la omen nny

418 ele ttele se le igitet

ay etemanmetig eu!

44 yee rete

yatgradaraete ll

sae ate bt ime

wird

fe: 7 bom Pee ay

i vg Fess ies see

yea igised a ta

‘yee 44

Bhs

dmaniansa

Sytem dead tag are

2 nari

erees

Cat vasa thetag ta ie la laie “erpuedgia ty

Vee ete eee bee! ante ett

‘gmt

“em

Pipe revr ine Dre)

ta queqeseien? - opd PL rb 9}

oe Sita he das oe vend iearl aie see he ieee

ath alle etbeta ety! ear! yon ng Sateite f aie

deur ‘ An

htt

pdnvur id Tonquytse

yee he ete ~

wee ath

Trea ae, eta

Tit

quay ahleg Mahe

retreat het title’ ¢

valet

SD tenets ates: ‘ aera seas"

wee yoddanlt oft Tete wit ‘ ele ete

foaenia +, Malyrsteselitenete 1

ae iedeteee \ete

Saye

asset ie beh oH

belt

Va tade tat

mgeMi dt inde

Masi cpeesl®

‘ar Robe

Dobe Has ie be Ns

‘

Thy bale lode entetet

vinieepnees eoprbe weds ele lede sagt iay

pepper are

ae etrater aeons }

tie

wediteee

dsutdy joes

ererntotans

teudh

nu aa aie

ght sele ite hangy Fa tne bah

Warettn statyeiy ithe ls

atdy t

wiadat

i iad t pice

Sie ihe

lyesutad

eis

’

binninsentit it

wegaty

4 cots Shiau: tafe

iqeisisacds y

ants garnee slehd, sei

hey ae

wins 1 jst

44 ne

« hd

lenge det

santeige I

St ee ddd et

veld jad ear aL bbe t ae s

weit

papas

MepeTs

sh gu ere at het "

Bea eat Lh

of sys

on ayy spake

sy eh

A a) ie

ag lp itreaplotestpy gc coe te

t 4 intete ; v Meoteie:

mae fs wie

aruceetices Lourie as

label Dh bope bee by 0 ta

sees

sheath tt

SORTS eee it 4, “

are etr

ait E ne tie nth:

ae Mies scien

eae er + oe

ict ie rt ite ao

ene fh Buti ai

tl Hpi 4 Hersey

rt atis cents =

ate lah

HVS Mae

ride ee

ie grants Best \

fh sath

et eatete trie!

“ie ftatetity

ae sil!

me aa

iy r

tie

rahiit

’ i

sien alent

i Lie a Hi

Tetclets yet

Saye ale)

it ii ice

Sitti pins

tai! fenlias 8

Boe:

elas

aia

ie teaata rig

ors ste g on

thet

' Wy 4

brn

bY Rone

gaye ek

bry!

Lidtee

era

kote

te Lye

SR Ops stant Hee is

ait i “ fal

sit

un :

ike « eee carina

owe i

Saittanvescty

be)

wlelaatt ieasaeatad by bbb

sayy bess tee

diy! Perrere crs itl

wad yimry Team beads

we anty

4aq ital sey ehh vee tacie diate

aad gana ee i

rrerogir sat

a Ve

un hale

wrt a i*

i ui

i q ; ety f

it ie } F

Wow S

a me < 4

ACD ee

a) us , tat

ot ny rt :

5 v

s % rm ‘ u ye. as or i i

” at | ho : y is

i" j yh ee : I

. Dts ih 4! as

: Aree SA

- Hes a ft ‘

}

{

Mi i ee

EDT w hea ate eos )

AMAT Mahan) Pate Rah,

un aii, eee

Ate pits"

| RY Go Po, Saas

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BELNG A CONTINUATION OF TIE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITII LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTII’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.LS.

eee

VOL. L—SEVENTH SERIES.

LOND OH:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH:

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1898.

===

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitia felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Liynavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

ss ss ie te) ss) 6 ve DRE Sy lvanpOwers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS: OF VOL,: EL.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

NUMBER I.

Page

I. Some new Parasitic Copepods found on Fish at Bombay. By

P. W. BassErt-Smiry, StatHSurgeon R.N., F.R.M.S., F.ZS.

Wire te M rriie cing Cees, clalel ag male eee eid Coa Reales ys a es I

II. On the Respiration of Careinus menas, Leach. By GEORGES

PERG ite. eRe Sn eyidiciee sole Unie aots San, 4 Spite Sain ewe etre a8 17

III. On the Reversal of the Respiratory Current in the Decapods.

BERG WO OEIN prc W are fh sii so vierelse Relkis's hea ve rent eweb emake 20

IV. Descriptions of Ten new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca from

Scuth Africa. By JAmes Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.8., and Joan

Dugeerunsonsy, P65. (Plate VILL) oe cc cdc cee ce os 24

V. Notes on Indian Snakes in Captivity. Communicated by

Repu OPUE NM es. ey ted aie od ele hice Byes 5 se Obs ac neaas trees 30

VI, Notes on the Cubomeduse. By F.S. Conant ........00.. 31

VII. On new Mammals from Western Mexico and Lower Cali-

Porat. iy OUD FERED: TROMAB! wescsesbin ss fecce vin aie w de Leon piee Oe 40

VIII. The Butterflies of the Transvaal. By W. L. Disranr.... 47

1X. A Revision of the Pierine Buttertlies of the Genus Tertas from

the Old World. By Arruur G. Burirer, Ph.D., F.L8., F.Z.8., &e.,

Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Departinent, British Museum... 56

X. A Revision of the Linnean Type Specimens of Scorpions and

Pedipalps in the Zoological Museum of the Royal University at

Mipsslac By re Ban ame LORNEUNG RY ii. cco thee oe he eo'etnals 82

XI. The Follicle-cells in Salpa. By Maynarp M. Mercatr .. 89

XII. Description of Two new Species of Oriental Cicadide. By

Sete was NTE goal arco gh 9s NONE SoU e ea ole Ansa oh hod, hh OS cee Sw B= 97

XIII. Description of a new Species of Culosoma (Coleoptera, Geo-

dephaga). By Cas. O. WaTERHOUSE, FES. .........00- eee 98

XIV. Puliciphora, a new Flea-like Genus of Diptera. By Frrmep-

RACHAEL POMOC M aeE ESAT ast keto e Gee er ta eevee fa 99

1v CONTENTS.

Proceedings ofthe Geological Society 2...) or... c.0e.+. oe baer 101

“ Mesites,” by F. A. Bather; Observations on the Crabs of the

Family Dorippide, by E.-L. Bouvier; “ Buttertlies from the

Pacific Islands,” by P. L. Sclater, Ph.D. 5 vw, cc. 7 INGTE

on Thomas Martyn’s ‘ Psyche,’ 1797, by C. Davies Sherborn,

EAS aE Ma ee Po VET ee ta ae 102—106

NUMBER IL.

XV. Some Activities of Polar Bodies. By HE. A. ANDREws .... 109

XVI. Heterocera from the Transvaal. By W.L. Distant .... 116

XVII. Gn the Species of the Genus Viverricula. By J. L. Bon-

OTE seh 0 io asim a0 om ahisln) a rage el oneernuatorys ote Ringe es oe Soar kate age Ne 119

XVIII. A List of eel and Batrachians from Ombaai, East

Indian Archipelago. By G. A. BouLrneer, F.RS............05. 122

XIX. Descriptions of Two new Blind Snakes. By G. A. BouLEen-

ERE ED eae Yoko nis wiih sess Catches OW fs dies Uae MOR Rane 124

XX. Some Bees of the Genus Megachile from New Mexico and

Colorado. By T. D. A. CockEre.y, Entomologist of the New

Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station. <..nne.quste i. ae 125

XXI. A North-American Freshwater Jellyfish. By Epwarp

UB be Sol gispsten oss we terse re'd tm ale a Srentn feo Rat et CK, « o/c 130

XXII. A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Jvius. By

Ananoe G. burt, PhD PGs, EAS, Be. oo. coe. ce. come 153

XXIII. On a Preeaudal Vertebra of JLehthyosaurus australis,

MeCoy. by. BR: ErneRepan, Jur, 20. gece oi be els We eat 143

XXIV. Descriptions of some new Species of Ileterocera. By

PeoBener Drei, FES QC: ao ae uses Oe Sette dele ee 146

XXYV. On the Hares of Western Europe and North Africa, By

Bi ekae as: VW ANTON: cs s.ctes 2+ © o\s'am iu Suaialarant ea eens eye ae eee 149

XXVI. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal. By

mi Gnopen F) Haweson;, Bart. BA oir cnisen weiss Sowtereiero ake 158

XXVIT. On the Skull of Moehlorhinus platyceps, from Bethulie,

Orarge Free State, preserved in the Albany Museum, (1rahamst sw,

By Hi, G. SEELEY, F.R.S., Professor of Gevlogy, Kirg’s Co.lege,

BRENT GPE «G5, ahha se a a ae va site a ate eet ere labor OmYS Sh oN) aan ees ly ke ee ee 164

XXVIII. On Indigenous Marrde in the West lidies: with tle

Description of a new Mexican Oryzomys. By OLpFinLp THomas.. 176

New Book :—WLand and Vreshwater Mollusea of India, including

South Arabia, Baluchistan, Afghauistan, Kashmir, Nepal, Bur-

mah, Pegu, Tenasserim, Malay Pe.insula, Ceylon, and other

Islands of the Indian Ocean. "Vol. 1., Pait VII. By Lieut.-

Colonel HU. H. Gopwiy-Avsren, FR. CFG Sp 2555, hers. als

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias, by Dr. A. G. Butler;

* Butterflies from the Pacific Islands,” by H. Grose-Smith ;

Note on the Genera Choristoneura, Mabille, and Katreus,

Watson, by F, A. Heron; Martyn’s ‘Psyche,’ by Oliver E.

SLITS (RE ON ORS ee al ae Pe OPEL rs ere 181—184

NUMBER III.

XXIX. Descriptions of Three apparently new Copepods from the

Clyde. By Tuomas Scort, F.LS., Naturalist to the Fishery

Board for Scotland, and ANDREW Scort, Fisheries Assistant, Uni-

versity College, Liy ervpool. (Plates X. & XL) TAR eae Dc nrc 185

XXX. On Two new Species of Slugs of the Genus Mero-

parmarion from Borneo. By Waiter E. Cotiiner, F.Z.8,, Assis-

tant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative

Anatomy, Mason University College, Birmingham. (Plate 1X.) .. 191

XXXI. A brief Bibliographical Résumé of the Erythraan Mol-

luscan Fauna, with Descriptions of Sixteen Species from Aden. By

James Cosmo MeEtviu1, M.A., F.L.S. (Plate XIL) ............ 194

XXXII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera. By

ATER RT PAOD Ee Eas OUEs.its tev eves tale e's ase elelslots wis, se ate 207

XXXII. Note on the Specific Name of the Saccammina of the

Carboniferous Limestone. By Frreprrick CHapman, A.L.S.,

atc es Papers at sieiahe Os mace: t:a7shs_ oh, dent She 8 a cages ARS leralgpageites ecazettl.t 215

XXXIV. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal.

Dye Ln DUIS PANTY. 55; vine Fein att cabs tla, die Aa ae © Tad Mane h eyes ead oe 218

XXXV. The Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. By

MTD AeA MAE AW EP ARIA: | ca'5/ Sc acrih, wianahdld ata vige ay8 jee 9h hye Fuk uniter gly Wate ame 231

XXXVI. Description of a new Bat from North Borneo. By

Pree TNT Eye OMER Satya eos ae te niche ore a Ge wit es a+ aye kc apy © ae + pete 243

XXXVII. Description of a new Lchimys from the Neighbourhood

of Bogota. By OLDFIELD THOMAS...... moto es we ska eed «ea ot ares vb.

XXXVIII. Descriptions of Three new Species of African Butter-

flies in his own Collection. By H. GRosE-SmirH .............- 245

XXXIX. On asmall Collection of Mammals made by Mr, C. V. A

Peel in Somaliland. By W. BE. DE WINTON «..5.:..00 00 sees cede 247

XL. Descriptions of Three new Rodents from Africa. By W. E.

BONN EOSIN stoop ART ON fu: at as oe alice! 6 814s) 9 Sut soi ilieiw apathy aso 40% ols, aah See 251

NLI. On the Habitat of the Siluroid Fish Anoplopterus platychir,

tee iy, Gy Ay DOCERNGUR, ORS. 65 cele v wt oi ait cartin'e le one wales 254

New Book :—P. Bupant. Flora Pyreneea per Ordines Naturales

eradatim digesta. Opus posthumum editum, curante O, Prnzie.

Vote piranha) Oe ok are Rated Ae ORD alsa ind oS esas 0 ole» oe BOO

Note on Pamphila gonessa, Hew., by F. A. Heron,............... 250,

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER IV.

Page

XLII. Report on a Collection of Fishes from Newchwang, North

China, By Dr. A. Giwraek, FES. . (Plate XIU)... oo) 257

XLIII. Notes on the Physical Aspects and on the Food-Fishes of

the Liao Basin, North China. By W. Morrison, M.D........... 263

XLIV. Notes on the Embryology, Anatomy, and Habits of Yoldia

bmatula, Say, .By-Gieman A, DEMW.c.r,<49o 02 as he eG cage ee 267

XLV. On some new Mammals from the Neighbourhood of Mount

Sahama, Boliyia. By OLpFreLp THOMAS .............0ceeceees 277

XLVI. Descriptions of Two new Argentine Rodents. By OLp-

PERT Dc ASERONLAS ig hates 55570 2 a'e s W als vee Pt. RP ela wine etek pas CS ane

XLVII. On Pertipatus nove-britannieg, sp. n. By ArtHuUR

PCIE tia ss Ras innit demas PEARS eal tata pie 286

XLVIII. On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus).

By G. E. H. Barretr-Hamixton and J. L. BoNHoTE .......... 237

XLIX. A Review of the Species of the Genus Hebomova, a Group

of Pierine Butterflies. By ArtHor G. Burier, Ph.D., F.LS.,

REC, omaha ae seat via so. 1 9 Ages ope enor gp ate aioe aie gy aa 289

L. Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies of the Subfamily

leone iy AereuR AG, BUTLER, PRDo, os ssc. ts. aaa 294

LI. The Boa-Constrictcrs of British Guiana. By J. J. QueLcH,

Pame ION. Cr, Weleps Alera ap ctnjay eho aie "Sm, pPrabaiainte kalsg e's xl? ORE 296

LII. On the Arachnida taken in the Transvaal and in Nyasaland

by Mr. W. L. Distant and Dr. Percy Rendall. By RK. 1. Pocock... 308

LILI. List of the Arachnida and “ Myriopoda” obtained in Funa-

futi by Prof. W. J. Sollas and Mr, Stantey Gardiner, and in Rotuma

by Mr. Stanley Gardiner. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum

OrrAlELiGeOrg) «> sists u's wate ¢ cece Salemvere- © colour’ <u cea 32]

LIV. On a new Genus of Salmonoid Fishes from the Altai

Mountains: By G, A. Bouteneme, FES, «, ocee cence.) anes 529

Proceedings of the Geological Society ............seeeeeeees 331, 332

Slugs from “ Borneo”: a Correction, by Walter E. Collinge ...... 3382

NUMBER V.

LV. On the Fossil Cypridintde and some Allied Ostracoda. By

Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S. &e. (Plate XVII.) .......... 333

LVI. List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by Mr. W. 1,

Distant in the Transvaal, with Descriptions of the new Species, By

MAE DACOBY, F UiaSss Patras cas & Cai ve ene teenie eee

CONTENTS. Vil

LVII. Description of a new Bat from Selangore. By OLDFIELD

PaO ed. a eR PE aR igeajdina e's sales ek eels 360

LVIII. On Three new Species of Hydroids and One new to

Britain. By C.C. Nurrine, Professor of Systematic Zoology in the

Viniversity.ot Towas (Plates MLV RAVE) oo ieee cee cues 362

LIX. Coleoptera collected in the Transvaal. By W. L. Distant. 366

LX. Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Central and South

ain. ey iu Leb OCOD «Gir. c eta Sete © ees os nce ss ce omtle as 384

LXI. The Scorpions of the Genus Vejovis contained in the Col-

lection of the British Museum. By R.I. Pocock .............. 304

LXII. Descriptions of some new Species of Synfomide, chiefly in

the Oxford Museum. By Hrerspert Druce, F.LS. &e........... 491

LXIII. On the Place of the Sponges in the Classificatory System

and on the Significance attributed to the Embryonic Layers. By

SPM TI esU PEEL PIOUEEA shy She Ves Wick Cais Coit wate eWeek Na Wialeich aso ew Siw x 408

NUMBER VI.

LXIV. Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Ecuador. By

Lo) RASC Nea a ea eee fie rr dd a hs aeyen 413

LXV. A new Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand. By

CuarizEs Cuitton, M.A., D.Se., F.L.S. (Plate XVIII) ........ 423

LXVI. New Coceide from Mexico. By T. D. A. CockEreE.t,

Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station. . 426

LXVII. Notes on the Beech-Martens of the Palearctic Region.

Bg Gy ie. Ei. DARRBPE-HAMIDTOM 6 Mose ices soins 00 6 havea lect egies 441

LXVIIL. Note on the Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. By

W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Natural History in

Waiversity College, Diverpdgl jacnuntocs vos wie rise Mahe ova cai ae 443

LXIX. Description of a new Genus of Cyprinoid Fishes from

Sato Ge A. Bounmnain, WRG.) wees nde es: siccintena ses 450

LXX. On Seven new Small Mammals from Ecuador and Vene-

zuela. By OLpFIELD THomas.......... PR Ce eR eae 45]

Vill : CONTENTS.

Page

LXXI. Seorpions, Pedipalpi, and Spiders from the Solomon

Islands. By R. I. Pocock, of the Bntish Museum of Natural

Pictu aerials BER)’. 5 cas co ee naw se has a5s aye 457

New Book :—Fossil Plants: for Students of Botany and Geology.

By A. C. Sewaan, MA., F.G-S. &e.. Waellti.. ..0....000ae 475

PLATES IN VOL. IL.

IV. |New Parasitic Copepods.

WI,

VII. }

VIII. New Mollusca from South Africa.

IX. Anatomy of Microparmarion Fultoni and M. constrictus.

fom New Cupepods from the Clyde.

XII. New Mollusea from Aden.

XI. Opsariichthys Morrisonii and O. bidens.

XIV.

XV. New Hydroids.

XVI.

XVII. Fossil Cypridinide.

XVIII. Hyalella mihiwaka.

XIX. New Spiders from the Solomon Islands.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

SA OO LE re per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

NV. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ec), 1,

No. 1. JANUARY 1898.

I.—Some new Parasitic Copepods found on Fish at Bombay.

By P. W. Bassetr-Situ, Staff-Surgeon R.N., F.R.M.S.,

F.Z.8.

[Plates I.-VII.]

THE continuation of the investigation of the parasitic Copepoda

of fish which I commenced at Plymouth (see Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., July 1896, and ‘ Journal of the Marine Biological

Society,’ February 1896) was much favoured by my being

stationed for a lengthy period at Bombay: this was all the

more interesting as it practically opened up an almost unknown

field, for, beyond the valuable works of Dr. Heller and Kroéyer

and some stray notes, there has hardly been anything written

about these minute animals living on fish found in Eastern

waters; and as apparently many individual fish, or, at least,

genera of them, have organisms peculiar to themselves preying

on them, it is not surprising that a comparatively large

number of new species should have been obtained.

As in England, it was noticed that those specimens which

most frequently provided parasites were not in any way in

bad condition, or showed only in exceptional cases evidence

of their presence being harmful to the host. These parasites

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 1

2 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some

may be roughly divided into two classes—the blood-suckers

and the mucus-eaters. Of the former are here described

species of Lernanthropus, Peroderma, and Lerneonema; the

last, as exampled by ZL. polynemi, must indeed cause a

great amount of irritation and trouble to its host, being found

in such numbers on a single fish and burrowing so deeply

into the flesh: the second group includes the ‘Caligide,” with

Bomolochus, Brachiella, Chondracanthus, &c. The species

of Caligus were seen very actively moving about in the gill-

cavity or on the surface of the fish, rarely causing any trouble ;

the latter two fixed, but not deeply, the long neck of

Brachiella and Anchorella being seen twisting about so as to

apply the head to different spots as wanted. The manner in

which the free-swimming embryos find their respective hosts

is not known and is curious to think of. On the tail of one

Caranz Rottleri | feund some half-dozen specimens of an

immature Caligus attached by the frontal filament.

I have as far as possible followed Gerstaecker’s system ;

but there is a great deal of discrepancy between the various

authors, and in some the plates and descriptions are very

meagre. The character of the antenne, which would seem

to be a feature on which “ generic”? classification might be

based or assisted, is in Lernanthropus quite lost, for Heller

represents all his specimens with two-jointed anterior antenne

(if correctly figured and described), whereas Kréyer’s and my

specimens invariably have six- or seven-jointed antenne,

which is, I believe, the normal form. The genus Bomolochus

might well be divided into two subgenera—first, those with

elongated rostrum and anterior antenne provided with long

bristles, as B. megaceros, Heller, and B. triceros, sp. n.; and

second, those with short rostrum and anterior antenne un-

provided with bristles, as in B. gracilis, Heller, B. tetra-

donis, &c.

I have been forced to create a new genus—Helleria—for

a species of the family Dichelesthina taken from the gills of

Cybium guttatum, which, though closely connected with

Heller’s Pseudocycnus, yet is, I think, distinct.

Finally, I may say that for preservative purposes, though

a solution of formol keeps the soft-bodied specimens well,

yet it has a tendency to blacken the chitinous-coated ones, as

Caligus &e.

Ergasilide.

Bomolochus triceros, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 1.)

Many specimens of this species were taken at Bombay frem

new Farasitic Copepods on Fish, 3

the gill-cavities of Stromateus cinereus (white pomfret), both

male and female: it differs essentially from 5. megaceros of

Heller, which he found on Stromateus niger, on which fish I

frequently also found that species; it, however, bears out-

wardly a nearer resemblance to B. scomberesoces of Kroyer,

but differs from the latter in detail, the three setaceous horns

being much more pronounced, the last joint of the fifth perao-

poda having four instead of three short sete, &c. (see Pl. I.

ne ty.

Female.— Body elongate ; cephalothorax 5-partite, first seg-

ment much broader than long. Frontal border deeply concave

in the middle line. Antertor antenne elongate, basal joint

arcuate; at the inner end there is placed a trilobate process,

the root of which connects with a curious circular disk, the

anterior margin of which is fringed with fine hairs; from

each lobe of this frontal appendage springs a strong simple

sharp bristle, the inner being slightly the longest; there are

also three more simple bristles from the anterior frontal border,

the one immediately outside the frontal process being long

and very slender, the other two much shorter. The whole

anterior border is fringed with about twelve finely plumose

sete, two being inside the frontal process, three between first

and second bristles, and two between second and third; there

are four elongated free joints provided with fine hairs at the

angles, the last with seven at the extremity. Postertor an-

tenne biarticulate, second joints minutely granular, terminating

in a thickened crenulate pointed process, and four fine simple

setx, the inner border finely dentate, the teeth becoming

much coarser near the end and elevated. Hamulus placed

laterally ; it is large and two-jointed, the second joint made up

of anelongated hook with a ciliated appendage of equal length.

Rostrum very long and pointed. First percopods two-

branched, outer with one joint, the inner with two, all provided

with plumose hairs; second, third, and fourth two-branched,

each with three joints, the outer branches carrying on the

outer side short spur-like bristles, the others plumose; fifth

single-branched, the last joint being provided with three

short bristles terminally and one on the outer border. Genital

segment square. Abdomen of four joints, decreasing in size

downwards, the last bearing the caudal plates, which are

longer than broad, giving off one very strong central bristle

and two short fine lateral ones; also a minute hair is seen on

the outer border.

Ligg-sacs large, dilated.

Male smaller, but differing slightly from the female.

4 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some

Bomolochus tetradonis, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 2.)

These specimens were found abundantly in the gill-cavities

of Tetrodon oblongus at Bombay; both sexes were generally

present together in the same fish. ‘They resemble somewhat

B. gracilis of Heller, which he found on the hammer-headed

shark at Java, but differ in detail. By obtaining a large

number of specimens it was found to vary very much in

form, proportionally of length to breadth, even in mature

females, as shown in PI. I. fig. 2; so that the mere external

conformation is of comparatively little assistance in differen-

tiation cof the species (in mounted specimens the frontal

border always folds backwards and renders examination

difficult).

Female.—Cephalothorax pyriform or elongated, divided

into five distinct segments, arched dorsally. First segment

shorter than long, second to fifth becoming progressively more

so. Anterior antenne arcuate, elongate, bearing on the front

edge about sixteen short setee with rounded bases; three free

club-shaped joints, the last being provided with many short

bristles. Postervor antenne two-jointed, terminating in five (?)

short sete. Hamulus placed far forwards and to the side, in

the shape of a very strong, short, thick, slightly curved spur.

Mouth-organs are placed between a well-marked upper and

lower lip, there being no sharp-pointed rostrum as in the

last species ; into this space project three pair of appendages,

the most anterior, the mandible, having three joints, the last

consisting of a long curved pointed joint, with its convex

border finely crenulate and an accessory palp; the second

being the first mawilliped, also three-jointed, the first joint being

long and cylindrical, the second short, and the third in the

form of a strong slightly curved claw ; the third being the

second mauxilliped, larger, with a thicker basal joint, terminal

joints simple, with finely dentate concave margin.

First four pereopods two-branched, second to fourth each

with three joints, provided with plumose hairs on the

inner border and with more or less elongated simple bristles

on the outer, that of the second joint of the inner branch of

the second pair being very long and strong.

Fifth pereeopod three-jointed, the last joint being provided

with three short bristles only.

Genital segment short and broad. Abdomen consisting of

four joints progressively decreasing in size, the last terminating

in two caudal plates nearly three times as long as broad,

carrying two long terminal bristles and two short lateral ones,

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 5

Family Caligide.

Genus CaAuiaus, Miill.

Caligus parvus, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 1, 2.)

This species was found very frequently on the inner surface

of the operculum and also free on the surface of Tetrodon

oblongus from Bombay Harbour; they were often seen

actively moving about, and were of a pinkish colour, both

sexes being equally common. I have been unable to place

this species with any known ones, though it bears a resem-

blance to C. abbreviatus, Kr., in form, but differs in detail

(Pi U1. figs 1).

In the female the cephalothorax is almost circular, slightly

broader than long, equalling in length the remainder of the

whole ; it narrows anteriorly, where it unites with the frontal

plate, being evenly rounded at the posterior angles. The

frontal border is narrow, concave in the centre, and bears

small lunule in the outer third. The first joint of the antervor

antenne is short and thick, with about twenty short plumose

setee on the front border; the second joint is shorter and

carries fine hairs at the end. Posterior antenne are placed a

short distance behind the frontal plate, are three-jointed and

of moderate size. Hamulus subsidiarius anterior is in the

shape of a short hook with a dilated base. First mawxilliped

is very slender, ending in two small claws, the outer being

the longer. Second mawilliped very large and characteristic,

the end claw being extremely strong and thick, the basal

joint having a large process to which the other is opposable.

Furcula is small, with very short blunt branches, spreading

but slightly.

The first of the swimming-feet (pereopoda) has a short

basal joint, elongated second, and the third terminating in

three short bristles, with four elongate plumose sete on the

posterior border, the one at the angle being the longest.

Genital segment is square, with rounded angles. ‘The ab-

domen is very short, carrying extremely short caudal plates ;

these are as broad as long, and are provided with three long

plumose sete: terminally and two minute short hairs on the

outer border.

Length 3°4 millim.

Male.—This has the after portion of the body more elon-

gated, the posterior angles of the genital segment produced,

carrying two fine hairs, the caudal plates are longer; but

the most characteristic change is in the great development of

the accessory hook, probably for better holding the female.

Length 2°3 millim.

6 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some

Caligus cybit, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 3.)

This species was found in the gill-cavity of Cybium lineola-

tum at Bombay. Only one specimen, a female.

Cephalothorax longer than broad, contracted in front.

Frontal plates bearing small lunule. Anterior antenne with

basal joint short and stout, terminal club-shape. Postervor

antenne with strong recurved hook. Hamulus short, with

broad base. Palp at the base of first maxilliped long and

thin. Second maxilliped provided with a narrow, slightly

curved claw, nearly as long as basal joint. Furcula rather

large, with slightly curved, simple, divergent branches.

First percopod having the extremity of the terminal joint

provided with three rather strong short bristles, the anterior

being the shortest; at the angle a fine plumose hair, with

three rather long plumose ones on posterior border. Second

pereeopods carry on the outer border of the joint’s outer branch

two slightly curved chitinous hooks; the hamulus posterior on

the third pereeopod being shorter and thicker. Fourth pereeo-

pod has the terminal joint provided with three long, fine,

curved, simple sete, with a minute spur at the angle, the

penultimate and postpenultimate portions also bearing simple

curved sete, the last four are in close proximity. Grenital

segment almost oblong, with slightly lobed and rounded

posterior angles. Abdomen half length of cephalothorax,

nearly four times as long as broad, indistinctly two-jointed,

the last joint being as long as broad. Caudal plates equalling

in length last joint of abdomen; they carry three short plumose

bristles at the extremity and a shorter one on the outer border.

Total length 5 millim.

This species differs from C. pelamydis, Kr., in its longer

cephalothorax, shorter abdomen, and structure of the furcula

and fourth pereeopods.

Caligus hirsutus, sp.n. (PI. III. figs. 1, 2.)

This species was very commonly found in the gill-cavity

of Lolynemus tetradactylus at Bombay. It was extraordinary

on account of the peculiar dilated conditicn of the abdominal

segment, which I at first took to be an abnormality; but as

it was apparently universally present in the females, it must

be taken as the normal condition. Also the rosette-like

bunches of hairs at the base of each of the thickened sete of

the fourth pereeopods were quite unique; though very distinct

in the fresh specimens, these hairs were exceedingly difficult to

detect in mounted ones, except when in glycerine (PI. III.

as. 4).

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 7

Female.—Cephalothorax oval, nearly twice as long as

broad, about one third of the total length. Frontal plate

slightly concave in front ; lunule shallow, but of considerable

diameter. Antertor antenne having the basal joint slightly

longer than the width of the lunula ; sete markedly plumose,

the outer being strongest; second joint club-shape, about

seven short bristles at the end. Posterior antenne in the

form of a long, much curved hook ; spur at the base sharp.

Hlamulus very small and short. Palp at the base of first

maxilliped long and sharp. Second mazilliped with the

terminal joint in the shape of a long recurved simple claw.

Furcula small, with straight-edged but slightly spreading

branches. There are three very short simple sete on the last

joint of first perseopod, with only three longer plumose ones

on posterior border; the second joint has the edge fringed

with fine hairs. Hamulus posterior on third perewopod small

andcurved. Fourth pereopod: first joint strong, the terminal

joint consists of three parts welded together, forming a blunted

extremity, the last having on its inner border three short,

thickened, slightly curved simple sete, the first with its inner

border crenate, the next joint bears a fourth close to these,

and at the base of each is a rosette-like bunch of fine hairs

of a dark colour.

Genital segment is much wider posteriorly and is deeply

lobed. The abdomen is as long as the cephalothorax, having

this dilated to an equal width with the last joint, being of a

dull semitransparent appearance. Caudal plates longer than

broad, bearing three terminal plumose bristles, the centre one

being much the longest; there is also a shorter one on the

outer border.

Length 7 millim.

Male has an oval genital segment, the abdomen divided

into a short and following elongated portion, with caudal

plates much longer than in female (Pl. III. fig. 2).

Caligus Phipsont, sp.n. (PI. III. figs. 3, 4.)

This species was found free on the inner surface of the gills

of Cybium guttatum at Bombay; only a few specimens of

both male and female were taken. In general form it

resembles C. zrritans, Heller, but differs in having the

cephalothorax rather broader, the furcula larger, the abdomen

single-jointed, and in the arrangement of the bristles on the

caudal plates (Pl. ILI. fig. 3).

Female.—Cephalothorax longer than broad, slightly nar-

rowed anteriorly, rounded at the angles posteriorly, slightly

8 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some

lobed. Frontal border slightly concave. Lunule very large,

the whole thickness of the plate. -Antertor antenne having

the basal joints short and thick, with about fifteen plumose

sete on front border, with simple bristles near outer end;

second joint dilated at end, with seven fine bristles. First

maailliped very slender ; no sete seen on second joint, as in

C. irritans. Second maxilliped having the end claw strong

but short, provided with a short bristle on concave border one

third from point. Furcula with narrow, pointed, slightly

spreading branches, from a wide base. ‘The terminal joint

of the first pereopod has three short bristles at the end,

decreasing in length from first to third; at the angle there is

a fine plumose hair and on under border three longer similar

ones with thickened bases. Fourth pereopods are long, the

terminal jomt provided with five moderately long, curved,

simple claws, the last three being close together. Genital

segment oblong, with the posterior angles slightly produced,

three fourths as long as the cephalothorax. Abdomen short,

half as long as the last segment, single-jointed, slightly con-

stricted anteriorly. Caudal plates rather longer than broad,

terminating in three moderately long plumose sete, and

having a shorter one on the outer border.

Length 5 millim.

The male has the cephalothorax much more elongated, the

genital segment is more pyriform, and the abdomen longer ;

the hamulus anterior is also very long and sickle-shaped

(Pl. III. fig. 4).

Length 3 millim.

Caligus longicaudus, sp.n. (Pl. IV. figs. 1, 2.)

This species was found in small numbers of either sex in

the gill-cavities of two fish in Bombay Harbour—Trichiurus

haumela and Chirocentrus dorab. It differs from C. pro-

ductus, Dana, by the short genital segment, the absence of

the deep notch on the frontal plate, by its less sharply pointed

furcula, and in the detail of the first pereopods &c.; from

C. trichiura, Kr., by the longer cephalothorax, larger and

deeper lunulee, and different shape of the furcula.

Female (Pl. IV. fig. 1).—Cephalothorax almost a perfect

oval, with the posterior angles rounded, less than half the

total length. Frontal plate with slightly convex anterior

border; lunules large, extending the whole depth of the

plate. Anterior antenne having the basal joint short, not

quite so long as the diameter of the lunula; it is provided

on its anterior border with eight rather stout, short, plumose

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 9

sete, the ones nearest the lunule being the largest; at the

end are three strong bristles, equalling in length the second

joint, which terminates in three or four long bristles and

several short ones. Posterior antenne three-jointed, the last

in the form of a strong hook, the basal joint carrying a sharp

pointed process. Hamulus very small and blunt. First

maxilliped having a long pointed palp at the base ; terminating

in a bifid claw at the end, not very long. Second maxilliped

with a stout basa] joint, having a small spur at the base;

terminal hook shorter than the basal joint. /urcula with a

wide elongated base, giving off from a narrow neck two flat-

tened, blunt, almost straight, simple branches. First pereo-

pods three-jointed; there is a small short spur at the outer

end of the anterior border of the second joint; the third is

short and carries three short terminal bristles, the posterior

border being provided with three long finely plumose sete.

The second pereeopod has the terminal joint of the outer

branch furnished with eight long plumose setex, the anterior

border with three short simple bristles, the first joint bearing

two long chitinous spines. Third pereopod shows a very

small straight hamulus posterior. Fourth pereopod is strong,

terminating with four long, slightly curved claws placed close

together, and a fifth about halfway up the inner border.

Genital segment broader than long, posterior angle lobed,

bearing a rudimentary fifth limb, furnished with three plumose

hairs. Abdomen indistinctly two-jointed, almost as long as

the cephalothorax. Caudal plate longer than broad, with

three long terminal plumose sete and two shorter ones on the

outer side, also one on the inner border,

The male (Pl. IV. fig. 2) has a more elongated genital

segment, a more distinctly two-jointed abdomen, the second

maxilliped is very strong, the claw being provided with a

small bristle near its lower third; and on its basal joint, front

border, are one single and three bifid tubercles.

Caligus (Scienophilus, Van Ben.) Benedent, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. fig. 3.)

This species I have only taken once—a female, from

Scientia diacanthus, at Bombay.

Cephalothoraz one fifth of the whole length and much less

broad than the genital segment ; it is almost circular in shape,

bearing fairly strong frontal lobes with a straight border;

the lunule are very small. Basal joints of anterior antenne

provided along the anterior border with about twelve very

fine plumose sete, tle second having at its thickened end two

10 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some

long and several short hairs, also one or two on the posterior

border.

Posterior antenne small, acutely bent. First maxilliped

very slender, second with very strong simple end-claw, which

is slightly granular on high magnification.

First perwopod with three long end-bristles and three

moderately long plumose setz on the posterior border.

Fourth perwopod having four long, slightly curved, terminal

claws close together and a fifth halfway down the inferior

border.

Genital segment rather longer than broad, much larger

than cephalothorax. Abdomen long, thick, single-jointed,

constricted at the anterior end. Caudal plates longer than

broad, curved inwards, with three long terminal sete and a

shorter one on the outer side (PI. LV. fig. 3).

Length 6 millim.

This subgenus seems to be found most regularly on the

“ Scienide,” the comparative small size of the cephalo-

thorax, small lunule, and extremely large maxillipeds being

very distinctive.

Family Dichelesthina.

Genus HELLERIA, nov.

Body elongate, without dorsal plates; head rounded.

Anterior antenne setaceous, six- or seven-jointed. Posterior

antenne in shape of strong hooks. First maxillipeds small,

second in form of large claws. Thorax three-jointed, each

provided with a soft lateral process. Three pair of rudimentary

limbs only present—first biramose, second uniramose, third

stump-like.

Genital segment about three times the length of head and

thorax. Caudal plates of moderate size, lancinate.

Male.—Smaller, but differing slightly from female.

This genus should be placed between Clavella of Oken and

Pseudocycnus of Heller, being most nearly related to the

latter, but having these generic differences:—(1) many-jointed

anterior antenne; (2) three-jointed thorax, bearing only

three pair of limbs; and (38) enormously enlarged second

maxillipeds.

Helleria armata, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 1, 2.)

A number of specimens of this species were found in the

gills of a Cybium guttatum at Bombay, both sexes, colour

dull opaque white.

Length about 8 millim.

Female (Pl. V. fig. 1).—Head almost round. Anterior

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish. 11

antenne@ six- or seven-jointed, first joint broad, second elon-

gate, with fine hairs at the base and a lobe-like process from

the front border equalling in length the segment, third joint

with three fine hairs, fourth with two, fifth and sixth with

two, and terminal joint with seven bristles. Postertor an-

tenne three-jointed, last in the form of a strong hook, with a

well-marked tooth on the concave border near the centre.

Rostrum in the form of a short strong chitinous tube. Mawx-

allary palp three-jointed, the last joint being sharp and curved.

First maxilliped three-jointed, the basal joint being thick and

muscular, the second cylindrical, the furthest end of the inner

border being finely dentate ; last joint short, sharp, curved, and

dentate on concave border. Second mazilliped two-jointed,

the basal joint being of very great size and muscular, its

lower margin undulate and fringed with bunches of fine hairs ;

second joint in form of a strong curved claw, the internal

border being armed with a strong tooth. Thorax three-partite,

the first segment having a soft lateral rounded appendage on

either side, those of the next two segments being longer ;

under the first is seen a small plate with edge finely ciliated,

giving off the rudimentary first two-branched pereeopod, the

outer an oval single-jointed limb terminating in one minute

hook and two short hairs; the inner branch is shorter and

carries three minute hairs. Under the second appendage is

another plate carrying a single-jointed limb, terminating in a

small hook, and the inner edge being provided with many

fine hairs. Behind the third appendage, springing from the

anterior portion of the genital segment, is a minute stump,

from the apex of which is a single bristle.

Genital segment constricted in front, twice as long as

head and thorax, indistinctly lobed at the posterior extre-

mity. ‘Two elongate foliaceous caudal plates. Egg-sacs

long, thin.

Male (Pl. V. fig. 2).—Body shorter, head more oval. Pos-

terior antenne longer than in the female; no thoracic ap-

pendages. Maxillipeds are also less robust, but very long

and powerful. ‘The rostrum is longer, and on either side of

the lower lip is a sharp, slightly curved, very long, articulate

movable process directed directly backwards, equalling about

half the length of the head.

Both terminal joints of first pereopods have compara-

tively strong claws—in fact, these paired limbs are more

developed in the male. Genital segment elongate, tapering

posteriorly, where a rounded abdominal portion is distinctly

marked off, carrying two caudal foliate appendages, the

extremity being fringed with fine hairs.

12 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some

Genus LERNANTHROPUS, Nordm.

Lernanthropus trifoliatus, sp.n. (Pl. VIL. fig. 3.)

This species was taken from the gills of Polynemus tetra-

dactylus in Bombay, but was rare; four were taken from one

fish, two on either side, all being mature females. When

taken from the body they were distended with sanguineous

fluid (Pl. VII. fig. 3).

Female.—Head oblong, with rounded angles, strongly

notched in front, folding inwards on under surface. Dorsal

scutes bipartite, anterior segment pyriform, constricted at the

neck. Posterior scute much dilated and rounded, from under

which project the fourth pair of foliaceous pereeopods. Ante-

rior antenne six-jointed, setiferous; posterior two-jointed,

terminating ina strong simple claw. Feet of third pair in the

form of strong lamellar plates directed outwards, curved,

folding on themselves like a leaf, projecting slightly beyond

first dorsal scute. Fourth pair in the form of elongate

lamellar processes, two of which project considerably beyond

the posterior margin of the second scute; the third is more

acuminate, shorter, and placed beneath the other two.

Abdominal segment longer than broad. Caudal plates of

moderate size, simple, lancinate.

Length 8 millim.

The six-jointed anterior antenne, elongated plates of fourth

pereeopods, which consist of three processes, and short genital

segment differentiate this species.

Family Lerneoidea.

Genus LernzoneMA, M.-Edw.

Lerneeonema polynemti, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 1.)

This species was found very frequently, of all sizes, one or

more being almost always present on well-grown specimens

of Polynemus tetradactylus taken in Bombay; and they must

be a great pest to this fish. Often as many as a dozen were

found on one, the head and neck deeply buried into the flesh ;

the body was full of blood, and yet the host appeared always

well nourished. The favourite sites were :—(1) at the base

of the caudal (I have traced the neck in on one side, and

passing between the vertebra found the head near the surface

on the other) ; (2) behind the dorsal fin; (3) just behind and

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish, 13

above the pectoral. Near the point of insertion there was

often an area of extravasated blood from irritation.

This species resembles most L. encrassicola of Baird, but

the sharp cephalic processes are less spreading and the neck

is much longer. Male not found.

Female (Plate VII. fig. 1).—Length of head 2 millim., of

neck 4 centim.; body 15 millim., abdomen 13 millim.

Head triangular, with blunted end, terminating posteriorly

on the under surface in three short horns, the lateral being

slightly divergent, all sharply pointed. At the blunted extre-

mity in young specimens two pair of antenne are visible,

the anterior indistinctly three-jointed, provided with fine hairs

at the extremity. Posterior antenne with two short thick

joints, the second bearing a strong thick recurved hook,

which opposes a tubercle of the outer side of the same.

Mouth-opening circular, near extremity on the underside,

border ciliated. There are four pair of limbs placed a short

distance posterior to the mouth; they are very small: the

first and second limbs are two-branched, each having two joints,

the last fringed with plumose hairs; the third and fourth limbs

single-branched, three-jointed, the last carrying four plumose

hairs. Genital segment elongated, flask-shape. Abdomen

simple, straight, tapering slightly from the base, extremity

blunt. Egg-sacs very long and fine, bright green when

alive.

Genus PERODERMA, Heller.

Peroderma branchiata, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

A single example of this species was found on a small fish

at Bombay—Cotlia Dussumieri—_the front two thirds being

buried into the flesh above the pectoral fin, the posterior

portion and egg-sacs only being visible; the bulbous anterior

extremity was directed upwards, inwards, and forwards, the

head at right angles above the ribs. This genus is described

by Heller with a single species; it seems to be sufficiently

distinct to be retained. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

Female.—9°5 millim. long without the egg-sacs. Body

cylindrical, with a slight curve backwards at the posterior

extremity. Anterior portion in front of neck rounded, one

fourth of total length; neck narrow, cylindrical, longer than

broad, placed at right angles to the body, bearing a thickened

lobed head, furnished with a great number of fringed pro-

cesses; these on higher magnification show the terminal

branches to have a very regular manner of division, a bifid

14 Mr. P. W. Bassett-Smith on some

end with a third longer side branch. Egg-sacs three or more

times as long as the body. The arrangement of mouth-

organs &e. was not made out, as I did not wish to sacrifice

the specimen.

Length 9 millim.

Family Chondracanthina.

Genus CHONDRACANTHUS, La Roche.

Chondracanthus elongatus, sp. n. (Pl. VI. figs. 4-6.)

Several specimens of this species were obtained from the

gills of a sole (sp. ?) at Bombay. Most were mature females,

and on some of these pigmy males were found attached singly

near the genital pore (PI. VI. fig. 4).

Female.—Length 6 millim. Head oblong, with greatly in-

dented sides ; median groove dorsally well marked ; it equals

one seventh total length. From the front border arise two

long, simple, soft antenne, as long as the head. Posterior

antenne placed immediately behind them in the form of two

long slender hooks. Mouth-organs, as in others of this

genus, placed near the neck. ‘Thorax giving rise to two

pair of slender processes, bifureating at the ends. Genital

segment elongated, cylindrical, with posteriorly two simple

elongate processes, rather more than one third length of that

segment. Abdomen short, rounded. Caudal plates simple,

one third length of posterior appendages.

This species resembles somewhat C. alatus, Heller, found

by him on a “Gadus,” which species I have also taken here

from gills of Psettodes Krumee.

Male (Pl. VI. fig. 6).—Very small, pyriform. Posterior

antenne placed at the anterior extremity in the form of short

recurved hooks. First maailliped with thick basal joint and

well-marked prehensile simple claws. Second _mazilliped

more attenuated, with a simple straight spine. Body indis-

tinctly segmented ; two narrow, terminal, lanceolate caudal

processes.

Family Lernezopodide.

Genus BRACHIELLA, Cuv.

Brachiella appendiculosa, sp. n. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-3.)

Several specimens of this species were taken from the gills

of fish in Bombay Harbour, viz. Stromateus niger and Poly-

nemus tetradactylus. Its characters were well-marked and

new Parasitic Copepods on Fish, 15

both sexes were found, the pigmy male being single, attached

usually to the genital segment under the arms of attachment

(PE VEC fig: 1).

Female.—Cephalothorax in the same straight line as the

body, rounded anteriorly, somewhat dilated. Second mazilli-

peds equalling in length the cephalothorax, directed down-

wards and forwards, widely separated from base to extremity,

where they unite and give rise to a well-marked stalked disk

of attachment ; on the under surface of each arm is a process

giving off four elegant elongated filaments. Body (genital

segment) oval, constricted in front ; from the posterior extre-

mity on either side is a prolonged bifid appendage ; centrally

two small caudal lanceolate plates are present.

Length 6 millim.

Male (Pl. VI. fig. 3)—About 1 millim. long. Cephalo-

thorax distinct from the body, which is long and indistinctly

segmented, terminating in two short caudal processes.

Anterior portion of the cephalothorax carrying the mouth-

organs and antenne. Anterior antenne three-jointed, with

three fine bristles at the end of the last joint. Poste-

rior antenne terminating in a thickened joint with a short

tubercle on outer side, and the inner with a small recurved

hook. Mandible long, with bifid end ; extremity of mouth

finely ciliated. Both pair of maxillipeds large; the first

provided with a very strong hook, the second with a much

smaller one.

I have not either the plate or description of “ Steenstrup

and Liitken ” to refer to with regard to their B. appendicu-

lata, and have therefore provisionally called this species as

above.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Pate I,

Fig. 1. Bomolochus triceros, 2, sp. n., from back, magnified.

la, From underside, more enlarged. 16. Hamulus. 1e. Pos-

terior antenne. 1d, First pereopod. le, f, g. Third,

fourth, and fifth perseopods.

Fig. 2. Bomolochus tetradonis, sp. n., 2, from back, enlarged.

2a. Antenne with mouth-organs, seen from beneath, much

enlarged. 26. Terminal joint of posterior antenne.

2c, Extremity of second maxilliped. 2d, e, f, g. Second,

third, fourth, and fifth pereopods. 2h, Caudal plate.

PLATE II,

Fig. 1. Caligus parvus, 9, sp. n., enlarged.

la. Under surtace of cephalothorax. 10. Last joint of first

pereopod. 1c,d, Second and third pereopods, le. Caudal

plate.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3,

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fug. 4.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig, 4.

Fig. 5.

Fig. 6.

On some new Parasitic Copepods on Fish.

Male of same.

2 a. Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 26, Hamulus. 2c. Pos-

terior antenne. 2d. Last joint of first maxilliped.

2f. Second maxilliped.

Caligus cybii, 9, sp. n., enlarged.

3a, Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 36. Furcula. 3c. First

pereopod. 3d, e, f. Second, third, and fourth perzeopods.

3h. Caudal plate.

PuateE III,

Caligus hirsutus, 9, enlarged.

1 a, Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 146. Furcula. 1c. Last

joint of fourth perzeopod, highly magnified. 1d. Caudal

late.

Male de same, enlarged.

Caligus Phipsont, 2, sp. n., enlarged.

3a. Anterior portion of cephalothorax. 30. Caudal plate.

5e. Second maxilliped. 5d. Fourth pereopod. 3e. Furcula.

Male of same.

PuateE LY.

. Caligus longicaudus, 9, sp. n., enlarged.

la. Cephalothorax from beneath. 16. Furcula. 1c. Fourth

pereopod. ld. Angle of genital segment and fifth perzo-

pod. le. Caudal plate. 1/ Third perzeopod.

Male of same.

2b. Second antenne. 2c. Second maxilliped.

Caligus (Scienophilus) Benedeni, 2.

3a, Cephalothorax from below. 36. Fourth pereopod.

3c. Caudal plates. 3d. Second maxilliped.

PLATE V.

Helleria armata, 2, gen. et sp. n. ;

la. Cephalothorax from beneath, much enlarged. 146. Seen

from the side. 1 ¢. Margin of second maxilliped. 1d. Mouth-

organs. le,f,g. First, second, and third perzopods.

1h. Anterior antenne, much enlarged,

. Male of same.

2a, Cephalothorax from beneath, much magnified. 26. Caudal

extremity. 2c. Caudalappendage, 2d. Second antenne,

terminal joint. 2/. Lower lip and one of the styles.

Puate VI.

Brachiella appendiculosa, 2, much enlarged, seen from side.

la. Organ of adhesion.

Ditto, seen from underneath.

Male of same.

3a. Mouth-organs. 30, Antenne. 3c,d. First and second

maxillipeds.

Chondracanthus elongatus, 9, much enlarged, from underneath,

Ditto, seen from side.

Male of same, highly magnified.

6a, 6. First and second maxillipeds.

On the Respiration of Carcinus menas, Leach. nT

PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Lerneonema polynem?, 2, enlarged.

la. Cephalothorax in young specimen, showing antenne &c.

1b. Second pereeopod. le. Fourth pereopod. 1d. Pos-

terior antenne.

Fig. 2. Peroderma branchiata, 2, sp. n., enlarged.

2a. Tentacular processes, much enlarged.

Fig. 3. Lernanthropus trifoliatus, 2, sp. n., from underneath.

3a. Seen from the side. 30. Under view of head from beneath.

3c. Seen from the back. 3d. Anterior antennz, much

magnified,

N,B,—Fourth pereopod on right side of B. triceros in Plate I. fig. 1a

is drawn much too large.

II.— On the Respiration of Carcinus manas, Leach *.

By GrorGES Bou fT.

THE common shore-crab (Carcinus menas), which is so

abundant on our coasts, especially on the shores of Normandy,

where it is called the furious crab (‘* Crabes enragés”’), and

where I have just been observing it daily for more than a

month, exists, as all are aware, under very varied conditions.

Some individuals bury themselves more or less in the mud;

at low tide they are to be found hidden under stones or sunk

in the sand; on the beach they run with rapidity, living as

much in the air as in the water; in laboratories they are

kept alive for very long periods in crystallizing-pans: I have

seen some which have lasted more than a month in water

which was not changed, surrounded by dead animals and

rotten seaweeds.

While investigating the influence of the habitat upon the

respiration of this crab, I have been led to observe a curious

phenomenon, which, so far as I am aware, has not hitherto

been described by anyone. I refer to the faculty of re-

versing for a longer or shorter period the direction of the

circulation of the water in the branchial chamber.

Since the memorable observations of Audouin and Milne-

Edwards upon Mara and the “great” crabs of our shores every-

one has always followed these authors in stating that the

water enters by a particular point situated in front of the

anterior legs, and traverses the branchial chamber from

* A study carried out at the marine laboratory of the Muséum at

Saint-Vaast-la-Hougue.

+ From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t, exxv. no. 11 (September 13, 1897),

pp. 441-444.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 2

18 M. Georges Bohn on the

behind forwards, to issue by orifices situated on the anterior

margin of the buccal framework, and that the current is

occasioned by the scaphognathite of the jaw *. In fact, this

is what is observed under ordinary conditions in crabs. In

Carcinus mcnas, in consequence of a modification of the

movements of the scaphognathite, the direction of the current

may undergo a change f.

The observation may easily be repeated. All that is

necessary is to place a crab in a crystallizing-pan containing

just sufficient water to cover it; as arule the crab quickly

raises itself on the posterior part of its body in such a way as

to cause its front and the so-called expiratory orifices to

emerge. ‘Then the water is sometimes seen to continue to

issue by these orifices; sometimes, on the contrary—and this

occasionally during long periods of time—bubbles of air pass

out in a continuous fashion from the so-called ¢nspiratory

orifices which have become expiratory: the air naturally

enters by the orifices raised above the water. During this

latter period the epipodites may remain motionless, and I

have succeeded in observing the movement of the scapho-

enathite undergo a modification. Thus, then, through the

instrumentality of the scaphognathite, a direct circulation of

water is succeeded by an inverse circulation of air. Without

doubt a portien of the oxygen in the air is absorbed just as it

is, while another portion is dissolved in the water still con-

tained in the branchial cavity.

The experiment succeeds all the better when the crab is

immersed in water which is less fit for respiration. The

reversal of the circulation of the water has a notable physio-

logical advantage for the animal: instead of fatiguing itself

to no purpose in causing the circulation in the branchial

chamber of water which is badly aerated, or in any way

insufficient for respiration, it utilizes the energy of the motor

muscles of the scaphognathite in making air penetrate into

the branchial chamber, to aerate the water which bathes its

ills.

In the natural state the advantages of the reversal often

make themselves felt. When, for example, the crab lives

upon a muddy bottom, it can absorb air instead of muddy

water, which would clog its gills with slime, or, at any rate,

can take in water from the surface, which is always purer

than that in the depths. I have reproduced these conditions

* Haan alone maintained the contrary—that is to say, that in the

branchial chamber the current passed from the front to the rear; and a

year ago Mr, Garstang, of Oxford, frankly said that he was mistaken.

Tt Which explains the observation of Haan.

Respiration of Carcinus meenas, Leach. 19

experimentally, and have proved that this is the case by

mixing carmine with the water in order to show the respi-

ratory currents.

Now here are facts that remind us of the phenomena which

take place in the case of Corystes, the crab which buries

itself in the sand during the day, and the mechanism of

whose respiration was recently the subject of a pleasing

memoir by Mr. Garstang, of Oxford; the reversal, says the

author, takes place during the day—that is to say, when the

crab is buried. Mr. Garstang did not seek the reason of this

reversal, and left the fact isolated, without explanation. The

physiological explanation that I have just given with reference

to Carcinus menas evidently applies to Corystes. I would

add that the act of reversal is not peculiar to these two species

of crabs; everywhere where I have sought for it among

crabs I have found it—in Portunus, where, as in Carcinus,

there is a medium amount of differentiation, and in Hya or

Maia, which are so highly specialized and have a mode of

life so different from the foregoing ; in the case of these latter

examples the periods of reversal never last longer than a few

seconds *, Since in this instance the reversal cannot be

explained by the mode of life, I sought for the origin of it

among the ancestors of the crabs or their near relations. I

have observed it in Palemon, as also in the Megalopa-larve

and in the crayfish. When a prawn is placed in water

charged with carmine, from time to time jets of water are

seen to issue from the inferior margin of the carapace, from

the spot at which inspiration usually takes place; at

these moments, owing to the reversal of the movement of

the scaphognathite, there occurs, within the branchial

chamber, a regular rush of water from the front to the rear,

which ejects all the foreign bodies with which it is encum-

bered. ‘he same thing happens in the case of the crayfish.

The reversal of the circulation of the water is therefore

phylogenetically a very ancient fact, and it should be met with

in the Peneide, just as in the prawns and lobsters, their descen-

dants; in the natant, asin the ambulant, forms the reversal

has no other object than to produce currents of water in a

direction opposite to that of the normal stream, in order to

cleanse the branchial chamber. In the case of crabs like

Maza, where the cleansing process is performed by means of

other mechanical arrangements, the reversal is met with again

as a survival (“‘comme un souvenir ancestral”’), but in the

* But in none of these crabs does the reversal of the motion of the

scaphognathite produce spontaneously the entrance of air into the

branchial chamber.

20 M. Georges Bohn on the Reversal of the

fossorial forms, i. e. Corystes and certainly others besides, the

reversal of the circulation becomes, on the contrary, accentu-

ated, and renders possible the adaptation of the ambulant

forms to this new mode of life. In the case of Carcinus

meenas it enables the animal to live amid unwholesome

surroundings by the introduction into the branchial chamber

of air at a pressure even higher than that of the atmosphere *,

JII.—On the Reversal of the Respiratory Current in the

Decapodst. By GrorGES Bou f.

THE reversal of the current of water in the branchial chamber,

which has long been known in the case of Corystes and was

recently described by me in Carcinus menas, Leach, and a

certain number of other Decapods §, appears to be a pheno-

menon of absolutely general occurrence in this group of

Crustacea. Mr, Garstang lately published an account of it

in Portumnus nasutus, Latr., and I have just proved its

existence in twenty-one other species selected from the various

families ||. I thought it would be interesting to note the

frequency and the duration of the inversions in the different

cases, and I now give the principal results that I have

obtained.

The frequency of the inversions varies little from one type

to the other: most frequently they occur at the rate of two

per minute ; in one and the same species the number appears

to diminish in proportion as the size increases; thus, in the

case of Carcinus menas there are on the average ten inversions

* The occurrence of this reversal appeared to me to haye its bearing

on the comprehension of the adaptations that are found in the Decapods;

M. Bouvier, who has lavished his learned advice upon me in the course

of my investigations upon this group, of which he has so wonderful a

knowledge, pointed out a fact of the same kind a few years ago. He

explained the adaptation of these crustaceans to terrestrial life as being

due to an ancestral anatomical and physiological condition—to wit, the

supplementary circulatory system (the special circulation of the carapace).

+ A study carried out at the marine laboratory of the Muséum at

Saint- Vaast-la-Hougue.

{ From the ‘Comptes Rendus, t. exxv. no. 15 (October 11, 1897),

. 5389-542.

ae ‘Comptes Rendus,’ Sept. 13, 1897, pp. 441-444; vide supra, p. 17.

|| I propose to return later on to the mechanism of the process of

reversal; at present I will simply say that the principal réle seems to

devolve upon the scaphognathite, and that in certain types the carapace

intervenes ; as for the cleansing organs (epipodites of the crabs, posterior

limbs in Galathea, &c.), I have proved that they do not take any part

in it.

Respiratory Current in the Decapods, 21

in the Megalopa-larva, and in the course of growth this

number diminishes progressively until it sinks to one.

The duration of the inversions is often very brief—about

the hundredth part of a minute; but in a certain number of

species, such as Carcinus menas, it may be much greater

than this. I have established in the case of each species the

following number—to wit, the duration of the inverse circula-

tion in the space of ten minutes—counted in hundredths of a

minute *, and the results of my investigations are summarized

in the appended table (p. 22).

In consequence of Prof. Giard having pointed out to me

the importance of the phenomenon of reversal for the compre-

hension of the ethology of the parasitic forms, I was led to

establish the following curious parallelism.

We know that the crustacean branchial parasites of

Decapods are the Entoniscidee, Cepon, Bopyrus (sensi stricto),

and a few Copepods.

Entoniscide, the ethology of which has been so admirably

elucidated by MM. Giard and Bonnier, have frequently been

met with upon a Porcellana found upon the shores of Brazil,

in Careinus menas, and in Portumnus latipes, Penn., which

lies buried in the sandbanks on the shore at Wimereux.

Now Carcinus menas and Porcellana longicornis (which also

has its Entoniscid) are the only species—species not related

moreover—in which I have found for the inverse circulation

a number most nearly approaching 500 (that is to say, 5

minutes in 10). Portumnus latipes is nearly allied to Por-

tumnus nasutus, in which the reversal, as described by

Mr. Garstang, is so strongly accentuated. In Portunus,

P. arcuatus is apparently the only species able to exhibit

periods of reversal of fairly long duration. Now this species

is infested with Entoniscide much more frequently than

P. ruber and P. holsatus. Among the Oxyrhyncha, Acheus—

a genus allied to Stenorhynchus—is the only one that has

been found to support an Entoniscid. In Pdlumnus hirtellus

these parasites are equally rare. Thus, except the latter, all

the hosts mentioned t belong to the third category of the

table.

Cepon, as M. Giard caused me to observe, is not met with

* This number, which is necessarily approximate, corresponds to the

issue of carmine from the region of the latero-posterior inspiratory cleft

of the carapace, which is the easiest to observe—that is to say, the one

which is situated in front of the first thoracic limb. I have taken the

hundredth of a minute, since it frequently corresponds to a beat of the

scaphognathite, which I am therefore able to use as a metronome.

+ [have passed over Xantho and the Grapside, which I have not yet

studied.

M. Georges Bohn on the Reversal of the

‘tue g ‘snunvjaarssno sagshop

‘IyerT ‘snznspu snuwnzlog

*(00Z 3 09)

yorery ‘svumwu snrmaivg

‘(ToAO pue OZT)

yore] ‘snzonoiw snunzlog

‘yovory ‘uagnd snunz.uog

“mpay ‘wndbunjoyd snyouliy.iouagy

*qovery ‘snppapuy snuunyg

“yerT ‘opnumbs nwy

*qovary ‘snaupin sohyT

‘Taq ‘snunbod wooung

‘yaoAHOVU

(006 97 09)

"MPT ‘seetsoovbuo7? nunpjaalog

©eerereeeereve

"yovary ‘paunilazqns wsspunyyvg

‘ovary ‘nunjjap vigay

‘qovery ‘nuafinuwonbs vay2n)0Q

"Iqe yy ‘snpuwyuig sninbog

‘VEANWONY ,

co5reoeser eae

‘aphnodduyy

‘mpoy Slagne snayd) 7

"qe ‘saunbyna uohunwy

‘ys Avig

"19}SqO'T

“VUEOUMOVIN

00G WeYY crown oq ARUE yt POM Uy “AT

‘(OT w

oJNUIUE T ‘2 2) QOL Woae pus

‘og wey oxour oq Avum yr YOM UY “TIT

oeoerereeOOeeenee OS 04 OL WoL ‘TI

“OT Wey OLY “T

*“NOILVTOOUIS)

GSUMANT HHL 40 NOILVAO(T

Respiratory Current in the Decapods. = —-23

in Careinus menas, in which the reversal is pronounced, nor

in Portumnus latipes and Porcellana longicornis ; but it is

found in Portunus arcuatus and Pilumnus hirtellus, which

belong to categories III. and II. of the table. Callianassa,

which is included in the latter category, is infested with

TIonide allied to Cepon.

Bopyrus, properly so called, is partial to the species of

Palemon, Hippolyte, and Galathea, belonging to category IT.

Copepods are rare: they have been met with only in a

few examples of Hippolyte and in the lobster. Excluding

this latter and a few rare exceptions *, the extreme categories

of the table comprise only species which are without branchial

parasites,

I have attempted to account for these facts, and it seems

to me that the reversal alluded to has both disadvantages and

advantages for the parasite.

An inverse current can always eject the parasite in the act

of penetrating into the branchial cavity, just as it also expels

any strange body whatever. The Hntoniscidz alone are able

to penetrate in the case of the species in which the reversal

is somewhat prolonged; Cepon and Bopyrus appear much

more susceptible in this respect.

But an inverse current, while it cleanses the branchial

chamber, causes to pass through it a much more highly

oxygenated stream of water, for it is more rapid and the

water has not time to charge itself (especially from the well-

developed posterior gills) with carbonic anhydride. Here

there is an advantage for the parasite ; but in the case of the

Entoniscide, in which the respiratory mechanism has been

discovered by M. Giard, the advantage is more apparent.

In the midst of the animal’s viscera the parasite occupies a

chamber which is in communication with the branchial cavity

of the host by means of a narrow orifice ; in consequence of

the movements of the abdominal appendages of the parasite

the water is drawn in and driven out again alternately.

Now in the branchial cavity of the host, which from time to

time reverses the circulation of the water, there is a similar

alternation: to the inverse current corresponds an increase of

pressure of the water in this cavity, which forces the liquid:

to penetrate into the chamber of the parasite; to the direct

current there corresponds, on the contrary, a diminution of

pressure, which assists the parasite’s expiration.

* Pagurus Bernhardus is infested with a Paleogyge, but it is true the

latter is very rare.

24 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

1V.—Descriptions of Ten new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca

from South Africa. By James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A.,

F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.

[Plate VIII.]

SINCE our last paper * on the subject we have received several

shells which appear to be hitherto undescribed. To one of

these—a Dorcasia—we would direct special attention, on

account of its remarkable characters. Amongst the novelties

are several interesting Hnnec, and as in so critical a genus it

is imperative that all the species should be figured, we have

pleasure in including a figure of LE. consobrina, Ancey (see

Brit. Naturalist, 1892, p. 125), acknowledging at the same

time our indebtedness to Mr. Brockton Tomlin, who has

kindly entrusted us with his type specimen for the purpose.

Natalina caffrula, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 1.)

JV. testa depresso-conica, tenui, late et profunde umbilicata, supra

parum nitente, sed subtus corusca, corneo-olivacea ; anfractibus

quingue, ventricosulis, undique superne striis obliquis longitu-

dinaliter decoratis, ultimo rapide accrescente, striis infra medium

evanidis; apertura ovato-lunari; peristomate tenui, simplici.

Diam. max. 113, min. 93; alt. 53 mm.

Hab. Knysna.

An interesting species, depressedly conical, thin, widely

and deeply umbilicate, basally shining, horny-olivaceous in

colour ; five-whorled, the whorls slightly ventricose, orna-

mented above with longitudinal oblique strie; the last whorl

increases rapidly ; below the middle the striz become obso-

lete; the aperture is ovate-lunar; peristome thin, simple.

The specific name is suggested by the resemblance of the

shell to that of a diminutive NV. caffra, Fér.

Ennea caryatis t, sp. n. (Pl. VIIL. fig. 2.)

E testa parva, recta, cylindriformi, tenuissima, albido-pellucida,

apice obtuso; anfractibus septem, apud suturas distincte im-

pressis, vitreis, undique longitudinaliter striatulis, striis apud

medium evanescentibus, infra levibus, anfractu ultimo paullum

producto, fere levi; apertura rotundo-ovata; peristomate albo,

pellucido, incrassato, dentibus plicisve quatuor instructo, plica

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. xix. p. 633.

+ xaovaris, in architecture, an ornamental pillar.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 25

parietali acinaciformi, intrante, dente labiali permagno, basali

parvo, plica columellari dentiformi, valde intrante.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1 mm.

Hab. “S. Africa”? (Farquhar).

Nearly allied to E. cimolia and EH. Margarette, M. & P.*

From the first-named it differs in its slightly smaller size and

in the whorls being partially longitudinally striate, 2. czmolia

being completely smooth ; the mouth-processes are likewise

different, that species possessing only three teeth or plaits,

whilst EL. caryatis has a basal tooth as well. From #. Mar-

garette it differs chiefly in the comparatively slight sinuosity

of the outer lip, whilst the whorls in the last-named species

are completely covered with fine longitudinal oblique striz.

This pretty little Hnnea was kindly presented to us for

description by Mr. 'T’. Rogers, of Manchester.

Ennea auris leporis t, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 3.)

E. testa crassiuscula, rimata, obesa, dolioliformi, cinerea; anfracti-

bus septem, ad suturas paullum impressis, undique longitudinaliter

obliqui-striatis, striis rudibus, crassiusculis; apertura trigonali ;

peristomate albo, incrassato, nitido, aurito, postice scrobiculato,

intus multiplicato, plica parietali conspicua, acinaciformi, valde

intrante, labiali dentiformi, profunde interna, plica basali simul

ac columellari internis; fauce ima dentibus quinque vel sex

contiguis, omnino internis, contra aperturam appositis, obstructa,

Long. 7, lat. 2°50 mm.

Hab. Natal.

A very distinct form, stout, tun-shaped, with obtuse apex,

coarsely obliquely striate; mouth triangular, almost closed

by the contiguous plaits and teeth. These are four in num-

ber: the parietal plait is conspicuous, the labial tooth-shaped,

both, with the basal and columellar, are deep-seated and

produced far down the throat, whilst five or six teeth are

deep-seated at the base of the last whorl.

Ennea cionis {, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 4.)

E. testa cylindriformi, obtusa, semipellucida, pallide straminea ;

anfractibus, apicali incluso, septem, supremis tumidulis, penul-

timo et ultimo rectis, undique longitudinaliter obliqui-striatis,

striis delicatulis, nitidis; apertura ovato-trigonali ; peristomate

incrassato, albo, nitido, plicis vel dentibus quinque instructo,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. xvi. pp. 478, 479.

+ auris leporis, hare’s ear, trom the shape of the peristome.

{ kiows, dim. of kiwy, a pillar.

26 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

plica parietali permagna, acinaciformi, dente labiali bifido,

dente basali acuto, parvo, plica columellari magna, nitida, valde

intrante.

Long. 4, lat. 1°75 mm,

Hab. Port Elizabeth (Crawford).

A cylindriform columnar little Hnnea, possessing many of

the familiar characteristics of the genus, in being of a pale

straw-colour, seven-whorled, including the obtuse apical

whorl; upper whorls slightly ventricose, the last two straight ;

peristome shining white, thickeneda, furnished with the

following plaits or teeth :—a very large parietal plait, exter-

nally prominent, scimitar-shaped; a bifid labial and a small

acute basal tooth; anda large columellar process, deep-seated,

yet almost reaching the outer lip.

Next L. vanstaadensis, M. & P., but stouter and not so

elongate.

Several specimens.

Ennea Crawfordi, sp n. (PI. VITI. fig. 5.)

E. testa parva, brevi, dolioliformi, apice perobtuso, pallide cinereo-

straminea, tenui; anfractibus sex, ad suturas impressis, ventri-

cosulis, primis tumidioribus, ceeteris rectis, undique longitudinaliter

oblique rudi-striatis ; apertura trigono-rotunda ; peristomate albo,

nitido, incrassato, plicis dentibusve quatuor munito, plica parietali

acinaciformi, tenui, intrante, dente labiali magno, acuto, basali

minore, plica columellari interna, mammeeformi.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1:40 mm.

Hab. Port Elizabeth (Crawford).

Four specimens of an interesting small species, which,

while possessing no specially marked characteristics, we find

ourselves unable to match with any yet described. It is

small, short, cylindriform, with extremely obtuse apex, thin,

six-whorled, impressed. at the sutures; upper whorls some-

what tumid, while the lower are straight, all longitudinally

rudely striate; peristome thickened, white, furnished with the

following plaits or teeth :—a thin scimitar-shaped parietal

plait, a large acute labial tooth, the basal being also acute

but smaller, while the internal columellar process is nipple-

shaped, deep-seated.

We have much pleasure in associating with this little

species the name of Mr. J. Crawford, from whom we have

received so much interesting material.

Ennea Rogersi, sp. n. (PI. VIII. fig. 6.)

E. testa rimata, crassiuscula, apice obtusissimo, breviter cylindri-

formi; anfractibus septem, paullum tumidis, ad suturas impressis,

new Mollusca from South Africa. 27

undique longitudinaliter crassi-striatis, quatuor ultimis rectis,

inter se similibus; apertura rotundo-lunari; peristomate circulari,

plicis vel dentibus duobus solum munito, plica parietali acuta,

acinaciformi, valde intrante, dente labiali acuto, parvo, margine

columellari infra paullum incrassato, simplici.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. “ Cradock Comonage, 8. Africa”’ (e coll. T. Rogers).

In its mouth-processes this Hnnea resembles E. Collieri,

M. & P., but not in form, texture, or any other particular.

It is also comparable with L. crassilabris, Craven, which

species is very much larger in all its parts.

Though small, it is an attractive and very beautiful species,

columnar, seven-whorled, the last four being uniform and

straight ; the peristome is circular, furnished with one parietal

plait, large and deep-seated, one labial tooth likewise, while

the columellar margin is to some extent callous and thickened

below.

We have pleasure in connecting with this species the name

of Mr. Thomas Rogers, of Oldham Road, Manchester, from

whom we received it. We believe it was collected by

Mr. Farquhar.

Ennea dokimasta*, sp.n. (Pl. VIII. fig. 7.)

E. testa compacta, brevi, cylindracea, apice obtusissimo, pallide

straminea, nitida; anfractibus septem, apud suturas compressis,

undique longitudinaliter oblique striatis, striis comptis, arctis ;

apertura rotunda; peristomate semilunari, extus incrassato,

stramineo, intus albescente, plicis vel dentibus quinque munito,

plica parietali permagna, dentibus labialibus duobus, ordinariis,

dente basali parvo, plica columellari interna, magna, valde

intrante.

Long. 5, lat, 2°50 mm.

Hab. Natal.

A remarkably short cylindraceous Hnnea, with very obtuse

apex, straw-coloured, seven-whorled, longitudinally neatly

and closely striate; the outer lip is roundly semilunar,

thickened, without straw-coloured, within shining white,

furnished with five plaits or teeth; of these the parietal plait

is extremely large and protruded, the two labial and the basal

teeth are normal, the columellar plait is very distinct, being

unusually developed, internal, and deep-seated.

We have seen few, if any, species of this genus with so

conspicuous a parietal plait or possessing the same charac-

teristics as to the columellar process, which is not mammi-

* Soxiwagros, tried, proved.

28 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

form at all, as is the case in H. thelodonta and other allied

forms.

We received the above from Mr. Robert Cairns, of Ashton-

under-Lyne.

Ennea eximia *,sp.n. (PI. VIII. fig. 8.)

Hi, testa obesa, cylindracea, apice obtusissimo, semipellucida, albida

vel pallide straminea; anfractibus octo, ad suturas impressis,

paullum tumidulis, undique longitudinaliter oblique pulcherrime

filo-striatis ; apertura lunari; peristomate albido, nitido, incras-

sato, dentibus vel plicis quatuor instructo, plica parietali intrante,

huic proximo parvo dente labiali, et, versus basin, altero dente

labiali, in uno specimine bifido, plica columellari interna, valde

intrante, planiuscula.

Long. 9, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Between Delagoa Bay and Barberton, Transvaal.

A large and conspicuous as well as remarkably beautiful

species. It is whitish or pale straw-coloured, cylindraceous,

stout, eight-whorled, the apex and apical whorls being exceed-

ingly obtuse, longitudinally uniformly most evenly filostriate ;

the aperture is lunar; peristome white, thickened, with the

following teeth or plaits :—a parietal thin, deep-seated ; two

labial, one close to the parietal plait and very small, the other

larger, towards the basal region, and in one specimen bifid ;

the columellar plait is whelly internal, deep-seated, and

flattened.

T'wo specimens.

DorcasiA, Gray.

§ TULBAGHINIA, subgen. nov.

Shell as in typical Dorcasia, excepting in the possession of

three contiguous teeth, more or less well developed on the

inner base of the peristome.

Dorcasia (Tulbaghinia) tsomerioides, sp. n.

(Pl. VIII. fig. 10.)

D. testa depresso-orbiculari, profunde umbilicata, umbilico infundi-

buliformi, solidiuscula, albida, epidermide olivaceo-brunnea con-

tecta, spira subconica, apice ipso planato; anfractibus quinque,

ultimo rapide accrescente, undique longitudinaliter obliqui-striatis,

striis rudibus inequalibus; apertura obliqua, ovata, intus

brunneo-cinerea ; peristomate nitido, albo, fere continuo, paullum

extus incrassato, reflexo, supra umbilicum dilatante, dentibus

tribus parvis contiguis basalibus preedito.

Diam. max. 293, min. 25; alt. 12 mm.

Hab. Winterhock Mountains, Tulbagh district.

+ Eximius, choice.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 29

Whilst in general form allied to D. lucana, Miill., and

others of that section, so typical of the South-African fauna,

this extraordinary shell, in the possession of three short con-

tiguous basal peristomatal teeth, recalls the species of the

South-American genus Jsomeria. Nothing like this has

before occurred in Africa; and we should have treated the

discovery of one specimen alone, exhibiting such peculiarities,

as a probable sport or monstrosity, but three examples

occurred. One of these, whose teeth, though very distinct,

were not quite so pronounced as those of the example selected

for the type, was transversely banded with dark brown round

the centre of the last whorl.

We have considered it desirable to institute a subgeneric

name for this new form, and have suggested Tulbaghinia,

from the district where it was found.

Achatina rhabdota*, sp. n. (PI. VIII. fig. 11.)

A, testa mediocri, ovato-oblonga, tenui, ochraceo-straminea, apice

obtuso; anfractibus septem, supernis decussato-granulosis, ultimo

ad medium simili modo granuloso, infra, usque ad basin, levi,

nitido, undique flammis zebrinis longitudinaliter decoratis, ultimo

prolongato ; apertura oblonga; peristomate tenui, simplici, mar-

gine columellari ad basin truncato.

Long. 45, lat. 20 mm,

Hab. “ South Africa.”

In form resembling A. ustulata, Lam., though not quite

so elongate; in marking like a miniature A. zebra, L. It

does not seem to be a young shell, and we hardly conjecture

that the species will be found to attain greater dimensions

than that of the type before us.

It is handsome, painted with longitudinal close-lying

zebrine flames, dark brown on a straw-coloured ground, the

whole surface of the upper whorls and the upper portion of

the last being delicately decussatedly granulose.

KHXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Natalina caffrula. Fig. 7. Ennea dokimasta.

Fig. 2. Ennea caryatis. Fig. 8. eximia.

Fig. 3. auris leporis. Fig. 9. consobrina, Ancey.

Fig. 4. cronis. Fig. 10. Dorcasia (§ Tulbaghinia)

Fig. 5. —— Crawfordi, someriordes.

Fig. 6, —— Rogersi. Fig. 11. Achatina rhabdota.

* paPderos, zebra-striped.

30 Notes on Indian Snakes in Captivity.

V.—WNotes on Indian Snakes in Captivity.

Communicated by Dr. GinTHER.

OBSERVATIONS on living tropical snakes are so scarce that

the following notes, which appeared in the ‘ Administration

Report of the Madras Government Museum for the year

1896-97” (an official document not generally accessible to

zoologists), seem to deserve to be brought to the notice of a

wider circle of herpetologists.

Although the observations were made on specimens kept

in captivity in the Madras Museum, they are of value, as the

snakes are living under more natural climatic conditions than

those kept in the zoological gardens of Europe. The obser-

vations cover the financial year from 1st April, 1896, to

dlst March, 1897.

“ Python (Python molurus) ate 59 jerboa rats (Gerbillus

indicus), 2 quails, and 8 squirrels in the year. Shed its

skin on the 12th April, 2nd July, and 17th December, 1896.

“ Rat-snake (Zamenis mucosus) ate 185 green frogs in the

year. Shed its skin 22nd April, 18th May, 15th June,

Sth July, 5th August, 5th September, 5th October, 7th No-

vember, 14th December, 1896, 17th January and 27th Feb-

ruary, 1897, ¢. e. in every month.

“ Whip-snake (Dryophis mycterizans).—One lived up to

11th December, 1896, and ate 44 mice and 6 green frogs and

toads. A new snake was procured on the 3lst January,

1897, which ate only 1 mouse up to the end of the official

year. The first one cast its skin on the 28th May, 9th August,

and 25th October, 1896, 7. e. in every three months.

“¢ Sand-snake (Hrya Johnit) ate 17 rats in the year. Cast

its skin on the 24th April, 28th June, 18th September, 1896,

and 14th January, 1897.

“ Sand-snake (Gongylophis conicus) ate 65 rats in the year,

Cast its skin on the 80th April, 4th June, 22nd July, and

Ath October, 1896.

“ Tromidonotus stolatus ate 130 frogs. Cast its skin on

the 28th June, 6th July, 27th July, 3rd September, 14th De-

cember, 1896, 18th January and 27th February, 1897.

Laid one egg on the 17th August, one on the 20th August,

two on the 22nd August, three on the 12th September, three

on the 14th September, one on the 15th September, and

three on the 18th September, 1896.

“ Krait (Bungarus ceruleus).—One krait ate 2 frogs from

the 11th to 16th October, 1896, and then died ; another was

Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse. 31

secured on the 7th November, which ate 18 frogs, cast its

skin on the 7th December, 1896, 13th January and 27th

February, 1897.

“ Tree-snake (Dendrophis pictus) ate 94 frogs up to 21st

January, and died on the 22nd January. Cast its skin on the

2nd April, 6th May, 28th June, 27th July, and 29th October.

A second specimen was procured on the 13th February, which

ate 18 frogs.

“ Russell’s viper (Vipera Russellit), young, ate 67 mice,

2 small rats, 5 squirrels, and 4 frogs. Cast its skin on the

16th June, 31st July, 6th October, and 27th December,

1896.

“ Russell’s viper (Vipera Russellii) ate 27 rats and 5

squirrels. Cast its skin only once, ¢. e. 17th November,

1896.

“ Hehis carinata.—Two specimens were exhibited on the

29th October, and have up to date eaten only 8 frogs.

“The two aquatic snakes added were Tropidonotus

guincunciatus and Atretium schistosum; the latter is called

in Tamil ‘ Neer nagan,’ 7. e. water cobra, from its power of

dilating its head. Both the snakes eat frogs and fishes.

Tropidonotus laid 36 eggs on the 26th February, 1897.”

VI.— Notes on the Cubomedusz.

By F. 8. Conant *.

In June and July of 1896, while the Marine Biological

Laboratory was stationed at Port Henderson, in Kingston

Harbour, Jamaica, two species of Cubomeduse were found in

unexpected abundance. Of these one was very much like

the Charybdea marsupialis of the Mediterranean, the other

presented characteristics midway between those of the Charyb-

deide and the Chirodropidea—the two families into which

Heckel divides the Cubomedusee—so that for it I have erected

a new family under the name of the Tripedalide. The names

that have been chosen for the two Jamaica forms are Cha-

rybdea xaymacana and Tripedalia cystophora.

A.—SYSTEMATIC.

Heckel’s classification, as given in his ‘System der

Medusen,’ is as follows :—

geaee the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ November 1897,

BPs or4 Ve

32 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomedusze.

CUBOMEDUSZ (Heckel, 1877).

Acraspeda with four perradial marginal bodies, which con-

tain an auditory club with endodermal otolith-sac and one or

several eyes. Four interradial tentacles or groups of tentacles.

Stomach with four wide perradial rectangular pockets, which

are separated by four long and narrow interradial septa.

They belong to the subumbrella, and are developed from the

endoderm of the stomach-pockets, so that they project freely

into the space of the pockets.

Family I. Charybdeide (Gegenbaur, 1856).

Cubomeduse with 4 simple interradial tentacles ; without

marginal lobes in the velarium, but with 8 marginal pockets ;

without pocket-arms in the 4 stomach-pockets.

Family II. Chirodropide (Heckel, 1877).

Cubomeduse with 4 interradial groups of tentacles; with

16 marginal pockets in the marginal lobes of the velarium,

and with 8 pocket-arms, belonging to the exumbrella, in the

4 stomach-pockets.

(This family is represented in American waters by a species

of Chiropsalmus found at Beaufort, N.C., and identified by

H. V. Wilson as Ch. quadrumana. Before Claus’s paper on

Charybdea marsupialis was received at the laboratory, Pro-

fessor Wilson had gone over precisely the same ground on

Chiropsalmus, but with results so similar to those of Claus

that, when the latter’s article came, he did not finish for

publication the notes and drawings he had made.)

To accommodate the second species found in Kingston

Harbour another family must be added to the preceding.

Family ILI. Tripedalide (1897).

Cubomedusee with 4 interradial groups of tentacles, each

group having 38 tentacles carried by 3 distinct pedalia ;

without marginal lobes in the velarium; with 16 marginal

pockets ; without pocket-arms in the stomach-pockets.

Description of Charybdea waymacana. (Fig. 1.)

Genus Charybdea (acc. to Heckel): Charybdeide with 4

simple interradial tentacles, with pedalia; with velarium

suspended, with velar canals and 4 perradial frenula.

Stomach flat and low, without broad suspensoria. Four

Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomedusz. 33

horizontal groups of gastric filaments, simple or double, tuft-

or brush-shaped, limited to the interradial corners of the

stomach.

Fig. 1.

Charybdea xaymacana.

Reference letters in Figures.

af, furrow on inner surface of exumbrella underlying the adradial ridge

on the outer surface ; afr’, furrow on outer surface, setting oft the

area in which the sensory niche lies; ct, canal of the tentacle; go,

gastric ostium ; 7, interradial furrow on outer surface; », nerve-

ring on the subumbrella ; pe, pedalium; ph, phacellus ; pr, proboscis;

r, reproductive organ; sz, sensory niche; sw, suspensorium ; sub

subumbrella ; ve, velar canals.

Species: Charybdea xaymacana.

Bell a four-sided pyramid, with the corners more rounded

than angular, yet not so rounded as to make the umbrella

bell-shaped. ‘The sides of the pyramid parallel in the lower

two thirds of the bell, in the upper third curving inward to

form the truncation; near the top a slight horizontal con-

striction. Stomach flat and shallow. Proboscis with four

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 3

34 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse.

oral lobes, hanging down in bell-cavity a distance of between

one third and one half the height of bell; very sensitive and

contractile, so that it can even be inverted into the stomach.

The four phacelli, epaulette-shaped, springing from a single

stalk. Distance of the sensory clubs from the bell-margin

one seventh or one eighth the height of bell. Velarium in

breadth about one seventh the diameter of the bell at its

margin. Four velar canals in each quadrant; each canal

forked at the ends, at times with more than two branches.

Pedalia flat, scalpel-shaped, between one third and one half as

long as the height of bell. The four tentacles, when extended,

at least eight times longer than the bell. Sexes separate.

Height of bell 18-23 millim.; breadth about 15 millim.

(individuals with mature reproductive elements). Without

pigment. Found at Port Henderson, Kingston Harbour,

Jamaica.

As may be seen from the above, C. xaymacana differs only

a little from the C. marsupialis of the Mediterranean. Claus

mentions in the latter a more or less well-defined asymmetry

of the bell, which he connects with a supposed occasional

attachment by the proboscis to alge. In C. eaymacana I

never noticed but that the bell was perfectly symmetrical.

C. xaymacana is about two thirds the size given by Claus

for his examples of C. marsupialis, which were not then

sexually mature. It has 16 velar canals instead of 24 (32)

as given by Heckel, or 24 as figured by Claus. Difference

in size and in number of velar canals are essentially the

characteristics upon which Heckel founded his ‘ Challenger’

species C, Murrayana.

Description of Trtpedalia cystophora. (Fig. 2.)

Genus Tripedalia: for the present the characteristics of

family and genus must necessarily be for the most part the

same. ‘The genus is distinguished by having 12 tentacles, in

4 interradial groups of 3 each; velarium suspended by 4 per-

radial frenula; canals in the velarium; stomach with rela-

tively well-developed suspensoria; 4 horizontal groups of

gastric filaments, each group brush-shaped, limited to the

interradial corners of the stomach.

Species: Zrtpedalia cystophora.

Shape of bell almost exactly that of a cube with rounded

edges; the roof but little arched. Proboscis with 4 oral

lobes ; hanging down in the bell-cavity generally more than

Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Cubomedusz. 35

half the depth of the cavity, and at times even to the bell-

margin. In the gelatine of the proboscis an irregular number

(15-22) of sensory organs resembling otocysts, from the

presence of which comes the specific name. Phacelli brush-

shaped, composed of from 7 to 13 filaments springing from a

Fig. 2.

Tripedalia cystophora.

single stalk in each quadrant, or, rarely, from two separate

stalks in one of the quadrants. Distance of the sensory clubs

from the bell-margin about } or } of the height of bell.

Breadth of velarium about } the diameter of bell at margin ;

with 6 velar canals on each quadrant; the canals simple,

36 Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomeduse.

unforked. Pedalia flattened, shaped like a slender knife-blade,

about half as long as the height of the bell. Tentacles at

greatest extension observed 24 times the length of pedalia.

Sexes separate. Height of bell in largest specimens (repro-

ductive elements mature) 8 or 9 millim. Breadth same as

height, or even greater. Colour a light yellowish brown, due

in large part to eggs or embryos in the stomach-pockets.

The reprodnetive organs especially prominent by reason of

their similar colour. Found in Kingston Harbour, Jamaica.

It will be seen from the above that Zripedalia possesses

two of the characteristics of the Charybdeide and two of the

Chirodropide. The small size of J. cystophora is worthy of

note in connexion with the fact that of the twenty species of

Cubomeduse given by Heckel in his system only two are

smaller than 20 millim. in height, and those are the two

representatives of Heckel’s genus Procharagma, the proto-

type form of the Cubomeduse, without pedalia and without

velarium. While Zripedalia has both pedalia and velarium,

it may be, perhaps, that its small size, taken in connexion

with characteristics just about midway between the Charyb-

deide and the Chirodropidx, indicate that it is not a recently

acquired form of the Cubomeduse.

B.—HABITAT.

The Cubomeduse are generally believed to be inhabitants

of deep water, which come to the surface only occasionally.

Both of the Jamaica species, however, were found at the

surface of shallow water near the shore, and only under these

circumstances. Whether these were their natural conditions,

or whether the two forms were driven by some chance from

the deep ocean into the harbour, and there found their sur-

roundings secondarily congenial, so to speak, can be a matter

of conjecture only. C. waymacana was taken regularly a few

yards off-shore from a strip of sandy beach not ten minutes’

row from the laboratory at Port Henderson. It was seen

only in the morning before the sea-breeze came in to roughen

the water and to turn the region of its placid feeding-ground

into a dangerous lee-shore. Some of the specimens taken

contained in the stomach small fish so disproportionately

large in comparison with the stomach that they lay coiled up,

head overlapping tail. The name Charybdea, then, meaning

a gulf, rapacious, seems to be no misnomer. It is worth

mentioning that the digestive juices left the nervous system

of the fish intact, so that from the stomach of a Charybdea

could be obtained beautiful dissections, or, rather, macera-

tions, of the brain, cord, and lateral nerves of a small fish.

Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Cubomeduse. 37

Charybdea is a strong and active swimmer, and presents a

very beautiful appearance in its movements through the water.

The quick vigorous pulsations contrast sharply with the

sluggish contractions seen in most Scyphomeduse. When

an attempt is made to capture one it will often escape by

going down into deeper water—as, indeed, do other jellyfish.

Escape from observation is all the more easy by reason of

the entire absence of pigment, except for the small amount in

the sensory clubs. The yellowish or brownish colour usualiy

stated as common in the Cubomeduse is nowhere present in

C. xaymacana.

The environment in which Tripedalia was found is still

more unlike that in which Cubomeduse have been taken

heretofore. It was obtained in two localities, both of which

were cut off from the main body of the harbour, and so from

the ocean, by peninsulas and islands covered with a growth

of mangrove. The water was shallow and discoloured with

organic matter, and the bottom for the most part a black mud.

The regions were virtually mangrove-swamps. It was under

the shelter of the overhanging mangrove boughs, among their

half-submerged roots, that the Z’rdpedal’a was found thriving

in large numbers. Conditions more strikingly unlike those

of the pure deep sea could hardly be imagined.

T. cystophora is as quick and vigorous a swimmer as the

species of Charybdea. In one case as many as 110 pulsations

were counted in a minute. Its brownish-yellow colour

enables it to escape observation not infrequently in the dis-

coloured water.

C.—ANATOMY.

An abundance of material of botll species was preserved in

several ways and has furnished subject-matter during the past

year for investigation of the adult anatomy of the Cubo-

meduse. The results have been embodied in a paper whose

publication I hope will not be greatly deferred. Meanwhile

the mention of one or two points may not be out of place.

The parts to which especial attention was given were the

vascular lamella, or cathammal plates, and the nervous

system. The vascular lamelle, being definite areas where

the two walls of the gastro-vascular system have come

together and fused, are interesting because they show how

the present structure of the gastro-vascular system of the

Cubomeduse has come about trom a simpler undivided con-

dition. It was hoped that their study might throw definite

light on the affinities of the group. ‘The results, however,

were unsatisfactory, for while one part of the system of

38 Mr. F. 8. Conant on the Cubomeduse.

lamella pointed strongly toward a relationship with such

Hydromeduse as, for example, Lirdope (Trachomeduse),

another part, around the margin of the bell, gave evidence

equally as good to the effect that the velarium was formed

by the fusion of marginal lobes and that the view which con-

siders it not homologous with the Hydromedusan velum is

therefore correct. The question as to the affinities of the

Cubomeduse must wait until the development is known.

The nervous system has been described by Claus*, and

more recently in greater detail by Schewiakofft. With the

latter’s conclusions as to the structure of retina and vitreous

body of the complex eyes on the sensory clubs I am unable

to agree. Schewiakoff’s conception of the structure is in

brief as follows :—

a. The retina is made up of two types of cells, pigment

and visual, which are figured as alternating regularly. The

pigment-cells are cone-shaped ; the visual are spindle-shaped,

with their nuclei lying in the swollen central portion of the

spindle at a lower level than the nuclei of the supporting

pigment-cells.

b. From the visual cells extend rod-like processes into the

vitreous body (which lies between the retina and lens), lying

in canals in the vitreous body.

c. In the vitreous body separate cone-shaped streaks of

pigment overlie the pigment-cells, which do not, however,

form part of those cells.

d. Apart from these pigment-streaks and the rod-like

processes of the visual cells, the vitreous body is structureless,

probably a secretion of the pigment-cells.

The conclusions reached upon the same points by the study

of the two Jamaica species are :—

a. There is not good evidence of two distinct types of cells

in the retina—cone-shaped pigment-cells and spindle-shaped

visual cells, with the nuclei of the latter at a lower level than

those of the former.

b. The rod-like processes in the vitreous body exist, though

not referable to a special type of cell in the retina.

c. The cone-shaped streaks of pigment in the vitreous

body belong to the underlying pigment-cells, in fact are

direct continuations of them, and at their distal ends they are

prolonged into fibrous processes lying in canals of the vitreous

body exactly like the visual rod-like processes of Schewiakoff.

* “Ueber Charybdea marsupialis,’ Arb. aus d. zool. Inst. d. Uniy.

Wien, Bd. ii. Heft 2 (1878).

+ “Beitriige zur Kentniss des Acalephenauges,” Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xy.

Heft 1 (1889).

Mr. F. S. Conant on the Cubomedusx. 39

d. The vitreous body, over and above these “ visual

fibres’ and “ pigment-streaks,” is not a homogeneous secre-

tion, but is composed of prisms of gelatinous refracting sub-

stance, each with a denser central fibre. The size of the

cross-sections of these prisms corresponds with that of the

cross-sections of the majority of retinal cells. It is probable,

therefore, that they represent the outer ends of retinal cells.

From the above it will be seen that I find in the vitreous

body two structures in addition to Schewiakoft’s visual pro-

cesses—namely, similar processes from the “ pigment-

streaks,” and the prisms that make up the mass of the body.

I am inclined to believe that the retina contains at any rate

two, and perhaps three, kinds of cells, but that these are

distinguishable only by that part of them which lies in the

vitreous body, and are not distinguishable in the retina as

two. alternating types, as figured by Schewiakoff.

In another point also I am unable to agree with Schewia-

koff. In one region of the sensory club is found a mass of

peculiar large, closely packed, polygonal cells, which he affirms

to be ganglion-cells, as against Claus, who considers them

supporting cells. In my sections they show nothing what-

ever to suggest a resemblance to ganglion-cells. No processes

could be made out, and the body of the cell consisted of a

beautiful cytoplasmic reticulum with thickenings at the nodes

of the rather coarse meshes.

The sensory organs in the proboscis of T'r¢pedalia are simple

cysts of ciliated epithelium lying in the gelatine. The long

cilia support and keep in constant motion an otolith of ragged

outline, in which no trace of cellular structure was found.

This is the only case, so far as I know, of the occurrence

among the Medusz of a free unsuspended otolith in a ciliated

sac.

D.—DEVELOPMENT.

Females of T'ripedalia were found with stomach-pouches or

pockets filled with developing ova, so that I am able to offer

a few facts preliminarily on the development of the Cubo-

meduse. The mature eggs pass from the ovaries into the

stomach-pouches, and there develop up to the stage of free-

swimming planule. In with them are found floating masses

of cells, showing here and there a nematocyst, whose struc-

ture points clearly to an origin from the ovary also. These

masses circulate about among the developing ova, and serve

for protection and apparently also for nutrition, since the cells

are found vacuolated in masses from individuals containing

well-advanced embryos. All the eggs or embryos in one

40 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from

individual are at the same stage of development. Gastrula-

tion was not observed in the living material, but sections show

a stage in which central cells lie clearly marked off from a

surrounding ring of smaller surface-cells, and the probability

is that these endodermal cells were formed by delamination.

When the spherical mass is beginning to elongate into the

ellipsoidal form of the planula a large migration of cells from

the surface into the centre takes place, not limited to one pole.

The relation of the central cells earlier seen and of these in-

wandering cells to the definitive endoderm was not made out.

The young are set free from the parent as ciliated planule,

having pigment spots on the posterior end. The planule

swim about actively on the surface for a day or two, their

motion being both translation and rotation. Then they

gradually lose the forward motion and rotate on their own

axis in one spot. At this point they settle down and the

pigment spots which were on the posterior surface are found

to migrate into the interior. In a day or two they bud out

two tentacles, and shortly afterwards two more, though young

hydras with three and five tentacles were by no means

uncommon. In this condition they lived for three weeks in

the aquaria without undergoing further development.

Search for scyphistomas in the region where the jellyfish

were found was fruitless. The youngest specimens taken

in the tow were of practically the adult structure, so that the

important intermediate stages remain unknown. ‘T’he

youngest jellyfish were interesting, however, in that only the

middle tentacle in each group was developed, and that the

sensory clubs were situated almost on the margin, and were

not yet enclosed in niches.

VIL.—On new Mammals from Western Mexico and Lower

California. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

THE British Museum has received from Mr. W. W. Price

two collections of mammals—one from Sinaloa, W. Mexico,

obtained by Mr. P. O. Simons, and the other from the Cape

region of Lower California, collected by Mr. D. Coolidge.

In the former collection occur the remarkable pigmy skunk

with uninterrupted dorsal lines (Spilogale pygmea*) exhibited

recently at the Zoological Society, and the jaguarondi described

below. The remainder of the collection consists mainly of

ae in Abstract of Meeting of Noy. 30. Published Dec. 1,

Western Mexico and Lower California. 41

forms obtained by Dr. Buller in Jalisco and worked out by

Dr. Allen.

The Lower-Californian collection proves to be of unex-

pected interest, and contains the Dasypterus ega xanthinus

and Oryzomys peninsule described in the last number of the

‘Annals,’ the badger (Taxidea taxus infusca *) brought by

myself and the peninsular mule-deer (Mazama hemionus

peninsule *) by Mr. Lydekker before the Zoological Society,

and, finally, the species and subspecies described in the

present communication,

There is also a Natalus, apparently inseparable from

N. stramineus, the first record of this tropical genus in Lower

California. The other bats appear to be ordinary Californian

species,

Felis yaguarondi tolteca, subsp. n.

Colour, instead of the blackish grey varied by erythrism

towards red of the typical form, pale grizzled fawn throuch-

out, greyer on the head, fire neck, and limbs, clearer fawn

posteriorly and on the tail, which above is grizzled fawn,

and below unmixed fawn or rufous fawn. Under surface

soiled whitish fawn, the underfur brownish grey, the longer

hairs tipped with dull whitish.

Skull, while of equal breadth, much shorter and more

stoutly built than in typica; crown higher and more convex,

zygomata more massive, posterior narial fossa decidedly

broader, bulla lower. Ramus of lower jaw shorter and

stouter.

Dimensions of the type (an old male, measured in the

flesh) :-—

Head and body 570 millim.; tail 460; hind foot 138;

ear 37,

Skull: basal length 84, basilar length of Hensel 82;

greatest breadth 64; least interorbital breadth 18; intertem-

poral breadth 33°53; breadth of brain-case above auditory

meatus 43; palate, length from henselion to posterior edge,

excluding median notch, 86; breadth between outer corners

of carnassials 38°7; breadth of posterior narial fossa 14;

front of canine to back of carnassial 28°7; length of upper

carnassial 11°3, of lower carnassial 9.

Hab. Tatemales, Sinaloa. Coll. P. O. Simons.

Type collected 16th June, 1897. Original number 513.

The above comparisons have been made with specimens

* Diagnosed in Abstract of Meeting of Nov. 30. Published Dec. 1,

1897,

42 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from

from Southern Brazil, near the typical locality, Paraguay.

But Veraguan and Guatemalan skins, like the S.-American

ones, are blackish or rufous, without any of the peculiar fawny

tone of Ff. y. tolteca.

This cat is perhaps that referred to by Baird* and Allen f as

F. yaguarondi. The former of these authors had for exami-

nation only a skull, the latter two hunter’s skins, without

particulars, but probably from Jalisco.

Elliot ¢ places in his synonymy of F. yaguarondi “ F, calo-

mittt, Baird, Mamm. N. Amer. t. 74. fig. 2 (skull) ’; but this

name is not on the plate, and the nearest I can find to it is

Baird’s “ Felis cacomitl, Berl. MSS.,” in the synonymy of

F, yaguarondi, a reference which will certainly not give a

status to the name, although, as already said, the skull figured

is probably that of this form of the jaguarondi.

Felis mexicana, Desm., does not appear to belong to the

present animal, as it is too large ; but the name is in any case

antedated by Turton’s £. mexicana, which is one of the spotted

tiger-cats.

Lynx rufus peninsularis, subsp. n.

Distinguished from other N.-American lynxes by its very

small size (see cranial measurements below).

General colour of back pale rufous, tipped with grey, a few

of the median dorsal hairs black-tipped, but there is no trace

of longitudinal dark lines or markings, so that the colouring

does not agree with that of Mearns’s L. rufus californicus.

Belly white, with black spots. Markings on face and ears

apparently very much as in specimens from California proper,

the black spot on the upper lip almost obsolete; the whitish

patch on the back of the ear not extending to the anterior

border.

Skull conspicuously different from that of any of the

Mexican or Californian lynxes by its much smaller size,

lesser development of the frontal convexity, and smaller,

narrower brain-case.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in

flesh) :—

Head and body 607 millim.; tail 154; hind foot (more

Americano) 160; ear 81.

Skull: basal length (basion to gnathion) 91°6; greatest

breadth 76°5 ; nasals, length in middle line 23°55; interorbital

* Mamm. N. A. p. 88, and Rept. U.S. Boundary Comm. p. 12, pl. lxxiy.

fig. 1 (skull) (1859).

"+ Bull. Am. Mus. N. HL iii. p. 176 (1890).

{ Mon. Felide, text to pl. xiii.

Western Mexico and Lower California. 43

breadth 21-5; breadth across postorbital processes 50; inter-

temporal breadth 88; breadth of brain-case on squamosals 51 ;

greatest mastoid breadth 50; palate, length from gnathion 43,

breadth between outer corners of carnassials 45; length of

upper carnassial 13°4, of lower carnassial 11.

Hab. Santa Anita, Lower California. Coll. F. Pazik.

Type obtained June 21, 1896. Original number 432.

Two specimens examined.

This animal is no doubt a pauperized peninsular race of the

Californian lynx, from which it may be readily distinguished

by its much smaller skull.

In the descriptions of Mearns’s Lynx rufus eremicus and

L. r. californicus no cranial measurements are given, but

such external measurements as are supplied seem to indicate

that these animals are about as large as the Californian and

Mexican examples in the Museum collection, and no mention

is made of their size being in any way inferior to that of the

ordinary L. rufus.

Vespertilio fuscus peninsulw, subsp. n.

Size small, about as in propinguus and bahamensis, de-

cidedly smaller than in typécus. Dorsal fur 8-9 millim. in

length. Colours pale, more asin the northern forms; general

colour of back fawny brown, more fawn on head and fore

back, browner (but still very pale) posteriorly; the basal

halves of the hairs slaty black, the tips fawn.

Skull apparently very similar to that of V. f. bahamensis,

both in size and shape, therefore far smaller than in fuscus

and miradorensis (see measurements).

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured.in flesh

by collector) :—

Forearm 43 millim. (range 40-44).

Head and body 61; tail 34; ear 14.

Skull: basal length 14°25; occipito-gnathic length * 16:5;

greatest breadth 11-7 ; interorbital breadth 6°3 ; intertemporal

breadth 3°8; front of canine to back of m.° 6:2, the same

below 6°7.

Hab, Sierra Laguna, Lower California. Coll. D. Coolidge.

Lype collected July 7,1896. Original number 885. Four

specimens examined.

This little race of the United States “ brown bat’ is

readily recognizable by its small size and palecolour. It will

* Mr. Miller, in his recent monograph, speaks of “ occipito-nasal ”’

length without explaining how it is taken. It is apparently to the front

of the premaxillz or “ gnathion,” and is so taken here.

44 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from

be a matter of much interest to see whether it merges insen-

sibly into the Californian bat, or is replaced abruptly by the

latter in the northern parts of the peninsula. In the former

case it would probably have to be considered as an indepen-

dent southern modification of subsp. typzcus, and in the latter,

like Dasypterus ega wanthinus and Natalus stramineus, as a

direct invader of the tropical part of the peninsula by one of

the Central-American forms.

Peromyscus eva, sp. n.

A small rufous species with a long tail, in general appear-

ance almost more like a Retthrodontomys or a small Oryzomys

than a Peromyscus.

Size rathersmall. Fur close and straight. General colour

sandy rufous, the head and fore back more greyish, the rump

more rufous. - Back lined with brown, but not conspicuously

so ; sides gradually becoming clearer rufous, which attains its

brightest at its junction with the white of the belly. Under

surface white, the slaty bases of the hairs showing through.

Face greyish, with but slight tinge of rufous ; a narrow dark

line round the eye. ars very large, very thinly haired, pale

brownish, not conspicuously darker in colour than the head.

Upper surface of hands and feet silvery whitish, not snowy

white, the ankles rather duskier. Tail very long, much

longer than head and body, very thinly haired, not pencilled,

dull brown above, little or not lighter below, never conspicu-

ously bicolor.

Skull with a broad low brain-case; supraorbital edges

square, but not beaded. Palatal foramina reaching just to

the level of the front edge of m.'.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in the

flesh) :-—

Head and body 88 millim.; tail 108*; hind foot 21;

early.

Skull: basal length 20°3; basilar length 18°8; greatest

breadth 12°8; nasals, length 9°6; interorbital breadth 4;

interparietal 3°7x9; breadth of brain-case on squamosals

11°7; palate length from henselion 10; diastema 6°6; pala-

tal foramina 4°8 x 2°1; upper molar series 3°6.

Hab. San José del Cabo, Lower California. Coll.

D. Coolidge.

Type collected July 29, 1896. Original number 525.

Thirty-nine specimens examined, of which twenty-three are

from Santa Anita, five from Sierra Laguna, and eleven from

San José del Cabo.

* Range up to 128.

Western Mexico and Lower California. 45

This pretty little mouse is quite different from any North-

American species known to me. Its relationship appears on

the whole to be with the P. aztecus group, of which it may

be a diminutive peninsular representative *. Its small size,

rufous colour, and long, thinly haired, and almost unicolor

tail separate it widely from any Californian species hitherto

described.

Peromyscus leucopus Coolidget, subsp. n.

One of the pallid forms of this species. General colour

above exactly matching that of specimens from Loveland,

Colorado, assigned by Mr. G. S. Miller, their donor, to

P. 1. nebrascensis, Mearns; therefore by no means corre-

sponding to the description of P. l. Thurbert, Allen Tt, from

the San Pedro Martir Range, which is said to be “ strongly

varied with black, the prevailing tint being often decidedly

blackish.” Anterior part of outer surface of ear scarcely

darker than back. Under surface sharply defined white, the

slaty bases of the hairs showing through. Posterior part of

sole and taii rather thinly haired for this group, the latter

scarcely pencilled, its dorsal surface brown, the scales showing

through ; very different to the heavily haired and pencilled

tai] with black dorsal surface of nebrascensis.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 91 millim.; tail 76; hind foot, with claws,

22; ear 20.

Skull (imperfect behind): basilar length (c.) 195};

greatest breadth 13; length of nasals 9:5; diastema 6°6;

length of upper molar series 3°7.

Hab. Santa Anita, Cape Region of Lower California.

Coll. D. Coolidge.

Type collected May 21, 1896. Original number 54.

Four specimens examined.

Lepus californicus Xanti, subsp. n.

Similar to the typical form in most respects, but distin-

guished by its greyer ears and smaller size. General colour

almost exactly as in pale examples of typicus, except that the

cinnamon tinging of the belly is stronger. Ears greyer, with

less suffusion of buffy or yellowish, the hairs on the inner |

* Specimens of it were referred by Dr. Coues to P. azxtecus in his

monograph (Mon. N. Am. Rod. pp. 101, 102), but at that date no Mexican

specimens were available for comparison.

+ Bull. Am. Mus. N, A. v. p. 185 (1893).

¢ In a perfect specimen this dimension is 19°6,

46 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals.

surface white, and those on the anterior fringe white with

some black ones intermixed; in ¢ypicus both are more or less

yellow. Nape dark smoky grey, sometimes, as in the La Paz

specimen, black.

Skull conspicuously smaller than in typicus, but otherwise

generally similar. Supraorbital ledges weaker, the postorbital

processes not or barely touching the skull posteriorly, not

anchylosed with it.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female measured in

flesh) :—

Head and body 477 millim.; tail 63; hind foot, with

claws, 120; ear from notch 125.

Skull: greatest length 88; basilar length 69; greatest

breadth 41; nasals, diagonal length 38, greatest breadth 17°6 ;

interorbital breadth, with ledges 22°6, without ledges 16:7;

intertemporal breadth 13:3; diastema 24:5; palatal foramina

22°5x 9:2. Breadth of palatal bridge 6. Molar series

(sockets) 14-7.

Hab. Santa Anita, Lower California. Coll. D. Coolidge.

Type obtained June 38, 1896. Original number 168.

This hare is, of course, that obtained by John Xantus at

Cape St. Lucas in 1859 and 1860, and mentioned by Dr. Allen

in his famous monograph of the Leporide *. I have there-

fore associated with it the name of its original finder, whose

important collections were the first ever made in Lower Cali-

fornia, but who has lost the credit for many of his discoveries

owing to the “ lumping ” tendencies of the time at which the

specimens arrived in Washington.

The small size of this hare, noticed by Dr. Allen, and its

much greyer ears are amply sufficient for distinguishing it

subspecifically from the true Lepus californicus. Gray’s

Lepus Bennettit, from San Diego, Cal., is smaller than the

type of L. californicus, but is nevertheless much nearer to

the latter than to the present form.

Bryant’s Lepus insularis T, from Espiritu Santo Island, is

possibly a black insular offshoot of the present hare, but

seems locally constant enough to indicate subspecific distinc-

tion between the two.

With Lepus martirensis, Stowell}, the Cape region hare

seems to have no special relation.

Besides six specimens from Santa Anita and 8. José del

Cabo, obtained by Mr. Coolidge, the Museum contains an

example of this same hare collected by Mr. A. Forrer at La

Paz in 1880.

* Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 858 (1877).

+ P. Cal. Acad. ili. p. 92 (1891). (Syn. Z. Edwardsi, St. Loup, 1895.)

+ P. Cal, Acad. y. p. 51 (1895).

On the Butterflies of the Transvaal. 47

VIII.—The Butterflies of the Transvaal.

By W. L. Distant.

THAT troublesome region now known as the Transvaal

Republic affords little satisfaction to the zoologist who

attempts to isolate and describe its fauna. It has no dis-

tinctive faunistic element, and in zoogeography is merely

part of the present somewhat ill-defined and less understood

South-African division of the Ethiopian Region. In 1875

Dr. Sclater was inclined to define the South-African division

as roughly embracing the ‘Cape Colony and adjoining

districts,” and as distinct from the South-western and South-

eastern divisions. But geographical discovery and coloniza-

tion have since then been the means of enlarging our collec-

tions and adding to our knowledge of the zoology of this now

better known and less dark continent. In 1896 Mr. W. L.

Sclater, in his series of articles on “The Geography of

Mammals” *, defined the “‘ Cape Subregion”? as “ including

all Africa south of the watershed of the Congo on the West

and of the ‘l'ana on the Hast Coast’’—a homogeneous area

even then none too large, and one which that high authority

Dr. P. L. Sclater remarked to the writer might well include

Somaliland. If this is true when mammals are studied, it is

very evident when the butterflies of Africa are examined, and

can be verified by consulting the series of papers which

Dr. Butler has contributed to the Zoological Society during

the last few years on the Lepidoptera of British East Africa

and Somaliland.

The Transvaal has almost two butterfly faunas. The

desolate plains or veld, typical of the best known and most

frequented areas, can in no sense be described as an entomo-

logical paradise ; but the northern and eastern frontiers, such

as the Zoutspanberg and Barberton districts, possess Rho-

palocera rich in number and subtropical in facies. A moderate

belt of bush or forest extends along the East Coast from

Delagoa Bay to and beyond Natal, and this warm forest-

region is more or less represented in the East and North-east

Transvaal.

The first real contribution to a knowledge of the butterflies

of the Transvaal was given by the Swedish lepidopterist

Pastor H. D. J. Wallengren, who worked out a collection

made by N. Person J, and other species have been from time

* ‘Geographical Journal,’ vol. vii. p. 282.

+ “Insecta Transyaaliensia,” Cfversigt af kéngl. Vetenskaps-Acade-

miens Férhandlingar, 1875, p. 83. This collection, I learn from Dr, Auri-

48 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

to time identified and described by Mr. R. Trimen; the

writer also published a list of his captures made during the

years 1890-91. Since then three more years (1893-96)

passed in the Transvaal have added largely to his previous

collections, and the following specific enumeration, to which

has been added the records of other workers, may be taken

as a proximate account of our present knowledge of the

butterflies of this area. From Dr. P. Rendall I received a

list of his species taken near Hureka, sent to and identified

by Mr. H. Grose-Smith, and from Dr. A. G. Butler a list of

species taken by Mr. Kirby in the ‘ Kastern Transvaal.”

I am able to enumerate 238 species as found in the T'ans-

vaal, of which 162 are contained in my own collection and

76 are recorded elsewhere. The list will doubtless be

increased when the warm and unhealthy north-eastern regions

of the State have been visited by a good collector.

Own Recorded

collection. elsewhere. ‘Total.

Danaltite Che s wastes see ia 2 3 5

PHY TARIDD | Motes ie tes soles ate 12 tf 19

Cree IMD Tk y, Lok sie gens Ld 4 21

Nymiphabines | sic esjewic.ei'es 27 10 37

ASV COSI oils 5 oid on nas 44 20 64

Wierine tL ee see ees 29 12 4]

Papilioning 2", sskhn ee). © 3 6 4 10

Epes periides) joryere oie) poner = 25 16 41

162 76 238

Nymphalide.

DanaInae.

Limnas chrysippus, Linn, Generally distributed.

Var. alcippus, Cram. Pretoria (March).

Var. dorippus, Klug. Pretoria (March).

Amauris dominicanus, Trim. Barberton (January).

Recorded elsewhere.

Amauris echeria, Stoll. Barberton (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.).

—— albimaculata, Butl. Eastern Transvaal (Buéler, P. Z. S. 1898).

ochlea, Boisd. ~ = 5 “

Limnas dorippus, Klug, almost universally considered a

varietal form of L. chrysippus, is arare butterfly in South Africa.

I took one specimen near Pretoria from among a very large

villius, is not located at Stockholm, but is contained in the Museum of

Malmé, in the most southern part of Sweden.

Butterflies of the Transvaal. 49

concourse of the typical form in the month of March, and this

capture surprised Mr. Trimen. In the same month of

another year I also took a specimen in the bush on the back-

beach at Durban, when Mr. A. D. Miller, a well-known

lepidopterist of that port, told me that though he had collected

for.sixteen years, he had never seen a specimen.

Amauris is a very scarce genus in the Transvaal, and

appears to be only recorded from the Eastern districts. At

Barberton, in the thick bush high up Rymer’s Creek, I took

apair of A. dominicanus, and Mr. Trimen received A. echerta

from the same neighbourhood.

SATYRINAE.

Ypthima asterope, Klug. Barberton (January), Zoutpansberg (May).

Cenyra hebe, Trim. Barberton (January).

Physceneura panda, Boisd. Pretoria (January).

ce ea eid Wallengr. Pretoria (Nov., Dec., Jan.), Middel-

urg (Nov.).

neita, Wallengr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

—— sabacus, Trim. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren-

dall).

— aie Trim. Pretoria (Noyv., Dec.), Johannesburg (Cregoe).

cassius, Godt. Barberton (Harrison).

Leptoneura dingana, Trim. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall).

Samanta perspicua, Trim. Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (J anuary).

Melanitis leda, Linn, Pretoria (Aug. and Sept.).

Meneris tulbaghia, Linn. Barberton (Dr, P. Rendall),

Recorded elsewhere.

Pseudonympha natalii, Boisd. Crocodile River (Trimen, S. A. Butt.).

Leptoneura Bowkeri, Trim. Lydenburg District

Mycalesis Simonsti, Butl. Limpopo River

Lethe indosa, Trim, Lydenburg District = ‘i

Pseudonympha petula, Vrim, Lydenburg District (Trimen, Tr. Ent. Soe.

1891).

Melanitis Sa Butl. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H.

Grose-Smith).

Mycalesis safitza, Hew. Eastern Transvaal (Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898).

” ”

Wallengren (“ Insecta Transvaaliensia”) enumerated Pseudo-

nympha hippia, Cram., but Mr. Trimen has referred this

identification to his P. sabacus.

The more or less bare open veld country is not the rendez-

vous for Satyrine. Of the twelve species I brought back

with me it will be seen that only four were obtained in the

Pretoria district. Of these I procured three on my first

visit, and another three years’ collecting only produced one

other species. One of these—Melanitis leda—I also found

very rare.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 4

50 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

ACREINA,

Acrea horta, Linn. Pretoria (Aug., Nov., Dec., Feb.), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

neobule, Doubl. & Hew. Pretoria (April, Sept., Oct.), Pienaars

River (March), Zoutpansberg (May).

violarum, Boisd. Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

nohara, Boisd. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Doubleday, Guér. Crocodile Poort (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May).

caldarena, Hew. Zoutpansberg (May).

natalica, Boisd. Crocodile Poort (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

anemosc, Hew. Pretoria (Jan., Sept.), Pienaars River (March),

Middelburg (Jan.), Zoutpansherg (Kessner).

acara, Hew. Pretoria (Jan.), Barberton (Jan.).

encedon, Linn. Zoutpansberg (May).

rahira, Boisd. Pretoria (Feb., March), Warm Baths, Waterberg

(Dec.), Middelburg (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

anacreon, Trim. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg District

(Zutrzenka).

— Buxtoni, Butl. Pretoria (March), Barberton (Jan.), Zoutpansberg

(May).

cabira, Hopff. Barberton (Jan.).

Planema esebria, Hew. Barberton (Jan.).

aganice, Hew. Barberton (Harrison).

Pardopsis punctatissima, Boisd. Barberton (Jan.).

Recorded elsewhere.

Acrea aglaonice, Westw. Lydenburg, Marico, Upper Limpopo River

(Trimen, 8. A. Butt.)

stenobea, Wallengr. Potchefstroom, Upper Limpopo River (Trimen,

8. A. Butt.). i

Barberi, Trim. Pretoria District (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.).

acrita, Hew. Eastern Transvaal (Butler, P. Z. 8, 1898).

Wallengren (“Insecta Transvaaliensia’’) also enumerates

A. hypatia, Dru., and A. lycia, Fabr., but the first probably

= A, natalica, Boisd., and the second is treated by Trimen as

a variety of A. encedon, Linn.

Both the typical (rufous) form of A. encedon, Linn., and

the pale form of the species (A. lycia, Fabr.) I took in Zout-

pansberg in May and at Delagoa Bay in September.

NymMpHALina@.

Atella columbina, Cram. Pretoria (Feb., March), Zoutpansherg (Kessner’).

Pyrameis cardui, Linn. Pretoria (throughout the year).

Eurema scheneia, Trim. Barberton (Jan.).

Junonia cebrene, Trim. Pretoria (May, Aug., Dec., generally throughout

the year), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Barberton (Jan.).

clelia, Cram. Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansberg (May).

bodpis, sae Pretoria (Jan., Feb., May), Barberton (J. 2. Harri-

80N).

Butterflies of the Transvaal. dl

Precis cloantha, Cram. Pretoria (Jan., March, Sept., Dec.), Johannes-

burg (Cregoe), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

ceryne, Boisd. Middelburg (Jan.), Barberton (Dr, P. Rendall),

Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

—— tukuoa, Wallengr. Pretoria (April), Zoutpansberg (May), Barbe:-

ton (J. R. Harrison).

octavia, Cram., var. Pretoria, Johannesburg (Cregoe).

sesamus, Trim. Pretoria (Feb., April, May), Johannesburg (Cregoe).

—— archesia, Cram. Pretoria (Feb., March).

pelasgis, Godt. Pretoria (Jan., Feb.), Barberton (Dr. P. Revdall),

Zoutpansherg (Kessner).

Protogoniomorpha anacardit, Linn. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Eurytela hiarbas, Dru. Barberton (Jan.).

dryope, Cram. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

Hypanis ilithyia, Dru. Pretoria (Jan., Feb.), Pienaars River (March),

Zoutpansberg (May).

Neptis agatha, Cram. Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (Dr. P, Rendall

and J. R. Harrison).

Hypolimnas misippus, Linn. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., April).

Var. znaria, Cram. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., March, April).

Hamanumida dedalus, Fabr. Pretoria (Aug. to June), Zoutpansberg

(May), Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

Harma alcimeda, Godt. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

Charaves varanes, Cram. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

Druceanus, Butl. * PE

saturnus, Butl. Pretoria (Dec., Feb.), Rustenburg (Dec.),

—— brutus,Cram. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

ethalion, Boisd. a5 +

—— wiphares, Cram. ” >

Recorded elsewhere.

Atella phalantha, Dru. Potchefstroom, Marico River (Zrimen,S. A, Butt.),

Precis tugela, Trim. Lydenburg District (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.).

Crenis natalensis, Boisd.

” , ”

Charaxes candiope, Godt. Limpopo River A

castor, Cram. Barberton _

pheus, Hewits. o

jahlusa, Trim. ( Wallengren, Insect. Transvaaliensia.)

Precis elyiva. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H. Grose-

Smith).

Charaxes achemenes, Feld. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by

Mr, H. Grose-Smith).

Crenis Boisduvali, Wallengy. Eastern Transvaal (Butler, P. Z. S. 1898).

I found Precis octavia var. exceedingly scarce in the Trans-

vaal, having only secured one specimen at Pretoria. I have

since received another example trom Johannesburg. P. sesa-

mus, on the contrary, was very abundant, and always during

the wet or summer season, frequenting my small flower-

garden. Hence I have found no evidence for the proposition

made by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896,

p. 557) that the two species are identical, or, rather, that

P. octavia is the wet-season and P. sesamus the dry-season

form.

52 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

Mr. Trimen has recorded that he ‘ once noticed a chry-

sippus for a long time pursue a 2 misippus,” and that he had

little doubt “ that the former mistook the latter for a female

of its own species.” I have frequently witnessed the opera-

tion reversed. During the month of April 1895 these species

were particularly abundant in my garden, but the 9 H. miszp-

pus were very scarce, and I frequently watched the males of

that species chasing the female Danaids till they found their

mistake. When the Hypolimnas g found his true 9, the

two sexes generally soared high and disappeared.

Lycenide.

Zeritis aranda, Wallengr. Pretoria (Sept.), Johannesburg (Cregoe).

— almeida, Feld. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

molomo, Trim, Johannesburg (Cregoe).

— thyra, Linn, Pretoria (Nov., Jan.).

— orthrus, Trim. Pretoria (Sept., Jan.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Bar-

berton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpansbherg (Kessner).

Chrysophanus orus, Cram. Pretoria (Oct.).

Arrugia basuta, Wallengr. Middelburg (Nov.).

Crudaria leroma, Wallengr. Pretoria (Oct.).

Catochrysops patricia, Trim. Pretoria (Oct., Nov.).

glauca, Trim, Pretoria (Oct., Dec.).

osiris, Hopff. Warm Baths, Waterberg (Dec.), Zoutpansberg (May),

Barberton (May).

— parsimon, Fabr. Pretoria (Dec.).

asopus, Hopff. Pretoria (Dec.).

— cissus, Godt. Johannesburg (Cregoe), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall),

Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Polyommatus beeticus, Linn. Pretoria (Nov., Dec.), Johannesburg (Cregoe),

Barberton (Harrison).

Zizera lysimon, Hiibn. Pretoria (Oct., April).

— gaika, Trim. Pretoria (Dec.), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

lucida, Trim. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Everes mahallokoena, Wallengr. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., Dec.), Warm

Baths, Waterberg (Dec.), Barberton (Harrison).

Nacaduba sichela, Wallengr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

dolorosa, Trim. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Azanus jesous, Guér. Pretoria (Jan., April, Oct., Dec.).

moriqua, Wallengr. Pretoria, Barberton (Jan.).

— (?) macalenga, Trim. Warm Baths, Waterberg (Dec.), Zoutpans-

berg (May).

Tarucus sybaris, Hopf. Pretoria (Oct., Nov.).

telicanus, Lang. Pretoria (Oct., Dec., March), Barberton (Jan.),

Zoutpansberg (May).

Castalius melena, Trim. Pretoria (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May).

calice, Hopff. Barberton (Harrison).

—— hintza, Trim. Pretoria (Jan.).

Hyreus lingeus, Cram, Pretoria (Jan.), Barberton (Jan.).

palemon, Cram. Pretoria (Oct., May, Dec.), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall).

Lycenesthes liodes, Hew. Pretoria (Feb.).

— amarah, Guér. Pretoria (Jan., March, Dec.), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall),

Butterflies of the Transvaal. 53

Uranothauma nubifer, Trim. Pretoria (Jan.).

Hypolycena lara, Linn. Pretoria (March, May, Oct.), Johannesburg

(Cregoe), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Chrysorychia harpax, Fabr. Pretoria (Jan., Aug., Noy., Dec.), Zoutpans-

berg (Kessner).

amanga, Westw. Pretoria (Jan., March).

Deudoriz licinia, Mab. Pretoria (April, May).

Spindasis natalensis, D, & H. Pretoria (Dec., Jan.).

—— masilikazi, Wallengr. Pretoria (Jan., Aug., Dec.).

Tatura philippus, Faby. Pretoria (April).

Lolaus Trimeni, Wallengr. Pretoria (Dec.).

Stuyeta ae Trim. Pretoria (Jan., Feb.), Warm Baths, Waterberg

ec.).

Myrina ficedula. Pretoria (Dec., Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Recorded elsewhere.

Lycena hypopolia, Trim. Potchefstroom (7rimen, 8, A. Butt.).

jobates, Hopff. + 5

niobe, Trim. ss

ignota, Trim. a a

— trochilus, Freyer. t ‘7

notobia, Trim. -- a

Deudorix antalus, Hopft. Potchefstroom, Limpopo River (T7rimen, S. A,

Butt.).

dinomenes, H. Grose-Smith. Mavico River (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.).

Capys alpheus, Cram. Potchefstroom, Lydenburg District (Trimen,

8. A. Butt.).

Iolaus mimose, Trim. Limpopo River (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.).

Aphneus ella, Hewits. Potchefstroom, Marico and Limpopo Rivers (717

men, 8. A. Butt.).

phanes, Trim. Eureka (7rimen, 8, A. Butt.).

Hutchinsonii, Trim. Eureka (T'rimen, 8. A. Butt.).

Zeritis ethon. Lydenburg District fe

malagrida, Wallengr. No precise locality (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.).

taikosama, Wallengr. 4

D Urbania amakosa, Trim. Lydenburg District ”

Arrugia protumnus. Kalkfontein (Trimen, 8S. A. Butt.).

Capys disjunctus, Trim, Barberton (Trimen, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1895),

Cupido asteris, Godt. (Wallengren, Insecta Transvaaliensia.)

”?

Papilionide.

Prprinz.

Mylothris agathina, Cram. Pretoria (Feb., May), Zoutpansberg (May).

Riippellit, Koch. Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Colias electra, Linn. Pretoria (throughout the year), Barberton (Dr. P,

Rendall), Zoutpansherg (Kessner).

Terias brigitta, Cram. Pretoria (Aug., Sept., Oct.), Zoutpansberg (May),

zoé, Hopft. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., March, Oct.), Pienaars River

(March), Zoutpansberg (May), Rustenburg (Dec.).

regularis, Butl. Barberton (Jan.).

Teracolus subfasciatus, Swains, Pienaars River (March), Zoutpansberg

‘May).

—— race Pretoria (Feb.), Pienaars River (March).

5A Mr. W. L. Distant on the

Teracolus agoye, Wallengr. Pienaars River (March).

tone, Godt. (?). Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

regina, Trim. % A;

anne, Wallengr. 4 2

auxo, Leech. Pienaars River ;

)

evenina, Wallengr. Pretoria (Feb., Dec.), Pienaars River (March).

— achine, Cram. Pienaars River (March), Crocodile Poort (Jan.),

Zoutpansberg (May).

gavisa, Wallengr. Barberton (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May).

omphale, Godt. Zoutpansberg (May).

theogone, Boisd. Pretoria, Zoutpansberg (May).

phlegetonia, Boisd. Pretoria (Oct.), Pienaars River (March), Zout-

pansberg (May).

celimene, Luc. Pretoria (Nov.).

vesta, Reiche. Zoutpansberg (May).

Catopsilia florella, Faby. Pretoria (March, May), J ohannesburg (Cregoe),

Crocodile Poort (Jan.), Zoutpansberg (May), Barberton (Harri-

son).

Belenois zochalia, Boisd. Pretoria (Jan.), Johannesburg (Cregoe).

—— mesentina, Cram. Pretoria (Feb.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Pienaars

River (March), Zoutpansberg (May).

severina, Cram. Pretoria (Dec.), Johannesburg (Cregoe), Barberton

(Harrison), Zoutpansberg (May).

Synchloé hellica, Linn. Pretoria (Aug., Sept., Dec.), Johannesburg

(Cregoe), Pienaars River (Oct.), Zoutpansberg (May).

Pinacopteryx charina, Boisd. Barberton (Harrison).

Herpenia eriphia, Godt. Pretoria (Feb.), Pienaars River (March).

Eronia leda, D. & H. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Recorded elsewhere.

Terias Desjardinsii, Boisd. Lydenburg District (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.).

Pieris pigea, Boisd. Potchefstroom (T7irimen, 8, A. Butt.).

Teracolus phlegyas, Butl. Marico and Limpopo Rivers, Lydenburg

District (Zrumen, 8. A. Butt.).

topha, Wallengr. Lydenburg District (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.).

antevippe, Boisd. a Ep

antigone, Boisd. Lydenburg District, Limpopo River (Zrimen,

: S. A. Butt.).

Eronia Buquetii, Boisd. No exact locality (Zrimen, 8. A. Butt.).

Terias floricolu, Boisd. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H.

Grose-Smith).

— ethiopica, Trim. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H.

Grose-Smith).

— Butleri, Trim. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H.

Grose-Smith).

Pieris saba, Fabr. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H.

: Grose-Smith).

— gidica, Godt. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H.

, Grose-Smith).

The genus Teracolus, though the subject of much revision,

is still in an unsatisfactory condition. The species which I

have followed Mr. Trimen in considering identical with the

Abyssinian 7. vesta, Reiche, is pronounced by Dr. Butler to

Butterflies of the Transvaal. a

be distinct and to represent his 7. mutans (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. xx. p. 505). In the same way the 1’. zone,

Godt., as interpreted by Trimen, is probably Z. imperator,

Butl. However, we must await Miss Sharpe’s monograph on

the genus, when we may expect to find these species, forms,

races, and varieties figured.

Paprrioninz,

Papilio corinneus, Bertol. Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

demoleus, Linn. Pretoria (Sept.).

—— ophidicephalus, Oberth. Barberton (Jan.).

—— constantinus, Barberton (Harrison).

—— lyeus, D. & H. Barberton (Jan.) ; also seen flying at Rustenburg

in December.

—— echerioides, Trim. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

Recorded elsewhere.

Papilio euphranor, Trim. Lydenburg District (Trimen, 8. A. Butt.).

leonidas, Faby. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall, ident. by Mr. H.

Grose-Smith).

—— cenea, Stoll, form tébullus, Kirby. Eureka District (Dr. P. Rendall,

ident. by Mr. H. Grose-Smith).

erinus, Gray. astern Transvaal (Butler, P. Z, 5. 1898).

Hesperiide.

Cyclopides metis, Linn. Barberton (Harrison).

tsita, Trim. Pretoria (Dec., Jan.), Rustenburg (Dec.).

Willemi, Wallengr, Pretoria (Feb.).

Hesperia vindex, Cram. Pretoria (Noyv.).

dromus, Plotz. Pretoria (Feb., March), Barberton (Jan.).

mafa, Trim. Pretoria (Sept., Oct.), Pieuaars River (March).

asterotdia, Trim. Pretoria (Sept.).

diomus, Hoptf. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., Aug.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner),

sataspes, Trim. Pretoria (Sept.).

Carcharodus elma, Trim. Barberton (Jan.),

Kedestes callicles, Hew. Pretoria (Feb.).

tucusa, Trim. Rustenburg (Dec.).

Padraona zeno, Trim. Barberton (Jan.).

Gegenes hottentota, Latr. Pretoria (Feb., March, April, May), Barberton

(Jan.), Waterberg ( Wilde), Zoutpansberg (May).

Platylesches amadhu, Mab, Pretoria (Jan,, April, Nov.), Pienaars River

(March), Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Chapra mohopaani, Wallengr. Pretoria (April).

Abantis tettensis, Hopff. Warm Baths, Waterberg (Dec.),

Leucochitonea levubu, Wallengr. Waterberg (Wélde), Zoutpansberg

( Kessner).

Sarangesa djelele, Wallengr. Pretoria (Jan., Feb., Dec.), Barberton

(Jan.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Sape motozi, Wallengr. Pretoria, Barberton (Harrison), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

—— kobela, Trim. Barberton (Jan.),

56 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

Celenorrhinus mokeezxt, Wallengr. Barberton (Harrison), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

Tagiades flesus, Faby. Barberton (Harrison).

Ethopalocampta forestan, Cram. Pretoria (April).

pisistratus, Faby. Pretoria (Jan, Feb., April, Nov., Dec.).

Recorded elsewhere.

Cyclopides malgacha, Boisd. Potchefstroom (T7'rimen, S. A. Butt.).

egipan, Trim. Lydenburg District

meninx, Trim. Potchefstroom

Pyrgus transvaalie, Trim. Potchefstroom

mohozutza, Wallengr. Lydenburg District

LThymelicus lepenula, Wallengr. Potchefstroom

barbere, Trim. No special locality

Pamphila Morantii, Trim. Upper Limpopo

moritil, Wallengr. Lydenburg District

Ayresti, Trim.

Abantis venosa, Trim. Barberton

Caprona canopus, Trim. Potchefstroom *

Pamphila borbonica, Boisd. (Wallengren, Insecta Transyaaliensia.)

Steropes monochromus, Mab. (Soc. Ent. de Belg. 1891, p. lxiv.)

Pamphila icteria, Mab. (Soc. Ent. de Belg. 1891, p. clxxx.)

Sape pertusa, Mab. (Soc. Ent. de Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.)

9) oP)

IX.—A Revision of the Prerine Butterflies of the Genus

Terias from, the Old World. By Artuur G. BUTLER,

Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant - Keeper,

Zoological Department, British Museum.

THE genus Terias has always been a puzzle to Lepidopterists

and probably will never be thoroughly understood until the

whole of the species have been reared from the egg through-

out the year and in all parts of the world where they exist.

At the same time, the careful labelling and dating of col-

lections in recent years and the study which has been

devoted to this genus in India and Africa have thrown

considerable light upon the relationship of the numerous

forms which, even in my “Notes on the Genus Terias” (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. pp. 212-225), 1 was

obliged to regard, for want of evidence to the contrary, as

distinct species.

The researches of Capt. E. Y. Watson, C. W. Barker, and

G. A. K. Marshall have conclusively proved that many of

the supposed species of the genus are either seasonal or

varietal : the wet-season forms having the under surface of

the wings white or yellow, usually with somewhat feeble

markings, or even none at all; the dry-season forms either

reddish in colour, sometimes with ill-defined markings, or

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 57

with the ground-colour of the wet-season and sharply-defined

markings, the primaries also with an oblique row of dots, a

zigzag bar, or a large patch of chocolate at or near the apex—

this form is also often characterized by dense dusky irro-

ration of the under surface. In the transition from the rainy

to the dry-season an intermediate form occurs. Variation,

in the sense of simple inconstancy of pattern, chiefly affects

the width of the borders on the upper surface, and, curiously

enough, this inconstancy in some species is dependent upon

season, whilst in others it occurs at all seasons. It is this

puzzling inconsistency in the variation of the species which

has been responsible for many of the synonyms in this

genus, as well as for much confusion in the writings of the

best intentioned workers respecting the geographical distri-

bution of some of the commoner species.

The Museum series of Old-World Yerias has, for many

years, been the finest in existence; and the recent donation

of the Godman and Salvin collection of these butterflies has

rendered it so complete that, in combining and rearranging

the two series in our cabinets, many new facts have come to

light and a tentative revision of the synonymy has become

practicable, but only breeding in every locality can finally

decide whether or not this reduction of the species of the

past goes too far or not far enough: in any case | offer it

to Lepidopterists as what I conscientiously believe to be a

step in the right direction.

The Museum collection of typical Terias at present

occupies thirty cabinet drawers, nearly the whole of the

forms described from the Old World being represented, and

most of them in all their seasonal forms. It must, however,

be noted that, as in Teracolus, those countries which have

practically no wet season nevertheless produce the three

phases of a species as coexistent varieties. It would there-

fore seem that existing variations have been adapted to the

seasons, and not produced by them, as has been assumed.

Section I.

The most simple section of the genus is characterized by

the absence of glandular or scale patches on the front wings

of the males, and includes the 7. brigitta, nise, albula,

agave, messalina, deva, harina, candida, and Desjardinsii

groups of the genus: some of these which are only found in

the New World I shall not discuss in the present paper.

T. brigitta group.

Characterized by a tolerably regular blackish border to

58 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

the costa and outer margin of the primaries above, this

border not reaching the external angle in the females; the

under surface of the dry-season form often largely suffused

with rose-reddish or flesh-colour.

1. Tertias pulchella.

Xanthidia pulchella, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 20, pl. ii. fig. 7 (1833).

Mauritius and Madagascar.

The dry-season form has the apex of the primaries and

the secondaries suffused with rose-reddish on the under

surface. The species is represented in the Museum by

eighteen examples.

We have in the Museum a single male of a species from

Fwambo, Tanganyika, which (excepting in its much more

rounded wings) bears a curious resemblance to 7’. pulchella ;

it is, however, destitute of markings on the under surface.

I thought at one time that it might possibly be a very

aberrant example of 7’. regularis, but it looks so utterly out

of place with that species that I feel convinced it will prove

to be a new thing; nevertheless I hesitate to name it until

we receive further evidence.

2. Terias brigitta.

Papilio brigitta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eecxxxi. B, C (1782).

Terias zoe, Hopfter, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640; Peters’s Reise,

Zool. v. p. 869, pl. xxiii. figs. 10, 11 (1862).

Terias candace, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. 11. p. 215 (1865),

Terias caffra, Felder, /. c.

Q. Terias seruli, Westwood in Oates’s Matabele-land, p. 342 (1881).

Ranges from the Cape of Good Hope northwards to Abys-

sinia and westwards from Angola to Sierra Leone.

The wet form is 7’. zoe=caffra, the intermediate form is

T. candace=seruli, and the dry form is typical 7. brigitta:

males both of the intermediate and dry forms seem to be

very rare; it therefore seems possible that the females may

live until the commencement of the wet season, or possibly

they may take little part in the reproduction of the species.

Among our ninety-two examples of YT. brigitta only two

males belong to the intermediate, and one to the dry form.

3. Terias libythea.

Papilio libythea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 427 (1798).

Terias drona, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 187, pl. i. fig. 13 (1829).

Terias lerna, Felder, Sitz. Ak. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. xl. p. 448 (1860).

Terias senna, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 212 (1865),

Terias rubella, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser, 3, vol. iv. p. 323 (1867).

Terias hainana, Moore, P.Z.8. 1878, p. 700.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 59

The range of this species appears to extend from the

Himalayas eastwards to Southern China and Hainan, south-

wards to Ceylon, and thence south-eastwards to Timor; we

also have one example from Amboina.

The wet form is represented by 7. senna=lerna, the inter-

mediate form by JZ’. drona, and the dry form is typical

T. lbythea=rubella=hainana: the latter has the fringes

rosy and the border of the secondaries reduced to triangular

spots; in the intermediate form these spots are confluent in

the male, forming a dentated border *.

4, Terias zoraide.

Terias zoraide, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 213 (1865).

ae Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 321

Levies sinta, Wallace, t. c. p. 322.

Terias immaculata, Miskin, P. R. Soc. Queensl. vi. p. 258 (1889).

Ranges from Bourou southwards to Australia.

T. australis=zoraide is the wet form; JT. sinta=imma-

culata the dry.

T. euterpe and T. neda of the New World appear to be

best placed in this group, in spite of the somewhat different

character of their under-surface markings.

T. harina group.

The wet-season forms differ from the dry in the much

greater width of the outer blackish border to the primaries ;

between the two seasons this border is intermediate in width.

5. Tertias harina.

Terias harina, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E.I.C. p. 187 (1829); Hiibner,

Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 979, 980 (1837).

Ranges from N.E. India through Burma, the Mergui

Archipelago and Andamans, Malacca, Java, and Borneo,

eastwards to the Celebes.

The name 1. formosa was probably first given to Hiibner’s

figures of 7. harina by the late Adam White, and thus

appeared in a list of the species of this genus which I pub-

lished (P. Z.S. 1871, p. 540) at a time when I had no

perfect copy of Hibner’s work for reference. In that list,

oddly enough, I transposed the sexes—the type of 7. harina

being a female, that of Hiibner’s illustrations a male.

In the Philippines a fairly distinct race occurs, of which

* T. hainana has a slightly narrower border to the primaries than

T. libythea.

60 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

I have seen no extreme dry type: the wet form is larger

than in TJ’. harina, the blackish outer border extending to

the secondaries even in the males, where it runs from the

apex to beyond the third median branch, and in the females

sometimes to beyond the first branch; the costal margin in

this form is also much less arched than in J. harina: the

intermediate form is normal.

6. Tertas butyrosa.

Terias butyrosa, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 396

(1875).

Aru Islands.

I have only seen the dry-season form of this Tertas and

therefore have not sufficient evidence on which to conclude

that it is a race of J. harina; it differs from the dry-season

form of that species in the more uniform width and con-

tinuous character of the blackish border to the primaries.

T. candida group.

The species of this group do not appear to exhibit any

appreciable seasonal characters; they also differ from the

T'. harina group in the fact that the females are not very

variable in the same species: white is the characteristic

colouring of the upper surface in all the species excepting

those of the Solomon group, which have yellow females.

7. Terias virgo.

Terias virgo, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 328 (1867).

Aru Islands.

8. Tertas puella.

Xanthidia puella, Boisduval, Voy. de l’Astr., Lép. p. 60, pl. ii. fig. 8

(1832).

Probably throughout the Halmaheira group; we have it

from Waigiou, Batchian, Ternate, and Morty.

9. Terias papuana, sp. n.

Differs from the two preceding species in the more regular

and slightly more concave inner edging of the black outer

border to the wings, which runs farther back on the costa of

the primaries; in the majority of the males this border is

wider than in either 7. vi7go or J’. puella, and in the females

it is invariably wider than in 7’. virgo: the expanse of wings

varies considerably, 39 to 54 millimetres.

From Mysol through New Guinea to Cape York,

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias, 61

10. Terias xanthomelena.

Terias xanthomelena, Godman & Salvin, P. Z.S, 1879, p. 159,

New Ireland and Duke of York Island.

This species may chiefly be distinguished from the follow-

ing by the width and opacity of the basal and abdominal

brown suffusion, and in the generally more concave inner

edge to the outer border of the primaries and the narrower

border of the secondaries.

11. Terias candida.

Papilio candida, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. cecxxxi. A (1782).

Amboyna and Ceram.

12. Terias Woodfordi, sp. n.

6. .Gamboge-yellow with black-brown borders, with

tolerably regularly concave inner margins, that of the pri-

maries considerably wider on the costa than in any other

species of the group, though at the external angle no wider

than in 7’. candida.

Q. Similar to the male, but lemon-yellow, more or less

irrorated at the base of the wings with dusky scales. Expanse

of wings varying from 34 to 53 millim.

Guadalcanar, Maleita, and Florida Islands (Woodford).

The whole of our sixteen examples of this species were

received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin.

13. Tertas salomonis, sp. n.

Differs in both sexes from the preceding species in the

narrower external borders of both sexes. Hxpanse of wings

45 to 54 millim.

Fauro and Alu Islands (Woodford).

The eight specimens of this species in the collection were

received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin.

T. Desardinsw group.

The wet- and dry-season forms differ considerably : in the

latter the dark border to the secondaries is reduced to a

series of dots terminating the nervures; on the under surface

also the apex of the primaries is often suffused with rose-

colour, and two or three deep brown markings appear some-

what as in the 7’. hecabe section of the genus.

62 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

14. Terias regularis.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 486 (1876),

Terias Oberthirii, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ii. p. 225 (1877).

From Abyssinia southwards to Nyasa, and on the west

coast from the Congo northwards to the Niger.

This species has been confounded with the S.-African

representative of 7. Desjardinsii by Mr. Marshall; it is,

however, widely distinct, the female especially differing in

the typical (wet-season) form in its broad hind-wing border ;

both sexes also differ in their less angular wings, with far

more regular arched inner edging to the border of the

primaries. In the dry-season form the border of the second-

aries is replaced by dots, but the markings on the under

surface are as indistinct as in the wet-season form, the apex

of the primaries being very delicately tinted with rose-pink.

15. Terias Marshalli, sp. n.

Terias Desjardinsii, Trimen & Marshall (not Boisduval).

Wings much more angular than in the preceding species,

the inner edge of the outer border of primaries irregularly

sinuated, most prominently on the upper radial and two median

interspaces; the outer border of the secondaries usually

narrower, always distinctly so in the female and most fre-

quently reduced to a marginal series of spots in that sex ;

markings below better defined, but especially in the inter-

mediate and dry-season forms, which show an additional

irregular subapical brown dash on all the wings and a rusty

flesh-coloured border to the primaries. On the upper surface

the three tolerably well-defined seasonal types differ chiefly

in the width of the dark outer border to the wings, that of

the secondaries being reduced in the dry-season to a narrow

dentated line in the male and a series of dots in the female.

Expanse of wings 35 to 45 millim.

Ranges from the Albert Nyanza southwards to Kaffraria,

and on the West Coast from Angola northwards to the Niger.

(Fifty examples.)

16. Tertas Desjardinsit.

3. Xanthidia Desjardins, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 22, pl. ii.

fig. 6 (1883).

. Terias aliena, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

p- 3387 (1880).

Madagascar.

I believe that this species only has a dry-season form—

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 63

the male approaching nearest to the dry form of 7, Marshalli

on the upper surface, but without the rusty or rose-coloured

border on the under surface: the female has a faint rosy

tinting to the apex above and a more or less dusky ill-

defined apical border; on the under surface this sex has

both subapical dashes and the apex of the primaries rosy

ochreous. The black-tipped white female figured by Mabille

in Grandidier’s ‘Madagascar’ does not belong to this

section of the genus, but is a variation of 7. hapale.

17. Tertas punctinotata.

Q. Terias punctinotata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 635, pl. xxxv. figs, 8, 9.

The male is bright lemon- yellow, with a black outer

border to the primaries, regularly arched internally as in

T. regularis ; it is different from the latter in outline, the

costal margin of the primaries being longer and the apex

more acute; but for this fact and its much clearer (less

deep gamboge) colour I should have concluded that it might

be the dry-season form of 7. regularis, that previously noted

being the intermediate form.

18. Tertas mandarinula.

Terias mandarinula, Holland, Ent. xxv. (Suppl.) p. 91 (1892); Proc.

U.S. Nat. Mus. 1895, p. 242, pl. vil. fig. 5.

EK. Africa.

I have not seen this species, but can only suppose that it

must be allied to the preceding.

Section II.

The males characterized by the presence of a patch of

thickened scales between the median and submedian veins

towards the base of the primaries below and a corresponding

subcostal patch on upper surface of secondaries.

This section contains the group to which 7. venata, herla,

and Jeger? belong, also 7. smilaw and one unnamed species

from the New World.

T. herla group.

Characterized by more or less acutely-pointed primaries,

the dry forms usually very ruddy below.

19. Terias betheseba.

Terias betheseba, O. Janson, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 272 (1878).

Terias hainana, Moore, P. Z. 8S, 1878, p. 700.

Yokohama and Hainan.

64 _Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

Our seven examples of this species all belong to the wet-

season form, nor have I seen a dry form of this insect.

20. Terias sana.

Terias sana, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 470.

Terias hespera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 214

(1886).

New Guinea to Northern Australia.

T. sana was described upon two small wet-season examples

from New Guinea; Z. hespera upon the dry form from N.E.

Australia. The species is represented in the Museum by

eleven examples.

21. Tertas venata.

Terias venata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I. C. i. p. 65, pl. 2 a. fig. 2 (1857).

Terias santana, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. 11. p. 211 (1865).

Terias rama, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 566; Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 121,

pl. xlvi. figs. 5, 5 a (1880-81).

Terias pallitana, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 48

(1877).

Ranges from the Himalayas southward to Ceylon and

probably eastwards through North China, for we have it from

Chusan Island and from the Philippines.

The seasonal (?) forms differ less than usual: 7’. rama is

probably the best-marked wet type, 7’. santana intermediate,

and 7’. venata (of which J’. pallitana is the female) the dry ;

but, on the other hand, it is possible that, as seems to be the

case in the closely allied 7’. betheseba, no differing dry form

may exist, and the slight discrepancies in the pattern of the

upper surface or the definition of the markings on the under

surface may be partly local and have a subspecific value.

The fact that we have the extremes from the Anamully Hills

proves that they are not permanently separated as distinct

species.

Two males in the Museum from China differ in having

the female pattern on the upper surface of the primaries as

in T. leta.

22. Tertas herla.

Pieris herla, McLeay, King’s Sury. Austr. ii. p. 460 (1827).

Terias lineata, Miskin, P. R. Soc. Queensl. vi. p. 251 (1889).

Northern Australia.

T. lineata is the dry-season form of the species.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 65

23. Tertas lta.

Terias leta, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 674 (1836).

Terias Jegeri, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop., Lép. i. p. 84, pl. ii. fig, 1

(1855).

Terias vagans, Wallace, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 357.

India and Burma.

Differs from 7’. herla chiefly in the more acute apex to the

primaries. ‘The wet-season form of the species is 7’. vagans,

which the late Capt. Watson says “is possibly wrongly

identified in the British Museum”; but, owing to the

fact (overlooked by him) that we possess Wallace’s type,

it was not “ possibly wrongly identified.” The intermediate

form is 7. Jegert and the dry form T’. leta.

24, Terias subfervens.

Tervas subfervens, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi.

p. 278 (1883).

Japan, Southern Corea, and Eastern China.

I based my description upon the extreme dry-season form

from Southern Corea, having incorrectly identified the wet

and intermediate forms from Japan as T. Jegert. The

species may readily be distinguished in all its forms from

T’. leta by the much more prominent and acute apex to the

primaries and the distinctly narrower and far more regular

black border on the upper surface of these wings.

T. smilax group.

Characterized by the rounded apex to the primaries and

far more irregular abbreviated external border to these wings.

Donovan’s figure is extremely slovenly and does not show

this irregularity ; indeed it far more nearly resembles a little

species which we have from the Bahamas ; nevertheless it

has been generally admitted that it is intended to represent

the intermediate form of the Australian species.

25. Terias smilax.

Papilio smilax, Donovan, Ins. New Holl. pl. xx. fig. 3 (1805).

Terias ingana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 322; Butler, Cruise

of the Curagoa, p. 470, pl. xlix. fig. 3 (1873).

Terias parvula, Herrich-Schiffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 78.

Terias varius, Miskin, Proc. Soc. Queensl. vi. p. 259 (1889).

Terias casta, Lucas, op. cit. vol. vill. p. 68 (1894).

Kastern Australia and Baudin Island.

T. casta=ingana is the wet-season form, T. varius appa-

rently = typical 7. smilax intermediate, and 7’. parvula the

dry form.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 5

66 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

Section III.

The basal portion of the median nervure of the primaries

in the males up to the emission of the first branch edged

with thickened scales having an opaque appearance when

held to the light.

This section is the most perplexing in the genus and

includes all the allies of 7. hecabe and T’. rahel.

26. Tertas floricola.

Xanthidia floricola, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 22, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1833).

Terias ceres, 3, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.

p. 218 (1886).

Mauritius and Madagascar.

T. floricola is the wet-season form and 7. ceres the dry ;

the female referred by me to 7’. ceres belongs to the following

very closely related form, which may perhaps be only a race

of the same species, possibly only a variety.

27. Tertas hapale.

pl. xxxii. figs. 6, 7.

3 2. Terias Boisduvaliana, Mabille, t. c. p. 253, pl. xxxii. figs. 4, 4a, 5.

3 Q. Terias ethiopica, Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. i. p, 21 (1889).

Madagascar, Africa generally, Arabia.

T. hapale = Boisduvaliana is the wet-season form and

T. cethiopica = ceres 2 the dry-season form. We have

forty-seven examples of this butterfly, and (apart from sea-

sonal variation) they seem to be wonderfully constant, the

females only varying in the length of the outer border of the

primaries, which, in the variety referred to 7. Degyardinsit

by M. Mabille, is very limited.

28. Tertas anjuana.

Terias anjuana, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 189

(1879),

Terias decipiens, Butler, /. c.

Island of Johanna.

T. anjuana is the wet-season form, 7’. decipiens is inter-

mediate, and a small lemon-yellow male which I identified as

the W.-African J. brenda may possibly be an aberrant dry-

season form, but shows none of the characteristic markings

on the under surface.

—=

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 67

29. Terias Bewsheri.

T co palais Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 190

79).

Terias chalcomieta, Butler, 1. c.

Tervas dentilimbata, Butler, 1. e.

Island of Johanna.

T. Bewsheri is the wet form and T. chalcomiceta and

var. dentilimbata the dry.

There can be little doubt that this is merely an insular

race of T. senegalensis, less subject to variation than the

continental type.

30. Tertas leonis.

Terias leonis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 222,

pl. v. fig. 6 (1886).

West Africa from Sierra Leone to the Gaboon.

A small species, perhaps doubtfully distinct from 7. sene-

galensis, but apparently having no dry-season form; the

typical (intermediate) form is more characteristically dis-

similar from 7. senegalensis than the wet form.

There are twenty-eight examples in the Museum series.

31. Tertas senegalensis,

Terias senegalensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 672 (1836).

Terias solifera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xv. p. 396

(1875).

Terias bisinuata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 485 (1876).

Terias orientis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 71.

Terias Butler, Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. ii. p. 23 (1889).

Africa generally, but apparently rare in the south.

T.. senegalensis =solifera is the extreme wet form ; typical

T. senegalensis having the markings below very indistinct,

whereas in 7. solifera they are well defined: this difference,

however, is common as a variation in the genus.

T. orientis= Butler? is a less heavily bordered intermediate

form, and 7’. disenuata the dry form, which, however, we have

hitherto only received from Hastern Africa.

32. Terias brenda.

Terias brenda, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. ix. fig. 6 (1847).

Sierra Leone to the Gaboon on the west and the Albert

Nyanza to Tanganyika on the east.

This species resembles the preceding in pattern in all its

forms excepting that the secondaries are less frequently

68 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

bordered with black above, being usually dotted at the ends

of the nervures. It differs chiefly in colouring, the wings

being bright lemon-yellow above instead of gamboge. The

largest examples of 7. brenda show a somewhat greater

expanse of wings than the largest examples of 7’. senegalensis,

but size alone is of little consequence.

33. Terias anemone.

Terias anemone, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 25 (1862).

Terias mandarina, De Lorza, Lep. Jap. p. 18 (1869).

Terias Mariesti, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, pl. vii. figs. 1-6.

Terias hybrida, Butl. 7. ¢. figs. 7-11.

Terias connexiva, Butl. 1. ¢. figs. 12-165,

Japan and Chusan Island, round the south-eastern coast of

China from Shanghai to Hong-Kong.

T. Mariesti is the wet-season form, 7’. anemone, hybrida,

and connexiva intergrades, and 7’. mandarina the dry-season

form.

The transitions from wet to dry affect both surfaces simul-

taneously in this species, and thus at once distinguish it

from TJ. hecabe and T. suava,in which the upper surface

varies enormously at all seasons. The wet form (7. Marvesi)

differs from the parallel variety of the wet form in 7’. suava

in the more abrupt costal termination of the apical patch on

the upper surface. Our series of this species 1s represented

by 127 selected examples.

d4. Terias Hobsont.

Terias Hobsoni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 668.

S.E. Corea, Japan, the Chusan Archipelago, Eastern

China from Hang-Chow southwards to Foo-Chow and

Formosa.

It is possible that this may be a variation of the preceding

species, in which the outer border is equally well marked

on the primaries, but wanting on the secondaries: the dry

form is unknown to me.

85. Tertas unduligera.

Terias unduligera, Butler, P, Z.8. 1880, p. 668.

Foo-Chow and N. Formosa.

The dry form is quite unlike that of 7. anemone, approach-

ing closely to that of J. hecabe. It is possible that this

may be inseparable as a species from 7. hecabe, from which

it differs much as 7’. nicobariensis does from 7. suava; it does

wai

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 69

not, however, quite correspond with 7. hecabe in pattern in

any of its seasonal forms, and appears to be locally constant.

Cramer’s Pap. hecabe (Pap. Ex. vol. ii. pl. exxiv. figs. B, C)

probably represents the intermediate form of 7. unduligera.

36. Terias hecabe.

Papilio hecabe, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 249 (1764).

Terias blanda, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 672 (1886).

Terias esiope, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop., Lép. i. p, 85, pl. ii. fig. 3

(1855).

Terias subdecorata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 699,

Terias arcuata, Moore, t. ¢. p. 700.

South China from Hong-Kong to Tonkin, including the

island of Hainan.

In this species the wet-season form appears to vary very

little, but the intermediate and dry forms exhibit considerable

variation in the width of the outer border of the primaries.

T. esiope is a dry form corresponding with the wet-season

form (ZT. hecabe); in T. subdecorata the only difference of

importance is in the much less angular upper inner margin

to the apical portion of the outer border; in 7. dblanda the

inner edge of the outer border is almost or often quite regu-

larly arched, and 7. arcuwata appears to be the same thing

with an intermediate character of under surface. The follow-

ing, which may prove to be a further development of the

dry-season form of ZT. hecabe, was also described from

Hainan; but the Museum possesses only a pair, presumably

of this species, from the Loo-choo and Madjico-sima Islands ;

therefore, for the present, I keep it separate.

37. Terias attenuata.

Terias attenuata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 700.

Hainan; also ? Loo-choo and Madjico-sima groups.

It is of course possible that our examples, in spite of their

resemblance to Dr. Moore’s insect, may prove to be the dry

form of 7. Hobsont; their habitat seems to render this more

likely than that they should be a variation of the Southern

Chinese species.

38. Terias suava.

Terias suava, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 670 (1836).

Terias hecabeoides, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop., Lép. i. p. 85, pl. ii,

fig. 2 (1855).

Terias fimbriata, Wallace, Trans. Ent, Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p, 323 (1867).

Terias simulata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 119, pl. xlv. figs. 2, 2 a, 26

(1881).

70 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

Terias excavata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 252.

Terias irregularis, Moore, t. ¢. pl. xii. fig. 3

Terias apicalis, Moore, t. c. p. 253, pl. xii. fig. 2.

Terias asphodelus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 151, pl. xxiv. fig. 15.

Terias narcissus, Butler, 1. ¢.

ae Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 216

Tevias simplex, Butler, t. c. p. 217, pl. v. fig. 2.

Terias contubernalis, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. p. 46 (1886).

Terias patruelis, Moore, t. ¢. pl. iv. fig. 5.

Terias fraterna, Moore, t. c. pl. iv. fig. 6.

Terias Andersonii, Moore, ¢. c. p. 47, pl. iv. fig. 8.

India and Ceylon, Burma, and southward to Malacca,

including the Mergui Archipelago.

This species well bears out Darwin’s statement that common

and widely distributed species vary most. 7. suava (com-

monly confounded with the broader-winged and far less

variable 7’. hecabe of S. China) exhibits more inconstancy

than any other species of Yerias, and consequently has

received numerous distinctive names. As every gradation of

upper-surface pattern, from the typical broad-bordered 7’. suava

to the narrow-bordered J. narcissus, is represented at all

seasons, it would seem to a superficial observer that many

species were represented by the forms of this butterfly ; when,

however, it is found that these forms are not limited to locality

and comprise a perfect transitional series, it becomes evident

that they represent one extremely variable species.

In order to facilitate their identification I shall consider

these intergrades as separate varieties, beginning with the

most broadly bordered typical form and ending with those in

which the border is reduced to its narrowest limit.

“Var.1.

T. suava=hecabeoides is the wet-season form, the inter-

mediate form is unnamed; 7’. s’mulata is the dry-season form,

from which 7. contubernalis is practically inseparable.

Var. 2.

T. merguiana is the wet-season form, the intermediate form

is unnamed; 7". excavata is the dry-season form, from which

T. Andersonit is inseparable.

Var. 3.

The wet and intermediate forms are both unnamed; T. fra-

terna is the dry form.

Var. 4.

The wet and intermediate forms are both unnamed;

T. purreea=patruelis is the dry form.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus ‘Terias. 71

Var. 5.

The wet and intermediate forms are both unnamed;

T. Swinhoet is the dry form.

Var. 6.

The wet form is unnamed, the intermediate form is un-

known to me; 7. asphodelus and trregularis are small and

large types of the dry form.

War. %.

The wet form is unnamed; 7. fimbriata is the intermediate

form, and 7’, narcissus the dry form.

Var. 8.

The wet and intermediate forms are unknown; YT. simplex

is the dry form.

Var. 9.

The wet and intermediate forms are unknown ; T. apicalis

is the dry form.

39. Tertas nicobariensis.

Terias nicobariensis, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 480

(1862),

Terias phanospila, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii, p. 209 (1865),

Andamans, Nicobars, Java, Sumatra, Flores (coll. Hewit-

son), Borneo, and the Philippines. We have a female appa-

rently referable to the intermediate form of this species, but

said to have been taken in Ceylon.

To my mind 7. nicobariensis is more nearly related to

T. stlhetana than to T’.. suava (with which, under the incorrect

name of 7’, hecabe, it has been associated by Indian workers).

T. phanospila was based upon old discoloured males from

Java; we have exactly similar specimens from Horsfield’s

collection. This is the dry-season form of the species.

40. Terdias silhetana.

Terias stlhetana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 824 (1867).

Terias citrina, Moore (not Poey), Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 119, pl. xlv.

fies, 4, 4a (1881).

Terias rotundalis, Moore, t. c. p. 120, pl. xlvi. figs. 1, 1a, 6 (1881).

Terias uniformis, Moore, J. ¢. figs. 2, 2 a, b (1881).

Terias vallivolans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. p. 420

1883).

Tovias etiophita, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvi,

p- 338, pl. viii. fig. 2 (1885).

‘ze Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

Terias Templetoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.

p. 218 (1886).

Terias simulatrix, Semper, Reisen Arch. Philipp. ii. vol. v. pl. xli.

fies. 7-9 (1891).

Terias tecmessa, De Nicéville, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiv. p. 498

(1896).

Burma, Pegu, N.E., Central, and Southern India, Ceylon,

Andamans, N.E. Sumatra, Philippines *.

The character by which the late Capt. Watson proposed

to distinguish 7. s¢hetana from other species of the 7’ hecabe

group is that it has an extra black dot near the base of the

discoidal cell on the underside of the primaries. Unfor-

tunately this character is not always present, though usually

so in the narrow-bordered forms of the species.

T’. silhetana separates fairly easily into two types, the first

with a broad border to the secondaries at all seasons, the

second with a narrower border in the wet-season, which almost

or quite disappears in the dry-season.

Broad-bordered type.

The wet-season form is unnamed; the dry-season form is

T. citrina= T. simulatrix=T. tecmessa (the latter being the

drier and commoner variation).

Narrow-bordered type.

The wet-season form is 7. rotundalis=vallivolans = Tem-

pletont; the intermediate form is 7. heliophila; the dry-

season form is 7. selhetana= T. uniformis.

41. Tertas Moorei.

Terias Moorei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 216,

pl. v. fig. 1 (1886).

Camorta.

The late Capt. Watson regarded this as an extreme

variety of TJ. silhetana (to which, as my figure shows, it

bears not the faintest resemblance), solely on the ground that

the black dot, which he believed to be confined to 7. silhetana,

occurs in our two examples, although not in the same part of

the cell. As a fact, the cell-markings on the under surface

of the species of Yertas are eminently variable both in

number and position, sometimes on opposite wings of the

same individual.

* We have a female said to have been obtained at Afghanistan over

fifty years ago ; but this is probably an error.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus 'Terias. 73

42. Tertas kana.

Terias kana, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. p. 48, pl. iv. fig. 9

(1886).

Terias toba, De Nicéville, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xiv. p. 496 (1896).

Mergui Archipelago and Sumatra.

An intermediate-season form (of which the wet and dry

forms are unknown to me). Capt. Watson thought that

T. kana might be the wet-season form of 7. sard; but we

have what I believe to be the wet form of (the race?) 7’. so-

dalis from Ceylon, and it agrees with the latter exactly in

the pattern of the upper surface, whereas 7. kana is more

like a small broad-bordered 7. suava.

43. Terias curtosus.

Terias curiosus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 508, pl. xlvii. fig. 5.

Karachi.

The late Capt. Watson regarded this as an aberration of

““ T. hecabe,” but to my mind it has far more the character

of 7. sodalis; it may be distinct from either, and (in the

absence of evidence) I therefore leave it.

44, Terias sart.

Terias sari, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 186 (1829).

Terias sodalis, Moore, Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool. xxi. p. 45 (1886).

Ceylon, Nilghiris, Burma, Mergui Archipelago, Malacca,

Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Sulu Archipelago, Palawan.

The examples from the mainland and Mergui, as well as

the wet-season examples from Ceylon, have usually a narrower

border to the secondaries, though one example from Malacca

has this border fairly broad; these would represent 7’. sodalis.

The forms from Sumatra northwards to Palawan have this

border somewhat broader and are typical 7. sar?. Both

names were given to the dry-season phase.

45. Terias sarilata.

Terias sari, var. sarilata, Semper, Reisen Philipp. ii. v. pl. xii. figs. 10-

12 (1891).

Davao, Philippines.

Only the dry form is known to me.

Var. ? mindorana.

Two females. The outer borders of the wings above

occupying from one third to two fifths of the wing-surface ;

74. Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

that of the primaries acutely angulated below costa, the

bisinuation on the median interspaces more transverse and

with diffused outer edge; a blackish-brown streak continuous

with the border running inwards to a third of the distance

from the base along the inner margin; the chocolate apical

patch on the under surface narrower than in females of typical

T. sarilata.

Mindoro. From the Godman and Salvin collection.

If males from Mindoro exhibit similar differences, this may

be regarded as a distinct species ; but our two females are not

quite alike (as indicated in the above description). Both

belong to the dry-season phase.

46. Terias semifusca.

Terias semifusca, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.

p- 222, pl. v. fig. 8 (1886).

Sumatra. Type coll. Hewitson.

Belongs to the intermediate seasonal phase.

47. Terias bidens.

Terias bidens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p, 222,

pl. v. fig. 7 (1886).

Sumatra. ‘Type coll. Hewitson.

Is also an intermediate form.

48. Tertas latilimbata.

Terias latilimbata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.

p. 221, pl. v. fig. 5 (1886).

Sumatra. Type coll. Hewitson.

A wet-season form.

49, Tertas latimargo.

Terias latimargo, Hopfter, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 25. 3

Terias anguligera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.

p. 224, pl. v. fig. 10 (1886).

Celebes and Flores. ;

We have the wet-season form in the Museum series and

the wet and intermediate forms in the Hewitson collection.

50. Tertas diversa.

Terias diversa, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc, ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 824 (1867).

Philippines. ;

This appears to be the species figured by Semper (figs. 15-

17) as I. hecabe; his figs. 13 and 14 do not seem to me to

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 75

be distinct from his 7. s’mulatriz, differing markedly from

all the seasonal forms of 7’, diversa.

51. Tertias sulphurata.

Terias sulphurata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 617.

Terias variata, Butler, 1. c.

Terias hebridina, Butler, ¢. c. pl. lxvii. fig. 8.

Terias inanata, Butler, J, e.

Terias pumilaris, Butler, t. c. pl. Ixvii. fig. 7.

a a Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 355

Tovias hifuana, Butler, 1. ¢.

Tae. la Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. p. 420

Tevias maroensis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 368, pl. xxviii. fig, 2.

Tertas laratensis, Butler, t.c. p. 369, pl. xxviii. fig. 3.

Lerias photophila, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii.

p. 196 (1884).

Terias phebus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 221,

pl. v. fig. 4 (1886).

Ranges from Northern Australia northwards to Timor

Laut, Aru, and New Guinea, and thence eastwards to New

Ireland, appearing just to touch the Solomons; more to the

south it ranges eastwards to the Loyalty, New Hebrides, and

Fiji Islands.

This species exhibits a more restricted variability than

T. suava, which it doubtless replaces in Australasia; the

mode of variation is, however, similar. Regarded as a whole

it is asmaller type, never so heavily bordered or suffused

with blackish as typical 7’. swava nor so narrowly bordered

as T’ apicalis.

The varieties with their seasonal forms are as follows :—

Var. 1.

The wet-season form is 7’. photophila, with the outer border

slightly narrower in 7’. hebridina, the upper angle of the

sinus rounded off and the border of secondaries very narrow

or reduced to dots in 7’ ¢nanata and aprica (the latter is

larger than 7. inanata and has the margin of secondaries

dotted). ‘The intermediate form of this variety is unnamed.

The dry-season form is 7’. maroensis=phebus, of which

TL’. sulphurata and variata are narrower bordered examples,

the latter small and with dotted margin to the secondaries.

Var. 2.

The outer border of primaries broad at apex, but narrow at

external angle ; the seasonal forms are unnamed.

76 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

Var. 3.

The outer border of primaries much narrower throughout.

The wet-season form is 7. pumilaris (starved) and T. sina-

pina (full-sized) ; intergrades between the two extremes are

in the Museum series. The intermediate form is 7. lifuana

= T. laratensis (the differences very slight) and the dry form

is unnamed,

52. Terias brevicostalis, sp. n.

Readily distinguishable from all species of this group by

the short costal margin to the primaries and the more rounded

outer margin; the apical portion of the external border is

consequently narrowed, just as though its outer edge had

been trimmed off; the subapical angle of this border is more

obtuse than usual, the secondaries are subangulated at the end

of the second median branch; the outer border of the

secondaries is well-defined, regularly sinuated internally, but

varies somewhat in width and length; the general colour of

the male above is saffron-yellow and that of the female

citron-yellow; the markings below are normal, but not very

strongly defined in the wet and intermediate forms; the dry

form is unknown to me.

Expanse of wings 41-47 millim.

Semao Island, Timor (coll. Hewitson), Wetter, (probably

Bourou), Batchian, Ternate, and Gilolo.

The general aspect of the males is that of the 7. Desjar-

dinsti group rather than of the 7. hecabe group.

53. Tertas biformis.

Q. Terias biformis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii,

p- 196 (1884).

9. Terws lacteola, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 466, fig. 129 (1886).

Q. Terias ada, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 271

(1887).

Ranges from Nias through Borneo eastwards to Ternate

and Batchian, extending south to Amboyna and Ceram, and

probably crossing New Guinea, to reappear in the Louisiade

and Solomon groups.

The males of this Tervas seem to run very close to those of

T. sulphurata, of which species I should be inclined to regard

it as a variety but for the white or creamy colouring of the

females. In the Solomon group this type of female seems to

be abundant, whereas the yellow female of Z. sulphurata

seems to be extremely rare; from Amboyna again I have

only seen white females. In the Solomon Islands the females

hited

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. th

would seem to be most prevalent between the wet and dry

seasons, nor have I seen a single dry-season male.

T. biformis was based upon a male with dry-season upper

surface and a typical wet-season female; the former has

usually a very narrow outer border, and sometimes the base

and edge of the inner margin are irrorated with dusky scales,

so as to approach the least pronounced forms of the 7’. rahel

group.

T.. lacteola and ada were both based upon females, the first

white, the second creamy or with a faint tint of sulphur; the

outline of the border of the primaries and the dusky irroration

of the upper surface are characters which vary much in this

species. Our series of J. biformis is now represented by

seventy-one examples.

The names 7’. biformis, multifrons, and multiformis, pro-

posed by the late Mr. H. Pryer for 7. subfervens and T. man-

darina, were given in defiance of the law of priority, and,

but for the fact that they have recently been quoted by a

scientific worker, I should simply have ignored them, as I

should the names ignorantly given in a story-book. Not

only was the name 7’, biformis proposed in 1887 for a butterfly

which Mr. Pryer believed to have several names already, but

it was given as the name of two species which Mr. Pryer

believed he had bred (and which a friend of his was satistied

he had not bred) from one another. Lastly, the name 7’ bz-

formis was given in ignorance of the fact that it had already

been employed in the same genus about three years and a

half previously.

With regard to his 7. multifrons, subsequently altered

without comment to 7’. multiformis, Mr. Pryer believed that

it included no less than ten forms, all of which he declared

that he had bred from eggs laid by 7. mandarina, although

most of them never were seen in Japan, and one, at any rate,

is a well-known West-African species. Subsequently Pryer

extended the species to include what he called 7. leta

(meaning ZT’. subfervens), the wet and dry forms of which he

probably regarded as 1’. leta and betheseba, or T’. leta and

Jegert, according to fancy.

When it is remembered that the 7’. /eta group is charac-

terized by entirely different male sexual marks from the

T. hecabe group, the fact that Pryer believed he had bred one

from the other invalidates the whole of his breeding experi-

ments, proving them to have been far more careless than the

positive assertions of this collector would fain constrain us

to believe them.

78 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

54. Terias indecisa, sp. n.

. Gamboge-yellow; the primaries having the base

blackish, the costal margin very narrowly grey, the apex and

a narrow external border dark brown, trisinuated internally as

in T. gradiens, with a slight widening at external angle, but

without a trace of the internal border characteristic of the

T. rahel group ; secondaries with a dentate sinuate external

border, a little broader than in T. tlaha and more diffused

towards the anal angle: wings below slightly paler than

above, with the characteristic markings of the T. hecabe

group (wet-season) represented by brown scales and not

strongly defined.

Expanse of wings 45 millim.

Batchian (Wallace).

This seems to be a link between the 7. hecabe and T. rahel

groups; its upper-surface pattern is characteristic of an inter-

mediate or dry-season form, but that of the under surface

proves it to be a wet-season form. This insect is so very

distinct from any other described form that, although slightly

discoloured with age, I am constrained to regard it as new to

science.

T. rahel group.

The inner border of the primaries and sometimes the abdo-

minal border of the secondaries more or less broadly bordered

with deep brown; in some species these and the ordinary

borders are so much extended as to occupy the greater portion

of the upper surface, leaving only a patch of yellow on each

wing, whilst in the females even these patches are sometimes

irrorated with brown.

55. Terias sinensis.

Terias sinensis, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 429,

“ China”’ (Lucas) ; Sulu Archipelago. ¢, B. M.

Our single example agrees well with the description. It

approaches very near to the type of T. gradiens from Borneo,

but differs in its slightly longer wings and narrower borders.

It is a wet-season form.

56. Tertas gradiens.

Terias gradiens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 223,

pl. v. fig. 9 (1886).

Borneo, Sandakan.

Our male from Sandakan has the inner border of the

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 79

primaries more equal in width than in the type. The wet-

season form only is known.

57. Tertas tilaha.

@. Terias tilaha, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 136 (1829).

Java and Borneo.

Our ten examples are quite uniform in character and belong

to an intermediate-season phase. The greater size, much

broader apical border of primaries, the more elongated sinus

in the border on the lower median interspace, and the exten-

sion of the inner border so as to impinge upon the discoidal

cell at its base render it next to impossible that this can be

the intermediate form of the preceding species, for we know

that the change from a wet- to a dry-season character in this

genus is usually accompanied by a decrease in the dark

borders of the upper surface, and never by an increase in their

width. When any change in size takes place, it tends

towards diminution of expanse in the dry season.

58. Tertas Nicevillei, sp. n.

I believe this to be the 7’. tilaha of De Nicéville; it is the

smallest species of the group; it differs in pattern from

T. tilaha in the slightly more regular inner oblique edging to

the apical border of the primaries, the slightly narrower outer

border of the male secondaries and the broader border to

those of the female; the latter sex is also much deeper in

colour than in 7’ éilaha, being nearly as bright a yellow as

the male; the under surface is similar to that of 7. tilaha.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

N.E. Sumatra (from Capt. E. Y. Watson’s collection).

59. Tertas rahel.

Papilio rahel, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 22 (1787).

Borneo.

This is the Bornean representative of Z. tondana, from

which it differs in having the pattern of the primaries more

nearly like that of 7. ti/aha and the pattern of the secondaries

nearly alike in both sexes ; whereas the female of 7. tominia

differs widely from its male in all the wings. The abdominal

border of the secondaries is less strongly marked than in

T. tominia. This, again, is an intermediate form in the

under-surface markings.

80 Dr. A. G. Butler on the Old- World

60. Terias tominta.

Q@. Terras tominia, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 66, pl. vii. fig. 4 (1865).

3 2. Tertas tondana, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 214, pl. xxvi.

figs. 1, 2 (1865).

Menado, Minahassa. B. M.

A wet-season form.

In the Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vol. xlii. p. 8 (1897), Herr

Friihstorffer indicates the existence of a new species allied to

T. tominia from Lombock; for this he proposes the name of

T. lombokiana.

61. Tertas talissa.

Q. Terias talissa, Westwood, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 469, pl. xiie

figs. 1, la.

Celebes, Minahassa. B. M.

The female (of which we have both wet and intermediate

forms) differs chiefly from that sex of J. tondana in the

narrower and more smoky-yellow belts on the wings; the

male, however, is widely different, the yellow area on the

primaries being reduced to a broad oblique belt and that of

the secondaries bounded behind by the median vein. Con-

sidering the constancy of the species in this group, we have

at present no grounds for supposing that 7. tominia alone

should vary to this extraordinary extent; therefore, in spite

of the general similarity of the females and the fact that both

types appear to occur in the same islands, they must, for the

present at any rate, be regarded as different species.

62. Terias celebensis.

Terias celebensis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 327, pl. vi.

fic. 1 (1867).

Tondano, Macassar, Sula Islands.

Wallace gives the locality of his male as ‘‘ Menado,” but

the only male from the Wallacean collection in Hewitson’s

cabinet is labelled “ Tond.” The female from the Sula

Islands differs from that obtained at Macassar in having the

outer half of the primaries black ; it would be interesting to

see whether this difference was constant. The male would

be best described as haviiig the primaries above like those of

7. sari and the secondaries like those of T. tominia. All

the specimens have an intermediate season character of under

surface.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias. 81

63. Tertas alitha.

Terias alitha, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 289 (1862).

Terias invida, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. p, 418

(1883).

Philippines, Sula Islands.

I believe TJ’. alitha to be the wet-season form, though the

female shows an intermediate character of under surface,

and T. cnvida the dry-season form, although the male does

not differ on the under surface from that of the wet season,

and is only separable by the reduced width of the black

borders above. A very broad-bordered form occurs, of which

we have six examples from Samboangan and Davao, which

may possibly be distinct, as well as a pair similar to the last

but with the yellow area of the primaries abbreviated. I

dare not venture, without proof of their distinctness, to name

these forms, all of which, if distinct, should have been named

by Mr. Semper in his Butterfly Fauna of the Philippines

(‘ Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen,’ Band y.).

64, Terias Lorquinit,

Terias Lorquinii, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 209 (1865),

Macassar, Celebes.

A wet-season form.

65. Tertas zita.

3. Terias zita, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 210 (1865).

@. Terias zama, Felder, J. c.

Celebes, Ternate.

The males in the Museum have a wet- and the female a

dry-season character of under surface; excepting in colour

they are alike in the pattern of the upper surface.

66. Tertas eumide.

Terias eumide, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 214 (1865),

Celebes, Batchian, Amboyna.

We have seasonal types of this species ; but in the 7. rahel

group generally there is something undecided about the various

phases of the species, which makes one doubt whether the

species of this group ever exhibit well-defined seasonal forms

such as exist in all the other groups of the genus; possibly

they may be in a transitional stage towards extinction, for I

believe that they have not been developed by changes of tem-

perature, but have simply been adapted to them, inasmuch as

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 6

&2 Dr. E. Liénnberg on the Linnean

they are often all well-marked and emerge simultaneously in

countries where practically no wet-season exists; but, on the

other hand, in countries where the weather is more or less

moist throughout the year the dry forms are either wholly

absent or are extremely rare (probably only existing as

reversional sports).

T. ampleaa group.

In this group the outer borders are quite regular—that is

to say, not widening towards the apex of the primaries, as in

the extreme dry phases of the 7’. hecabe group.

67. Terias ample«a.

Terias amplexa, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 523 (with cut).

Christmas Island.

Our males are all of the wet-season type, and our single

female of the dry-season, in the pattern of the under surface.

X.—A Revision of the Linnean Type Specimens of Scorpions

and Pedipalps in the Zoological Museum of the Royal

University at Upsala. By Dr. Kinar LONNBERG.

From the time of Linnzus three Scorpions and two Pedipalps

have been preserved in the Zoological Museum at Upsala. They

were all five mounted on pins by Thunberg, and are provided

with his handwritten labels, which not only give the specific

name, but also define the “ collection ” to which they belonged.

It is consequently easy to find the names in the catalogues

written by Thunberg. The first scorpion among these is

labelled “ afer, Mus. Ad. Fr.,” which means that it belonged

to the collection which the then Crown Prince Adolph Fredrik

presented to the University in 1745. This collection was

afterwards described by Linneus in the ‘ Dissertatio Aca-

demica,’ which was defended by L. Balk, 31st May, 1746,

in a work entitled ‘Museum Adolpho-Fridericianum ’*,

and reprinted in ‘Ameenitates Academice,’ t. i. no. xi.

pp. 277-326, under the title ‘Museum Principis.’ Here

we also find the scorpion as No. 61 “Scorpio pectinum

denticulis XIII.” The specimen in question is thus a type,

or one of the types, of the “ Scorpio afer,” which in Syst.

Nat. ed. x. (1758) p. 624, and ed. xii. (1767) p. 1038, as well

* This must not be confounded with the ‘Museum Adolphi Friderici

Regis,’ printed in Stockholm, 1754,

Type Specimens of Scorpions and Pedipalps. 83

as in ‘ Mus. Ludov. Ulr. Regine’ (1764), p. 429, bears that

name. In all these books “ S. afer”? is said to have. thirteen

toothed combs, as has also the type specimen, thus in this,

as in every other respect, agreeing with the description given

in ‘Museum Principis.’ It is possible, perhaps probable,

that the “ Scorpio afer”’ of LLinneus was a collective name, as

has been supposed by many later authors. The words in

‘Mus. Lud. Ulr. Reg.’ p. 429—“ Chele cordate ..... ad-

sperse Punctis eminentibus. ...”—seem to give support to

this supposition. Perhaps this refers to a scorpion with

granulate chelee—for instance, S. ceylonicus, Herbst (= Buthus

megacephalus, C. L. Koch) *. The real type specimen from

‘Museum Principis’ is, however, the Javan species Buthus

reticulatus, OC. L. Koch, or, as it is called in Krepelin’s

‘ Revision der Scorpione’ t (p. 53), ‘ Scorpio indicus, L.”

In examining this scorpion Thorell has come to the same

conclusion in his ‘ Etudes Scorpiologiques”’ t, pp. 208-209,

He seems, however, not to have any faith in Thunberg’s

labels, and therefore he only uses the name “ afer” as

a synonym. It is true that Thunberg has sometimes

changed a Linnean name to another of his own invention,

but he always gives correct information about the origin

of the specimens—that is, to which collection they have

belonged—and he has given a very good account in his

catalogues of this matter. There cannot then be any

doubt that the animals labelled by Thunberg as belonging

to Linnean collections really do so. But Thorell also thinks

that Linneus has mixed up two (or perhaps more) species of

scorpions. In older books, as in Syst. Nat. ed. vi. (1748)

p- 68, Linnzeus mentions an Asiatic “ Scorpio indicus” with

thirteen teeth in the combs and an African “ Scorpio afri-

canus” with eighteen comb-teeth. ‘This statement concerning

the Indian scorpion induces Kreepelin to propose (/. c. p. 54)

to make for once an exception and use the name from ed. vi.,

because “indicus” is more suitable from a geographical

point of view, and he calls the Javan scorpion “8S. indicus,

Linn.” Such a violation of the accepted rules of nomen-

clature is, however, dangerous, as it conduces to further

excesses, and, although it seems rather enticing in this case,

it must be resisted. In ‘Mus. Ad. Frid. Reg.’ (1754) p. 84,

we also find both the names “ africanus” and “ indicus”; but

to the former a new diagnosis is given, as the comb-teeth are

* This is the more probable as there is in Thunberg’s collection a

specimen of this kind labelled “ afer,”

+ Jahrb. wiss. Anst. Hamburg, 1893.

t Att. Soc. It, vol. xix. (Milano, 1877).

84 Dr. E. Linnberg on the Linnean

said to be twelve in number. But even this publication is

earlier than the introduction of binomenclature, and although

two names are practically used already in this work, they

are not, according to the prevalent rules, so well sanctioned

as those in the tenth edition and later. For this reason

it does not seem advisable to adopt, with Thorell, the

name “africanus” and use that for an African species of

scorpion, especially when one has not more guidance for the

fixation of the name than the words “ Habitat in Africa” and

the statement concerning the number of comb-teeth—“ pec-

tinibus duodecim dentatis””—which may even more easily be

referred to other species than to the common African one.

Besides, it must be well observed that the notes written by

Linneus concerning the habitats of the animals described are

unfortunately very often erroneous. For this many proofs

could be given. Why the errors in that respect are so nume-

rous is easy to understand if we take into consideration how

the collections of those days were made and other circum-

stances. Firstly, the geographical origin of the specimens

seemed to be of little or no importance, because zoogeography

was not as yet included among the branches of scientific

natural history. Secondly, the specimens in the museums

of the time before Linnzus were not, as a rule, brought

together by scientifically educated persons who made journeys

in foreign countries for the purpose of studying the fauna and

flora as well as of making collections of specimens. The

“ museums” of those days, which belonged to princes and

other great and wealthy people, were rather store-rooms for

curiosities (“ cabinets de curiosité”) where all kinds of strange

things were gathered together, not for scientific use or the

advancement of knowledge, but as akind of luxury. The

specimens themselves were obtained from seamen or tra-

velling merchants who brought home peculiar objects from

the countries they had visited and sold or presented them to

their patrons. The information concerning the geographical

origin was based upon hearsay, and was, naturally enough,

untrustworthy. Under such circumstances it is evident

that the statements or notes on the habitats given by Linnzus

must be very uncertain, especially when he described a

collection which was already brought together from all parts

of the world, such as ‘ Mus. Ad. Frid. Reg.’ or ‘ Mus. Ludov.

Ulr. Regine.’ It was altogether different when the objects to

be described were brought home by some of the pupils of

Linneus, who had visited certain countries for zoological

and botanical purposes. From this we can judge that if

“ Linneus”’ has given an animal the name “afer” or

Type Specimens of Scorpions and Pedipalps. 85

“africanus,” he believed it to originate from Africa, but

certainly not that it really did so. The account of habitat

can therefore be used only with the utmost discretion, and

even then often with great uncertainty, for the identifi-

cation of Linnean species of animals. How uncertain

Linneus himself was is shown very plainly by the fact

that, under the name “ Scorpio afer” in Syst. Nat. ed. x.,

he writes “‘ Habitat in India,” but in ‘Mus. Ludov. Ulr.

Regine’ under the same name has “ Habitat in Africa,”

and, again, in Syst. Nat. ed. xii. “ Habitat in India,” although

‘Mus. Lud. Ulr. Reg.’ is quoted! For all these reasons I

maintain that the name “ afer” (as well as “ africanus”)

cannot be proved to belong to the common African scorpion.

But when we have an unquestionable Linnean type specimen,

which is labelled “afer” and is described with a diagnosis

agreeing with that which, after the establishment of binomen-

clature, is given by Linnaeus under that same name, I think

it cannot be disputed that the species of scorpion which is

represented by the said Linnean type specimen must be

called

Scorpio afer, Linneus (p. p.).

1838. Buthus reticulatus, C. L. Koch.

1877. Pandinus indicus (Linn.), Thorell.

1894. Scorpio indicus (Linn.), Kreepelin.

(For other synonyms see Kreepelin, /. c.)

It is exceedingly unfortunate that an Hast-Indian or Javan

species should be called “ afer,” but it cannot be helped, and’

many corresponding instances could be enumerated ; for many

specificnamesinvolve an erroneous geographical denomination,

and many moregive the animals a character which they do not,

or only exceptionally, possess ; but such names cannot, how-

ever, be abolished or altered. ‘The names “africanus” and

‘indicus’? cannot be given to any species of scorpion with

Linneus as author, because it is quite impossible to say where

they belong. The scorpion that is commonly called “ Scorpio

africanus, Linn.,” thus ought to have its name changed;

and if (Buthus) imperator, C. L. Koch, as Krepelin

thinks, is identical, this name is the oldest given, other-

wise (Heterometrus) Reseliz, Simon, has precedence. This

latter is also the opinion of Pocock *, who, although with a

certain hesitation, regards ‘ Scorpio africanus,” Linn. (1754,

Mus. Ad. Frid. Reg.), as identical with an African scorpion

described by him (Pocock) under the name “ dictator”? (1. ¢.

* “On African Specimens of the Genus Scorpio,” Ann, & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. ii, pp. 245-255.

86 Dr. E. Lénnberg on the Linnean

p- 251). The small number of comb-teeth in Pocock’s S. dic-

tator, namely nine to thirteen, seems perhaps to indicate its

identity with Linneus’s “ S. africanus” (1754), which is

said to have twelve. The whole subject is, however, too

obscure, and besides, since binomenclature was not established

in 1754, there is no reason to alter Pocock’s name.

‘Lhe two other scorpions dating from the time of Linnzus are

labelled by Thunberg “ Mus. Lin.,” which, according to the

catalogues, means that they belong to “‘ Donatio Jone Alstré-

mer nec non Caroli a Linné” from 1749 “et sequentibus

annis.” As these specimens have not been described by

Linneeus in any special separate publication, they have not

quite the same value. They are, however, nevertheless very

important, as it is quite certain that they were seen and

studied by Linneus; and it is possible that they are types

of the diagnoses in Syst. Nat., especially as no other

references are made. One of these is labelled by Thunberg

“europaeus.” It also perfectly agrees with the diagnoses

under that name in Syst. Nat. ed. x. and xii., and in Mus.

Ludov. Ulr, Reg. From this it appears almost certain that

this specimen is a type of Linneeus’s “ Scorpio europeus” ; and

as it belongs to the species Isometrus maculatus (De Geer)*,

this name should be changed to

Isometrus europeus (Linneus).

This identification differs from the one proposed by

Thorell, 1876 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii. p. 8) and

1877 (/. c. p. 168), and he, as well as Kreepelin (/. ¢.), uses

the name given by De Geer. Both these authors put as the

Linnean synonym to De Geer’s “ maculatus” “ Scorpio

americus” (Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x.). This can, however,

hardly be right, even if we leave the existing type specimen

for Scorpio europeus, Linn., out of consideration, for “ Scorpio

americus, Lin.,” is said to be provided with “ pectinibus

14-dentatis,” but Jsometrus maculatus (De Geer) has (16)

17-19 comb-teeth. De Geer makes the same mistake +, but

quotes Syst. Nat. ed. xii. Linneeus’s ‘ Scorpio europeus”

from Syst. Nat. is regarded by Krepelin, and also pre-

viously by Thorell (/. c. pp. 163 and 165), as identical with

De Geer’s (i. c. p. 343, pl. xli.) “ Scorpio punctatus” and

* For other synonyms see Kreepelin, “ Revision der Skorpione: I. Die

Fam. d. Androctonide,” Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. viii. (Hamburg, 1891)

p- 103.

+ ‘Histoire des Insectes,’ t. vii.

Type Specimens of Scorpions and Pedipalps. 87

“ europeus,” which he (Krepelin) proves to be a Phassus,

and therefore calls “* Phassus americanus (L., 1754),"’ because

Linnzus’s “ Scorpio europeus” in Syst. Nat. is supposed to

be the same as that named “ §. americanus” * in 1754 in

‘Mus. Ad. Frid. Reg.’ If, now, Scorpio punctatus, De Geer,

is the species of Phassus which Kreepelin had in view, it

should be called

Phassus punctatus (De Geer),

and the synonym “ Scorpio europeus, Lin. 1758, 1764, 1767,”

must be changed to De Geer’s “ Scorpio maculatus,” as

already stated.

This Jsometrus europeus (Lin.) [=Zsom. maculatus (De

Geer)] thus also receives, I regret to say, a name that is

hardly suitable from a geographical point of view, but it

cannot be helped. It is, however, in this case satisfactory

that this nearly cosmopolitan species has been recently found

in Europe, namely, at Huelva, in Southern Spain (see

Kreepelin, /. c.), and it is the only Zsometrus that has been

discovered on the European continent.

The third Linnean scorpion in the Upsala Museum has

been wrongly labelled “‘ americanus” by Thunberg. It is,

however, easy to identify it and to give it the name that

rightly belongs to it, because there is only one of the

diagnoses in Syst. Nat. that can be applied to it. It is

evidently ‘¢ Scorpio australis,” “ pectinibus 32-dentatis, mani-

bus levibus.” According to Kreepelin’s classification it is

Androctonus funestus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.t Already, in

1876 +t, Thorell had shown the probability of such an identifica-

tion. It may be added, however, that since the specimen

has the hands and fingers brown and the tail a little darker

than the rest of the body, it resembles the form to which

C. L. Koch gave the name priamus (see Pocock, Journ. Linn.

Soc., Zool. xxv. pp. 805-807, 1895). By the existence of

* Kreepelin’s quotation is, however, rather confused, as it reads :—

“1754. Scorpio americanus, L., Mus. Ludoy. Ulric, p, 429.” The year

1754 is that of ‘Mus. Ad. Frid. Reg.,’ where this scorpion bears the name

“americanus.” But in ‘Mus, Ludov. Ulric Regine,’ on the page

quoted, we find the name “ ewropeus ” for the scorpion with eighteen comb-

teeth, and it was so written by Linnzeus in 1758 (Syst. Nat. ed. x.).

+ For other synonyms see Kreepelin, 7. c. (1891) p. 33.

¢ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xvii. 1876, p. 7, footnote. He thinks

it might be so because he, in the State Museum in Stockholm, had seen “a

very old specimen” labelled “ Scorpio australis, Linn.,” and that was

Androctonus funestus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.

88 Type Specimens of Scorpions and Pedipalps.

this certainly Linnean specimen the identity of the species

seems to be fully proved, and I do not hesitate to write

Androctonus australis (Linneus).

= A. priamus, OC. L. Koch.

In this case also the statement concerning the habitat is

correct, as Linnzeus writes “ Habitat in Africa”; but even

here he shows his uncertainty by adding “ forte etiam

America’’!

The two Pedipalps dating from the time of Linnzus are

both types from ‘Mus. Ludov. Ulrice Regine,’ namely

“ Phalangium caudatum” and “ Phalangium reniforme.”

The first of these is

Thelyphonus caudatus (Linneus).

Because the habitat in this case is correctly given by

Linneus, the Linnean species has been allowed to retain its

old name. The authors have fixed the name “ caudatus”

on the Javan form, which is right, as I have had the oppor-

tunity to confirm by an examination of the type specimen.

“ Phalangium rentforme,” on the contrary, has in ‘ Mus.

Lud. Ulr. Reg.’ p. 427, been referred to the New World, as

Linneus there writes “ Habitat in America meridionali,” and

in Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 619, we read “ Habitat in America,”

to which in ed. xii. is added “Jamaica, Carolina.” These

notes on the habitat, together with the quotation by Linneus

in all three of the books mentioned—“ Brown. Jam. 409,

t. 41. f. 3 ”’°—has made later authors believe that ‘ Phalan-

gium reniforme” was a West-Indian form, which is easily

explained. As Browne has figured a Tarantulid from

Antigua, Pocock * believed himself justified in giving the

Linnean name to specimens from that island. The Linnean

type specimen, however, represents quite a different—an

Kast-Indian—species of Phrynichus, auctorum. Under such

circumstances four possibilities offer themselves:—(1) The

type specimen from Mus. Lud. Ulr. Reg. might be regarded

as justifying the application of the name “ rendforme”’; or

(2) the figure in Browne’s work might be adopted as the

authority ; or (3) it might be declared that the name “ ren7-

forme”’ should be abolished, as being a collective name; or

(4) both the West- and Hast-Indian species might retain the

name, as they belong to different genera and even subfamilies.

* Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. xiv. p. 297.

On the Follicle-cells in Salpa. 89

The subject might have been discussed at great length, but

fortunately Linneeus himself already (1758) has decided in

favour of the type specimen, as he, in putting the letters

“M.L.U.,” signifying “ Museum Ludovice Ulrice,” after

the diagnosis, refers to that specimen, although it was not

described before 1764. Thus there can be no doubts in this

ease. In 1895, when publishing his ‘ Revision der Taran-

tuliden,’ Krzepelin was informed by letters from Carl Auri-

villius to which species “ Phalangium reniforme” belonged.

He was thus enabled to give the synonyms in that work as

follows :—

Tarantula reniformis (Linnus).

= Tarantula lunata, Fabry.

= Phrynus ceylonicus, C. Li. Koch.

= Phrynus scaber, Gerv.

=Phrynichus reniformis, Karsch.

= Phryniscus Deflersi, Simon.

= Phrynichus Jayakari, Pocock.

According to Kreepelin * this species Tarantula reniformis

(Linn.) embraces several forms to which, by different authors,

have been given several different names. ‘To judge from the

descriptions and from the table given by Pocock, the Linnean

specimen most closely agrees with ‘‘ Ph, Deflerst,” Simon.

As a curious fact, it might be mentioned that Thunberg re-

tained the Linnean name on the label belonging to the ‘ Mus,

Lud. Ul. Reg.,’ but to a specimen of the same kind belonging

to his own “‘ donatio ” he gave the name “ Junatum,” while he

named two specimens of Neophrynus palmatus (Herbst),

Kreepelin, reniforme. In this, I suppose, he was influenced

by the descriptions given by Fabricius in his work ‘ Ento-

mologia Systematica,’ t. il. pp. 432 and 433, where the name

“ veniformis”” is used for a short-armed and “ lunata” for a

long-armed form.

XJ.—The Follicle-cells in Salpa.

By Maynarb M. MEerca.r f.

THROUGH the courtesy of Professor Brooks, of the Johns

Hopkins University, I have been enabled to examine a

number of finely preserved embryos of several species of

Salpa, and I desire, after briefly referring to certain points in

* Abh. aus d. Geb. d. naturwiss. Bd. xiii. (Hamburg, 1895),

+ From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ November 1897,

pp. 3-5.

90 Maynard M. Metcalf on the

recent papers upon Salpa embryology, to describe such of the

results of my study as bear upon the nature and réle of the

follicle-cells,

Since the publication fifteen years ago of Salensky’s careful

studies [see references at end of paper] interest in the deve-

lopment of this genus has centred more around the follicle-

cells and their 7é/e than around any other point. Salensky

showed that the young embryo was composed in part of a

few true blastomeres derived from the fertilized egg, but

more largely of a great mass of cells derived by proliferation

from the follicle. He claimed that the true blastomeres early

disappear, serving probably to nourish the inwandering follicle-

cells, from which the adult organism is derived. That is,

according to Salensky, the fertilized ovum serves merely as

food for its unfertilized sisters (the follicle-cells), which are

the really important elements.

He says (page 362):— Aus den vorgefiihrten Stadien

liisst sich der Schluss ziehen, dass die Blastomeren fort-

wiihrend an Zahl abnehmen, bis sie endlich ganz ver-

schwinden. Diese Erscheinung kann auf zweierlei Weise

erklirt werden. Hntweder gehen die Blastomeren unter

allmihlicher Verkleinerung zu Grunde—sie kénnten als Nahr-

material fiir die Bildungszellen dienen—oder sie verindern

unter fortwiihrender Theilung Form und Bau und vermischen

sich so mit den Gonoblasten, dass sie endlich von den letzt-

eren nicht zu unterscheiden sind. Diese Frage durch directe

Beobachtung entscheiden ist sehr schwer, und bei dem

Material, das mir zu Gebote stand, war das unméglich. Ich

will deshalb hier nur Thatsachen vorfiihren, welche fiir und

gegen diese beiden Voraussetzungensprechen kénnen. Erstens

will ich bemerken, dass Form und Bau der Blastomeren

so characteristisch ist, dass sie mit den Gonoblasten schwer

zu verwechseln sind. Selbst bei den kleinen Blastomeren,

wie wir in Fig. 2 sehen, kann man nach dem Kern jedes

Blastomer, wenn es auch nur von Gonoblastengrdsse ist, ganz

eut von den Gonoblasten unterscheiden. Der Blastomerkern

ist rund, opak, fiirbt sich mit Carmin besser als der eines

Gonoblasten, welch letzterer eine ovale Form besitzt und ein

kleines punktformiges Kernkérperchen beherbergt. Zweitens

will ich darauf aufmerksam machen, dass man in dem zuletat

betrachteten Stadium Blastomerenkerne antrifft, welche noch

ihre Grésse behalten, aber deren Begrenzung nicht so scharf

ist wie es in den Blastomeren der friiheren Stadien der Fall

ist. Sie verlieren also ihre scharfen Contouren, was schon

darauf hinweist, dass diese Kerne in der That solchen Veriander-

ungen unterliegen, welche ihr Absterben sehr wahrscheinlich

Follicle-cells in Salpa. 91

machen. Endlich gegen die Verwandlung der Blastomeren

in Gonoblasten-ahnliche Zellen spricht auch der Umstand,

dass man nie Ubergangsformen antrifft, was doch der Fall

sein miisste, wenn eine solche Verwandlung in der That

existirte. Auf Grund aller dieser Thatsachen bin ich zur

Uberzeugung gelangt, dass die Blastomeren in der That

allmihlich schwinden, um die Hauptrolle bei der Entwick-

lung den Gonoblasten zu tiberlassen.”

Todaro, in 1881, had described a peculiar fragmentation of

the blastomeres, by which each broke up into numerous small

nucleated cells. Salensky, referring to this point, describes

the phenomena as follows (page 99) :— Das Protoplasma

derselben [of the blastomeres], welches in allen fritheren

Stadien feinkérnig, beinahe homogen war, zerfallt jetzt in

kleine mannigfaltig gestaltete Parcellen, die theils um den

Kern, theils in der Peripherie der Zellen gelagert sind. Als

ich zum ersten Mal diesen eigenthiimlichen Zerfall des Proto-

plasma beobachtete, glaubte ich es mit dem Product der

Hinwirkung der Conservations—oder Firbefliissigkeit—zu

thun zu haben. Derselbe kommt aber so bestiindig in ge-

wissen Stadien der Entwicklung, namentlich nach dem

ersten Forschungsstadium, vor, und erscheint von der Art

des Conservirung so unabhiingig, dass ich bald zur

Uberzeugung gelangte, dass diese Veriinderungen des Proto-

plasma normale Entwicklungsvorgiinge darstellen.”

He speaks in another place (page 125) of ‘ kleinen poly-

edrischen Protoplasmastiickchen, in welchen ich trotz aller

Miihe selbst an sehr schén gefiirbten Priparaten, keinen Kern

zu unterscheiden im Stande war. Ich muss deshalb die

Zellennatur dieser Protoplasmastiickchen vollstindig in Abrede

stellen.”

From these quotations it is seen that he denies the cellular

nature of the bodies within the blastomeres, but offers no

explanation of their true nature.

More recent papers by Brooks, Heider, and Korotneff have

dealt with the relations between blastomeres and follicle.

Brooks, in 1893, confirmed Salensky’s description of the

complex character of the young embryo, pointing out with

the greatest clearness that the follicle-cells multiply very

rapidly by amitotic division, the resulting cells pushing in

among the blastomeres, which for a long time remain few in

number.

He further showed that, as Salensky described, these

migrated follicle-cells give rise to outlines or models of the

organs. He, however, took issue with Salensky as to the

ultimate fate of blastomeres and follicle, claiming and clearly

92 Maynard M. Metcalf on the

showing that in the later stages the follicle-cells composing

the outlines of the organs are replaced by true blastomeres,

which give rise to the adult. He says (page 27) :—“ Stated

in a word, the most remarkable peculiarity of the Salpa

embryo is this. It is blocked out in follicle-cells, which form

layers and undergo foldings and other changes, which result

in an outline or model of all the general features in the

organization of the embryo. While this process is going on

the development of the blastomeres is retarded, so that they

are carried into their final positions in the embryo while still

in a very rudimentary condition. Finally, when they have

reached the places they are to occupy they undergo rapid

multiplication and growth, and build up the tissues of the

body directly, while the scaffolding of follicle-cells is torn

down and used up as food for the true embryonic cells.”

Brooks’s figs. 1 and 2, plate xli., also fig. 12, pl. ix., as

well as his descriptions, demonstrate that the peculiar granular

bodies seen within the biastomeres at certain stages of deve-

lopment are not an indication of the fragmentation or degene-

ration of the blastomeres, but are nuclei of follicle-cells that

have been ingested and are undergoing digestion. This

statement I have fully confirmed, as described a few pages

beyond. ‘The amitotic division of the migrating follicle-cells

confirms the belief that they are on the road to degeneration,

and in the centre of the embryo there are found masses of

such disintegrating cells.

Heider’s account of the embryology of Salpa fusiformis,

published in 1895, differs in certain points from preceding

accounts.

He interprets the granular bodies in the protoplasm of the

blastomeres as ingested follicle-cel/s, and figures them as

containing nucled (pl. i. figs. 4, 10a, 10 6), and largely from

this observation argues, as Brooks had shown, that the follicle-

cells serve as food for the blastomeres.

Heider places emphasis upon the unequal cleavage of the

Salpa ovum, claiming, contrary to Salensky and Brooks, that,

except in the early stages, the micromeres cannot be distin-

guished from the follicle-cells, and that organ rudiments,

which are apparently formed from follicle-cells, are really

composed of small blastomeres.

The insufficient reference in Heider’s paper to Brooks’s

monograph may perhaps be explained by the fact that Heider’s

paper was practically complete before Brooks’s work was

published.

Korotneff’s several papers are the most recent dealing with

this subject. This author denies Heider’s contention that

Follicle-cells in Salpa. 93

the smaller blastomeres are difficult to distinguish from

follicle-cells, figuring and describing them as distinctly

different, even in advanced embryos. On this point, then,

Salensky, Brooks, and Korotneff agree in opposition to

Heider.

As to the nature of the granular bodies in the protoplasm

of the blastomeres, Korotneff says [Korotneff, ili. p. 342] :—

“Tn meiner Schrift iiber die Embryologie von 8. democratica

habe ich mich gegen die Vermuthung von Heider, wonach

diese Ablagerungen keine Dotterpartikelchen, sondern von

den Blastomeren verzehrte Follikelzellen seien, ausgesprochen.

Jetzt kann ich meine Meinung bekrattigen und ganz positiv

behaupten, dass in den als Dotterpliittchen bezeichneten

Gebilden niemals eine Spur von Kernen zu sehen ist ’—

which is certainly true, at least for S. hewagona and S. pinnata,

since these granular bodies are not ingested cells, but ingested

follicle nuclet, as Brooks had shown, and as is evident in the

material I have worked upon. ‘The needle-like bodies figured

by Korotneff in the protoplasm of the blastomeres of 8. cordi-

Jormis-zonaria I have not seen described before. They

appear from his figures to be peculiarly arranged chromatin

particles within the ingested follicle nuclei. (Compare Korot-

neff, iii. plate xiii. fig. 14.)

Korotneff fully confirms Brooks’s description (without,

however, mentioning Brooks) of the disintegration of the

follicle-cells in the central region of the embryo, speaking of

a retrogressive metamorphosis of the kalymmocytes, “ welche

ganz blass werden, sich schlecht fiirben, und zuletzt nur noch

in Spuren zu erkennen sind. Kurz und gut, die Kalymmo-

cyten gehen ganz zu Grunde, und ikre Bruchstiicke dienen

gewiss den Histogenen [blastomeres] als Nihrmaterial ” [by

osmosis]. (Korotneff, ii. p. 335.)

Korotneff denies Brooks’s statement that the organs are

blocked out in follicle-cells, which later are replaced by blasto-

meres, saying that the organ rudiments are from the first

composed of blastomeres. If he is not contending over defi-

nitions his statements on this point are difficult to understand,

for his figures show with the greatest clearness just the con-

dition of affairs Brooks has described. [Compare Korotneff,

iv. Taf. xvii. fig. 5 (rudiment of cloaca composed of follicle-

cells alone), figs. 6, 7, and 8 (rudimentary walls of amniotic

cavity composed wholly of follicle-cells), fig. 9 (pharynx

rudiments composed chiefly of follicle-cells) &e.]

I wish now to call particular attention to my own observa-

tions upon the nature of the disputed bodies within the proto-

plasm of the blastomeres of Salpa.

94 Maynard M. Metcalf on the

After having examined several hundred blastomeres, all

showing the intra-protoplasmic bodies under discussion, I

have selected a single blastomere to figure and describe, not

because there are not many others showing a similar con-

dition, but because this seems sufficient to establish the point.

The blastomere figured is one of five appearing in a section

of an embryo of S. hexagona at that stage of development

when the follicular epithelium of one half the surface of the

embryo is most rapidly proliferating—about the stage shown

in Brooks’s fig. 2, pl. xi. The arrow indicates the direction

of movement of the follicle-cells as they wander into the

Portion of a section of a young embryo of Salpa heragona, showing one

blastomere and fifteen migrated follicle-cells.

Bl=blastomere ; N=nucleus of blastomere ; a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, 7, k=

nuclei of follicle-cells ingested by the blastomere.

centre of the embryo, where, as described by Brooks, many

of them degenerate. The figure is carefully drawn with a

Leitz ;4; immersion objective and a number 8 compensating

ocular.

The large blastomere, B/, has a very large nucleus, N, and

evenly granular protoplasm, which does not stain deeply with

oe ee

Follicle-cells in Salpa. 95

hematoxylin, borax-carmine, or saffranin. Outside the

blastomere is a mass of more coarsely granular and deeply

staining protoplasm, in which no cell-walls can be discovered,

but in which appear many nuclei, all exactly resembling the

nuclei of the follicular epithelium. These have a definite

chromatic reticulum with rather small nodal swellings and no

nucleolus.

Within the protoplasm of the blastomere as shown in this

-one section are seven bodies similar in size to the follicle

nuclei just described, but quite different in appearance. L[

believe them to be ingested follicle nuclei. They do not

stain so deeply as the nuclei outsile, though they are much

darker than the protoplasm of the blastomeres in which they

lie. We do not find in them the clear cut chromatin reticu-

lum with sharp contours, such as we see in the follicle nuclei,

but in certain of them we do find what appears to be such a

chromatic reticulum degenerating because undergoing diges-

tion. Observe especially the nucleus a. The reticulum is

evident, and I think no one can doubt that the body is really

a nucleus. Compared with the follicular nuclei the reticulum

is seen to stain less deeply and the fibrils and nodal masses

do not have sharp contours. ‘The whole appearance indicates

the beginning of disintegration. I believe this nucleus to

have been ingested but a short time previous to the killing of

the embryo. At 0 and are nuclei which have gone further

in the process of degeneration, the chromatin threads being

more diffuse. At d,e, f, and g we see a further stage in the

same process, and at A, j, and & we observe within the

ingested nuclei an almost evenly granular mass of disinte-

grating chromosomes. In other blastomeres and in another

section of this same blastomere one can observe the last step

in the degeneration, a mere mass of debris no longer delimited

by a nuclear membrane from the surrounding protoplasm of ©

‘the blastomere.

Notice that the less degenerated of these ingested nuclei

lie on the side nearer the periphery of the embryo. The

inwandering follicle-cells, as they push toward the centre of

the embryo, penetrate the blastomeres that lie in their path.

Apparently the most recently ingested nuclei, entering from

the peripheral side, crowd the partly digested ones toward

the inner side of the blastomere, giving the appearance figured.

Not every section of a blastomere shows such diagrammatic

arrangement, but this condition is noticeably frequent. The

section figured was chosen because of the diagrammatic way

in which it shows this point and because of the clearly nuclear

nature of the body a,

96 On the Follicle-cells in Salpa

As before mentioned, Brooks has given exactly this inter-

pretation of the bodies within the blastomeres, and this con-

firmatory note would be uncalled for except for Heider’s and

Korotneff’s more recent papers giving a different interpreta-

tion. It is possible that in S. runcinata-fusiformis (the

species Heider studied) not only the follicle nuclei but also

their cytoplasm may be ingested by the blastomeres; but I

am more inclined to believe Heider was mistaken when he

figured these bodies as nucleated cells. His figures are not

drawn with careful attention to detail, so it is hard to judge

from them. In S. pinnata and S. hexagona no cell-walls can

be made out in the mass of migrated follicle-cells. It is

therefore by no means probable that the cytoplasm of the

follicle-cells could be seen if it were ingested with the nuclei.

This is especially true in view of the digestive action upon

these bodies within the blastomeres.

Korotneft’s and Salensky’s statements that these bodies

contain no trace of a nucleus within them is, of course, true

if they be themselves nuclei.

fieferences to Literature.

Toparo.— Sui primi fenomeni dello svilluppo delle Salpe.” Atti

Reale Accad. Lincei, Trans. vol. iv. p. 86.

——. “Sur les premiers phénoménes de la développement des Sa/pes,”

Arch. Ital. d. Biol. vol. ii. p. 1.

SaLtensky.— Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Embryonale Entwick-

lung der Salpen.” Mittheil. a. d. zool. Stat. zu Neapel, 4 Bd.

pp. 90-171 and 327-402.

Brooxs.—“ The Genus Salpa.” Memoirs from the Biological Labora-

tory of the Johns Hopkins Univ. vol. ii. pp. 1-308.

Hemwer.—‘ Beitrige zur Embryologie von Salpa fusiformis, Cuv.”

Abhandl. d. Senkenb. naturf. Ges. Bd. xviii. pp. 367-455.

KorotneFF.—“I, Tunicatenstudien.” Mitth. a. d. zool. Stat. zu

Neapel, 11 Bd. pp. 835-367.

. “TI, Embryologie der Salpa democratica (mucronata).” Zeitsch,

f. wiss. Zool, 59 Bd. p. 29. ,

—. “III. Zur Embryologie yon Salpa cordiformis-zonaria und

musculosa-punctata.” Mitth. a. d.zool. Stat. zu Neapel, 12 Bd.

p. 881-862,

“TV. Zur Embryologievon Salpa runcinata-fusiformis.” Zeitsch,

f. wiss. Zool. 62 Bd. pp. 895-414.

The Biological Laboratory of the

Woman’s College of Baltimore.

May 13th, 1897,

On Two new Species of Oriental Cicadide. 97

XII.—Deseription of Two new Species of Oriental Cicadide.

By W. L. Distant,

Platypleura bouruensis, sp. n.

Body greenish ochraceous. Head with a central spot on

the upper margin of face, area of ocelli connected by two

narrow fascizs to eyes and by three linear fascia to base,

black. Pronotum with a narrow central linear fascia and two

similar oblique fasciee on each lateral area, black. Meso-

notum with a central lanceolate fascia broadest posteriorly,

two broken obconical spots on anterior margin, followed on

each side by a somewhat triangulated fascia, and a small

rounded spot at anterior angles of cruciform elevation, black.

Abdomen above with basal abdominal fasciz and anal

appendage black.

Tegmina opaque, creamy ochraceous, mottled with pale

fuscous spots, which irregularly and obscurely form three

transverse fasciaa—first crossing radial area, second traversing

the ulnar and third the apical areas.

Wings very dark chocolate-brown, with an ochraceous spot

on costal area, a similarly coloured but larger and angulated

spot on abdominal area, and a small obscure spot near apex ;

costal margin and a spot on posterior margin creamy white.

Long. excl. tegm. ¢ 20 millim.; exp. tegm. 66 millim.

Hab. Malay Archipelago, Bouru (Fruhstorfer).

This species is allied to P. Kempferi, Fabr., which is not

uncommon in China and Japan.

Prasia culta, sp. n.

Head and eyes chocolate-brown. Pronotum ochraceous,

with two central, narrow, longitudinal, linear fasciz, the poste-

rior margin and lateral angles, chocolate-brown. Mesonotum

ochraceous, with six pale obconical spots on anterior margin.

Abdomen above pale chocolate-brown, with the posterior

abdominal margins narrowly reddish. Sternum and legs

pale ochraceous, anterior tibiz brownish, abdomen beneath

paler than above.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, their extreme bases

vermilion-red ; costal membrane chocolate-brown, venation

brownish ochraceous ; basal cell of tegmina infuscated.

Rostrum reaching the anterior coxe.

Long. excl. tegm. 22 millim., exp. tegm. 65 millim.

Hab, Malay Archipelago, 8. Celebes, Patunuang (ruh-

storfer).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 7

98 On a new Species of Calosoma.

XIITl.— Deseription of anew Species of Calosoma (Coleoptera,

Geodephaga). By Cuas. O. WatTersouss, F.E.S.

HAVING had occasion to examine the genus Calosoma from a

geographical point of view, I was surprised not to finl the

following Australian species described. It is of interest

as approaching in its general appearance the species from

New Caledonia—Calosoma oceanicum. I propose to call it

C. Walkert.

Calosoma Walkert, sp. n.

Statura C. sycophante, minusconvexum, thorace angustiori. Nigrum,

nitidum ; thoracis marginibus viridi tinctis: elytris brunneo-

cupreis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis parum convexis, subleevibus,

marginibus anguste viridibus; corpore subtus viridi-tincto ;

pedibus obscure piceis. @Q.

Long. 13, lat. 62 lin.

Hab. W. Australia, Swan River (Macgillivray) ; Roebuck

Bay (J. J. Walker).

In general form this species resembles C. sycophanta, but

the thorax is relatively rather narrower and the elytra are

much flatter. The head is smoother, with a little green near

the eyes. The thorax has the same form, but perhaps the

sides are a little less sinuate posteriorly; the surface is

smoother, the disk black, the rest of the surface tinted with

copper, the extreme margins green. The elytra are brownish

coppery, with a little green near the scutellum and on the

margins ; they are punctate-striate, but the striz are only

lightly impressed, and consequently the interstices are only

gently convex. ‘The usual punctures on the fourth, eighth,

and twelfth interstices are very small and are only visible

in some lights near the apex. The underside of the body is

pitchy, with bright green reflections.

As the species of this genus are extremely difficult to deter-

mine, it may be useful to note that the type specimens of the

following species are in our Natural History Museum :—

Calosoma amplator, Bates. Cent. Amer.

leve, var. punctulicolle, Bates. Cent. Amer.

, var. explanaticolle, Bates. Cent. Amer.

, var. mcrogonum, Bates. Cent. Amer.

omultennum, Bates. Cent. Amer.

dimunutum, Bates. Cent. Amer.

morelianum, Bates. Cent. Amer.

porosifrons, Bates. Cent. Amer.

galapageium, Hope. Galapagos Is.

TTT |

= let

Prof. F. Dahl on Puliciphora. 99

Calosoma irregulare, Walker. Vancouver.

laterale, Kirby. Brazil.

retusus, Fabr.* Patagonia.

patagoniense, Hope. Patagonia.

tegulatum, Woll. Cape Verde Is.

—— curvipes, Kirby. Brazil.

helene, Hope. St. Helena.

-haligena, Woll. St. Helena.

—— chinense, Hope. China.

madere, Fabry. Madeira.

—— frigidum, Kirby. N. Amer.

XIV.—Puliciphora, @ new Flea-like Genus of Diptera.

By Friepricu Dau, of Kiel +.

AT last we appear to be obtaining a clue to the origin of the

flea: in sorting out my wholesale captures from the Bismarck

Archipelago I found a Phorid which, owing to the total loss

of wings and halteres, had acquired a great similarity to a

flea—a similarity that appears to be by no means confined to

purely external and adventitious characters. Since we are

still completely in the dark concerning the question with

what other family of insects the Pulicide are most closely

allied—there has even been a dispute as to the order to which

they are to be assigned—all data of this sort must be of

interest.

For the form before me I establish a new genus, and since

it is intermediate between the Phoridg and Pulicide, I term

it Puliciphora. I designate the species lucifera, since it

appears for the first time to bring light to bear upon a dark

matter. ‘The genus has decided affinity to the Phoride, and

I unhesitatingly assign it to this family. The antenne,

mouth-parts, legs, and female genital organs all agree

perfectly in type with the corresponding organs of the

members of the family in question. The genus, however, is

distinguished from almost all other known genera of the

family by the entire absence of wings and halteres, by the

unusually great reduction of the thorax, and by the eyes

being greatly reduced in size. The thorax, which in the

winged genera of Phoride is much longer and thicker than

the head, is here much smaller than the latter, a sign that the

* This, I think, is certainly not the species known to me as alternans,

F., with which it is placed in Gemminger’s Catalogue. The sixth inter-

stice of the elytra is a little narrower than the fifth and seventh, which

are nearly smooth.

t Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’

Bd. xx. No. 548 (October 21, 1897), pp. 409-412.

100 Prof. F. Dahl on Puliciphora.

muscles of flight must also be absent or rudimentary. The

eyes, which in the case of Phora (when the head is regarded

from the side) occupy nearly half of the cephalic surface, here

cover barely a third of it in the case of the female, and in

the male are still further reduced. The male genital organs

also show divergence ; they protrude to a far less extent. As

in Phora, the dorsal side of the abdomen is overlaid with

shining dark-coloured chitinous plates, corresponding with

the number of the segments. The female possesses five and

the male six of these dorsal plates, besides which the male

has a similar plate on the ventral side in front of the genital

organs.

The only wingless genus of Phoride hitherto described is

Anigmatias, of Meinert (Entomol. Meddelelser, Bd. i.

p. 212, 1890). In bodily form this genus differs from Pulv-

ciphora just as greatly as from the winged Phoride. ‘The

body is like that of a cockroach in shape, without incisions

between head, thorax, and abdomen, and the thoracic rings,

which, when viewed from above, are indistinguishable from

the abdominal ones, are broader than the head. In Pulic?-

phora, just as in the winged Phoride, the narrower thorax is

separated from the head and abdomen by deep incisions. The

arista, too, which in A/nigmatias is bare, is here, as in Phora,

pubescent. The first joint of the tarsus of the hind legs is,

as in Phora, provided with a brush consisting of several

rows of sete. While nigmatias, which is an inquiline

form found in ants’ nests, appears to constitute a transition

towards the bee-parasite Braula, and has nothing in common

with the Pulicide, Puliciphora itself exhibits distinct affinity

to the fleas.

In colour Pulictphora lucifera is brownish yellow, on the

upper side almost blackish brown. ‘The size of the female

varies between # and 14 millim.; the male is smaller and

only about 3 millim. in length.

On showing the new form to Privy Councillor Mébius,

this gentleman drew my attention to the fact that a similar

insect had been discovered in Africa by Mr. Cook, of Wash-

ington, U.S.A. ; Herr Mébius informed me that the affinities

of the insect in question had still to be elucidated by

Dr. Wandolleck ; all that was certain was that it must belong

to the Diptera. We thereupon compared the two forms:

they proved to be closely allied, but must nevertheless be

assigned to different genera.

Now, since I was not only myself the discoverer of the

form before me, but also recognized with certainty its affinity

to the Phorida—a thing which, as he himself told me, would

-4q

Geological Society. 101

have been difficult, if not impossible, for Dr. Wandolleck to

do in the case of the other still more aberrant species—I con-

sider that I am justified in being the first to introduce this

interesting series of forms to science, especially as I have

been engaged for a long time past in collecting material for a

monograph on the Phoride. Since, however, the anatomical

investigation of the allied form was already commenced some

weeks ago by Dr. Wandolleck, I ain in addition handing over

to him adequate material for a similar purpose. From him

therefore we shall have to expect in the near future further

interesting results dealing with this group of forms.

In the present paper I would merely add a few observa-

tions on the ethology of the species discovered by me. I

found the insect in numbers in my wholesale captures

(“quantitativen Fangen”) which I made in the Bismarck

Archipelago, and particularly in the forest, with a dead bird

as bait. For obtaining creatures of this kind I can therefore

recommend my method of capture, which I have described in

detail in the ‘ Berichten der Academie der Wissenschaften in

Berlin,’ Jahrg. 1896, i. p. 17. At first on examining it

with the naked eye I took the insect to be a Smdnthurus

(Poduride). With us representatives of this genus are

frequently found among captures made upon carrion, but in

the Bismarck Archipelago they appear to be absent. I allude

to the outward resemblance merely in order to facilitate their

possible discovery. Subsequently under the microscope [

actually considered the first specimen to be a Phora which

had lost its wings, so great is the resemblance to that genus.

I may add that | found a few specimens besides other carrion-

insects upon the flower of Amorphophallus, an Aroideid,

which has an unpleasant carrion-like odour and grows almost

upon the ground. ‘The insect is therefore decidedly a carrion-

feeder, like the rest of the Phoride.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 23rd, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Pleistocene Plants from Casewick, Shacklewell, and Grays.’

By Clement Reid, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S.

The plants from Casewick and Shacklewell were obtained by

washing two lumps of clay in the collection of the late Sir Joseph

102 Miscellaneous.

Prestwich. The species are few and cali for little remark, except

that the climate was not Arctic. They are all common British

forms.

The collection from Grays consists of leaves, already partly

determined by Gaudin and Herr, though unpublished, and some

lumps of clay, out of which the Author washed a few seeds. The

flora points clearly to a temperate climate and mild winters.

MISCELLANEOUS.

“ Mesites.”

Tur name esites has been used in systematic zoology for no less

than four different genera, belonging to different classes of animals,

as anyone may learn for himself from Scudder’s ‘ Nomenclator

Zoologicus.’ ‘Thus bad begins, but worse remains behind”; for

three of these names are actually current. To one man Mesites

conveys the idea of a bird, for another it means a weevil, while

some of us have long known by that name nothing but a peculiar

paleozoic echinoderm. Which is the real Simon Pure?

In vol. iy. part 2 of C. J. Schénherr’s ‘ Genera et Species Curcu-

lionidum,’ on p. 1048, Alesites was proposed for a genus of weevils,

type M. pallidipennis, by C. H. Boheman. This volume was pub-

lished at Paris by Roret and at Leipzig by Fleischer, and the date

on the titlepage of the part is 1838. An advertisement of Roret’s

on the back of the half-title indicates that the book was issued in

January of that year; the date, 1 Febr. 1838, attached to the

preface of vol. v. confirms this.

But in April 1838 Isid. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire applied the same

name to a kind of sun-bittern from Madagascar (VV. vartegata).

The chief references are:—Comptes Rendus, vi. p. 448, April 9;

Revue Zoologique, 1838, April, p. 50; and Ann. Sci. Nat. ix.

p. 189. In the ‘Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum,’

vol. xxiii. p. 244, 1894, Dr. Bowdler Sharpe maintained this name,

and even based on it a family name, Mesitide, as had already been

done, though in a somewhat different sense, by C. L. Bonaparte.

Boheman’s priority to Geoffroy might conceivably be disputed by

a prejudiced ornithologist, could such a one be found, were it not

for the evidence of Reichenbach, who, on p. 6 of his ‘ Handbuch

der Columbarie,’ 1850, altered the name of the bird to Mesenas,

since “‘ Der Name Mesites war um ein Jahr friher durch Schonherr

schon an eine Riisselkifergattung vergeben.” It was probably for

the same reason that Bonaparte, according to Gray (‘ Hand-list Gen.

and Sp. Birds Brit. Mus.’ p. 267, 1869), changed Mesites to Mesi-

tornis in 1855; but whether this was ever more than a MS. name

is uncertain, since no reference can be found, and its alleged author

still used Mesztes on May 12, 1856 (‘ Comptes Rendus,’ xlii. p. 876).

In April 1842 L. Jenyns (‘ Zoology, Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Beagle,’’

part iy. Fish, p. 118) applied the name Mesites to three new species

Miscellaneous. 103

of freshwater fish. In this case no difficulty arises, since the date

was unquestionably later and since the species are recognized as

falling under the Galawias of Cuvier, 1817.

The fourth, [ will not venture to say the final, use of the name

was by E. Hoffmann in his paper “ Mesites, eme neue Gattung der

Crinoideen ” (Verhandl. Russ.-kais, mineral. Gesell. St. Petersburg,

2° Ser. Bd. i. pp. 1-5, pl. i., 1866), the only species being M. Pusi-

refskii. The genus is not a crinoid in the modern restricted sense,

but is usually regarded as a cystid, having affinities with the

Echinoidea, or the Edrioasterida, or the Blastoidea, according to the

taste of the person discussing it. The name wesirys (a mediator) is

therefore appropriate enough; but it belongs to the weevil, and

another name must be found for the echinoderm. None exists

already ; even Professor Heckel, in his recent ingenious rearrange-

ment and renaming of the Cystidea, did not lay hands on Mesites.

Having occasion to refer to this genus in more than

one forthcoming publication, I propose to do so under

the name Mesocystis.

This bibliographic inquiry has been facilitated by the kindly help

of my colleagues, R. Bowdler Sharpe, W. R. Ogilvie Grant, C. O.

Waterhouse, and C. J. Gahan, who, so far as their respective subjects

are concerned, agree with the following conclusions. The four

Mesites must be spoken of in future thus :—

the weevil as Mesites, Boheman in Schoénherr, 1838 ;

the bird as Mesewnas, nom. mut., Reichenbach, 1850 ;

the fish as Galawias, Cuvier, 1817;

the echinoderm as Mesocystis, nom. noy.

F. A. Baruer.

British Museum (Natural History),

Noy. 30, 1897.

Observations on the Crabs of the Family Dorippide.

By H.-L. Bouvier.

The Dorippide are crabs which for the most part live at a

greater or less depth in the ocean. Prior to the submarine explora-

tions effected during the last twenty years they were divided into

three genera (Dorippe, Ethusa, Palicus), and numbered no more

than thirteen species; since then the number of species has pro-

gressively increased until it now amounts to sixty, which are distri-

buted among nine genera. Having had most of these forms at my

disposal, I thought it would be advantageous to make use of them

in order to determine the origin and evolution of the family.

If the Dromidz occupy the front rank among the crabs and

connect the latter with the Macrura belonging to the lobster-

group, the Dorippide follow immediately after and must be con-

sidered as modified Dromide. ‘his fact is to-day admitted without

dispute by the greater number of zoologists; but it is all that is

known as to the origin of the family, and hitherto no one has fixed

104 Miscellaneous.

more precisely its true point of departure. Now the Dromidee

include three very distinct subfamilies (Homoline, Dromine, Dyno-

mening), and we are entitled to ask ourselves which of these is the

one whence the Dorippide have sprung.

The question is not difficult to solve. Almost all the Dorippidee

exhibit a lateral line, and in many of them the females are provided

with peculiar furrows on the sternal face of the thorax. These two

fundamental characters reappear in the Dromine and in the Dyno-

menine, and since they are absent in the case of the Homoline, this

latter subfamily is de facto set on one side. Again, many Dorippide

have a rostrum which is decidedly triangular in shape, like that of

the Dynomenine; moreover, the Palicids, their most primitive

group, resemble the latter subfamily in respect of the posterior pair

of legs, which alone are modified and brought over on to the back.

The Dorippide therefore are connected with the Dromide of the

subfamily Dynomenine.

The adaptive modifications which have transformed the Dromidee

into Dorippidse have essentially affected the respiratory organs. The

efferent apparatus has developed in a fairly progressive manner:

the two expiratory orifices, which are very wide apart in the

Dromide, have gradually approached one another, and have ended

by fusing together into a more or less projecting endostomial furrow

on the frontal side. But it has been otherwise in the case of the

afferent orifices. Situated at the very base of the anterior limbs in

the Dromidz, sometimes they have undergone reduction until they

closed altogether, sometimes they have become enlarged and elon-

gated and have assumed the form of a cleft, in which moves the

basal joint of the external maxillipeds, with its long epipodite.

Hence two subfamilies, two separate series, which also differ one

from another in other important characters.

Among these latter the most typical are those which are connected

with the female genital apparatus. In the species belonging to the

first series the female sexual aperture has remained at the base of

the third pair of limbs, as in the case of the Dromide; moreover,

the eggs are few in number, of very large size, and certainly pro-

duce young differing but little from the adult. In the second series

the female sexual aperture has become sternal in position, as in the

case of the crabs, while at the same time the eggs, which are nume-

rous and small, produce but little advanced larval forms. I do not

see what relation exists between these two classes of characters ;

but, as regards the position of the sexual apertures, it is permissible

to state that the Dorippide of the first group are far from having

completed their evolution, for the Leucoside, which show great

affinity to them, already exhibit these orifices on the sternal face.

As for the special evolution of the {wo subfamilies, this appears

to me to be closely connected with the dimensions of the ova.

With large eggs, and consequently late hatching, the young are

necessarily little different from the adult and badly endowed as

regards swimming-power ; the dissemination and, in consequence,

the diversification of the forms must be limited. With small eggs

Miscellaneous. 105

and the precocious hatching which results therefrom the young are

swimming laryz well suited to disseminate the forms and to cause

them to vary. In fact, the Dorippide of the first series are much

less numerous than those of the second; of the former ten species

are known, as against fifty belonging to the second group.

Like the primitive Dynomeninze (Acanthodromia, Dynomene

ursula—a near ally of D. Filholi), the Dorippide originated in the

Caribbean Sea and in the neighbouring parts of the Pacific at an

epoch when the Isthmus of Panama had not yet emerged from the

bottom of the waters. The Caribbean Sea, in fact, numbers not

less than five-and-twenty species, belonging to all the genera except

Cymonomops and Dorippe, which are those in which, in each sub-

family, evolution has assumed its greatest intensity. Nay, more, it

is the primitive forms that abound in the Caribbean Sea (fifteen

species of Palicus out of twenty-two, all the known species of the

genera Cymopolus and Corycodus), while the ultimate forms prevail

in the centres remote from this sea (ten out of twelve species of

Dorippe in the western Indo-Pacific area, Cymonomops). It is to

be observed that several species belonging to the Caribbean Sea are

found again in the eastern Atlantic, or are represented by very

closely allied forms in the American waters of the Pacific. These

facts, in conjunction with many others of the same nature, allow us

to conclude that at an epoch but little removed from our own the

Strait of Panama still existed, and that the relations between the

two shores of the Atlantic were much closer than they are to-day *.

—Comptes Rendus, t. exxv. no. 20 (November 15, 1897), pp. 784-

787.

“ Butterflies from the Pacific Islands.”

To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural. History.’

GxENTLEMEN,—I venture to direct your attention to the very inaccu-

rate title given by Mr. Grose-Smith to his paper on new butterflies in

the last number of your Journal (ser. 6, vol. xx. p. 515). Of the

six species there described, the first is from Sumba Island, one of

the Timor group, the next four from New Guinea, and the last from

one of the Solomon Islands. ‘To call this a paper on “ New Species

of Butterflies from the Pacific Islands” seems to me a serious

_ geographical error.

I am, Gentlemen,

Yours &e.,

3 Hanover Square, W. P. L. Scrarer.

Dec. 2nd, 1897.

* The two subfamilies of which I have spoken above are the Cyclo-

dorippinz and the Dorippine. Ina subsequent paper I shall show

that the former divides itself naturally into two tribes—Cymonomi

(Cymopolus, Cymonomus) and CycLoDoRipPI (Corycodus, Cyclodorippe,

Cymonomops) ; the latter into two others—Pattict (Palicus) and Doripri

(Ethusa, Ethusina, Dorippe).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 8

106 Miscellaneous.

Note on Thomas Martyn’s ‘ Psyche, 1797.

By C. Davis Saerzorn, F.Z.8.

The impression of Martyn’s ‘ Psyche, or figures of nondescript

Lepidopterous Insects or rare Moths and Butterflies from different

parts of the World,’ London, 1797, folio, was limited to ten copies.

There is a note to this effect in the Banksian copy initialed by

H. H. B., and the statement also occurs in Lowndes and other

writers.

The book consists of a line-engraved titlepage, followed by thirty-

two copper-plates, very faintly engraved in stipple—perhaps a mere

guide to the colourist, as may be seen in Mr. Salvin’s copy. The

first four plates have numbers very faintly stippled in the top left

corner, the remainder are unnumbered.

Three examples of text are known to me, all consisting of sign. B,

“ Advice,” pp. 1-4; sign. B, “ Avis,” pp. 1-4; sign. C, pp. 5 and 6,

—sign. C, pp. 5 and 6, being descriptions of Papilio amulius, Papilio

myrima (p. 5), and Papilio sessonia (p. 6) in English and in French:

that is to say, altogether 6 pp. in English and 6 pp. in French,

descriptive of pls. 1 and 2. The remainder of the plates have in

the four copies I have seen, and which are probably in the original

bindings, the names and localities of the insects written in ink

on the plates themselves or on the interleaving fly-sheets.

I regard this book as a manuscript, for, with the exception of

three species, the rest are apparently all manuscript names ; but as

the book seems to be quoted by Lepidopterologists, I have in my

‘Index Animalium’ referred to the species in square brackets

as MS. for their convenience.

Here follows a collation of the various copies I have seen or

about which I have been able to obtain information :—

1. British Museum. George III.’s copy (37 f. 13).— On large paper.

Title, no text, 32 plates. Names on fly-leaves.

2. British Museum (444 f. 7). Said to be Sir J. Banks’s copy.

Was the Towneley copy referred to in Lowndes’s ‘ Biblio-

grapher’s Manual’ as having been sold for £1 1s., and still

has the well-known Ex Libris of John Towneley Esq.—Title,

no text, pls. 1-28, 30-32; pl. 29 is missing and pl. 32 is

smeared and partly ruined.

3. Radcliffe Library, Oxford.—Title, no text, 32 pls. Names on

the fly-leaves.

4. Osbert Salvin’s copy.—On vellum, with a j4-inch gold line

tooled round each plate. Title, no text, 32pls. Pls. 5, 15,

20, and 22 supplied in facsimile from the Janson copy.

Names at the bottom of each plate. The interest of this

magnificent copy lies in the fact that an additional figure

(unnamed) occurs on pl. 24, not seen in any other.

5. Van de Poll’s copy, formerly E. W. Janson’s.—Title, no text,

32 pls. Namesin ink on the fly-sheets. [From information

by memory of those who have seen it; neither Mr. Van de

Poll nor Mr, Janson has responded to my letters. |

Miscellaneous. 107

§. British Museum (Natural History), Zoological Library.—Copy

of no. 1 with original wrapper, deckle edges. Title, English

text 6 pp., French text 6 pp., pls.i. and ii. [This is the

original copy presented by Martyn to the British Museum

in 1797, and still has the following letter accompanying it :—

“To the Noblemen and Gentlemen

*« Trustees of the British Museum.

“Mr. Martyn takes the liberty of Offering his best respects

to the Noblemen and Gentlemen Trustees of the British

Museum; And previous to the Publication, Requesting they

will do him the honor to accept the First Number of his

Work ‘On Nondescript Lepidopterous Insects,’ to be

deposited in the British Museum Library. The remaining

Sixteen Numbers, (which will Form the First Volume) will

also be presented in Succession, as they are compleated.

“No. 12 Great Marlborough

Street Oct. 24th 1797.”]

. Royal Society.—“ Ex dono auctoris Nov. 9, 1797.” Title, text

6 pp. English, 6 pp. French, 2 plates. This copy has been

chopped down to fit a volume of other tracts.

8. Linnean Society.—A copy identical in every respect with that

of the Royal Society, including the chopping down ; but the

title has been turned up at the bottom, and so preserved.

9. Dr. A. G. Butler’s copy.—Sold to Dulau and Co. in 1888, not

traced since. Dr. Butler kindly informs me that he is under

the impression that he had three parts in their original

condition.

10. * Parts 1 and 2 with printed text.’-—Dr. Butler is also under

the impression that Mr. Van de Poll has copies of these two

parts, but I am unable to verify the statement.

a |

Of the above copies I consider George III.’s as the most perfect,

the Radcliffe next, then Van de Poll’s, and, lastly, Mr. Salvin’s.

It would be interesting to learn whether Martyn ever did present

to the British Museum the succeeding parts ; I am inclined to think

he did not, because this copy, as well as those in the Royal and

Linnean Societies, may be well regarded as “specimens” of which

it is quite hkely others may turn up.

It is interesting to trace the Towneley copy, and it shows the

importance of not tearing out marks of possession for the collector’s

serap-book.

I should be very glad to hear from anyone who knows of more

than 6 pp. of text, especially if he will send me a list of species

described, with their pages; and as it may be a matter of con-

venience to many entomologists, I here append a list of the manu-

script names used by Martyn, together with his plate and figure

numbers :—

I. P. amulius (1), P. myrina (2 and 3).

II. P. amulius (4), P. sessonia (5 and 6).

Miscellaneous.

P. cresphontinus (7), P. daphnis (8).

P. cresphontinus (9), P. daphnis (10).

Ph. orontes (11), Ph. (B.) purpurina (12 and 18).

Ph. orontes (14), Ph. (N.) nymphagoga (15 and 16).

Ph, (Atlas) polyphemus (17).

Ph. (Atlas) polyphemus (18).

Ph.( Geom.) cinerarva (19), var.(20); Ph. (IV.) cuprea (=

P. galanthus (22, 23).

Ph, (Geom.) cineraria (24), Ph. (B.) coelebs (25), Ph. (NV. _

cuprea (26).

P. pantheratus (27), P. delia (28 and 29).

Ph, (G.) moriata (30), Ph. (Pyr.) cludialis (31), Ph. (N.)

signifera (32 and 33).

P. argenteus (34), P. pantheratus (35).

Ph. (B.) plantagina (36 and 37), Ph. (B.) menthastrina

(38), Ph. (N.) argentomacularis (39).

P. amphimedon (40).

P. (N.) incisa (41 and 42), Papilio [sic]; Ph. (N.)

puellina (43 and 44),

P. amphimedon (45).

Sph. cana (46), Ph. (B.) elymene (47 and 48).

Ph. luteolante (50 and 51), Sph. instibilis (49), Ph. (B.)

limacina (52).

Sph. instibilis (53), Ph. (N.) bilinearis (54 and 55),

Ph. (N.) chrysitina (56).

Ph. (B.) caja (57), Sph. onothberina (58 and 59), Ph. (NV.)

tulipina (60).

P. macularia (61 and 62).

Ph. (B.) caja (63), Ph. (N.) vermicularis (64 and 65).

Sph. clorinda (66 and 67).

Sph. sanguinosa (68 and 69), Ph. (B.) corylina (70),

Ph. (B.) puderina (71).

Ph. (N.) lugubris (72 and 73), Ph. (V.) coriana (75

and 76).

Ph. (B.) potatorina (77), Ph. (B.) defloriana (78 and 79),

Ph. (Geom.) albolineata (80).

pes poe wna (81), Sph. argentyfiua (82 and 83),

(NV.) clathrea (84).

Sph. ee (85), Ph. (N.) interpressa (86 and 87),

Ph. (B.) perspicellina (88).

Ph. (N.) puderina (89), Ph. (B.) lubricipedina (90 and

91), Ph. (IV.) olivia (92).

Ph, (N.) domiduca (93), Ph. (V.) incisa (94), Ph. ( Tort.)

argentana (95 and 96).

Male and female are often figured; hence the duplication of

specific names.

I am indebted to Mr. Salvin for the loan of his beautiful copy of

this book, and to Prof. H. A. Miers for his kindness in sending me

a complete account of the Radcliffe Library volume.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SEVENTH SERIES. }

No. 2. FEBRUARY 1898.

XV.—Some Activities of Polar Bodies.

By E. A. ANDREWS *.

THE acceptance of the view that the polar bodies given off

by the eggs of animals are but imperfect eggs incapable of

fertilization, and having no part to play in the development

of the true egg, has naturally tended to lessen interest in

their fate. That they often remain attached to the egg for a

long time, and that in certain insects, according to Henking,

they may remain within the egg or go back again into it, are

facts that have seemed of no moment.

A recent papert having shown that in certain Echino-

derms the polar bodies as well as the egg are possessed of

remarkable powers hitherto supposed to be limited to certain

Protozoa, and that the polar bodies soon become, and may

permanently remain, fused with the developing egg, makes

it of great interest to inquire whether the polar bodies of

other animals have such powers and such opportunities for

possibly influencing the development of the egg.

It seems that in the star-fish and the sea-urchin the egg,

both before and after fertilization, acts very like many filose

Rhizopods—the protoplasm is seen to project itself out from

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ November 1897,

. 14-16.

ie G. F. Andrews, “Some Spinning Activities of Protoplaam,” Journal

of Morphology, xii., 1897.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. )

110 Mr. E. A. Andrews on some

the mass in the form of delicate flowing currents of living

material that form filose pseudopodia. These thread-like

processes have the power to unite with or separate from one

another, to lengthen or to shorten, to become thick or thin,

much as do the pseudopodia of Gromta. By means of such

living material spun out from the cells all parts of the young

organism are held together as one continuous mass of living

matter, the continuity being established as fast as cell-division

tends to interrupt it.

The polar bodies act like the cells of the cleaving egg, and

from the first become organically continuous with the egg-

cells by means of living threads spun out from the polar

bodies and from the egg.

In figure 1 the polar bodies are represented lying over the

relatively large opening that leads into the cleavage cavity of

Fig. 1.

the many-celled blastula. This figure is from a camera-

lucida sketch made in 1894 with Zeiss ocular 8, objective

2 millim., and draw-tube 170 millim., by G. F. Andrews, from

the living blastula of the Astertas common at Roscoff,

France. Under this magnification of more than one thousand

475

Activities of Polar Bodies. 111

diameters the polar bodies are plainly connected with each

other and with the surrounding cells of the blastula by delicate

threads of protoplasm that constantly change. There are

also characteristic tufts or brushes of more delicate threads

sent out from each polar body; these also constantly change.

It will be noticed that the cells about the orifice also show

threads stretching from one to the other as well as to the polar

bodies.

On the threads protoplasmic masses flow along to or from

the polar bodies or from cell to cell, and on the threads side

spinnings may take place, producing such branching, root-

like tufts, and anastomosing complexes as are partly repre-

sented in the figure.

The peculiar contractile powers of the material of these

threads is illustrated in the figure in the case of a curved

connective that joins the angle of one process to the angle of

another. ‘These processes extend from the two polar bodies

to two separate cells on the margin of the orifice or cleavage-

pore, and the curved connective seems as if tending to draw

the processes closer together by bending itself (compare loc.

eit. pp. 382-83).

Passing over many significant facts, we note that the polar

bodies may pass through the cleavage-pore into the interior

of the blastula and be connected with the complicated mass of

threads joining the mesenchyme-cells with the ectoderm and

entoderm in the gastrula-stage.

Thus in these animals the polar bodies long continue to

act like Heliozoa, and acquire a living continuity with the

embryo which may extend to the gastrula stage in such a

way as to make them permanently part of the organism.

In the large Nemertean, Cerebratulus lacteus, Verrill, I

find some spinning activities of the egg and its cells and most

marked activity of the polar bodies. Soon after their forma-

tion the polar bodies send out delicate Heliozoa-like rays, and

later characteristic star-like groups of processes that may

develop into long proboscis-like outgrowths armed with lateral

threads. rom the first the polar bodies are continuous with

the egg and with one another by means of an exceedingly

delicate film of material that sometimes shows fine threads

and nodules within it, and seems living protoplasm rather

than passive excretion or “ slime.”

In figure 2 the processes from the two polar bodies are

indicated as seen under ocular 8, objective 2 millim., and

draw-tube 160 millim., and drawn largely with the camera

lucida. The egg was in the four-celled stage and about to

divide again, so that there were more than eight cells. fifteen

112 Mr. E. A. Andrews on some

minutes later. The double membrane is indicated by two

lines some distance from the egg. :

At this period the activities of the polar bodies have passed

through their first phases and are gradually approaching their

more permanent later phases.

Fig. 2.

A more detailed account of these will be given elsewhere,

but we will here note that the polar bodies continue to adhere

to one another and to the egg for a long time, even if the

membrane be removed and they be exposed to the sea-water.

When the larva becomes ciliated the polar bodies break loose

and float about in the liquid between the larva and its mem-

branes ; but they still adhere to one another and are some-

times seen attached to the egg-membrane. Probably they

are lost when the larva breaks out from the egg-membranes.

The first and the second polar bodies are markedly

different: the first tends to remain more nearly spherical and

to continue its radiating Helioza-like activities ; the second

early assumes somewhat the shape of a spindle, and is prone

to send out long polar processes looking from the end view

like stars and strongly suggesting jree astrospheres, and from

the side view somewhat like test-tube brushes. In later

phases the spindle may be much elongated, slender, and with

Activities of Polar Bodies. 113

a marked astrosphere-like mass at each end, so that the entire

figure is strangely like similar appearances in caryokinesis.

With exceptional light some of the spin-threads are seen

to pass up to the egg-membrane and to branch; others go to

the surface of the egg. Here, as in the starfish, the changes

that take place, the making of new processes and the with-

drawal and bending of old, make it difficult to represent the

actual appearances, even if it were possible to adequately

express by black lines the optical effect produced by these

clear protoplasmic filaments, which bear as much resemblance

to fine spun-glasswork as to any other common gross object.

In a nudibranch mollusk, Tergipes despectus(?), there are

often three polar bodies that remain in close association till

the larva is a pyramidal many-celled mass. In some cases a

connexion was seen, a changing process or processes, ex-

tending between a polar body and the egg and between one

body and another; generally the connexion escaped observa-

tion, though the bodies acted as if held together. In the case

shown in figure 3 the small objects near the largest polar

body were seen to change position, and may have been either

foreign or loose particles, or else enlargements upon filose

processes so fine as to escape detection with the 6 ocular and

2 millim. objective.

Similar objects near the next polar body proved to be a

group of blunt pseudopodia-like outgrowths borne upon a

common stalk. From the remaining polar body similar

blunt processes projected in various directions separately, and

one very long process extended upward to the egg-membrane,

where it branched and seemed attached by its several side-

threads. This last polar body also sent out a process that

apparently attached itself to the surface of the egg, which was

still in an undivided state. In other cases blunt processes

114 Mr. E. A. Andrews on some

and long slender processes were sent out and again drawn in ;

within a minute a long slender process extended out from a

polar body to the egg, and seemed to join to it, and later was

represented by a tuft of short, pointed, contracted processes.

In many cases the polar bodies showed amceba-like changes:

of form, with or without pseudopodia; in one case where

there were but two polar. bodies they crawled over one

another with much of the appearance of amcebe, one of them

having a tuft of pseudopodia.

In a lamellibranch mollusk, Nucula delphinodonta, the

formation and activity of the polar bodies was observed only

in some eggs that were probably not fertilized and that did

not develop beyond an incomplete first cleavage. The two

polar bodies were seen to be connected by a cylindrical mass

of clear substance, and, as seen in figure 4, one polar body

was seen connected to the egg by means of a long filament

as well as by an extensive sheet of faintly refracting material

similar to that seen in Cerebratulus.

In this case the cleavage had passed in toward the centre

of the egg. The small eminence on one side illustrates one

Fig. 4.

of the several ectosarcal processes that at first were much

like protuberances found in Cerebratulus, and there giving

rise to brushes of fine spin-threads. Here, however, such

ectosarcal processes are followed by hernia-like protrusions

containing yolk and indicating the abnormal state of the egg.

With the 8 ocular and 4 millim. objective large star-like

radiations and central refracting areas were seen near the

first polar body as the second one was being formed. Com-

paring these with appearances seen with the same powers in

Activities of Polar Bodies. 115

Cerebratulus, there is no doubt that there were here also

radiating branches of processes similar to those so common at

the ends of the second polar body of Cerebratulus. The first

polar body also showed very fine Helioza-like radiations in

one case. One polar body showed marked amceboid change

of outline, with a rounded blunt pseudopodium.

Such ameeboid changes of polar bodies are most pronounced

in another lamellibranch, Angulus tener. As represented in

figure 5, the larger, first polar body takes on a somewhat

cylindrical shape at a time when the second is rounded and

not entirely free from the egg, and sends out blunt pseudo-

podia, the two bodies remaining closely appressed. Besides

Fig. 5.

the rounded pseudopodia, which are represented as dark,

there were also clear delicate lateral sheets or lamellee of wavy

protoplasm, which are indicated in outline. All these parts

rapidly changed, as may be seen by comparing the left-hand

view with the right, an interval of scarcely a minute having

passed between these two sketches of the same polar body.

As these observations were made with the 6 ocular and

2 millim. objective, the failure to see spin-threads here does

not disprove their existence; in one case there seemed to be

something connecting the first polar body with the egg and

passing like a filament between them; but the general cha-

racter of these polar bodies was that of amcebee, and not that

of filose rhizopods.

To sum up: we find that the polar bodies in certain

representatives of the groups—Hchinodermata, Mollusca, and

Nemertini—show marked activities, differing in different

groups and in different subgroups. In several groups the

polar bodies have not only amoeboid but strongly marked

Heliozoan activities. The polar bodies in several groups

remain vitally connected with one another and with the

developing embryo for some time after their extrusion.

116 Mr. W. L. Distant on

How far these phenomena are normal, and how much of

what is above recorded may prove to be pathological, cannot

be at present decided ; but, in any event, it has been shown

that the protoplasm of polar bodies has powers hitherto

unsuspected. These need not imply close relationship

between polar bodies and Protozoa, but may serve to show

that protoplasm expresses itself in radically the same charac-

teristic ‘‘ protoplastic ” way in Metazoa and Protozoa. These

new facts may be added to those recently presented in a

comparative study of protoplasm*, and help to bring us

toward the new standpoints there reached.

October 18, 1897.

XVI.— Heterocera from the Transvaal.

By W. L. Distant.

I HAVE recently acquired a small collection of moths made

in the neighbourhood of Johannesburg, which contains the

following apparently undescribed species :—

Family Arctiidae.

Spilosoma lemniscata, sp. n.

Head above golden yellow, eyes and antenne black ; pro-

notum black, the lateral margins and a round spot at base

golden yellow; a black spot at humeral angles; abdomen

above ochraceous, with the base, central transverse abdominal

fasciee, and lateral spots black; body beneath and legs dark

fuscous, anterior femora streaked with ochraceous.

Anterior wings golden yellow, streaked with black—these

streaks consist of a submarginal inner fascia, a fascia beneath

cell from base to its extremity, where it emits four branches

to outer margin (the uppermost disconnected), a streak from

within cell to near margin, and a shorter subapical streak or

spot ; posterior wings dark purplish brown, with the margins

golden yellow. Anterior wings beneath as above, but duller

in hue; posterior wings beneath with a large basal subcostal

yellow patch.

Exp. wings 31 millim.

Hab, Transvaal, Johannesburg.

Allied to Spelosoma dissimilis, Dist.

* G, F. Andrews, ‘ The Living Substance’ (Ginn & Co, 1897).

Heterocera from the Transvaal, Vee

Family Lymantriide.

Lacipa quinquepunctata, sp. n.

Head and pronotum silvery white, with oehraceous

markings, eyes black, antenne ochraceous ; abdomen above

and body beneath and legs very pale ochraceous.

Anterior wings silvery white, with a basal spot and two

narrow transverse fasciz ochraceous—both these fasciz cross

the wing, the first crossing centre of cell, where it is strongly

and sinuately bent outwardly, the second oblique and very

slightly sinuate beyond cell; extreme basal costal margin

black, a small black spot beneath cell and before the first

fascia, five black spots between the fascia—three at about end

of cell and two beneath it bordering outer fascia; an outer

submarginal row of small black spots; posterior wings very

pale stramineous. Anterior wings beneath (excluding outer

and inner margin) pale fuscous; posterior wings with a

somewhat obscure discal fuscous spot.

Exp. wings 28 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg.

From L. quadripunctata, Dewitz, this species is distin-

guished by the narrower and more oblique and sinuated

ochraceous fascia: and the five discal black spots to the ante-

rior wings; from L. sexpunctata, Dist., it differs not only by

the number of spots, but also by the colour of the wings

beneath.

Lacipa pulverea, sp. n.

Head and pronotum creamy white, with ochraceous

markings, eyes black, antennz ochraceous ; abdomen above,

body beneath, and legs ochraceous.

Anterior wings creamy white, crossed by three ochraceous

fascie—the first subbasal and _ broken, second crossing cell,

third beyond cell, oblique and slightly curved outwardly ;

some scattered black specks on basal costal margin, a black

spot between first and second fascize, between second and

third fasciz a cluster of black speckles at end of cell, and two

similar clusters beneath cell; an outer submarginal row of

small black spots; posterior wings very thickly covered with

fuscous speckles. Anterior wings beneath very thickly

covered with fuscous speckles ; posterior wings beneath very

pale ochraceous, with a few marginal dark spots at apex.

Exp. wings 22 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Johannesburg.

118 On Heterocera from the Transvaal.

Family Limacodide.

Parasa Johannes, sp. n.

g. Pronotum pale green; abdomen above ochraceous ;

head, body beneath, and legs pale castaneous brown ; antenne

black.

Anterior wings pale green; a broad outer margin and a

broad discal fascia pale castaneous brown ; the discal fascia

extends from base to a little beyond cell, which it completely

occupies, scarcely extending above it, but considerably

beneath it, especially at base, its lower margin irregular and

excavated, its apex furcate; posterior wings above and

beneath pale golden yellow. Anterior wings beneath very

pale castaneous brown, the green only more or less faintly

visible beneath cell, the brown darkest where the discal and

marginal fascize exist above.

9. With the discal fascia to the anterior wings less

intense in hue and with the posterior wings rather darker at

apex and along outer margin.

Exp. wings, ¢ 35-40, 9 42-46 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg.

The length and shape of the discal fascia to the anterior

wings is a special point in the identification of this species.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Natal.

Family Lasiocampide.

Dendrolimus metallicus, sp. n.

&. Body, antenne, and legs brownish ochraceous, the

abdomen somewhat paler in hue.

Anterior wings greyish brown, thickly speckled with pale

castaneous, crossed by two oblique, narrow, dark fascie, the

first crossing cell, the second a little distance beyond it, both

directed inwardly; between the second fascia and outer

margin a similar obscure, broken, and much waved fascia ;

all these fasci# greyish on their inner margins ; near extre-

mity of cell a castaneous streak, with a small white spot at

its apex; marginal fringe darkest at base; posterior wings

pale ochraceous. Anterior wings beneath unicolorous, with-

out fascie as above; posterior wings beneath darker than

above; both wings with faint signs of a discal oblique paler

band.

@. Anterior wings above with the inner grey margin to

fascie much more distinct ; the discal oblique band beneath

also much more developed.

Exp. wings, ¢ 36, 2 38 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg.

On the Species of the Genus Viverricula. 119

XVII.—On the Species of the Genus Viverricula.

By J. L. Bonnore.

SEVERAL species of this genus have been made at various times,

but latterly most authors have placed them together as one.

A careful comparison, however, of the skins and skulls in the

British Museum has led me to the following conclusions :—

So far as can be judged from the present series, the markings

seem to vary considerably in colour, from a rufous to a dark

brown in individuals from the same locality; there seem,

however, to be three distinct species in the group, each of

which might be subdivided into two or more subspecies.

The species are as follows :—

V. malaccensis (Gmel.).—Inhabiting India from Rajputana

to the Malay Peninsula.

V. rasse (Horsf.).—Now found (whether introduced or not)

in Java, Ceylon, Socotra, Madagascar, and Comoro

Islands.

V. pallida (Gr.).—From China and Formosa.

Viverricula malaccensis (Gmel.).

Viverra malaccensis, Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 92 (1788); Jerdon,

Mamm. Ind. p. 122 (1867).

Viverra indica, Penn. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) vii. p. 170 (1817); Horsf.

P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 23; Elliot, Madr. Journ. x. p. 102 (1839).

Viverra bengalensis, Gray & Hardw. Il. Ind, Zool. i. pl. iv. (1830-32),

Viverra rasse, Elliot, Madr. Journ. x. p. 102 (1839),

Viverricula indica, Hodgs. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) i. p. 152 (1838) ;

id. J. A.S. B. x. p. 909 (1841).

Viverricula rape, Hodgs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1) i. p. 152 (1838)

(probably misprint for rasse).

Viverricula rasse, Hodgs. J. A. S. B. x. p. 909 (1841).

Viverricula malaccensis, Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 45

(1863); Anderson, Zool. Yunn. Exp. p. 166 (1879); Blanford,

Mamm. Brit. Ind. p. 100 (1888).

This species is so variable in colour and form of markings

that I have been unable to find any constant external cha-

racters by which it may be easily recognized; the skulls,

however, show considerable uniformity, and the auditory

bullz, which are long and compressed laterally, causing them

to be deep at the same time, form a character by which the

present species may be recognized at any age. The bulle

converge anteriorly, so that there is a considerable narrowing

of the anterior end of the basioccipital, and in correlation with

this its edges are turned downwards, so as to form a promi-

nent ridge in front of the bulla on either side.

120 Mr. J. L. Bonhote on the

Average measurement of ten adult skulls :—

Basal length 93 8 millim.; zygomatic breadth 44:4; length

of palate from henselion 45:7; length of bulla 23; basi-

occipital, breadth at condyloid foramina 12°7, breadth ante-

riorly 6°8; greatest diameter of upper carnassial 9:4; least

breadth of palate between inner roots of carnassials 12°3.

Specimens from the Malay Peninsula representing the

original V. malaccensis may be distinguished by having only

seven dark rings on the tail instead of eight as in all other

specimens, the tip being pure white.

While there are no very tangible differences among speci-

mens from different parts of India proper, there are in the

British Museum two specimens from Rajputana so different

in appearance that | would make them a subspecies, and

propose for them the name

Viverricula malaccensis deserti, subsp. n.

Viverricula malaccensis, Thos. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 55.

Similar in size to V. malaccensis. Hair close and long.

General colour buffy white, with darker mottlings, but with

no distinct markings except a few spots on the flanks. The

winter pelage consists of a thick woolly underfur, slate-grey

at its base and whitish towards the tip, thickly interspersed

with long white bristles having a dark or fulvous tip. The

summer coat is similar, except that the underfur is scanty and

the bristles greatly predominate. The underside of the neck

is of a uniform buffy white, interrupted by two transverse

dark bands. The chest and belly are similar to the back,

except that the bristles are more scanty and have no dark tip,

thus allowing the slate-grey of the underfur to show through.

Hands and feet uniform seal-brown. ‘Tail covered with long

hair similar to that on the body and marked with alternate

rings of dark brown and whitish.

‘he skull presents no marked differences from that of a

typical malaccensis.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male measured in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 581 millim. ; tail without hair 401; ear 30;

hind foot 99.

Skull: basal length 94; zygomatic breadth 45; length of

palate from henselion 45°7 ; length of bulla 22; basioccipital,

breadth at condyloid foramen 13, breadth anteriorly 6:5;

greatest diameter of upper carnassial 10; least breadth of

palate between inner roots of carnassials 12°3,

Hab. Rajputana.

Species of the Genus Viverricula. 121

Type B. M. 85. 8.1.27. Sambhar, Rajputana. Collected

by Mr. R. M. Adam, 17th December, 1877, and presented

by Mr. A. O. Hume.

A second specimen, obtained at Nusserabad, in the same

rovince, in August 1878, has been recently presented to the

asi by Col. J. W. Yerbury, and agrees in all respects

with the type.

This subspecies, which differs in habits from the true

malaccensis by frequenting desert country instead of forests,

may be easily distinguished by its very light colour and the

absence of any distinct stripes on the back.

Viverricula rasse (Horsf.).

Viverra rasse, Horsf. Res. Java, pl. xviii. (1824); id. P. Z. S. 1832,

p. 28; Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Mamm. p. 113 (1852).

Viverricula Schlegel, Pollen, Ned. Tijds. Dierk. iii. p. 78 (1866).

This species does not differ externally from V. malaccensis,

except in its smaller size, and, although as a whole it varies

as much as the preceding one, yet individuals from the same

locality appear to be fairly constant in colour and markings.

Horsfield’s statement that V. rasse has eight broad longi-

tudinal lines on the back, the three lateral lines on each side

interrupted and obscure, while V. malaccensis has eight

narrow longitudinal lines, the lateral lines continued, does

not appear to hold good for all individuals.

The skull, however, shows marked differences from that of

V. malaccensis, the auditory bulle being much shorter,

flatter, and not converging so much towards the middle line,

thus causing the basioccipital to be considerably broader at its

anterior end and not folded into ridges when it leaves the

bulla.

Dimensions of the skull of one of Horsfield’s typical

specimens (B, M. 74) :—

Basal length 86 millim.; zygomatic breadth 42; length of

palate from henselion 43; length of bulla 20; basioccipital,

breadth at condyloid foramen 11°5, breadth anteriorly 8;

greatest diameter of upper carnassial 9; least breadth of

palate between inner roots of carnassials 12,

Specimens from the various islands appear to differ slightly

from each other, but the material at hand does not seem to

me sufficient to justify at present the subdivision of the

species. —

Viverricula pallida (Gr.). .

Viverra pallida, Gray & Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. ii. pl. vi. (1833-34);

Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 353; Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 514.

Viverricula malaccensis, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1870, pp. 227, 630.

122 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and Batrachians

This species is considerably larger than V. rasse. The

markings are not usually very distinct and the general colour

is suffused with fulvous. It may be distinguished from both

the preceding species by the absence of the transverse

markings on the underside of the neck.

_ The skull differs only from that of V. rasse by its greater

size.

Dimensions of a skull from Formosa (a small specimen) :—

Basal length 87 millim. ; zygomatic breadth 45; length of

palate from henselion 43; length of bulla 20; basioccipital,

breadth at condyloid foramen 12-7, breadth anteriorly 9;

greatest diameter of upper carnassial 10; least breadth of

palate between inner roots of carnassials 13.

These dimensions are far exceeded in the other skulls, but

these are given as it is the only skull sufficiently perfect to

allow all the measurements to be taken on it. The largest

skull has a zygomatic breadth of 49 millim. and greatest

diameter of upper carnassial 10°5 millim.

This species varies less than the others; the markings are

almost always indistinct and generally absent on the fore part

of the body. Swinhoe thought Formosan examples slightly

different, but the specimens in the British Museum do not

bear out that conclusion.

Key to Species of Viverricula.

A. Basioccipital converging anteriorly, bullz long.

Es DUBE RIM ES (CISACE ors. 5.» Biais 500 45 /0°4)r"danes @ * ape chase on V. malaccensis.

Op APETOGE INGIHUNCE. ns se sd 8s <bime esse ns nds V. m. desert.

B. Basioccipital scarcely converging anteriorly, bulla

short.

a, Dark transverse band on throat ............4. V. rasse.

b. No dark transverse band on throat ............ V. pallida

XVIUI—A List of Reptiles and Batrachians from Ombaat,

East Indian Archipelago. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

In a previous number of these ‘ Annals’ * I contributed a

list of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Alfred

Everett in Lombok, Flores, Sumba, and Savu. Thanks to

the exertions of the same traveller I am now able to supple-

ment our knowledge of the herpetology of that chain of

islands by giving a list of the Reptiles and Batrachians

obtained by him on Ombaai. All belong to known species.

LIZARDS.

1. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B.

* Ser. 6, vol. xix. 1897, pp. 503-509.

from Ombaat, East Indian Archipelago. 123

2. Hemidactylus Brookii, Gray.

I am now convinced that H. Gleadovii, Murray, cannot be

regarded as specifically distinct from H. Brook’, the range of

which extends across tropical Africa to India, Ceylon, Further

India, Southern China, and the Malay Archipelago, where it

is on record from Borneo, whence the type specimens are

stated to have been obtained.

Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm.

Gecko verticillatus, Laur.

Draco timorensis, Kuhl.

. Mabuia multifasciata, Kuhl.

. Lygosoma florense, M. Weber.

Lygosoma smaragdinum, Less.

SEO rina Co Unie ise

Ablepharus Boutonii, var. furcatus, M. Weber.

SNAKES.

10. Lycodon aulicus, L.

11. Coluber subradiatus, Schleg.

It not unfrequently happens that the subocular below the

preocular is not separated from the fourth labial, in which

ease three labials enter the eye, as in C. enganensis, which

differs only in the deeper rostral. We have now eight speci-

mens in the British Museum, with the following number of

scales and shields :—

Upper labials Ven-

entering eye. Scales. trals. Caudals.

1. g. Timor. Leyden Mus..... 4th, 5th 23 233 93

2. 9. Atapupu, Timor. Everett. 4th, 5th 23 246 91

38. 9. Ombaai. Everett........ pty er 23 242 88

4th, 5th,

BEO\ ie. dees a ee teh, bth 23 228 = 90

By Her 5: A, A eee drd, 4th, 5th 23 226 97

6. ¢. Sumba. a> SENSO 4th, 5th 25 233 =102

goo wiores a o vem 25 248 »

8. Hgr. ——? Bleeker ...... 4th, 5th 23 230 896

12. Dendrophis pictus, Boie.

13. Nata tripudians, Merr.

A female specimen uniform brown above and whitish

124 On Two new Blind Snakes.

beneath, same variety as recorded by me from Flores.

Se: 6. ¥. age HC. 2:

19}

14. Lachesis gramineus, Shaw.

FROGS.

15. Rana tigrina, Daud.

16. Hyla Everett’, Blgr.

XIX.—Descriptions of Two new Blind Snakes.

By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

Typhlops albiceps.

Snout rounded, moderately projecting; nostrils lateral.

Rostral two fifths the width of the head, extending to

between the eyes; nasal incompletely divided, the cleft

extending from the second labial to a little beyond the

nostril ; preocular as broad as the nasal or the ocular; eyes

just distinguishable; prefrontal, frontal, and interparietal

moderately large, equal, slightly larger than the supraocular ;

four upper labials, third and fourth in contact with the ocular,

second and third with the preocular. Diameter of body 64

times in the total length; tail as long as broad, ending in a

spine. 18 scales round the body. Pale brown; head, anal

region, and end of tail white.

Total length 128 millim.

A single specimen from Chantaboon, Siam. Received in

exchange from the Royal Siamese Museum, Bangkok.

Typhlops leucostictus.

Snout rounded, very promivent; nostrils inferior. Rostral

one third the width of the head, extending to between the

eyes; nasal completely divided, the cleft proceeding from the

second labial and not extending to the upper surface of the

snout; preocular a little narrower than the nasal, a little

broader than the ocular; eyes just distinguishable; pre-

frontal, frontal, and interparietal scarcely enlarged, a little

smaller than the supraocular; four upper labials, third and

fourth in contact with the ocular, second and third with the

preocular. Diameter of body 45 times in the total length ;

tail as long as broad, ending in an obtuse spine. 22 scales

round the body. Dark brown above, the scales edged with

whitish, with scattered small white spots; whitish beneath,

each scale brown at the base.

Total length 225 millim.

A single specimen from Liberia.

On some Bees of the Genus Megachile. 125

XX.—Some Bees of the Genus Megachile from New Mextco

and Colorado. By T. D. A. CockERELL, Entomologist

of the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station.

Megachile Wooton?, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 13 millim.

Moderately robust, black, with rather thin yellowish pubes-

cence. Head ordinary, facial quadrangle about square, face

up to level of antenne with dense cream-coloured pubes-

cence; vertex with large close punctures and thinly clothed

with long yellowish hair, with some shorter black ones inter-

mixed ; cheeks broad, very thinly pubescent, lower part with

a conspicuous broad transverse band of yellowish-white hair ;

antenne wholly black, last joint broadened and flattened ;

mandibles tridentate, more or less elbowed, fringed beneath

with shining yellow hair beyond the bend; a rounded tubercle

at base of mandible beneath, tufted with yellowish hair; meso-

thorax strongly and closely punctured, with thin erect pubes-

cence, yellowish on anterior half, mostly black on posterior

half; scutellum and pleura with longer and denser hair, that

on the pleura yellowish white; tegule black; wings dusky

“hyaline, broadly darker on apical margin; nervures black,

second submarginal cell receiving second recurrent nervure a

short distance before its apex; legs black, with yellowish-

white hair; four hind femora and tarsi ordinary, the tarsi

with fulvous hair on inner side; spurs ferruginous; middle

coxe ordinary ; anterior coxe with a stout tooth, above which

at base is a well-defined patch of shining coppery hair; the

tooth itself has a pale stripe on one side; anterior femora pale

orange ferruginous, with a black apex and a black stripe on

outer side from base to apex; anterior tibie ferruginous

within, black without, broadly pale yellowish at apex, with a

broad rounded lamina projecting at right angles; anterior

tarsi cream-colour ; first joint hollowed, canoe-shaped, a little

produced at end, but not as far as tip of second joint, its end

rounded ; the basal two thirds of its inner edge with a narrow

fringe of very short fuscous or black hairs; cts outer margin

near the base within with some very short black hairs, not

forming a distinct patch, and easily overlooked; its hind

margin with the usual long fringe of pale hair, of which the

inner hairs are strongly tipped with black ; remaining joints

of anterior tarsi gradually diminishing, formed as in allied

species ; abdomen rather short, fairly broad, nearly parallel-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 10

126 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some

sided; with thin erect pubescence, yellowish on the first two

segments and the first half of the third, beyond that black, with

a little yellowish intermixed ; no tendency to hatr-bands ; apical

segment with a very broad and deep semicircular emargina-

tion ; subapical ventral teeth placed in a broad triangle, all

large and long, pointed.

Hab. Ruidoso Creek, New Mexico, 7800 feet, July 6,

asleep on a plant doubtfully referred to Vicia americana

(E. O. Wooton, 57). I had taken this for IZ. fortis, but it

is perfectly distinct, and is apparently more allied to M. mela-

nophea, Smith. The real M. fortis was taken by Prof.

Townsend on the west fork of the Gila River, July 16.

Megachile perthirta, sp. n.

3 .—J.ength about 12 millim.

Moderately robust, black, with rather thin yellowish

pubescence. Head ordinary, facial quadrangle a little longer

than broad, slightly narrowed below; face up to level of

antenne with dense cream-coloured pubescence, but the very

closely punctured clypeus, though somewhat hidden beneath

a long projecting supraclypeal fringe, is itself pubescent only

at the sides; vertex with strong close punctures and erect

yellowish pubescetice, not mixed with black; cheeks broad,

thinly pubescent, with two oblique bands of white hair on lower

part; antennee wholly black, last joint somewhat flattened,

but hardly broadened ; mandibles not elbowed, lower edge with

a conspicuous yellowish-ferruginous stripe; behind base of

mandibles is a broad projecting lamella, with a narrow line of

minute white pubescence on its anterior face; mesothorax dull,

very closely punctured, with erect pubescence not hiding the

surtace, nowhere mixed with black; about equally dense and

of the same yellowish colour on scutellum and pleura; tegule

piceous, closely punctured ; wings dull hyaline, broadly dusky

at apex; nervures black, second submarginal cell long,

receiving second recurrent nervure almost at its apex; legs

black, with pale hair ; middle femora incrassate, middle tibie

arcuate ; middle tarsi simple, but first joint very pubescent,

and with along brush of pale hair behind; spurs whitish ;

hind tarsi within with copious orange-fulvous pubescence ;

first joint of hind tarsi somewhat broadened; anterior coxe

with a strong spine, at base of which is no bright pubescent

patch ; anterior femora orange-fulvous, apical two-thirds

black on outer surface, and on inner surface having a black

stripe ; anterior tibiz orange-fulvous becoming ferruginous,

pellucid yellowish white at apex, on outer surface with a

Bees of the Genus Megachile. 127

black patch, on inner edge with a black stripe, apex with a

small dentiform projection ; anterior tarsi cream-colour, some-

what suffused with pale ferruginous, the last joint pale

ferruginous; first joint deeply hollowed, but not very broad,

not much produced at end, the margins of the hollow fringed

with dark rufous hair, the hind margin with the usual long

pale fringe, the inner hairs of which are black at ends; second

to fourth joints of anterior tarsi successively smaller, almost

bilaterally symmetrical ; abdomen with very distinct punctures,

broad and short, the lateral margins gently concave, clothed

with erect yellowish hair, not concealing the surface, not

mixed with black, not at all tending to form bands; apex

with a small emargination, on each side of which are two or

three irregular teeth ; apical ventral segment obtusely angled

in the middle, with a small tooth on each side.

Hab. Colorado Springs, Colorado, middle of July (C&Ul.

3571). At the same locality and time [ took a form of

M. jfidelis, Cress., a little different from specimens found in

New Mexico.

Megachile Casade, sp. n

3 .—Length about 134 millim.

Black, with dull white pubescence. Head ordinary, but

rather large; eyes sage-green; facial quadrangle nearly

square, slightly longer than broad, hardly at all narrowed

below ; face with white hair, absent about the middle of the

shining well-punctured clypeus; vertex shining, with large

punctures, thinly pubescent, some black hairs just behind the

ocelli; cheeks quite hairy, sloping away behind eyes; an-

tenne black (broken at ends in type specimen) ; mandibles

wholly black, no tooth or tubercle behind their base; meso-

thorax dullish, strongly and closely punctured, thinly clothed

with dull white pubescence, some inconspicuous black hairs

on hinder part; scutellum quite shiny; tegule piceous, with

minute punctures; wings dusky hyaline, nervures black,

recurrent nervures entering second submarginal cell very near

its base and apex; anterior coxee with a rather short spine,

having a light yellowish patch at apex; anterior femora

orange-rufous above and below, black behind, with long white

hair, and having a broad black stripe from base to apex in

front; anterior tibie orange-fulvous beneath and at apex,

also the anterior half (longitudinally ) within, otherwise black ;

a small erect spine at apex; anterior tarsi light yellow, the

last joint blackish except at base; the joints are not much

modified, but the second to fourth are oblique, emarginate at

end; the first has a rather shallow groove, and all are black

10#

128 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some

on the inner hind margin behind the long fringe, which is

as in the species with highly modified tarsi, and is wholly

white viewed from without, but within the hairs are black

for their whole length. The four hindmost legs are black ;

middle tibia with a rufous spine at apex; middle femora

quite stout; spurs pale ferruginous; middle tarsi with a very

long fringe of white hair behind; hind tarsi with orange-

fulvous hairs on inner side; abdomen fairly broad, parallel-

sided, punctured, second and third segments more or less

depressed at base; first segment broadly excavated, so that

the dorsal (as distinguished from the anterior) surface is very

small; pubescence very thin, white; the hind margins of the

segments with dense white hair-bands, that on the first thin

and weak ; apex not at all emarginate, irregularly notched on

each side of the middle; the three subapical ventral teeth in

the same transverse plane, the middle one long and sharp,

the lateral ones short, broad, and blunt.

Hab. Las Cruces, New Mexico. One in the collection of

the New Mexico Experiment Station, probably collected by

Prof. Townsend. It had been studied by Miss J. E. Casad,

who left some descriptive notes.

The following table separates the males of Megachile with

peculiar front tarsi which are found in New Mexico, including

also the species from Colorado described above. All have

spines on the anterior coxe.

Abdomen without hair-bands .............. a

Abdomen with hair-bands.................. 2.

1. Last joint of antenne dilated and flat-

tened ; subapical ventral teeth of abdo-

men very large; abdomen with much

IAC OUE rare ates care ret. te ieee ee Wootont, sp. n.

Last joint of antenne not or hardly

dilated ; subapical ventral teeth of abdo-

men small; abdomen without black hair. perthirta, sp. n. (Colo.)

2. First joint of anterior tarsi produced to a

ATCOTADOX Gate Sevan tenet ecieleve te 3.

First joint of anterior tarsi not produced

PO RTS APSR yn b's Bie eee Oh late oatahane al

3. The free apex like the end of a finger;

hair-bands of abdomen fulvous........ Jidelis, Cress.

The free apex not like the end of a finger ;

hair-batds' white 0206 ai el ee pugnata, Say.

4, Thorax very pubescent, the pubescence

more or less ochreous or fulvous ...... 5.

Thorax not very pubescent, the pubes-

cence pale greyish to white .......... ae

5. Flagellum slender, not crenulated beneath. datimanus, Say.

Flagellum stout, crenulated beneath .... 6

6. Pubescence of thorax yellowish grey .... comata, Cress.

Bees of the Genus Megachile. 129

Pubescence of thorax fulvous .......... fortis, Cress.

7. Anterior legs slender; anterior tarsi with

basal joint merely expanded into a flat

PRUNE A UO: yo cic jcc we aces ees occidentalis, Fox.

Larger; anterior femora stout, subtrian-

PINAR SCCLION sie wis'a wd aces eG esas 8.

8. Anterior femur yellow where it touches

tibia; pubescence of face yellowish; a

white band of pubescence at scutello-

MICSOLHOTACIO’BWULUTON, 6k. dea ts ole wd sidalcee, Cll.

Anterior femur rufous where it touches

tibia ; pubescence of face white ; no band

of pubescence at scutello-mesothoracic

SUEUR Santen chal aio) a entree ara si e/e very ti « Casade, sp. n.

The following are new to the fauna of New Mexico :—

Megachile comata, Cress. 1872.

Tuerto Mountain, near Santa Fé, 8025 feet, Aug. 7, at

flowers of Senecio (Ckil.).

Megachile pugnata, Say, 1837.

Five males from Santa Fé (Cé&il.) ; one, July 11, at flowers

of Lactuca pulchella; two at flowers of Rudbeckia laciniata,

July 27 and Aug. 2; one, July 6; one, July 18.

Megachile latimanus, Say, 1823.

Three at Santa Fé (Ck&ll.) ; one 9, July 25, at flowers of

Spheralcea angustifolia ; one g, Aug. 1, at flowers of Cleome

serrulata; one ¢, Aug. 3, inside closed flower of Argemone

platyceras.

Megachile texana, Cress. 1878.

Ruidoso Creek, 6400 feet, July 8, at flowers of Pentstemon,

two females (Z. O. Wooton).

Megachile Townsendiana, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 104 millim.

Black, with scattered white pubescence. Head large,

transversely oval; eyes sage-green ; facial quadrangle a little

longer than broad, perceptibly narrowed below; face (in-

cluding clypeus) densely clothed with white hair; vertex

strongly punctured, with very sparse white pubescence;

cheeks sparsely pubescent above, densely clothed with white

hair below ; antennez black, flagellum slender, last joint not

broadened ; mandibles wholly black, the long hairs on their

inferior margin whitish; mesothorax very strongly and

130 Mr. E. Potts on a

closely punctured ; thoracic dorsum almost nude, the white

hairs few and scattered, except at the scutello-mesothoracic

suture, where they are dense enough to form a band, and on

anterior part of mesothorax, where they form two obscure

sublateral longitudinal bands; tegule testaceous; wings

hyaline, nervures dark brown, second submarginal cell

receiving first recurrent nervure almost at its extreme base,

and second near its end; legs black, with white pubescence,

pale orange on inner side of tarsi ; spurs whitish; all the legs

slender and simple; anterior coxe with the usual stout spines ;

abdomen short and broad, rather shiny, strongly and closely

punctured, hardly at all pubescent, except that the hind

margins of the first four segments have dense white hair-

bands, the last being continued on to the base of the fifth ;

sixth segment densely white- pubescent at base, at apex

narrowed, produced and emarginate, the outline being like

that of the two humps of a camel, but viewed from the side

the outline is that of a rose-thorn, the end being curved

downwards ; beneath, the apex presents an obtuse median

rominence and a short tooth on each side, laterad of which

is an angle representing an incipient tooth; venter very

sparsely pubescent.

Hab. Las Cruces, New Mexico, Aug. 23, 1897, at flowers

of Chrysopsis villosa in the Larrea-zone (C. H. T. Townsend).

Another, also from Las Cruces, is only 9 millim. long, but

evidently conspecific.

M. Townsendiana by the shape of the apex of the abdomen

recalls J/. deflexa, Cress., from Kansas, but in the latter the

tip is not emarginate and the mesothorax and vertex show

black hairs.

XXI.—A North-American Freshwater Jellyfish.

By Epwarp Ports *.

On June 10, 1880, the first-known freshwater jellyfish

(Limnocodium Sowerbit, Allman and Lankester) was dis-

covered in the Victoria Regia tanks in Regent’s Park, London.

Near the end of November 1584 a primitive “ hydriform

organism,” from which it was supposed the jellyfish might

have been derived, was found in the same tanks and described

by Alfred Gibbs Bourne f.

* From ‘The American Naturalist,’ December 1897, pp. 1032-1035 ;

communicated by the Author.

T ‘Proceedings of the Royal Society,’ Dec. 11, 1884, vol. xxxviii. p. 9

&c. See also paper by F. A. Parson, Journ, of Queckett Club, 2nd series,

yol. ii, 1885--86,

North-American Freshwater Jellyfish. 131

About two months after Mr. Bourne’s discovery I first

detected Microhydra Ryderi upon some stones collected the

previous autumn from the rocky bed of ‘l'acony Creek, a

rapidly flowing mill-stream near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,

a small affluent of the River Delaware, but far above tide-

level. Some peculiarities in its structure and mode of gemmi-

parous multiplication were described by my valued friend the

late Dr. John A. Ryder *.

Dr. Ryder had not, at the time of writing the above paper,

seen the living organism which he there described. Speci-

mens were, however, some years later placed in his hands for

study and watched for many months with exceeding interest.

His early death has left in the possession of his representatives

many excellent drawings and some valuable micro-slides as

the only evidences of his interest and Jabour. No descriptive

text has been found; and the sorrow that his many friends

feel at his early removal has, to me, this added regret—that

he was not able to complete an investigation, which, not

unnaturally perhaps, I felt to be of so great importance, and

that he cannot now share with us our great delight in wit-

nessing the further development from Microhydra Rydert of

a “ medusiform adult stage.”

As may be seen by a comparison of the papers above

named, all of them preliminary and incomplete, there are

obvious points of resemblance as well as of difference between

these minute organisms that appeared, almost simultaneously,

at geographical points so widely distant. The supposition

that the form observed by Mr. Bourne is the earlier condition

of Limnocodium is, of course, greatly strengthened by my

actual observation of the budding and separation of free-

swimming Meduse from M. Ryder: f.

We read that the specimens of Limnocodium often, perhaps

generally, disappeared from the tanks about the end of June

or July $. It is greatly to be regretted that the glass jars

containing my species were not carefully examined through-

out June and July of the present year, during which period

there may have been a larger production of maturing jelly-

fish. On the first day of August, however, my attention was

arrested by the spasmodic contraction of an evident Medusa in

the above-mentioned jar, and, during several following days,

Prof. E, P. Cheyney and myself, on frequent occasions,

watched the swelling buds upon colonies of Microhydra that

#* ¢ American Naturalist,’ Extr., Dec. 1886, p, 1232 &e.

+ This alternation and progression may have been seen, later, in

England, but I shall have to plead ignorance of the fact.

t In one case “swarms” are reported Aug. 18, 1882, at Kew Gardens.

132 On a North-American Freshwater Jellyfish.

had attached themselves to the glass. We witnessed the

spreading of the disk, disclosing, from the first, eight marginal

tentacles, a well-defined velum whose aperture was from one

third to one fourth the diameter of the disk, and a manubrium

depending, about one half the height (or depth) of the bell.

Violent pulsating spasms finally resulted in an entire separa-

tion from the hydroid and the free life of a roving medusa.

I kept no record of numbers, but it is believed that from

twelve to twenty were seen.

Measurements were difficult, but, as nearly as I could make

it out, the jellyfish was at this time about 35 of an inch in

diameter. It was of a somewhat prolate dome-shape, and

when seen from the polar aspect the manubrium had a clearly

quadrate appearance, from whose corners or lobes four radial

canals curved downward to the marginal canal. At every

point of junction occurred a single tentacle, and another of

equal size was found midway between them. These eight

tentacles (the only number as yet observed), always pendent,

were plentifully charged with thread-cells, and, while suscep-

tible of much variation in length, were not seen much longer

than one half the diameter of the disk.

As to temperature, it is obvious that the water of the jars

in which this Medusa was developed must have had nearly

that of the surrounding atmosphere, with its diurnal changes

—say from 60° to 85° at this season ; during the winter, in

our heated rooms, the temperature is probably more uniform.

The hydroid form, in Tacony Creek, being but a few inches

below the surface, must be subjected frequently to a tempera-

ture at or below the freezing-point.

It is quite improbable that under the present artificial con-

ditions any Meduse will attain full maturity this season. It

is therefore manifestly unsafe to compare their minute size

and general appearance with the totally dissimilar drawings

given us of Limnocodium, where the latter had attained a

diameter of about 4 an inch. The full life-history of the

organism must therefore be again left imperfectly recorded ;

but I am happy to be able to state that my friend Dr. Charles

B. Davenport, of Harvard University, has consented to under-

take the further technical study of it from material we have

recently collected, and the drawings &c. left by Dr. Ryder,

and to hope that many points now obscure may, through his

efforts, be solved.

To aid the search of others for this—probably the most

primitive Coelenterate—it may be well to state that in my

experience I have only found M. Ryderi in a natural con-

dition, living as a messmate among colonies of Bryozoa that

A Revision of the Genus Ixias. 133

may be considered almost perennial in habit, where its own

disabilities as a food-collector, on account of local inertia and

the total absence of tentacles, were supplemented by the life-

sustaining currents induced by its more active neighbours.

These conditions are near Philadelphia furnished by Urna-

tella gracilis, Leidy, and Pottsiella erecta, Krepelin (Paludi-

cella erecta, Potts). I regret to be obliged to add that I am

not aware that either of these has been collected in any other

neighbourhood.

Philadelphia,

August 19th, 1897.

XXII.—A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Ixias.

By Artuur G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

THE present genus is confined to the Old World, being

found throughout India and Ceylon, Burmah, Siam, China,

and south-eastwards to the Celebes and Timor.

Teias in general aspect resembles certain groups of the

genus Teracolus, but is readily distinguishable by the neura-

tion, the first two branches of the subcostal vein in the

primaries being emitted wider apart, the upper radial emitted

from the subcostal vein well beyond the end of the cell

(expressed in the recently adopted phraseology this would

stand as “veins 6, 7, and 8 stalked”’). In the secondaries

the discocellulars are much more oblique than in Teracolus.

The seasonal variation of Jxias differs somewhat from that

of Teracolus, nor is it quite consistent in its character

throughout the genus. As arule the wet form has heavy

borders to the wings on the upper surface and scarcely any

markings on the under surface (often only a black dot at the

end of the discoidal cells and a spot at the external angle of

the primaries), but in some of the species there appears to be

no wet phase of marking and coloration, and in others the

wet-season form shows dark spots on the under surface

occupying the exact positions of the ocelloid markings charac-

teristic of the dry season.

Group 1. (Type L. veniiia.)

Apical two thirds of primaries above veined with black ;

under surface always showing dry-season markings; the

only probable seasonal difference consisting in the width of

the border of the secondaries on the upper surface; it is not,

134 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

however, certain that this difference in the present group has

a seasonal significance, though it is certain that it has no

specific value, as hitherto supposed.

1. Ivias Reinwardtit.

Thestias Reinwardtii, Vollenhoven, Tijd. Ent. iii. p. 125 (1860);

Monog. Pier. p. 50, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1860).

Lombock, Flores, and Laraut, near Timor. B. M.

We have nine examples in the Museum series and three in

the Hewitson collection ; one female from the Godman and

Salvin collection is unusually black on the upper surface, the

white markings on the apical area being very much reduced

and those towards the apex obliterated.

2. Ixias pulchrior, sp. n.

6. Allied to the preceding, but the ash-grey suffusion at

the base clearer and more restricted, the disk (beyond the

orange patch) sulphur-tinted ; the discal interrupted stripe

terminating above the third median branch, the outer border

and blackened veins narrower.

The female differs more markedly, the white patches

beyond the cell of primaries being washed with orange and

widened and extended so as to be continuous with the white

area below the cell; the border of the secondaries is also

similar to that of the male, not widened and bordered with

grey scaling as in J. Reinwardtii. ‘The under surface of both

sexes differs from the latter chiefly in being less marked with

black, the general pattern and coloration being very similar.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 58-61, 2 64 millim.

Bali Island (Wallace). B. M.

There are four examples in the Museum series and two in

the Hewitson collection.

3. Ixias Pieperst.

Thestias Piepersi, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xxi. p. 31, pl. ii. figs. 1, 2 (1878).

Celebes.

Not in the Museum series. It is a curious insect, com-

bining characters of J. Reinwardtii and J. venilia, so that it

is difficult to know exactly where to place it ina linear series.

4. Ivias Kiihni.

Ixias Kiihni, Rober, Tijd. Ent. xxxiy. p. 287, xxxv. pl. iv. figs. 3, 4

(1892).

Wetter. B. M.

of the Genus Ixias. 135

Three males bearing a manuscript name of Staudinger’s

were received in the Godman and Salvin series.

5. Iaias venilia.

3. Pieris venilia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 121 (part.) (1819); Lucas,

Lep. Exot. pl. xxxvi. fig. 1 (1835).

3 3, Java (Horsfeld). B. M.

One of M. Godart’s typical examples was identical with

Wallace’s I. venatriz.

6. Ixias Vollenhovit.

Thestias Vollenhovii, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 898

(1867).

Thestias venatrix, Wallace, 7. ¢.

Pieris venilia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 121 (part.) (1819).

Timor, Dili, Semao, Java. B. M.

Eleven examples in the Museum series and four in the

Hewitson collection. J. venatrix appears to be the dry-season

form and is linked to typical J. Vollenhovit by an example

received in the Godman and Salvin series. Wallace wrongly

gave Moulmein as the locality of his J. venatrix, supposing

that “KE. Indies” indicated one of the specimens so labelled

from Archdeacon Clerk’s collection; had either he or

Capt. Watson looked up the register number this error would

have been discovered and saved much perplexity.

7. Ixias insignis.

Ixias insignis, Butler, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 431, pl. viii. fig. 1 (1879).

6, Formosa. Type B. M.

8. Lxtas balice.

Thestias balice, Boisduval, Sp. Gén, Lép. i. p. 598 (1886).

g,Java. B. M.

Group 2. (Type J. flavipennis.)

The ground-colour of all the wings above golden yellow.

9. Ixias flavipennis.

Izias flavipennis, Grose-Smith, in Forbes’s Nat. Wand. p. 275 (1885).

Ixias pyritis, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1886, pl. i. fig. 4; 1887, p. 13.

Sumatra (Major Fawcett), two males. B. M.

136 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

Group 3. (Type I. pyrene.)

This is the largest and most perplexing group in the genus,

and it is possible that I may not have sufficiently reduced the

number of named species; this, however, is, I think, prefer-

able to reckless sinking of forms which are locally constant

under one heading. In the late Capt. E. Y. Watson’s

review of the Indian species it is difficult to comprehend his

meaning; he regards the whole of the species of the present

group as one; but he says:—‘“ J. pyrene is very subject to

both climatic and seasonal variation, and many forms have

been named. Of these some are fairly distinct, and the males

can be compared as below.....”

Now it seems to me that to discriminate between “ a distinct

climatic form ” and “ a species”? we must have a universally

accepted definition of what a species is, which is impossible :

therefore, to my mind, if a thing is distinct it ought not to

receive the same name as that from which it is admitted to

be distinct, for to give the same name to two distinct things

is to stultity the very object aimed at in nomenclature.

In the present group the wet-season forms are usually

almost unmarked below and the dry forms heavily speckled

and ocellated, whilst the outer borders on the upper surface

are, as a rule, considerably broader in the wet than in the

dry forms, sometimes disappearing entirely from the second-

aries of the latter.

10. Iatas rhexia.

3. Papilio rhexia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775); 9. Butler,

Cat. Fabr. p. 216, pl. i. fig. 5 (1870).

©. Papilio prrithous, Fabricius, ¢. c. p. 483 (1775).

9. Ixias familiaris, Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 482.

Ranges from Tibet through N.E. India into Burmah.

Twenty-nine examples. B. M.

There are five examples in the Hewitson collection, one of

which is a remarkable albino male, having a white instead of

orange patch on the upper surface of the primaries.

11. Lxias evippe.

Papilio evippe, Drury, Dll. Exot. Ent. i. pl. v. fig. 2 (1778).

Ixias anexibia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 95 (1816).

S.E. China and the Island of Hainan. B. M.

The Museum series consists of thirteen examples, and

there is one specimen in the Hewitson collection. J. anexibia

is the dry form and J. evippe the wet.

This and the preceding species have long been confounded,

of the Genus Ixias. 137

but the Chinese and Indo-Burmese forms differ somewhat.

Taken collectively J. evippe runs somewhat smaller than

I. rhexia, never attaining the expanse of wing which some of

the wet-season examples of that species show; the form of

the wings in J. evippe is also rounder and more regular, the

orange belt on the primaries is distinctly broader and extends

further back into the discoidal cell, its front edge is diffused

instead of sharply outlined; the seasonal forms also differ less

in size and in the width of the border on the upper surface of

the secondaries than in J. rheaia.

12. Ixzias undatus.

Irtas undatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 252, pl. xix. fig. 4.

Borneo. ‘Ten specimens (all males). B. M.

There is also one male in the Hewitson collection. It is

curious that the female does not come to hand.

13. Ixias latifasciatus.

Invias latifasciatus (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 252, 3.

Tenasserim, Burmah. B. M.

We possess ten examples of this species, of which seven

belong to the dry-season form and exhibit the heavily black

striated under surface which seems peculiar to this species.

The female which I figured is that sex of J. verna (a white-

winged species), which fact probably confused the late

Capt. Watson, who regarded the present species as a form of

I. pyrene rather than J. rhexia (to which it is much more

nearly related) ; also, not having taken special notes of the

type specimens, he erroneously identified the wet form of the

species as typical, and (not possessing the dry form of the

male) naturally concluded that the species was based upon an

extreme seasonal form of J. pyrene. The seasonal forms of

I. latifasciatus hardly differ on the upper surface ; the border

varies slightly in width in examples both of the wet and dry

forms, one of our wet-season males showing a rather narrower

border to the secondaries than any of our dry-season examples.

Apart from the ground-colour of the wings this species is not

at all unlike J. verna.

14. Ivias Birdi.

3. Ixias Birdi, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 351

(1883) ; Rhop. Mal. pl. xxvi. fig. 4 (1882-86).

¢. Allied to the preceding species, slightly smaller, with

the orange belt on the primaries sharply defined and more

138 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

golden in colour; the black border of the secondaries con-

siderably narrower (about the width of that in LI. cingalensis,

but slightly wider towards anal angle) ; under surface clear

lemon-yellow, marked as in the typical dry-season form of

I. latifasciatus.

Expanse of wings 59 millim.

Dry form, ¢, Perak (Townsend) ; from G. and S. coll.

Although we only have one example of this species, I am

quite satisfied of its distinctness. The type was a wet-season

form.

15. Ivias cingalensis.

Ivrias cingalensis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 126, pl.i. figs. 2, 2 a (1881).

Ceylon. B. M.

We have thirteen examples of this species, four of which

are wet-season males and the remainder dry-season specimens

of both sexes. The Hewitson collection contains four

examples.

Capt. Watson extended the range of this species over

Southern India and regarded J. thoda=J. kausala as the dry

form of the species; but the wet and dry forms of J. cinga-

lensis are absolutely identical on the upper surface, nor does

I. kausala invariably possess the character upon which

Capt. Watson defined J. cingalensis, for he says :—“ It can

be separated at once from all other forms of yellow Zzias by

the greater extent of the basal yellow of the fore wing, which

spreads into the upper median interspace.” In our specimens

of I. kausala the “ basal yellow ” extends more, less, or not

at all into the upper median interspace.

I. cingalensis can be picked out at sight from a crowd of

nearly allied forms, but the distinction given above is useless

as a guide ; its chief peculiarity is the narrowness and angu-

larity of the orange belt across the primaries combined with

the sharply defined and perfectly straight inner edge of this

belt from subcostal vein to first median branch.

16. Ivias frequens.

Ivias frequens, Butler, P. Z. 5S, 1880, p. 150, pl. xv. figs. 6, 7.

Irias alana, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 6, vol. v. p. 857

(1890).

India generally. B. M.

Thirty-three examples, representing wet-, intermediate-,

and dry-season forms; the males and sometimes the females .

of the dry form are smaller and with much narrower (though

always well-marked) border to the upper surface of the

secondaries.

of the Genus Ixias. 139

17. LZxtias moulmeinensis.

Ixias moulmeinensis, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 837.

Ixias meipona, Grose-Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix.

p- 296 (1887); Rhop. Exot., Pieris IL., Ivias, figs. 4, 5 (1888).

Burmah. B. M.

We have thirty-three examples, representing wet-, inter-

mediate-, and dry-season forms; the wet form is I. mezpona

and the dry J. moulmeinensis. Doubtless this is the Burmese

representative of the Indian J. frequens; as a whole it is

somewhat smaller (though individuals of the same size

belonging to both species may be selected from a long series),

the orange belt of the primaries is more golden, more deeply

incised at the end of the cell, and, in the female, where it

becomes an orange or yellow band, it is more narrowly

bordered behind with black ; the border of the secondaries is

much narrower, almost disappearing in the extreme dry form,

which is also much more heavily and clearly marked with

ocelloid spots on the under surface than in I. frequens.

18. Ivias dharmsale.

Ixias dharmsale, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 150, pl. xv. figs. 8, 9.

Iuias ganduca, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lii. p. 44 (1884).

Ixias colaba, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 142, pl. ix. fig. 6.

India, from Darjiling to the Western Provinces and south-

wards to the Neilgherries.

Twenty-eight specimens are in the collection and one in

the Hewitson cabinet. J. colaba is the wet-season form,

I. dharmsale a dry form (probably occurring at the commence-

ment of the dry season), and J. ganduca the extreme dry

form.

This butterfly can be distinguished from J. frequens by its

narrower, internally notched, and more or less macular hind-

wing outer border, which also tapers less towards anal angle,

and in the possession of an additional form of female (wholl

black and white above). I am doubtful whether it will be

possible to keep it distinct from J. pirenassa (of which no wet

form answering to the type is known to me).

19. Iaias satadra.

Izias satadra, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. p. 50 (1877);

Waterhouse, Aid, ii. pl. exxviii. fig. 1 (1883).

Ixias Watti, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 151, pl. xv. fig. 1.

Ixias pygmea, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 254, pl. xii. fig. 1.

Northern India from Sikhim to Campbellpore. Fourteen

examples. B. M.

140 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

The type of the species is an intermediate-season form,

but so little marked below that it probably occurs at the end

of the wet season. We also have two dry forms, the first

occurring probably at the commencement of the dry season

and the other (which is more extreme in its seasonal cha-

racters) a little later; the latter is I. pygmea. This species

is characterized by the very irregular and somewhat narrow

orange belt on the primaries of the male, the macular and

rapidly tapering form of the blackish border to the second-

aries ; the dry-season female varies very little in colour, the

subapical belt on the primaries being sulphur-yellow, some-

times feebly washed with orange.

20. Ixtas pirenassa.

Thestias pirenassa, Wallace, Trans, Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 395,

pl. ix. fig. 4, ¢ (1867).

see oa Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 49

oy Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 18865, p. 142, pl. ix. figs. 3, 4.

Western India southwards to Depalpur. Twenty-eight

specimens. B. M.

It is quite possible that this may only be represented by

dry phases of J. dharmsale; I. pirenassa, I. ghoda, and

I. kausala representing three grades, of which the last-

mentioned is the most pronounced dry form. We have four

intermediate-seasonal specimens, one of which, in the pattern

of the upper surface, links typical JI. pirenassa to I. jhoda,

whilst the three others show the upper-surface pattern of

I. jhoda and the size of J. kausala.

The only objection to sinking J. dharmsale under J. pirenassa

is that we should have to admit great instability in the

seasonal modification of the hind-wing border (some of the

examples obtained just after the rains showing a drier cha-

racter of upper surface than those of the dry season), and we

should also be compelled to recognize five grades of dryness

in the under-surface pattern. On the whole I prefer to await

further evidence befure assuming that the forms of the

I. pyrene section of my group 3 are more variable than those

of the J. evippe section.

21. Ixtas sesia.

Papilio sesia, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 257 (1777) ; Donovan, Ins. China,

pl. xxxi. fig. 2 (1798).

Burmah. Nineteen examples. B. M.

All the specimens that I have seen, including four in the

of the Genus Ixias. 141

Hewitson cabinet, have a more or less dry-season character

of under surface, but the character of the upper surface varies

from wet to dry, as in the seasonal forms of the J. marianne

group. The female invariably has the inner edging of the

orange belt on the primaries widely interrupted in the centre,

and the driest examples of the males have this blackish border

reduced in the centre to a mere dusted line; the black disco-

cellular spot on the primaries is almost invariably isolated

from this black edging, owing to the continuation of the

orange belt to a short distance inside of it. The late

Capt. Watson regarded this last as a character of almost

specific importance, but it is certainly not quite constant and

therefore is of no great value.

It is, of course, just possible that J. ses¢a may be based

upon additional variations of the dry form of L. moulmein-

ensts; but then we should have more difficulties to contend

with than in the case of J. pirenassa as representing phases

of J. dharmsale. I think it far more likely that, as in

I, marianne, several of these allies of L. pyrene invariably

show dry-season characters on the under surface which are

merely intensified in the dry season, whereas the bordering

of the secondaries above varies in width seasonally,

22. Lvias pyrene.

Papilio pyrene, Linn. Mus. Lud. Uly. p. 241 (1764); Cramer, Pap.

Exot. i. pl. exxii. figs. A, B (1779).

@. Papilio enippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cv. C, D (1779).

China. Twelve examples. B. M.

I have very little doubt that Cramer’s figures of P. pyrene

(A and B) represent the wet-season form, though showing

dry-season characters on the underside. ‘The species is nearly

related to J. ses¢a and possibly not distinct from it, as Dono-

van’s illustration of J. sesta is probably taken from a Chinese

example; the dry form of China, however, which is typical

I. pyrene, is decidedly larger than that of Burmah. The

locality ‘‘ America” given by Fabricius affords no clue to the

real habitat of his type.

Group 4. (Type I. Ludekingii.)

Chiefly differs from the preceding group in the nearly

white wings of both sexes. The seasonal differences are

quite normal, only the dry form having the wings ocellated

below.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, i. 11

142 A Revision of the Genus Ixias.

23. Ixvias andamana.

Ixias andamana, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 590.

Ivias lena, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. p. 357

(1890).

Andamans. Twenty-two examples. B. M.

I. andamana was based upon the intermediate and J. lena

on the dry form.

24, Izias Ludekingit.

Thestias Ludekingit, Vollenhoven, Monog. Pier. p. 49, pl. v. fig. 6

(1865) ; Tijd. Ent, iii. p. 126 (1869).

Sumatra. ¢@ from G.and 8. coll. B. M.

Our single example belongs to the wet-season form, but

the type was a dry form. We have what I believe to be the

male intermediate form from Salanga.

25. Ixias pallida.

Ivrias pallida, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 887.

Ixias citrina, Moore, /. ec.

Tenasserim. Seven examples. B. M.

I. pallida was based upon a wet-season male, J. cttrina

upon a dry-season male.

26. Iavtas verna.

Trias verna, Druce, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 108, pl. xvi. figs. 5, 6.

Ieias latifasciatus 2 , Butler, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 252, pl. xix. fig. 3.

Burmah, High Island, Mergui. B. M.

We have fifteen examples, seven of which (including the

types of the species) were presented by Messrs. Godman and

Salvin. J. latifasciatus was figured from an intermediate

female, I. verna was described from a dry-season pair. A

male from Mergui in the collection may perhaps be a curious

aberration of this species.

Group 5. (Type J. marianne.)

I am quite satisfied that the late Capt. Watson was correct

in his view of the species of this group; all the seasonal

forms show ocellated markings on the under surface, but

they become emphasized in the dry season, whilst the black

belt across the primaries on the upper surface and the black

border to the secondaries are reduced.

On a Precaudal Vertebra of Ichthyosaurus australis. 143

27. lIvias marianne.

Papilio marianne, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexvii. C-E (1782).

Ivias bebryce, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 95 (1816).

Fe Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 50

Iovas sae Butler, P. Z. S, 1883, p. 153, pl. xxiv. figs. 6, 7.

Ixias meridionalis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 140, pl. ix. fig. 5.

Iutas cumballa, Swinhoe, t. c. p. 141, pl. ix. figs. 13, 14.

We have twenty-five examples of the wet-season form

(I. cumballa), thirteen of the intermediate form (I. martanne),

twenty-three of the early dry form (Z. mer¢dionalis), and

sixteen of the late dry form (L. agniverna=depalpura)—

seventy-seven examples in all.

28. Ixias nola.

Ixias nola, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 399.

Mahableshwar. Twelve examples. B. M.

The seasonal forms are all represented in our series; a pair

of the wet and a pair of the dry form are equally labelled as

ty pes.

XXIUI.—On a Precaudal Vertebra of Ichthyosaurus australis,

McCoy. By R. Erueriper, Jun., Curator *. .

THE subject of this paper is the imperfect vertebra of a large

Ichthy opterigian, referable, I believe, to Jehthyosaurus australis,

McCoy f. The original was brought under my notice by the

Rey. M. Kirkpatrick, of Bega, N. 8. Wales, who obtained it

from Marathon, Central Queensland. With his permission a

cast was taken for the Australian Museum collection. As

Sir F. McCoy’s description was very brief, an extended notice

of one of the middle trunk, or anterior precaudal, vertebree

may be acceptable to Australian investigators.

The specimen is the centrum of a large vertebra measuring

5 inches in its vertical and transverse diameters, and rivals in

size those of the gigantic J. campylodon, Carter, from the

European Chalk, the vertebra figured $ by the late Sir Richard

Owen measuring only 4 inches high. Our example is devoid

of the neural spine, neurapophyses, and pleurapophyses, but

* From the ‘Records of the Australian Museum,’ vol. iii. no, 3

pp. 66-68,

+ Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vii, 1868, p. 41.

} Owen, Mon. Foss. Reptilia Cret. Formation, p. 79, pl. xxii.

ik*

144 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jun., on a

having the articular surfaces of the first and last well dis-

played. The positions of the diapophysial and _pleurapo-

physial articular surfaces leads to the belief that the vertebra

is one of the middle trunk series. It is subcircular in outline,

slightly narrowed and contracted neurally. Measured across

the articular surfaces from the neural to the hemal margins

the diameter is exactly 5 inches, and in a transverse direction

from diapophysis to diapophysis it is an eighth of an inch

short of a similar measurement. Longitudinally measured

between the dia- and pleurapophysial tubercles the centrum is

exactly 2 inches, but on the hemal surface it is a quarter of

an inch more.

The concave terminal articular surface visible is deep, ter-

minating in a central fossa, the extent of the concavity being

well exemplified by the matrix cast of the anterior cavity of

the succeeding vertebree at the posterior end of this specimen.

This mass of matrix represents the “ elastic capsule” that

intervened between the vertebre, and retains on its surface

portions of the osseous tissue of the succeeding centrum.

The periphery or immediate articular rim at each end is

narrow, the surface thence sloping rapidly inwards, but the

edges of the rims project slightly outwards, thus rendering

the longitudinal or lateral surfaces of the centrum somewhat

concave. ‘The depth of the concavities is an inch, or

perhaps a little more, and a longitudinal section of the centrum

would be, in consequence, of a strongly hour-glass-shaped

outline. The floor of the myelonal canal is 2 of an inch wide,

the joint-faces of the neurapophysial surfaces rather triangular

on very strongly raised fore and aft synchondrosial articalar

elevations ; the space between these and the diapophysial

tubercles is roughly 3 inches, the latter having descended in

close contiguity to the parapophysial tubercles. It is clear,

therefore, that this vertebra, from the wide disassociation of

the neura- and diapophyses, occupied a position in the column

certainly more than one third of the trunk from the head, and,

according to Owen’s measurements, was near about the forty

to forty-fifth vertebra, for in this region in Jehthyosaurus the

dia- and parapophyses form a pair of separate tubercles on

each side near the anterior end of the centrum.

‘The diapophyses are set further in from the anteiior articular

edge than the parapophyses ; these are close to the latter, but

are not connected with it by a “neck.” Both are represented

by large and strong rounded tubercles, separated from one

another by an interval of two-eighths of an inch, this inter-

stitial surface being deep and groove-like. The hemal sur-

face is quite plain.

Precaudal Vertebra of Ichthyosaurus australis. 145

The posterior concave articular surface is infilled with

matrix, affording a complete cast of the next succeeding ante-

rior cup, and even retaining a portion of the osseous tissue of

the latter adhering toit. This tissue throughout the centrum

is well preserved and dense.

The specimen is certainly of the Campylodont group of

Ichthyosaurt, and occupies an intermediate position in outline

between an “early posterior dorsal” and a “ late posterior

dorsal ” vertebra of J. trigonus, Owen *.

The largest Jchthyosaurt attained a length of from 30 to

40 feet, and the present meridianal species was in no way

inferior to its gigantic fellows of the Kuropean Secondary

seas. If we apply a similar method of arriving at the com-

parative sizeof an /chthyosaurus as that adopted by Prof. Owen

—that the jaw was ‘ thirteen times the length of the vertical

diameter of an abdominal or anterior caudal centrum ”’—we

see in the present fossil the representative of an animal

possessing a jaw a little over 5 feet in length—thus, 13 x 5”

=65’=5' 5” long. Prof. McCoy computed f the remains of

his type specimen to represent an animal 25 feet long.

Similar vertebree to that now described he states possessed a

diameter of 4 inches, and elsewhere he remarks { that the

longitudinal measurement reached 14 inch. The elastic

capsule was also preserved in some of his specimens.

Mr. R. Lydekker, in the previously mentioned ‘ Catalogue,’

gives a list of species that “cannot be classified” §. Amongst

these are I. australis, McCoy, and J. marathonensis, mili. I

am afraid he has overlooked Sir Frederick’s principal paper

on his /. australis, wherein, although the description is meagre,

the latter specially compares the teeth of his fossil to those of

I. campylodon, and says they ‘have a rough bony square

base like those of L. campylodon (Carter).” As regards

I. marathonensis, mihi, less can perhaps be definitely said ;

but the whole of its structure, so far as we know it, is also

after the type of I. campylodon. In my paper on this fossil

I called attention to the necessity of affording another name

to I. australis, Hector, a New Zealand species distinct from

McCoy’s. This has now been done by Mr, Lydekker

terming it J. Hector? ||; but unfortunately the species is of

no value, from the absence of either description or figure, all

* Lydekker, Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Reptilia and Amphibia, 1889, pt. 2,

p. 26, figs. 18 and 14.

+ Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. ix. 2, 1869, p. 77.

¢ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xix. 1867, p. 355,

§ Loe. cit. p. 118.

|| Loe. cit. p. 1138.

146 Mr. H. Druce on some new Hetsrocera.

that Sir James Hector says about it being “ this genus is only

represented in the collection by a single vertebral centrum.”

Ichthyosaurus indicus, Lyd.*, seems to be an allied species

to I. australis, and also vied with 7. campylodon in size. It

is from the Ootatoor Group, the homotaxial equivalent of the

Chalk Marl and Upper Greensand of England.

McCoy’s original specimens were from Walker’s Table

Mountain on the Flinders River. The present vertebra is, as

before said, from Marathon on the same stream. Both are

localities in the Rolling Downs Formation, or Lower

Cretaceous.

XXI1V.—Description of some new Species of Heterocera.

By HerzBert Druce, F.L.S. &e.

Fam. Syntomide.

Syntomis caerulescens, sp. n.

Female.— Primaries black, with six hyaline white spots—

the first close to the base, the second at the end of the cell,

the third below the second slightly nearer the base, the other

three spots forming a band nearer the apex, the middle spot

being the smallest: secondaries black, with two hyaline white

spots, the first close to the base and extending to the inner

margin, the second smaller and nearer the apex. The fringe

of the primaries black, with a small white patch at the apex

and near the anal angle. Antenne black, with the tips

white; the head, thorax, and abdomen bluish black; the

front of the head white; the tegule black, with a small white

dot at the base; abdomen banded with white at the base; the

legs bluish black.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Hab. East Africa, Delagoa Bay (Monteiro, Mus. Druce).

Two specimens.

Syntomis brithyris, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries smoky black, with two hyaline spots

along the costal margin, the first at the end of the cell, the

second beyond near the apex, below which is a large pale

yellow spot; a small hyaline streak near the base, on the

lower side of which is a rather wide curved yellow band that

extends from the base almost to the anal angle: secondaries

* Pal. Indica (4) i. 8, 1879, p. 27.

nate Soci

Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 147

smoky black, the base and a spot beyond pale yellow. An-

tenne black, tipped with yellow; the head and thorax pale

yellow ; the tegule black, with yellow base ; abdomen black,

banded with pale yellow.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. N.E. Borneo (Pryer, Mus. Druce).

Syntomis discata, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries hyaline, slightly yellowish at the base ;

a large spot at the end of the cell, the apex, a spot at the

anal angle, and the inner margin all black; secondaries

yellowish hyaline, the outer half of the wing black. The

head, antennz, and thorax black; the collar, tegule, and

abdomen orange-yellow, the anal segments of the abdomen

black ; legs black.

Expanse 1,/; inch.

Hab. Kast Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Hyalethea metaphea, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries hyaline ; the costal margin, apex, outer

and inner margin black ; a wide black streak extends from

the end of the cell to the outer margin, and a second black

streak from the side of the cell to the anal angle: secondaries

hyaline, edged with black. ‘The head, thorax, and abdomen

black; the front of the head, tegule, and base of the abdomen

yellow ; legs black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab, Aola, Guadalcanar Island, Solomon group (C. M.

Woodford, Mus. Druce).

Agaphthora puncta, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries yellowish hyaline; the costal margin,

apex, outer and inner margin black; the veins and a wide

band crossing the wing from the end of the cell to the anal

angle black : secondaries black, with a hyaline spot close to

the base: the fringes of both wings black. ‘The head, an-

tennee, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the tegule white at

the base; the abdomen spotted with white on each side and

down the middle.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. New Guinea, Humboldt Bay (W. Doherty, Mus.

Druce),

148 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera.

Zatrephes Garleppt, sp. n.

Primaries very similar to Z. Buckleyz, but red instead of

yellow, and with a large lead-coloured mark at the anal

angle: secondaries semihyaline red, darkest at the apex and

along the inner margin. The head, thorax, and abdomen

bright red, the collar edged with white. The underside of

the head, thorax, antenna, and legs black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).

This fine species is allied to Z. Buckleyt from Ecuador.

Fam. Arctiidae.

Antarctia ubiana, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries pale brown, darkest along the costal

margin, and an indistinct darker brown spot at the end of

the cell; the fringe brown: secondaries pale brown, shaded

with yellow at the base and along the inner margin to the

anal angle; the fringe pale yellowish brown. Head, thorax,

and tegule dark brown; antenne black ; abdomen yellow.—

Female very similar to the male, but larger and rather paler

in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 13 inch.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Jus. Druce).

This species is allied to A. rudis, Butl.

Fam. Notodontide.

Nystalea arecosa, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries brownish grey, crossed near the base

from the costal to the inner margin by a rather wide brown

band, which becomes much paler near the inner margin, and

with three small brown spots on the costal margin and a

large brown patch near the apex, below which is a smaller

brown spot, the outer margin at the apex edged with brown:

secondaries greyish white, clouded with brown from the apex

to the anal angle, the fringe greyish white. The underside

of both wings white, shaded with reddish brown along the

costal margins. Head, antenne, thorax, and basal half of

the abdomen greyish brown, the rest of the abdomen greyish

white.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (T'rétsch, in Mus. Staudinger).

On the Hares of Western Europe and North Africa, 149

Fam. Geometride.

Milionia regina, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries very similar to the primaries of 1. Meek,

but with the red band from the base very much narrower:

secondaries deep black, the outer margin from the apex to

the anal angle edged with a narrow band of chrome-yellow,

upon which are six round black spots. Head and front of

thorax blue-black; thorax and anal tuft chrome-yellow ;

abdomen bright blue.

Expanse 22 inches.

Hab. Woodlark Island (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Thyridide.

Rhodoneura nox, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries black ; both wings with

a central faint greyish line across the middle. Underside of

both wings reddish brown, streaked with black. The head,

antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; the underside of the

abdomen pale fawn-colour; the legs dark brown.

Expanse 1 inch,

flab. 'Tenasserim Valley, Burmah (Doherty, Mus. Druce).

XXV.—On the Hares of Western Europe and North Africa.

By W. E. pr WINTON.

For some time it has been evident that among the hares in

the collection of the British Museum from different points

in Southern Europe and the northern coast of Africa several

species were represented, but until quite lately specimens

were wanting from Sardinia, the type locality of Lepus medi-

terrancus, Wagner, and from Tangier, the type locality of

L. Schlumberger, St. Loup, so that it was impossible to

classify them satisfactorily ; these two desiderata being now

supplied, the authorities have kindly allowed me to work out

this group.

Very little attention has been paid to the hares of Europe

since 1857, when Blasius wrote his ‘Fauna wirb. Deutsch-

lands, Siug.,’ a book which still stands far ahead of any

other work on Huropean mammals; this author seems to

have had the necessary material to have thrown more light

150 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of

upon the various forms of South European hares, but it does

not seem quite clear that he had actually compared specimens

from Spain with typical specimens of L. mediterraneus, Wagn.,

which he had seen in Turin (¢. ¢. p. 415).

It is now generally agreed that Linneus’s Lepus timidus

refers to the blue or variable hare, so that L. europeus,

Pallas, must stand as the name of the brown hare; thus the

typical form of that species is the brown hare of Russia=

L. timidus (form c) of Blusius (¢. c. p. 417). The Western

European form described by Blasius (form 6) as differing in

colour is also smaller, the length of the hind foot being about

an inch shorter than that of the Russian hare; although

Blasius recognized the difference, he does not attach any

distinguishing name to the form, but a name is placed

in the synonymy attributed to Schimper on the authority

of Gervais (Zool. et Paléont. Fr. p. 29, 1851), to which

no description was ever published. In describing the

species from the Mediterranean region these more northern

well-known forms had to be referred to, and the Central or

Western European form being found to differ so much in

size and colour from the typical L. ewropeus, it is considered

necessary to describe it and give it a distinguishing sub-

specific name.

On bringing together specimens from the different countries

bordering the northern and southern shores of the western

portion of the Mediterranean Sea, it will be found that they

form a very miscellaneous group. In choosing names for

the different forms described I endeavoured to employ

several that have found their way into the synonymy given

by most authors of L. ewropeus, so that, in fact, hares should

be found to fit the names, and not fresh names invented : but

this was not found possible, the majority evidently referring

to the same species; therefore to save further confusion fresh

names are used.

The name Lepus mediterraneus was given by Wagner

(Miinch. Anz. 1841, p. 439) to the small species occurring in

the island of Sardinia; this name has usually been employed

by modern authors when mentioning hares found in any of

the adjacent countries. Gervais (Zool. et Paléont. Fr. p. 29,

1851) introduced two names on the authority of Schimper,

who had got together a considerable number of hares in the

Strassburg Museum, the conclusion being that these forms

were the same as JL. meridionalis, Gené, a name never

published; but later (Hist. Nat. Mamm. 1. p. 282, 1854) the

same author considers that Gené’s species might probably be

identical with L. mediterraneus, Wagn. Schimper appears

Western Europe and North Africa. 151 .

never to have published the results of his investigations

himself. Blasius (Faun. Deutschl., Siiug. p. 412, 1857)

mentions all these names as synonyms of L. témidus= LD. euro-

peus, and brings in another name attributed to Schimper

(Regensb. Corresp. 1850, p. 111), proposed for the hare of

Andalucia obtained by Dr. Rosenhauer, but to which no

description was added. Fitzinger (Sitzb. d. k. Akad.

Wissensch. 1867, p. 161) adds another name for the Pyrenean

hare (?sp.) on the authority of Nerée Boubée, with no refer-

ence to any description, but simply as a synonym of

L. timidus=L. europeus ; the same author in the same place

introduces a name for the hare of Andalucia on the authority

of Natterer, also without reference to it ever having

been previously published: Natterer certainly was the first

author to distinguish this hare from those of Central Europe ;

but although he gives a short description (‘ Isis,’ 1818,

col. 816), he mentioned no name, and Fitzinger does not

notice this reference; it must therefore be written off as a

nomen nudum. One more name for this same hare, though

never published, is still in existence in the Vienna Museum;

one or more specimens from Andalucia are, or were, labelled

“ Lepus gracilis, Natt.” For this last piece of information

I am indebted to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who noted the fact

during a visit to that museum in 1877.

Waterhouse (Mamm. vol. ii. p. 43, 1848) complicated

matters by taking a hare from Tunis as typical of L. medi-

terraneus, Wagn.; but no specimen from Sardinia was then

in the British Museum for comparison, so the error may

readily be excused.

In this paper a deviation is made from the rule as to taking

measurements ; in all cases the length of the ear is taken

from the base at the back, and not from the notch unless

particularly stated. Every effort has been made to give as full

measurements of the skulls as possible; but as there is so

much individual variation, and the character of the skulls in

this group makes it so difficult to know where to fix the points

of the compass, owing to the irregularity of the sutures and

many apophyses, these measurements must be accepted for

what they are worth. Greatest length of nasal bones is taken

diagonally on the bone of one side, being far easier than

between two parallels, as there are no points in strict longitu-

dinal line. ‘Lhe “ molar series ” is measured by the outsides

of the tooth-sockets, as it is considered more reliable in this

group than the teeth, which slope and have no crowns.

152 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of

Lepus europeus occidentalis, subsp. n.

Smaller than ZL. ewropeus typicus; colour much warmer

and more rufous throughout.

The difference in the length of the hind foot is perhaps the

most constant size character. The difference in colour is

most constant in the head and ears and legs.

I take as the type of this subspecies a specimen from

Herefordshire, killed on the 7th January, 1898, which I

propose to present to the British Museum.

Measurements taken in the flesh :—

Head and body 570 millim.; tail 86; hind foot 135, to

end of claws and hair 142; ear from notch 99, from base at

back 120.

Weight when killed 8 lbs. 6 oz.

For comparison I give measurements of a Russian hare of

quite ordinary proportions (no. 94. 8. 7. 30 in Brit. Mus.),

from Lithuania :—

Head and body (dry skin) (c.) 600 millim.; tail (c.) 90;

hind foot (c.) 156, to end of claws 168; ear from notch (c.)

110, from base at back (c.) 121 without end-hairs.

The comparative measurements of the skulls given below

do not show any striking differences, excepting in the basal

length and mandible; I am, however, unable to say if this

greater length would be always found in the Russian hare,

but the proportion seems constant in the specimens examined.

L.e.typicus, L.e. occidentalis,

Skull : millim. millim,

KG HOHEGSD WEEE DI ..'s laiae vaio 6 oe Gs ie 102 99°5

Pi Ele ibreadin > Sone RS Pea 48 47

Breadth across maxille below lachry-

TOBIN oe ie bec eee a hubs yk bia teles Oh laut 39°5 35'5

Nasals, length in middle line ........ 36 385

ty 7 SEARLES LEMMA ce. cat iecvs teal pf 48°5 46°5

» greatest breadth....:......... 26 23

» across narrowest part ........ 185 17

Intertemporal constriction............ 14:7 15

Basal Jenpoh. ha... passe hoe ei Rie le bs ss 85 79°7

Length of upper molar series ........ 20°5 20

Depth from top of nasals to palate in

front ‘of promolars® 57 ))75<55-.. 22 26 26

Depth from top of nasals to front of

MBAS 050 cuk die ese pi se Rb ee sale 20°5 21

Mandible, length (bone only) from con-

dylar process to upperside of

INGisGTs WL Ne sits Sei eed 79°5 72

Mandible, length from back of incisors to

SAPIG Sasson cals Seashell 76 67

Mandible, greatest height standing on

table perpendicularly to condyle... 46°5 41

Western Europe and North Africa. 153

Lepus Lilfordi, sp. n.

Lepus granatensis (Schimp.), Rosenhauer, Regensb. Corresp. 1850,

p. 111 (nom. nud.).

Lepus meridionalis (Gené), Gervais, Zool. et Paléont. Fr. p. 29 (1851)

(partim, n.n.).

Lepus hispanicus (Natt.), Fitzing. Sitzb. Ak. Wissensch. 1867, p. 161

n. n.).

enn eeidils (Boubée), Fitzing, ¢. c. (n. n.).

Lepus gracilis, Natt., MS., in Museo Viennense (n. n.),

Lepus timidus (partim), Blasius et auct.

Lepus europeus (partim), Lepus mediterraneus (partim), auct.

Upper parts of head and body, ears, and tail much as in

L. e. occidentalis, though the colours are darker, while varying

somewhat in tone, as in that species; the tail is long, black

above, white on the sides and beneath. Fur very much

waved or plaited on the back ; interspersed among the ordi-

nary fur are long, coarse, snow-white hairs, which are very

much more conspicuous than in L. e. occidentalis, especially

on the sides and rump; these long hairs in their basal half, or

that part hidden by the thick fur, are black, the terminal

half protruding beyond the fur snow-while; both fore and

hind limbs bay-red in front, snow-white behind; the white

almost encircling the fore leg immediately above the elbow,

and at the wrist extending from the inner side round on to

the front of the joint; the fore feet are red, with tips near

the nails white; on the hind feet the white extends in the

same way from the inner side of the heel, so that the front of

the foot is white save for the presence of narrow lines between

the toes. The whole of the underparts are snow-white

excepting the neck-band, which is dark fawn.

The most striking character of this hare is the sharp

distinction between the colours of the upper and under sur-

faces of the body and the strong contrast between the bright

bay of the outer sides of the legs and the pure white of the

inner sides, the fur being also sleeker and lying closer on the

legs than in any other species.

In the seven specimens referred to there is no variation

whatever in the character of the markings.

Type g, 2nd Dee. 1894, Seville (Brit. Mus. no, 95. 3. 3.12).

Presented by Lord Lilford.

Measurements (taken from dried skin) :—

Head and body 470 millim.; tail 86; ear 118; hind foot

(without claw) 116.

Skull: greatest length 89; greatest breadth 43; breadth

across maxille below lachrymals 33; length of nasals in

middle line 30, greatest length 38, greatest breadth 20, across

narrowest part 15°5; intertemp. constr. 121; basal length

71°5; length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 16°9;

154 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of

depth from top of nasals to palate immediately in front of

premolars 22°5, in front of palate 20; mandible, length (bone

only) from condylar proc. to upperside of incisors 65, back

of incisors to angle 60°5; greatest height standing on table

perpendicularly to condyle 38:3.

The number of names which have been proposed show

clearly that this hare was never thought to be the same as

the more northern form, and I can only suppose that the

would-be describers were baulked by not having a typical

LL. mediterraneus for comparison. It seems perfectly incredible

that this well-marked species, by far the most strikingly

coloured member of the genus, should never have been

described ; but after a most thorough search in every book or

pamphlet which was likely to throw light on the subject, I

am unable to attach any of the above names to a description.

I have connected with this handsome species the name of

the late Lord Lilford, in memory of the extreme interest he

took in the mammals of Europe, especially those of the

Spanish peninsula, and in recognition of the gracious help he

was always ready to give in assisting this branch of zoology.

Lepus mediterraneus, Wagn.

Lepus mediterraneus, Wagner, Miinch. Anz. 1841, p. 439 (nec Water-

house, nec Loche).

A description of this hare is given here for the sake of com-

parison, especially in regard to the measurements of the skull.

Size very small, not much more than half that of

L. e. occidentalis; the ears are rather short in proportion,

the backs of which are thinly clad with hair; the fur of

the back is not waved and plaited; the nape, fore and hind

legs bright foxy red, the underparts strongly washed with

the same colour, excepting the centre of the belly and the

inguinal region, which are pure white; there are no sharp

lines between the colours in any part excepting the tail, which

is like its allies. ‘The bases of the fur in all parts are slate-

coloured ; this is very marked in the neck and chest-band,

and on the back the fur is buff-grey beneath the broad black

ring, and not white as in L. europeus and allies.

Measurements (taken from dried skin, no. 92. 2. 27. 1, in

the British Museum, from Sardinia) :—

Head and body (c.) 400 millim.; tail 76; hind foot 97;

ear 96.

Skull: greatest length 79°5 ; greatest breadth 39 ; breadth of

maxille below lachrymal 27°5; length of nasals in middle line

27, greatest length 34, greatest breadth 17-5, across narrowest

part 12; intertemp. constr.12; basal length 63; length of upper

Western Europe and North Africa. 155

molar series (tooth-sockets) 15; depth from upperside of nasals

to palate immediately in front of premolars 18°5, above front

of palatal foramen 16; mandible, length (bone only) from

back of condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 57'3,

from angular process to same place 55; greatest height

standing on table perpendicularly to condyle 31.

Lepus corsicanus, sp. n.

In general colouring and proportions very similar to

L. e. occidentalis, but resembling L. mediterraneus in having

deeper grey bases to the fur generally, and the fur of the back

being rusty below the black ring, with grey bases. The eye-

ring 1s very conspicuous, being shown up by a rufous patch

on the cheeks, which extends from in front of the orbit to

halfway between the eye and ear. This pattern is traceable

in other species, but is not nearly so conspicuous. The nape

of the neck is unlike any of its allies, being grizzled smoky

grey.

Type g, January 1875, Bastia (Brit. Mus. no. 78. 7. 3. 4).

Presented by Lord Lilford.

Measurements (taken from dry skin) :-—

Head and body 450 millim.; tail 73; hind foot 119;

ear 107.

Skull: greatest length 90; greatest breadth 43°5; breadth

of maxille below lachrymals 312 ; length of nasals, middle

line 31°5, greatest length 39°5, greatest breadth 21°5, nar-

rowest part 14; intertemp. constr. 15; basal length (c.) 73;

length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 17:2; depth from

top of nasals to palate in front of premolars 21°5, at front of

palatal foramina 18°2; mandible, length (bone only) from

back of condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 65,

upperside of back of incisors to angle 59°5 ; greatest height

standing on table perpendicularly to condyle 36°5.

The breadth of the skull will at once distinguish this form

from its near ally L. kabylicus.

Lepus kabylicus, sp. n.

Lepus mediterraneus, Leyaill. Loche’s Expl. Alg., Mamm. sp. 84 (nee

Wagn.).

Lepus egyptius, Lataste, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxxix. p. 157 (nec

Geoff.).

Size about that of ZL. Lilfordi, but in colour closely

resembling L. mediterraneus ; the ears, which are still more

naked behind than in the latter species, are proportionately

longer, as are also the hind feet, and, like that species, the

base of the fur is slate-coloured, and on the back the fur is

156 Mr. W. E. de Winton on the Hares of

not white below the deep black ring, but buff shading into

grey. ‘There is a conspicuous buff-white ring round the eyes

extending towards the nose and ears. ‘The chest (somewhat

grizzled) and fore legs are rufous, and all the underparts

except the centre of the belly and the inguinal region are

much washed with the same colour,

Type (Brit. Mus. no. 51. 8. 25. 7), Algiers.

Measurements (taken from dry skin) :—

Head and body 475 millim.; tail (taken from another

specimen, that of the type injured) 80; hind foot (c.) 105;

ear 113.

Skull: greatest length, base damaged (c.) 86; greatest breadth

41; breadth of maxilla below lachrymals 28-5; length of nasals,

middle line 27, greatest length 34°5, greatest breadth 20, nar-

rowest part 12°5; intertemp. constr. 12°2; basal length —;

length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 15; depth from

top of nasals to palate immediately in front of premolars

20:2, at front of palatal foramina 17:2; mandible, length

(bone only) from back of condylar process to upperside

of back of incisors 62, upperside of back of incisors to

angle —; greatest height standing on table perpendicularly

to condyle 35:5.

This hare is no doubt closely allied to L. mediterraneus,

but, besides the greater size of the animal, the skull is so

peculiarly narrow, that I consider it worthy of full specific

rank,

Lepus Schlumbergert, St. Loup.

ge a 2 ger St. Loup, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1894, t. xix,

p. 168,

As this hare has been very imperfectly described, a more

complete description is here given ; it is the common hare in

the neighbourhood of Tangier.

Size medium, rather smaller than JL. e. occidentalis ;

darker and greyer in colour, somewhat resembling the Hast

African hare L. victorie, but the grizzling coarser and more

mottled owing to the very broad black median band on the

fur; nape very pale cinnamon; a well-defined buff-white

ring round the eyes, a stripe of the same colour extending

towards the nose and the ears; ears medium, about same

length as head, black tip not well defined; neck and chest

dull brown, grizzled. ‘The extreme bases of the fur of all

parts are pale grey, on the back the base of the fur is only

very faintly tinged with grey ; there is a broad extent of dirty

white, showing a slight tinge of pale cinnamon, followed by

a deep black band; above this the coarser glossy hairs have

Western Europe and North Africa. 157

a broad pale buff ring, the extreme tips black. Whiskers

scarce, mostly white.

Measurements :—

Head and body 470 millim. ; tail (c.) 75; hind foot 120;

ear 103, from occiput 115.

Skull: greatest length 91; greatest breadth (squamosals)

42:5; breadth across front of zygomata 41°5; length of nasals

in the middle line 31, greatest length 40, greatest breadth 21,

across narrowest part 14:5; intertemp. constr. 12, breadth

across maxille below lachrymals 31:7; basal length 72°5;

length of upper molar series 15; depth from nasals to palate

immediately in front of molars 20, above front of palatal

foramina 16°5; length of mandible (bone only) from back of

condylar process to upperside of back of incisors 65°5 ;

greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to con-

dyle 37°5.

Supraorbital wings well developed, prominently rising

above frontals; temporal constriction very narrow ; nasals

very broad, encroached upon considerably by the frontals, in

a broad almost parallel-sided process.

The skull is very broad, with prominent supraorbital wings,

and thus very unlike the Algerian hare ZL. kabylicus (supra)

in every particular.

Lepus tunete, sp. n.

Lepus mediterraneus, Waterhouse, Mamm. ii. p. 43, 1848 (nec Wagn.).

In texture of fur and in the length of the ears resembling

L. egyptius, but the plain grooves in the incisors without

cement-filling show it to be widely separated from that

species. Colour pale, rather sandy ; nape of neck soft reddish

fawn; fore and hind legs reddish fawn; belly white; tail

black above, white below. Colours generally dull and not

sharply defined. Hars very long, almost naked behind in

their whole length.

This is the hare taken by Waterhouse for L. mediterraneus,

and from the extreme smallness of the last molar that natu-

ralist was led to suppose that the tooth was altogether

wanting ; but it need hardly be said that this is no¢ the case.

This small tooth is only about half the size of that tooth in

true L. mediterraneus, and, pressing closely against ™-2, it

might be overlooked if the skull was not thoroughly clean,

as certainly was the case with Waterhouse’s specimen, the

original being still in the British Museum.

Type (British Museum no. 47. 10. 21. 3), Tunis, Col-

lected and presented by — Fraser.

Measurements (taken from the dried skin) ;—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 12

158 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Head and body (c.) 400 millim.; tail 75; hind foot 100 ;

ear 136.

Skull: greatest length 82; greatest breadth 41; breadth

of maxille below lachrymals 28; length of nasals, middle

line 28, greatest length 35, greatest breadth 20:2, across nar-

rowest part 13:5; intertemp. constr. 12; basal length 61;

length of upper molar series (tooth-sockets) 14°5; depth from

top of nasals to palate immediately in front of premolars 19-5,

above front of palatal foramina 15°5; mandible, length (bone

only) from back of condylar process to upperside of back of

incisors 60, upperside of back of incisors to angle 56;

greatest height standing on table perpendicularly to con-

dyle 37.

There are two specimens of this hare in the British

Museum, presented by the same collector as the type speci-

men, labelled “ Island of Kerkenna, off Tunis.” The specific

name is the genitive of Tuneta, the earlier form of Tunis.

XX VI.— On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal *.

By Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bart., B.A.

Pyralide.

G'ALLERIANZ.

Lamoria imbella, Wik. xxx. 955.

Pretoria.

CrAMBINE.

Crambus (Propexus) tenuistriga, sp. n.

Head and thorax pale brownish; abdomen whitish. Fore

wing brassy yellow, with a fine white stripe slightly defined

by fuscous from base through the cell to termen below apex ;

traces of dark points beyond lower angle of cell and of a sub-

terminal series; a more prominent terminal series. Hind

wing whitish.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant), numerous specimens. xp. 24

millim. Type in B. M.

The only Crombus with pectinated antenne recorded from

the Old World.

* {I am indebted to Sir George Hampson for thus working out the

collection of Pyralide I made in the Transvaal during the years 1893-96,

The species were almost all taken at Pretoria, and I have added the

names of fifteen others taken during my first visit (1890-91) and ore

which I recently described in these pages.— W. L. Disranr. |

Hleterocera from the Transvaal, 159

Crambus carpherus, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and fore wing uniform pale brownish straw-

colour ; abdomen whitish. Hind wing pure white, the termen

pale brownish towards apex.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant), five specimens. Ezp., g 32,

? 38 millim. Type in B. M.

Nearest to C. dielota, Meyr.

Crambus heliocaustus, Wllgrn. CGifv. Ak. Forh. xxxii. 1,

p- 126.

Pretoria.

Crambus fulvitinctellus, Hmpsn. P. Z. S. 1895, p. 929.

Pretoria.

Crambus leucoschalis, sp. n.

Fore wing with vein 11 becoming coincident with 12.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white ; antenne, palpi at sides,

and patagia brown. Fore wing golden brown, the costa

narrowly and inner area white; a pure white fascia from

base through the cell to termen below apex, expanding in end

of cell and giving off a short spur on vein 2, and defined on

upperside by a black streak beyond the cell; two oblique

bronze and white streaks from costa before apex to the white

fascia, the outer angled and becoming a subterminal line with

an oblique white vitta from it to apex; the terminal area

below the white fascia pencilled with grey and with fine

black streaks on the veins; fine black lines on termen and

through cilia. Hind wing yellowish white.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant), four specimens. Hp. 28 millim.

Type in B. M.

Platytes albipenella, Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 946.

Pretoria; agrees well with the type from N.W. Himalayas.

Platytes tritonella, sp. n.

Head and thorax greyish white; palpi fuscous at sides;

abdomen yellowish white, dorsally tinged with brown towards

base. Fore wing yellowish white, thickly irrorated between

the veins with long black scales. Hind wing silky yellowish

white.

Hab. Natal; Transvaal, Barberton (P. Rendall). Ezxp.,

6 40-42, 2 382 millim. ‘Types in coll. Rothschild and B. M,

160 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Ancylolomia chrysographella, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 494.

Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (P. Rendall). A long series

of specimens showing all the extremes of variation.

Ancylolomia uniformella, Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 967.

¢. Differs from the female from Sind in the antenne

having long uniserrate branches ; head, thorax, and fore wing

thickly irrorated and suffused with fuscous; hind wing

fuscous, the basal area white.

Pretoria; one male.

ScH@NOBIANE.

Scirpophaga gilviberbis, Zell. Mon. Chil. & Cramb. p. 2.

Pretoria.

Schenobius porrectellus, Wik. xxvii. 140.

Pretoria; one male and one female, agreeing with the series

from Brazil.

ANERASTIANZ.

Pectinigeria subcarnella, Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44.

Pretoria; a long series.

Emmatheudes straminella, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. (2) vii. p. 107,

pl. viii. fig. 9.

Pretoria ; a long series.

Comorta nigricostalis, Wik. xxvii. 40.

Pretoria ; one male and one female.

t HYCITINE.

Homeeosoma mucidella, Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 15.

Pretoria (Distant); Cape Colony. Does not appear to differ

from N. American examples.

Microthriz inconspicuella, Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 17, and Mon.

Phyc. pl. xiii. fig. 17.

Pretoria; one male.

Oligochroa coriacella, Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 21, and Mon. Phyc.-

pl. xil. fig. 18, and pl. xiii. fig. 16.

Pretoria; one male.

Fleterocera from the Transvaal. 161

Nephopteryx ferrealis, sp. n.

¢. Antenne biserrate, the tuft well developed; maxillary

palpi dilated with scales and appressed to frons. Head and

collar tinged with ferruginous; antenne blackish; thorax

grey-brown; abdomen pale grey. Fore wing brownish

grey, irrorated with dark scales; a ferruginous line just before

the middle edged by tufts of black scales ; a rufous and dark

discoidal spot; a subterminal whitish line strongly defined

by ferruginous and black scales, and very slightly bent

inwards to costa and at vein 5 and outwards to inner margin ;

a dark terminal line. Hind wing brownish grey, with brown

terminal line.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant), one male. Hzp. 30 millim.

Type in B. M.

PYRALINA.

Aglossa basalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1250.

Pretoria (Distant).

Triphassa albialis, Wik. xviii. 640.

Pretoria (Distant).

Bostra puncticostalis, sp. n.

Antenne of male not serrate, with two pairs of long cilia

from each joint.

Head whitish and rufous; thorax dark rufous brown ;

abdomen pale reddish. Fore wing fuscous brown, with a

reddish tinge; a pale sinuous antemedial line, defined by

fuscous on outer side; a dark discoidal spot ; the medial part

of costa with numerous pale points; a pale postmedial line

defined by fuscous on inner side, minutely dentate between

veins 5 and 2, then incurved; a terminal series of dark

points. Hind wing fuscous brown, with indistinct curved

postmedial line. Underside with the costal area of fore wing

and the hind wing tinged with yellow and red.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant). Hap. 38 millim. Type in

B. M.

Bostra noctuina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi.

p- 412.

Pretoria (Déstant).

162 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Bostra albilineata, Warr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vii.

p- 437.

Pretoria (Distant).

Bostra vetustalis, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 17.

Pretoria (Distant).

Zitha ignalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 129.

Pretoria (Distant) ; Johannesburg (J. N. Cregoe).

Zitha laminalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 129.

Pretoria (Distant).

Sindris albimaculalis, Rag. Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. 1891, p. 113.

Pretoria (Distant).

The white spot on fore wing more prominent than in West-

African examples.

HyprocamMPiIn”.

Nymphula circealis, Wik. xvii. 460.

Pretoria (Distant).

PYRAUSTINe.

Entephria caberalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 284.

Pretoria (Distant).

Zinckenia fascialis, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexeviii. O.

Pretoria (Distant).

Pagyda traducalis, Zell, K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1852, p. 54.

Pretoria (Distant).

Glyphodes negatalis, Wk. xvii. 468.

Pretoria (Distant).

Glyphodes baldersalis, W\k. xviii. 527.

Pretoria (Distant).

Glyphodes sinuata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 267.

Barberton (Harrison).

Fleterocera from the Transvaal. 163

Leucinodes vagans, Tutt, Ent. Ree. i. p. 203.

Pretoria (Distant).

Described from Somersetshire, but imported.

Terastia margaritis, Feld. Reis. Nov. pl. exxxvi. fig. 40.

Pretoria (Distant).

Noorda fessalis, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 459, pl. xli. fig. 13.

Pretoria (Distant).

Phlyctenodes fulvalis, Warr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix.

p. 301.

Pretoria (Distant).

Phlycteenodes frustalis, Zell, Lep. Caftr. p. 48.

Pienaars River (Distant).

Phlycteenodes venustalis, Cram. Exot. Schmett. iv. pl. ceelxxi. I.

Pretoria (Distant).

Nomophila noctualis, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 136.

Pretoria (Distant).

Pionea ferrugalis, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. figs. 54,

130.

Pretoria (Distant).

Pyrausta diniasalis, Wik. xviii. 649.

Pretoria (Distant) ; four males, exactly similar to speci-

mens from N.W. Himalayas and Shanghai.

Pyrausta incoloralis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 332.

Pretoria (Distant).

Pyrausta aurea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi.

p. 414.

Pretoria (Distant).

The following is a list of my captures in Pyralide which,

with one exception, were taken during my first visit to the

164 Prof. H. G, Seeley on the

Transvaal in 1890-91. For many of these identifications I

was indebted to Mr. E. Meyrick, and they are used on his

authouity.—W. L. Distant.

Crambus contaminellus, Hiibn. Pretoria.

Eromene oceilea, Haw. Pretoria.

Nephoptery2 apotomella, Meyr. Pretoria.

Myelois Bohemani, Zell. Pretoria.

Etiella zinckenella, Tr. .

Macna Hampsoni, Dist. Barberton.

Pyralis farinalis, Linn. Pretoria.

alutalis, Zell. Pretoria.

Dichocrosis amyntalis, Wall. Pretoria.

Lygropia quaternalis, Zell. a

Euclasta Warrent, Dist. Pretoria, Johannesburg,

Acharana otreusalis, Walk. Pretoria.

Pionea africalis, Guen. 55

Pyrausta infuscalis, Zell. +

Titanio florilegaria, Guen. Pretoria.

Essina atribasalis, Rag. 4

XXVII.—On the Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps, from

Bethulie, Orange Free State, preserved in the Albany

Museum, Grahamstown. By H. G. Seexey, F.R.S.,

Professor of Geology, King’s College, London.

Sir R. OWEN, in 1859, discriminated from Dicynodon some

fossil reptiles, which were named Ptychognathus. That

genus was defined by the sharp angular transverse ridge, in

which the more or less flattened top of the head meets the

strongly ridged long straight face. This character was made

more manifest in 1870, in the same author’s ‘ Illustrated

Catalogue of South African Reptilia,’ by references to the

plates in which those characters are drawn. ‘The transverse

fold or ridge has been shown in every species of the genus

which has been figured. ‘The name represents an important

generalization and has been generally used.

Count Marschall recorded, in 1873, that the name had

been applied to two different genera, and the references were

brought under my own notice by the late Mr. G. R. Crotch

about 1869. Subsequently, with the aid of Professor F,

Jeffrey Bell, I examined the references to Ptychognathus, the

crustacean, which occur in the writings of Professor A.

Milne-Kdwards and Mr. Miers, without finding that the genus

had become well known. Mr. R, Lydekker, F.R.S., in 1889,

urged that since Stimpson published the name in 1858, it was

not available for use by Owen in 1859. In some human

Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 165

affairs long-continued usage justifies and establishes a title ;

and since nomenclature is a matter of convenience, it is a nice

point whether the unchallenged use of Owen’s name for a long

time has given the reptile a preference over the crustacean.

Professor Cope, in 1870, without apology, proposed the

name Lystrosaurus for a South-African fossil from which he

drew many of the characters of the skull in defining the

Dicynodontia. When this specimen was accurately figured

in 1892 it proved to be a typical example of Ptychognathus.

If that name should be eventually withdrawn from the South-

African fossil, Lystrosaurus is the only name which could

take its place, as Professor Cope has urged ; Zittel and others

have continued to use the name Ptychognathus.

In 1889 Mr. Lydekker discarded Ptrychognathus and adopted

in place Ptychostagum, a new name applied by him to the

Indian fossil from the Panchet rocks in the Lower Gondwana

series, which Professor Huxley referred to Dicynodon, which

may be conveniently retained for that type. The Indian

specimens appear to differ in the shoulder-girdle, humerus,

vertebra, and all known parts of the skeleton from the

remains of Ptychognathus, which are only obtained from the

Upper Karroo rocks of South Africa, while Dicynodon is

only known from the Middle Karroo series. No entire skull

of the Indian genus is recorded, and there is no evidence that

it has the generic character of a fronto-nasal angle in the

skull which distinguishes Ptychognathus from Dicynodon.

The determination of the generic name is important be-

cause there are some allies of Ptychognathus which appear to

show that it indicates a small family of South-African reptiles

distinguished by the way in which the brain is elevated

above the floor of the brain-case as it extends forward. ‘This

difference from some types of Dicynodon is comparable to

that seen in modern crocodiles, in which the front of the brain

is supported upon a median plate, while in Teleosaurs it rests

upon the basicranial bones.

The subgeneric modifications which have come under my

notice are two in number—first, a skull having a narrow

longitudinally channelled cerebral region, with outwardly

inclined sides, unlike the table-headed type of Lystrosaurus ;

and, although the straight face makes an angular bend with

the roof of the head, the surfaces are not parted by an angular

ridge, but round into each other. That genus may be named

Rhabdotocephalus, with the type &. Maccaigt. A second sub-

generic form named Mochlorhinus is distinguished from the

type Lystrosaurus by the perfect rounding of the face into

the flat table-top of the skuli, coupled with the development

166 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the

of teeth upon the palate. There is no evidence of the skele-

ton associated with either skull; but the skull in the latter

type is of some interest from its excellent preservation, which

shows the sutures. In a previous paper (Phil. Trans. Roy.

Soc. 1889, B, p. 290) I have drawn attention to a certain

parallelism between the bones which cover the skull and the

elements which roof over the spinal cord in some cartilaginous

fishes. This now appears to me not only to explain why the

median bones of the skull are sometimes single and sometimes

paired, but to elucidate the presence of three bones in the

Anomodont now to be described and in some other Vertebrata.

Normally every single median bone, such as the inter-

maxillary (which alone is recognized in the Bidentalia termed

Dicynodonts), is flanked by a pair of lateral bones—the pre-

maxillaries, When the one is developed, the other commonly

loses its individuality. So that the Theriodonts have a

moderate development of premaxillary bones, but in Dicyno-

donts the intermaxillary is as strongly developed as are the

premaxillary bones in Ichthyosaurus. The bone which I

have termed infra-nasal in Dicynodon may be the premaxillary.

The second median ossification in the skull—the ethmoid of

birds—does not reach the surface in Dicynodonts, but appears

to be related to the paired nasal bones in a similar way, though

all three are rarely developed together on the surface of the

skull. Next succeeds the single frontal of lizards with the pair

of frontal bones on its flanks, followed by the single parietal

and the pair of parietal bones ; the last being the interparietal

and the pair of superoccipital bones of Labyrinthodonts.

Thus the roof of the skull would include the equivalents of

five vertebral arches of fishes if all the elements were simul-

taneously developed. Without such a recognitionof homology

the presence of such bones as the interparietal, preparietal *,

interfrontal, and intermaxillary cannot be explained. These

median superior ossifications of the skull characterize Dicyno-

donts more than any other group of Anomodonts.

I have seen but one imperfect skull of Mochlorhinus platy-

ceps. It was found many years since at Bethulie, a little

north of the Orange River, near Aliwal North, by Mr. J. G.

Donovan, who presented it to the Albany Museum. There I

examined it in 1889. I am indebted to Dr. W. G. Ather-

stone, I'.G.8., and the trustees of that museum for the oppor-

tunity of studying the specimen in this country and of

* The bone here named preparietal is named interparietal by Mr. E. T.

Newton in Phil. Trans, B. 86, 1893, in explanations of plates xxvi. and

XXXii.

Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 167

removing the matrix. There is no reason to anticipate the

recovery immediately of other parts of the skeleton.

This head indicates one of the smaller Bidentalia (A. G.

Bain), distinguished from many near allies by the singularly

smooth texture of the bone, which is almost as well preserved

as in specimens from English clays. The sutures are more

distinct than usual, and establish relations of some bones

which were previously less well shown. The head is a little

distorted, in consequence of contortion which has affected the

rocks.

The genus Mochlorhinus is distinguished from Ptycho-

gnathus by three characters, First, the usual angular ridge

between the upper surface of the skull and face is wanting,

and the two areas, which commonly meet at an angle, graduate

into each other in this animal by a smooth rounded tran-

sition, convex from above downward, concave from side to side

(fig.2). Secondly, the palate has the vomer elevated in front

of the palato-nares, and the palatine bones at their sides so

as to form three prominent tubercles. Upon the summits of

these tubercles are minute teeth; they are small, flat, and

circular on the summit of the vomer, but further back the

teeth become much smaller and pointed (fig. 3). Thirdly, the

head appears to be much more compressed from side to side

than is usual in Ptychognathus, in which the skull is relatively

wider in front of the orbits, giving the animals a table-headed

appearance between the orbits. With this character is asso-

ciated the position of the face at right angles to the crown of

the head, giving an unusual depth from the frontal region to

the palate, which exceeds the length from the nasal bones to

the interparietal by almost one half that distance (fig. 1).

The genus is placed in the family Ptychognatharhinide.

That group is characterized by the rapid elevation of the

brain as it extends forward and abuts against the interorbital

septum.

From the occipital plate the head measures 4 inches in

length along the flat smooth crown to the rounded fronto-

nasal surface. In vertical depth the measurement is about

4 inches from the frontal bone above the large lateral orbit

to the point where the tusks, descending vertically, emerge

through the maxillary bones. The roots of the tusks form

prominent vertical rounded ridges, 3} inches long, at the

sides of the head; they originate a little below the orbits, at

less than 2 inches behind the vertical flattened prominence of

the intermaxillary which forms the median part of the face.

These lateral ridges give the face a transverse measurement

of about 4 inches. ‘The tusks have a diameter of 65 inch at

168 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the

the base, but both are broken and lost from the positions

where they leave the maxillary bones. The transverse

width between them on the palate is 14 inch. The roots of

the tusks, as usual, are nearly parallel to each other, but

converge slightly as they descend below the vomerine level

of the palate. Seen laterally their contour is parallel to the

lower part of the anterior outline of the nearly vertical face.

Fig. 1.

te}

postfrontal. frontal.

prefrontal.

epipterygoid

pterygoid

intermaxillary.

maxillary

ea eee oe

Right side of the skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 3 nat.

The imperfections of the skull are:—loss of the anterior

biting border of the intermaxillary bone between the tusks ;

the hinder part of the palate is missing, including the basi-

sphenoid, together with all the bones which are about the

foramen magnum; the squamosal and quadrate bones are

lost with the malar arches which define the temporal

vacuities, together with the descending postfrontal arches

Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 169

which define the hinder border of the orbits. The bones are

better preserved on the left than on the right side, but

compression has partially closed the left orbit.

The flattened upper surface of the head is smooth, slightly

concave from side to side, less than 4 inches long, and limited

behind by a transverse ridge. That ridge is made by the

interparietal bone, which is not vertical, but somewhat inclined

forward. The interparietal makes the upper part of the

occipital plate, and it abuts laterally against the pair of

parietal bones. ‘The transverse ridge which divides them is

a slightly sinuous line of suture.

Fig, 2.

occipital.

parietal.

temporal vacuity.

postfrontal,

Superior surface of the skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 4 nat.

The lateral borders of each side of the roof of the head

include three areas :—First, the larger anterior part, which

lies between the prominent prefrontal and the postfrontal

bone, is the thickened, rounded, upper margin of the orbit,

which is concave from front to back, formed in the middle by

the frontal bone. Secondly, behind the orbits are the broken

bases of the external processes of the postfrontal bones, which

are thin, and probably descended in the usualway. Thirdly,

behind these missing postfrontal processes are the obliquely

inclined upper borders of the temporal vacuities. They are

concave from front to back, slightly convex from above down-

wards, over an inch long, and about 7% inch deep, margined

superiorly by a sharp ridge, which is a suture separating the

170 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the

inclined external surfaces, which are formed by the post-

frontal bones, from the parietal bones upon which they rest.

Underneath these areas the skull is excavated in the usual

way.

The parietal bones are three in number. At their junction

the parietal foramen is placed ; it is oblong, keyhole-shaped,

rather wider behind than in front, +45 inch long, 345 inch wide

behind, and more than half that width in front ; its transverse

hinder border is 74 inch from the posterior occipital ridge.

The two parietal bones, which meet behind the parietal

foramen in a sinuous median suture, form a slight inflation

where the hinder end of the suture meets the interparietal

bone. ‘The flat parietals extend transversely outward to the

margin of the inclined concave temporal vacuity formed by

the postfrontal bone. Anteriorly the two parietal bones

diverge, and a somewhat heart-shaped median _preparietal

bone is contained between the long narrow anterior processes

of the parietals. External to those processes the frontal

bones are prolonged backward upon the parietal bones, so as

to divide their anterior border into a longer internal process

and a shorter outer process. The single median bone (pre-

parietal) is 1,45 inch long, though not measuring more than

an inch in the median line, because its narrow hinder margin

is notched out by the parietal foramen. It is 3°¢ inch wide in

front where widest, and its convex serrated anterior border

extends forward somewhat in advance of the narrow inner

lateral parallel processes of the parietal bones which flank it.

It is usually regarded as a parietal bone; but it is in the

linear position of the interparietal, ethmoid, and intermaxillary

bones, as occupying a median position in the skull alter-

nately with the paired bones of the brain-case and face, such

as the parietal and frontal. In osteology it has been some-

times treated as though it were the principal parietal, when

the two posterior bones are often described as its posterior diver-

gent processes among existing reptiles, when the interparietal

bone is not separately ossified. Reasons have been urged for

comparing these paired and unpaired ossifications with those

found arching over the neural canal in the spinal column in

Lamna and other Elasmobranch fishes, in which there is a

similar alternation of paired and unpaired bones, which

suggest a certain homology between the cranial and vertebral

structures; and since the single median bone now described

has much the same relation to the frontal bones that the

interparietal has to the parietal bones, it may be known as

the preparietal ; it appears to be a good distinctive feature of

these Anomodont skulls. It probably disappears in many

Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. ty |

animals by blending with the parietal, just as the inter-

parietal appears to blend commonly with the supraoccipital.

When it is present, the preparietal has the aspect of being the

key-structure of the roof of the brain-case, lying in front of

the parietal foramen.

These three bones form the hinder part of the roof of the

skull above the brain-case; they meet the frontal bones

anteriorly.

Each frontal is an elongated oblong bone, and the pair

unite by a slightly undulating median suture which extends

forward just over the rounded angle between the face and the

upper surface of the skull; their extremities converge in front

and diverge as they extend backward.

The length of the median frontal suture is about 2 inches,

though their extremities extend back so as to make each bone

34 inches long. The transverse width over the frontal bones

in the middle of the orbits is about 27% inches, and, owing to

the elevation of the margin of the orbit, the superior surface

is transversely concave.

The transverse width of the skull increases in front owing

to the way in which the prefrontal bones, which make the

anterior corners of the orbits, are prolonged outward and

downward, giving the orbits a position (fig. 1) which is entirely

lateral, where the eyes look outward and very slightly

upward. ‘The prefrontal bone is only well preserved on the

left side.

The postfrontal bone joins the frontal at the back of the

orbit by a suture which is easily traced, and that bone thus

enters into the upper surface of the skull, joins the parietal

bone behind, and extends backward upon that bone so as to

form the inclined concave borders of the temporal vacuities.

This backward extension of a film of the postfrontal upon

the parietal is substantially the same condition as is seen in

the corresponding region in Cynognathus and other Therio-

donts, notwithstanding the circumstance that in that group of

animals the parietal bones form a median knife-like edge, and in

this and many other Dic ynodonts those bones form a broad flat-

tened crown between these plates of the postfrontal. The

suture is not usually seen, because it runs in the line of the

slightly elevated ridge which defines the temporal concavity.

Between this suture and the suture which limits the frontal

bone there is manifestly another suture on the upper surface

of the skull, defining a long narrow oblique bone which enters

into the orbit at its upper hinder angle. It is about 14 inch

long and about 34; inch wide on the orbital border. It appears,

therefore, to be in the position of the postorbital bones; for

172 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the

the bone, which is only well preserved on the left side, is

essentially an anterior dismemberment of the postfrontal, and

it may possibly be prolonged downward to meet the malar

bone.

The median upper border of the orbit is vascular and some-

what rugose. ‘he internal surface of the bones of the orbit

is smooth and regularly curved, and shows the sutures of the

frontal with the other bones. ‘The orbit was probably deeper

than wide, the depth being 22 inches from the frontal bone

above to the part of the maxillary which is above the base of

the root of the tusk. The eye may have been slightly oblique

and possibly looked to a small extent outward and forward

as well as upward. The under surface of the postfrontal

bones is smoothly excavated.

The external surface of the prefrontal bone differs in texture

from the frontal in being less smooth, and agrees in this

respect with the nasal bones, from which it extends laterally

outward, and is defined by a distinct suture.

The skull of Dicynodon tigriceps has shown that the nasal

bones extend transversely across the face, so as to meet the

frontal bones behind them, where their transverse width

exceeds the width of the prefrontal bones. In this genus

the nares are relatively further forward and differently con-

ditioned, so that the nasal bones are elongated from back to

front. ‘They constitute the upper border of the nares, are

about 3} inches long and 2: inches wide. In the median

line the nasal bones are overlapped in front by an unpaired

bone—the intermaxillary—and that overlap causes them to

appear to diverge as they extend forward. ‘he hinder

border of the nasal bone meets the lachrymal, which is large

and placed between the prefrontal and nasal in front and the

maxillary behind. It extends forward into the nasal vacuity,

forming its hinder floor. The cavity which lodged the

lachrymal gland was behind the nostril and below the eye,

about 24 inches long and 3% inch wide, rather narrower in

the middle. The lachrymal duct is circular and has the

usual position.

The single unpaired condition of the intermaxillary is not

associated with a pair of premaxillary bones in this animal.

‘Lhe face comprises three regions—a narrow median anterior

area, 14 to 1? inch wide, marked with a slightly elevated

median ridge, and parallel to this are the rounded angles

which separate this median anterior region from the oblique

lateral areas. ‘This long flat nose is very gently convex from

above downward. A well-defined suture extends from the

lower angle of the large diamond-shaped narine and divides the

Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 173

anterior intermaxillary from the large maxillary bone behind

it (fig. 1). This suture is straight and parallel to the base of

the tusk in the maxillary bone, which is about an inch behind

it. The face, which is about 24 inches in lateral depth from

the flat nose to the roots of the teeth, has the aspect of being

compressed from side to side. In the middle length of this

compressed area, below the orbits and slightly in front of

them, are the anterior nares. Another compression (parallel,

vertical, and further backward) defines the inflation of the

maxillary caused by the roots of the teeth (fig. 3).

In front of the tooth the palatal edge of the maxillary bone

is compressed to a thin sharp cutting border, which descends

below the palate, so that the sides of the lower jaw could work

between the teeth. There is no doubt that the intermaxillary

formed a continuation of this arch, which had the usual con-

cave upward recession, though the cutting-edge of the middle

part is fractured and lost. Behind the narine the jugal

process of the maxillary bone is partly preserved, and behind

and below this process the maxillary bone is greatly com-

Fig. 3.

palato-nares.

palatine

maxillary.

vomer.

tooth.

intermaxillary.

The palate of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 3} nat.

pressed, for the head is narrower in transverse measurement

behind the socket for the tooth than in front of it. The

maxillary is prolonged backward above the pterygoid bone

behind the palato-nares, as is shown in lateral aspect of the

skull, and forms a wedge which narrows to its hinder termina-

tion (fig. 1).

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 13

174 - Prof. H.-G. Seeley on the ‘

In general plan the palate closely resembles that of the

short-faced Dicynodonts. Its distinctive features consist in

the development of a strong descending median ossification,

which is a little behind the tusks and in advance of the

palato-nares. It corresponds in position with the vomer

and forms a compressed prominence, which is nearly 2 inches

long and is prolonged backward as the narrow median ridge

which divides the palato-nares. This ridge may be paralleled

in many Dicynodonts and has been figured by Sir Richard

Owen in the species of Dicynodon named D. pardiceps,

D. testudiceps, and others. Another remarkable feature is

the evidence that the bone internal to the maxillary and

pterygoid and behind the vomer, which I regard as the pala-

tine, develops a strong tubercle, flanking and defending the

outer anterior corners of the palato-nares. The sutures are

not shown which define the palatine from the pterygoid, but

there is no reason to question the identification of these

eminences as palatine tubercles. ‘There appears to be a

slight approximation to a similar condition in the palate of

Dicynodon pardiceps. In view of the fact that the vomerine

and palatine bones in Faretasaurus and other allied reptiles

bear teeth upon elevated ridges upon those bones, I was led

to infer that, since they are on the same level, they might

have a similar function. On the highest part of the vomer

there are small teeth which are flat and rounded in front,

though few are preserved. They are similar to the teeth

figured in the South-African Cynodont Alurosaurus felinus.

On the hinder border of the vomer and palatine there are

minute pointed teeth, recognized by their black enamel. I

have not observed such strong palatine tubercles in any other

fossil, nor are there evidences of teeth on the palate in the

present condition of any Dicynodont skull in the British

Museum.

The anterior terminations of the pterygoid bones external

to the palatine tubercles are compressed from side to side and

well separated from the maxillary bones in front of them

by a veitical suture. The middle of their most convex ante-

rior part, which makes the outward limit of the palatal border,

is rough with short irregular sinuous wrinkles, as though

pterygoid muscles had extended from them to the lower jaw.

‘The palato-nares are distorted; they were apparently

almond-shaped, about 1} inch long, narrower in front than

behind, and parted posteriorly by a median excavation like

a seen in Dicynodon pardiceps, D. Copei, and other

orms.

The transverse measurement over the anterior termina-

Skull of Mochlorhinus platyceps. 175

tions of the pterygoid bones is 17’; inch.. The palate begins

to contract in transverse width from the moment that the

pterygoid replaces the maxillary bone in forming its lateral

margin; and behind the median post-narial vacuity, where

the convex contour of the anterior process is exchanged for a

contour concave from front to back, the transverse width of

the united pterygoid bones is 1745 inch. The pterygoid bones

mect in the median line in a slight ridge; they are fractured

transversely just behind the bases of the slender processes

which appear to have been given off to the quadrate region,

and all the hinder part of the smooth post-palate, with the

adjacent bones, is lost.

The superior surface of the pterygoids supports the remark-

able median plate first studied by Huxley in Ptychognathus

Murrayt. It extends upward as a vertical partition between

the orbits, and joins both the brain-case and its frontal prolon-

gation forward. This thin partition consists of several bones ;

the uppermost and most anterior is identified as the orbito-

sphenoid, and is most absolutely between the orbits, below

the front of the brain-case, and below the frontal bones. A

film of matrix may separate it from the bones below, which

may be compared with those of Dicynodon tigriceps figured in

the Phil. Trans. 1888. On the posterior fracture this median

plate is shown as an extremely thin vertical film (fig. 1), but

matrix rests upon it supporting a vertical bone external to the

plate, which may be the element termed the columella or epi-

pterygoid, since it is between the parietal and pterygoid regions,

though neither its upward nor downward terminations are pre-

served. In front of it, manifestly rising from the pterygoid, are

the two films of bone which extend towards the orbito-sphenoid ;

the hinder of these I have generally termed the median plate

of the pterygoid, but it now seems not improbable that this

thin ossification should be the alisphenoid, since it is imme-

diately under and apparently continuous with the brain-case

and extends downward to the sphenoidal region. An oblique

suture which extends upward and forward separates it from

the presphenoid. Both those bones appear to be truncated

above and to meet the orbito-sphenoid, though the matrix

already referred to either intervenes between the bones or

hides their junction. In front of the presphenoid there is

manifestly another bone immediately above the position of

the vomer. It is situate between the nares and extends

forward to the position of the nasal bones, so that it is in the

position of the ethmoid.

All that remains of the occipital region is the median part

176 Mr. O. Thomas on Indigenous

of the interparietal bone, which is about an inch deep, broken

on each side, has a vertical median ridge, and at its base

shows a fractured fragment of the supraoccipital, which is

excavated on its anterior border by a vertical concavity like

that seen in figured Dicynodonts in the British Museum,

which display the cerebral aspect of the occipital plate. The

bone is obviously narrow ; at its sides are the thin walls of

the brain-case; those walls meet inferiorly in the median line,

so as to rest upon the interorbital septum which has been

described; and it extends backward to the supraoccipital and

interparietal bones, but not much in advance of the anterior

angle of the bevelled concave temporal region, where the

postfrontal rests on the parietal. The parietal bones form the

upper covering of this brain-case.

All the allied skulls which I have seen from the Upper

Karroo rocks are remarkable for side to side compression,

while the Ptychognathus type widens superiorly to the flat

interorbital table on the top of the head.

XXVIJI.—On Indigenous Muride: in the West Indies ; with

the Description of a new Mexican Oryzomys. By OLp-

FIELD THOMAS.

In Mr. F. M. Chapman’s interesting paper on the origin of

West-Indian bird-life * it is assumed that there are no indi-

genous terrestrial mammals in the Greater Antilles other than

Solenodon, Plagiodontia, and Capromys, or in the Lesser

Antilles than Dasyprocta cristata (to which should be added

Megalomys pilorides).

For more than half a century, however, there has been in

the British Museum a 1at from Jamaica belonging to the

genus Oryzomys, and closely allied to the Central American

UO. Coues?, while another indigenous species has now turned

up in a member of the same genus from St. Vincent, collected

by Mr. H. H. Smith about six years ago, but hitherto over-

looked.

In view of the fact that, as is evidenced by their rarity,

these indigenous Murines are rapidly disappearing before the

competition of the introduced Huropean rats and mice, these

specimens are of much interest as furnishing valuable evidence

about the character of the original West-Indian fauna.

* “Notes on Birds and Mammals observed near Trinidad, Cuba, with

Remarks on the Origin of West-Indian Bird-life,” Bull. Am. Mus. N. H.

iv. p. 279 (1892).

Muride tn the West Indies. 177

Both the specimens appear to represent new species, al-

though closely allied to continental forms.

The first may be called

Oryzomys antillarum, sp. n.

Size about as in O. Coues?. General colour dull rufous,

rather (though not prominently) richer on the rump and

greyer on the head; black lining of back not prominently

marked. Belly dull yellowish, not sharply defined, the hairs

slaty grey basally. No blackish ring round eyes. Lars

small, their visible external surface blackish and internal

yellowish, but in neither case very strongly contrasting with

the general colour. Hands and feet dull whitish above. Tail

apparently about as long as the head and body, very thinly

haired, almost naked, pale brownish above, rather lighter

below.

Skull strongly built, with well-defined evenly divergent

supraorbital ridges. Nasals well surpassing frontal processes

of premaxille posteriorly. Interparietal small and narrow.

Palatal foramina narrow, rather compressed, not widely open.

Back of palate extending behind m. a distance about equal

to the diameter of that tooth.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (apparently stretched) 120 millim.; tail

(imperfect at tip) 180; hind foot, without claws (moistened),

28; ear (moistened) 13.

Skull: basal length (c.) 26, basilar length (c.) 24; greatest

breadth 17; nasals 12°6x 4:1; interorbital breadth 5:2;

breadth of brain-case on squamosals 12-9; interparietal 2°8 x

8°5; palate length from henselion 14; diastema 8°3 ; palatal

foramina 5°7 x 2°1; length of upper molar series 4:6.

Hab. Jamaica.

Type B. M. no. 45. 10. 25. 48. Collected by Mr. P. H.

Gosse.

The evident relationship of this Jamaican Oryzomys to the

O. Couest group is distinctly confirmatory of Mr. Chapman’s

view that the Greater Antilles received their inhabitants from

Central America (probably Honduras and Nicaragua) wié@

the Pedro Cays and Jamaica, rather than from the North

(Florida) or the South (Trinidad), in neither of which regions

is any such Oryzomys known.

Gosse’s “ Mus saccharivorus” *, the “Cane-piece Rat,” is

clearly not this species, and is most probably Mus decumanus.

Besides Mr. Gosse’s specimen in the British Museum there

* ‘Naturalist in Jamaica,’ p. 444.

178 ~ Mr. O. Thomas on

are also two skins, presumably of O. antéllarum, in the United

States National Museum, as appears from Dr. Coues’s remarks

in his Monograph of N.-American Muride*. They were

captured about 1877.

The fact that no specimen of this or any other indigenous

Murine has been taken in Jamaica for the last twenty years,

while Mus rattus and decumanus have devastated the island,

to be persecuted in their turn by the introduced Indian Mun-

goose, renders it highly probable that this animal has been

altogether exterminated there, like the Carib inhabitants of

the same region. But in the larger islands—Cuba and Hayti

—it is very likely that it (or a closely allied species) still

persists in the little known interior, where disturbances and

misrule have as yet prevented any scientific exploration.

The second species (that from St. Vincent) may be termed

Oryzomys victus, sp. n.

Size and proportions about as in the larger members of the

O. longicaudatus group. General colour dark rufous, but

evidently affected by the spirit in which the specimen has been

preserved. Under surface buffy white, the bases of the hairs

slate-colour. Eyes without darker rims. Ears short, the

anterior part of their backs brown, not strikingly contrasting

with the general colour of the head. Hands and feet thinly

clothed with fine silvery hairs. Tail almost naked, brown

above, slightly paler below. Mamma 2—2=8.

Skull with the general shape of that of South-American

O. longicaudatus, the brain-case being similarly lengthened

as compared with the broadened brain-case of the Central-

American O. melanotis and its allies. Compared with a Rio

Janeiro example it is larger, more rounded, the supraorbital

edges less sharply square, but the parietal ridges thicker and

better developed. Molars larger and stouter, palate ending

only just behind the back of m.°.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in

spirit) :—

Head and body 96 millim.; tail 121; hind foot without

claws 25, with claws 26°7 ; ear 14.

Skull: basilar length 21:4; basal length 23°85; greatest

breadth 15:1; nasals 11°2x3-4; interorbital breadth 4:5;

interparietal 3°2x10; palate length from henselion 12:3 ;

diastema 7°8; palatal foramina 54x 1°8; length of upper

molar series 4°1.

Hab. St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles.

* Mon. N. Am. Rod. p, 116 (footnote), 1877.

a new Mexican Oryzomys. 179

Type B. M. no. 97. 12. 26.1. Collected by Mr. H. H.

Smith, and presented by Mr. F. DuCane Godman.

Owing to our ignorance of South-American Muride it is

difficult to say to what species this mouse is most nearly

allied; but, as already stated, it seems related to Southern

rather than Central American forms, and is therefore again

confirmatory of the view supported by Mr. Chapman as to the

essential difference in the origins of the faunas of the Lesser

and Greater Antilles.

The specimen was marked by Mr. Smith as a “ Forest

at,’

Oryzomys Chapmant, sp. n.

Oryzomys melanotis, Allen and Chapman, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. ix.

p. 205 (1897).

The British Museum has acquired half the interesting

collection obtained by Mr. F. M. Chapman at Jalapa, Mexico,

and worked out by Allen and Chapman. Among them there

is a series of the Oryzomys termed by them O. melanotis,

Thos., and at the request of Mr. Chapman I have made a

careful comparison of them with the type of that species,

obtained by the late Dr. Buller in Jalisco.

The two forms are undoubtedly very closely allied, but are

not identical, and I would therefore propose to name the Jalapa

form in honour of its discoverer Mr. F. M. Chapman, to whom

science is indebted not only for much valuable material

collected by him, but also for many interesting papers on his

own and other people’s specimens.

Size markedly smaller than in O. melanotis, as shown

especially in the skull. General colour much darker, the

black lining on the back finer and closer and the light colour

less bright. Lower surface more strongly suffused with slate.

Ears (unfortunately for the name) even blacker than in

O. melanotis, the visible portion of the inner as well as of the

outer surface deep shining black. Wrists and ankles more or

less suffused with smoky brown. ‘Tail as in the allied

species.

Skull very similar in shape to that of O. melanotis, but

much smaller; nasals narrower behind. Brain-case narrower

(width between most distant points of parietal ridges 10°8 to

11°0 millim., as against 12:1). Palatal foramina much

shorter and extending nearly to the level of the front of m.'.

Posterior narial fossa shorter. Buile smaller.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female measured by

Mr. Chapman in the flesh) :—

Head and body 105 millim.; tail 116; hind foot, with

claws, 24; ear 19.

180 Bibliographical Notice.

Skull: basal length 21°6; basilar length 19°8; greatest

breadth 13:8; nasals 10°4x3°2; interorbital breadth 4°3;

breadth of brain-case on squamosals 11:4; interparietal 2°8 x

8-9; palate length from henselion 11°5; diastema 11°7 ; palatal

foramina 4°5X 2; length of upper molar series 3:7.

Additional measurements and averages are given by Allen

and Chapman (J. c.).

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.

Type B. M. no. 97. 9. 9. 80. Original number 1059.

Collected by Mr. F. M. Chapman, March 31, 1897.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India, including South Arabia,

Baluchistan, Afyhanistan, Kashmir, Nepal, Burmah, Pegu,

Tenusserim, Malay Peninsula, Ceylon, and other Islands of the

Indian Ocean. Vol. IL., Part VII. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H.

Gopwin-Avsten, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S8., &e.

Votume I. of this work, consisting of 266 pages and 62 plates, was

commenced in 1882 and completed in 1888. The present Part VII.

(the first of Vol. IT.) was issued last October, and contains 45 pages

of text accompanied by 7 plates.

As indicated by its title, this work is mainly devoted to the

subject of Indian malacology, but occasionally we are startled by

the sudden appearance of a page or two dealing with molluscs from

very remote parts of the world. In the first volume, for example,

the British Geomalacus maculosus is discussed, a new species of

Helicarion from Australia, and a new Diplommatina from Trinidad,

W.LI., are described, and a new subgenus of Helicarion (Africarion)

is founded for the reception of certain African forms. In the part

before us a new subgenus of Cyclophorus (Natalia *) is described, for

the reception of the well-known C. Wahlberg of South Africa. It

is as well to call attention to this introduction of extraneous

matter, so that writers engaged upon the fauna of Greenland,

Timbuctoo, or any other part of the world may be on the alert.

About 17 of the 45 pages are reprints of the author’s descriptions

which have appeared in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’

or are quotations from the works of other writers. It is very useful

to have these descriptions reproduced, as they are accompanied by

figures, not having been illustrated previously. The genera treated

of are Alyceus, Diplommatinat, Cyclophorus (subgenera Natalia

and Cyclohelia), Otopoma, and Pupina, Only two new species are

described, and they belong to the last-named genus. The anato-

mical part of this work is very slight, being restricted to an account

of the position of ‘the male organ” in the new subgenus Natalia

* Used by Gray in 1840 in Echinoderma.

+ D. concinna, p. 15, This name was preoccupied by H. Adama

twenty-five years ago.

Miscellaneous. 181

and in Cyclophorus crocatus, and to “some details of the anatomy ”

of Otopoma contained in ten lines on p. 30. The radule also of this

genus and two species of Z’ropidophora are described. There are

some slight inaccuracies in the nomenclature, which is scarcely up

to date ; for example, it has been pointed out in these ‘ Annals’ as

long ago as 1891 that the name Cyclostoma can no longer be used

for the genus of operculated land-shells to which it has generally

been applied, and therefore the family name ‘ Cyclostomide,”’

which should be Cyclostomatide, also becomes obsolete. Cyclostoma

elegans is more than once erroneously referred to as the type of

Cyclostoma, and mention is made (p. 34) of a viviparous Bulimus at

Aden. Three writers at least within the last few years have pointed

out that Scopoli did not originally apply this term to a land-shell,

but to a freshwater form. There is also a mistake with regard to

the authorship of the ‘ Catalogue of Phaneropneumona or Terrestrial

Operculated Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum,’ to

which attention should be directed. It is several times referred to

as Gray’s work, whereas, as stated in the preface, it was prepared

by Dr. L. Pfeiffer. In speaking of the subdivision of the genus

Cyclophorus ten so-called subgenera are enumerated. No mention,

however, is made of Crossopoma, Crosse, Ptychopoma, Mollendorff,

Japonia, Gould, Aferulus, Martens, Ostodes, Gould, and some other

groups, so that we are left in ignorance as to the author’s views

respecting these sections. The statement with regard to the distri-

bution of the Pupine (p. 37) is not accurate, as certain members of

the group occur in Japan, Formosa, and as far eastward as the

Solomon Islands, New Hebrides, and Fiji Islands.

The seven plates, drawn by the author, do not possess a highly

artistic finish, but this is probably compensated by the accuracy of

outline of the figures and the true indication of the sculpture. The

drawings of the soft parts (plates lxvii. and Ixviii.), although charac-

teristic perhaps, do not exhibit the precision and clear definition

usually furnished by the anatomist.

As a contribution to Indian malacology this work undoubtedly

possesses a certain value which recommends its continuation ;

moreover, the author having lived and personally worked in the

country, is in a position to speak with special authority upon the

Indian fauna.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Terias.

To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

GentLeMEeN,—In my article on Terias I omitted to erase 7. hainana,

Moore (supra, p. 63), as a synonym of 7’. betheseba, which it super-

ficially resembles, though actually a form of 7. libythea.

I am, Gentlemen,

Yours &e.,

A. G. Burier.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 14

182 Miscellaneous.

“ Butterflies from the Pacific Islands.”

To the Editors of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural. History.’

GrnTLEMEN,—In answer to Mr. Sclater’s letter of December 2nd,

published in your last number, I have to make the following remarks.

I find on referring to my edition of Mr. Keith Johnston’s Atlas

that the Timor greup, New Guinea, and the Solomon Islands are all

included in his map of “ The Islands of the Pacific Ocean ”—-so that,

if I have erred, I have erred in good company.

I venture to think that Mr. Sclater’s observations, in which he

accuses me of a “ serious geographical error,” are somewhat hyper-

critical, The islands in question, being situated in the Pacific

Ocean, may not inaptly be termed Pacific Islands, though they are

separated by more or less considerable distances from other groups

of islands, which are more in the centre of the Pacific Ocean. I am

not acquainted with any authority which restricts the term “ Pacific

Islands” to these last-named groups; but even though there be

such authority, I still think that the title to my series of papers on

the butterflies found in the numerous islands of Oceania, with the

last of which series Mr. Sclater has found fault, is sufficiently accu-

rate for the purpose for which the papers were written. They

were prepared for the perusal of entomologists, and I think I am

not far wrong in supposing that no entomologist would be misled

by the title, though such title might not, technically, satisfy a

geographer.

The title appears to me adequate, and sufficiently accurate to

indicate to entomologists, in general terms, the quarter of the globe

in which the butterflies were captured. If this be so, my object in

thus designating my papers has been attained.

I hope I may never be accused of a more “serious error” than

that which Mr. Sclater has attributed to me.

I am, Gentlemen,

Your obedient Servant,

5 Bryanston Square, W. H. Gross-Suirz.

8th January, 1898.

Note on the Genera Choristoneura, Mabille, and Katreus, Watson.

By F. A. Herron.

Dr. W. J. Holland in his most useful ‘‘ Preliminary Revision and

Synonymic Catalogue of the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent

Islands,” in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 74, quotes the genus

Katreus, Watson, with its type species Astictopterus Johnstonit,

Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 573, and also a figure of his own

in the ‘Entomological News,’ vol. v., Jan. 1894, pl. i. f. 8, as

representing Butler’s species, and gives a further reference to Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1896, pl. ii. fig 18. This figure was afterwards correctly

ascribed to Gorgyra abure, Plotz, by Karsch in a note on Holland’s

paper published in Ent. Nachr. xxii. p. 877 (1896).

On page 83 of his Revision occurs the mention of the genus

Choristonewra, Mabille, a coloured figure of the type Choristoneura

apicalis, Mab., being given on pl. v. f. 1, and a cut of the neuration

Miscellaneous. 183

on page 83, with the following note :—‘ This very remarkable

insect is entirely unlike any other species which I have ever seen

from the African continent, and recalls in general appearance some

of the species of the 8. American genus Hntheus. At the time

Lieut. Watson prepared his Revision of the genera of the Hesperiidae,

no specimen of this insect was available by him for purposes of

study. I take pleasure in incorporating a cut giving the neuration.

From this it will be seen by the student that the neuration is quite

peculiar, and that Mons. Mabille, the author of the genus, was

abundantly justified by the facts in erecting it for the reception of

the typical species.”

A reference to Watson’s paper, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 130,

shows Choristoneura, Mab., type apicalis, Mab., among the genera

‘“‘ of which the types are not in the British Museum,” and which

consequently he was “ unable to identify.”

If the student compares together the excellent figure of Choristo-

neura apicalis, Mab., in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pl. v. f. 1, and

Mabille’s very short description of his species in Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr.

(6) vol. ix. p. clvi (1889), with Butler’s description of Astictopterus

Johnstonit, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 573, he will at once notice that

figure and description refer to the same form, which must therefore

stand as Johnstonii, Butler.

A similar comparison of Mabille’s slight definition of Choristoneura

in the ‘ Bulletin,’ and the cut of neuration given by Holland on p. 83,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, with Watson’s more detailed definition of

Katreus, P. Z. 8.1893, p. 115, will show the identity of Choristoneura

and Katreus.

Karsch, in the communication referred to above, had recognized

his own Lowoleais percnoptera from Barombi as a synonym of Choristo-

neura apicalis, Mab., by the aid of the figures given by Holland.

The species will thus stand as Choristoneura Johnstonii, Butler

(apicalis, Mabille), and the fuller synonymy will be :—

Choristoneura, Mabille, Bull, Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. clvi (1889). Type

apicalis, Mabille.

Katreus, Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 115. Type Johnstonit,

Butler.

Loxolexis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 8320 (1895). Type percnoptera,

Karsch.

Astictopterus Johnstonii, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 573.

Choristoneura apicalis, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. elvi

(1889).

Katreus Johnstonit, Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 115 (nec Hol-

land, Ent. News, vy. pl. i. f. 8, 1894; nec Holland, Proc. Zool. Soe.

1896, pl. ii. f. 18).

Loxolexis percnoptera, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 321 (1895).

Choristoneura apicalis, Holland, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pl. v. f. 1.

From the plate alone I am unable to say to what genus we must

assign the species figured as Katreus Johnstonii by Holland, Ent.

News, v. pl. i. fig. 8; but ifthe species prove new, it should certainly

be described by the learned doctor, who in his recent paper has

done so much to facilitate the study of the African Hesperiid

fauna.

184 Miscellaneous,

Martyn’s * Psyche” By Oxiver E. Janson, F.E.S.

In the January number of the ‘ Annals’ Mr. Sherborn, in his

“ Note on Thomas Martyn’s ‘ Psyche,’ 1797,” states that Mr. Van

de Poll and Mr. Janson had not responded to his letters asking for

information respecting the copy of this exceedingly rare work that

was contained in my late father’s library, and now in the possession

of Mr. Van de Poll. As regards myself, I certainly never received

any letter from him upon the subject, but believe he called at my

office during my absence and made some vague enquiry of one of

my assistants respecting the copy of the work, which had then

passed out of my possession and had been in Holland, with Mr. Van

de Poll, for several years ; but as he left neither a name or address,

I was unable to communicate with him, and was under the impres-

sion that he intended to call again or write to me; and had be done

so I should have been only too glad to avail myself of the oppor-

tunity of giving him any information I was able to, and also to

have allowed him to inspect the first two numbers of the work now

in my possession, the second of which he states in his ‘‘ Note” he

has never seen, and wishes to hear about from anyone who may

possess it. ‘hese two parts of the work with the original text are

those he refers to under copy ‘“‘ No. 9,” which he states were sold to

Messrs. Dulau in 1888 and “not traced since.” As a matter of

fact they were purchased by me from Dr. A. G. Butler in March

1890 and bear his autograph. These parts are both in the original

wrappers, evidently as issued. No. 1 agrees with the collation

given by Mr. Sherborn and No. 2 consists of text sign. D, pp. 7 and

8 in English, and the same sign. and pp. repeated in French—page 7

in each case devoted to the description of “ Papilio daphnis?” and

page 8 to that of “* Papilio cresphontinus,” both species being figured

on the accompanying plates.

The existence of the copy “ No. 10” of Mr. Sherborn’s list has

probably arisen from some mistake, as Dr. Butler informs me he has

no means of knowing what books Mr. Van de Poll possesses and

has no recollection of having mentioned such a copy; it would

therefore appear that the copy of the second part in my possession

is the only one so far known to exist, and I shall be glad to allow

anyone free access to it who may wish to consult it.

I entirely disagree with Mr. Sherborn in regarding the work as

a manuscript; the first two numbers he must, at all events, admit

are a regularly published work, and as regards the remaining

twenty-eight plates, he admits they have been printed from engraved

copper-plates and that a certain number of copies were issued, so

that I cannot see why the mere fact of the names of the species

having been omitted in the printing and filled in afterwards by

hand should be sufficient grounds for regarding the whole as a

manuscript. Even if no further portion of text should come to

light, I believe it is generally held by naturalists that a good recog-

nizable figure is quite as efficient to carry publication of a species as

a printed description.

Highgate, N.

January 8th, 1898.

wes

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 8. MARCH 1898.

XXIX.—Descriptions of Three apparently new Copepods from

the Clyde. By Tuomas Scort, F.L.S8., Naturalist to the

Fishery Board for Scotland, and ANDREW ScorTt, Fisheries

Assistant, University College, Liverpool.

[Plates X. & XI.]

Stephos Fultoni*, sp. n.

(Pl. X. figs. 1-8; Pl. XI. figs. 1-4.)

Description of the Female.—Body robust ; abdomen mode-

rately slender and composed of four segments, first segment

somewhat dilated in the middle; viewed laterally this seg-

ment is seen to possess a spiniform and hook-like appendage

on the inferior aspect and near the proximal end, while poste-

riorly there is a distinct fascicle of hairs (PI. X. fig. 1); the

length of the specimen is about 1 millim. (54 of an inch).

The antennules are twenty-four-jointed, as in Stephos minor,

but the proportional lengths of the joints differ somewhat, as

shown by the formula (see also Pl. X. fig. 2)—

Proportional lengths of the joints... 10.13.17.5.5

Number of the joints ..............008 I 25 34> ore

SOO

18 19 20 21 2223 24°

* In compliment to T. Wemyss Fulton, M.D., F.R.S.E., Superin-

tendent of Scientific Investigations, Fishery Board for Scotland.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 15

186 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on Three

The structure of the antenne and of the mouth-organs

resembles generally that of the same appendages in Stephos

gyrans and Stephos minor, though differing in some minor

details (Pl. X. figs. 38-5). The first, second, third, and fourth

pairs of swimming-feet are also somewhat similar to those of

the same two species, but the last three pairs are propor-

tionally rather more slender and elongate (Pl. XI. figs. 1-3).

The fifth pair are stout and in general appearance resemble

those of the other species, but they differ in the following

particulars :—the two members that compose the fifth pair,

though nearly equal in length, are somewhat unsymmetrical ;

in the (?) right foot the end-joint is rather longer than the

other and is of a broad knife-like shape, its inner margin is

even and nearly straight, while the outer is finely serrated

along the posterior half and curved inwards towards the apex ;

in the (?) left foot the end joint, which is about the same

length as the first, is dilated near the proximal end, and after

contracting somewhat abruptly on both sides tapers gradually

to the extremity, where it terminates in a moderately sharp

point (Pl. X. fig. 6).

Description of the Male.-—The male does not differ much

from the female except in the following particulars :—the

abdomen, which consists of five segments, is rather more

slender, and the first segment is not dilated. The fifth pair

of thoracic feet, though having a general resemblance to those

of the males of Stephos gyrans and Stephos minor, differ very

markedly in some of the structural details; in the right foot

the first and second joints are subequal and moderately short

and slender ; the third joint, which is also slender, is of con-

siderable length, being about one and a half times the entire

length of the first and second joints; the last joint is long,

slender, and strongly falcate, so that it somewhat resembles a

reaping-hook, the convex side being outward, the basal

part of the joint is also produced inwardly into a process of a

triangular form ; the left foot terminates in a strongly dilated

appendage, which is armed with a large and dark horn-

coloured movable claw, distinctly bifid at the extremity ; there

are also, in addition to the claw, several elongate, flexuous,

and spiniform apical processes, as shown in the figure (Pl. XI.

fig. 4) ; it is thus evident that the two members of the fifth

pair in the male form together a very powerful and efficient

grasping-organ.

Hiab. Kilbrennan Sound, Firth of Clyde, 1896; vicinity

of Otter Spit, Loch Fyne, 1897.

Remarks.—The fitth pair of thoracic feet in both the males

and females of the species now described are distinctly

apparently new Copepods from the Clyde. 187

different from the same appendages in Stephos minor, T. Scott,

and Stephos gyrans (Giesbrecht), and are in themselves quite

sufficient to distinguish it from those two species ; moreover,

it has to be noted that the fifth pair of thoracic feet in the

female are scarcely symmetrical, and to that extent they

indicate a departure from the normal characters of the genus.

Dactylopus pectinatus, sp. n.

(Pl. X. figs. 9-16.)

Description of the Female.—In general appearance this

Species is somewhat similar to Dactylopus Stromii; the

animal is moderately robust, and the length of the specimen

figured is about ‘7 millim. (33 of an inch). The antennules

are short and seven-jointed ; the first four joints are stout and

subequal in length, but the remaining three are much smaller

(fig. 10). The antenne are short and stout, and the small

secondary branches are two-jointed, the end joint being shorter

than the other (fig. 11). The mandibles and maxille are

somewhat similar to those of Dactylopus rostratus, so also are

the anterior foot-jaws. ‘The posterior foot-jaws are stout and

the terminal claws are provided with a fringe of elongate

spinules arranged along the inner margin in a pectinate

manner, as shown by the figure (fig. 13). The first pair of

swimming-feet are moderately stout; the outer branches,

which are considerably shorter than the inner, have the first

two joints subequal; the end joint is shorter than either of

the other two, being little more than half the length of the

second ; the marginal spines of the three joints are stout and

ciliated ; the first joint of the inner branches is about one

and a half times the entire length of the outer branches, and

the end joint, which is very short, is armed with a stout claw,

having a comb-like row of elongate spinules along the exterior

edge somewhat similar to those on the terminal claw of the

posterior foot-jaws; the inner branches appear to be only

two-jointed (fig. 14). The following three pairs of swimming-

feet are somewhat similar to those of Dactylopus rostratus

(fig. 15). In the fifth pair the inner produced part of the

basal joint is broadly rounded and provided with five terminal

sete, four of which are moderately elongate, and one—the

second from the inside—very short; the secondary joint is

ovate in outline and about one and a half times longer than

broad, and is furnished with six moderately long sete—one

on the inner margin, three on the outer margin, and two,

somewhat longer than the others, at the apex (tig. 16). The

caudal stylets are shorter than the last abdominal segment.

Male unknown.

ITab. Near the head of Loch Fyne: apparently rare.

1D*

188 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on Three

Remarks.—This species was obtained early in 1896 among

some “refuse”? trawled between Lowburn and Cairndow,

near the head of Loch Fyne. The remarkable series of comb-

like spinules on the terminal claws of the first pair of

swimming-feet arrested the attention at the very outset ; the

creature had only to be turned on its side under the micro-

scope to bring this character prominently into view; on

dissecting the animal it was found that the terminal claws of

the posterior foot-jaws were also furnished with a similar

series of spinules: these peculiarities in the armature of the

appendages referred to, along with differences in the structure

of the antennules and of the fifth pair of thoracic feet, separate

this from any other species of Dactylopus known to us. We

would also point out that, though this species has many of

the characters of a true Dactylopus, the structure of the first

pair of swimming-feet is somewhat abnormal—for example,

the middle joint of the outer branches is scarcely longer than

the first, while the inner branches are apparently only two-

jointed ; and it may hereafter, for this reason, be considered

necessary to remove it to another genus, but meantime we

prefer to leave it where it is.

Eurynotus * insolens, gen. et sp. n.

(PL Xo fen? 3 Pi XT, fies, 5-13.)

Description of the Female.—Length °8 millim. (35 of an

inch). Body robust; the thorax seen from above is broadly

ovate and indistinctly divided into two unequal segments,

the division of the segments being indicated by a slight

flexure on each side ; the anterior sezment is about two thirds

the length of the other and slightly wider; the forehead is

broadly and more or less evenly rounded. The abdomen is

composed of four segments ; the first is somewhat dilated, but

the others are comparatively slender, and the caudal stylets

are about equal in length to the last abdominal segment; the

entire length of the abdomen and caudal stylets is scarcely

equal to half the length of the thorax (Pl. XI. fig. 5). The

antennules are seven-jointed, short and stout, and _ taper

gradually towards the extremity ; the second joint is much

longer than any of the others, and besides being furnished

with several small hairs it carries a long plumose seta near

the distal end of the lower margin (Pl. XI. fig. 6). The

following are the proportional lengths of the joints—

Proportional lengths of the joints.. 28.48.20.14.10.7.10

Number of the joints ............ 1223 46a Ghee

* Gr. Etptveros, having broad shoulders.

apparently new Copepods from the Clyde. 189

The antenne are stout and apparently four-jointed, and are

provided with several terminal sete; two of these sete are

elongate and slightly hooked, while other two terminate in

what appear to be rounded disks, as shown by the figure

(Pl. XI. fig. 7) ; the antenne do not appear to be furnished

with secondary branches. The mandibles are elongate

slender appendages that terminate in hook-like extremities

and are furnished interiorly near the middle with two long

marginal sete (Pl. XI. fig. 8). The maxille are very rudi-

mentary, each being little more than a short stout tubercle

bearing two small hairs (Pl. XI. fig. 9). The anterior foot-

jaws, which are also rudimentary, are short, stout, and some-

what triangular in outline, and are one-jointed and provided

with two terminal sete (Pl. XI. fig. 10). The posterior foot-

jaws are apparently two-jointed, the first joint being compara-

tively large and dilated interiorly, so as to assume a gibbous

form and having a considerable portion of the interior surface

clothed with minute spines; the second joint is very small

and armed with three unequal sete, as shown by the figure

(Pl. XI. fig. 11). So far as can be made out there appear

to be only three pairs of thoracic feet; the first and second

pairs are somewhat similar in structure; the basal joints of

each foot are two in number and very stout, the second of the

two basal joints carries two branches, which are compara-

tively wide apart; the inner branches are composed of two

and the outer of three joints, and both are moderately slender ;

the armature of the inner branches consists of three terminal

sete, the exterior one being short, while the other two are

elongate and plumose; four elongate setz spring from the

inner margin of the outer branches, one from the second joint

and three from the last; the exterior marginal sete are

short (Pl. XI. fig. 12). The third pair of feet are apparently

only one-branched, the outer branches being developed, while

the inner are obsolete ; these outer branches are two-jointed

and articulated to the upper part of the distal extremity of

the stout second basal joints (Pl. XI. fig. 13). There appear

to be no fourth or fifth pairs. ‘he ovisacs form elongate

cylinders and appear to contain a single series of large ova.

Situated between and a little in front of the mandibles is a

large circular appendage, which from its peculiar structure is

probably a sucking-disk for enabling the Copepod to adhere

more securely to the creature that forms its host ; but whether

that is its only function we are unable to say. ‘This ap-

pendage is represented by figure 17, Pl. X.

Male unknown.

190 On Three apparently new Copepods from the Clyde.

Hab. Kilbrennan Sound, Firth of Clyde, 1886 ; apparently

rare.

Remarks.—The Copepod of which the above is a descrip-

tion does not resemble any described species known to us;

we are also unable for the present to ascribe it to any known

genus, and the name we have applied to it refers to its some-

what anomalous structure and position. The peculiar form

of the thorax of this Copepod was the feature that first

attracted attention to it, and the subsequent examination and

dissection of it revealed the abnormal character of the species.

It is a Copepod that appears to be either a parasite or a

commensal,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE X.

Stephos Fultont, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Female, lateral view, x 40. 2. Female antennule, x 76. 3. An-

tenna, X 63. 4. Mandible and palp, x 95. 65. Anterior foot-

jaw, X 95. 6. Fifth pair of thoracic feet, female, x 304.

7. Abdomen of female, x 80. 8. Abdomen of male, x 80.

Dacetylopus pectinatus, sp. 0.

Fig. 9. Female, dorsal view, X 64. 10. Female antennule, x 190.

11. Antenna, x 304, 12. Anterior foot-jaw, x 304. 13. Pos-

terior foot-jaw, x 380. 14. Foot of first pair of swimming-

feet, x 250. 15. Foot of fourth pair, x 120. 16, Foot of

fifth pair, x 380.

Eurynotus insolens, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 17. Sucker-disk.

PuaTeE XI.

Stephos Fultoni, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 125. 2. Foot of second

pair, X 125. 3. Foot of fourth pair, x 125. 4. Fifth pair of

thoracic feet, male, x 152.

Eurynotus insolens, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 5. Female, dorsal view, x 80. 6. Antennule of female, x 190.

7. Antenna, X 304. 8. Mandible, x 380. 9. Maxilla, x 760,

10. Anterior foot-jaw, x 304. 11. Posterior foot-jaw, x 380.

12. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 190. 13. Foot of

third pair, x 190.

On Two new Species of Sluys. 191

XXX.—On Two new Species of Sluys of the Genus Micro-

parmarion from Borneo. By Waturer E. CoLirncs,

F.Z.8., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in Zoology

and Comparative Anatomy, Mason University College,

Birmingham.

[Plate IX.]

I HAVE recently received, through the kindness of Mr. Hugh

Fulton, specimens of three slugs collected at Lombok, Borneo,

by Mr. A. H. Everett, making the third series I have had

the privilege of examining from the Malay Archipelago *.

Quite recently I have described two new species of Par-

marion from Lombok t, one of which—P. intermedium—

seems to form a connecting link between the genus Parmarion

and Simroth’s genus Mieroparmarion. 'The two species here

described are probably referable to this latter genus.

There seems little doubt but that most of the species

described as Parmarion, Microparmarion, and Girastu will

have to be included in the genus Girasia (emend.), in which

case Microparmarion, Simr., would form a subgenus or

section. Before any such revision can be attempted, the

various species of Girasia described by Godwin-Austen will

require more fully diagnosing, especially the anatomy of the

generative organs.

Having further material from India &e. awaiting examina-

tion, I hope later to be able to give a detailed account of the

anatomy of these and allied genera.

I take this opportunity of again appealing to those natu-

ralists who are in a position to collect material to lend their

kind assistance.

Microparmarion Fultoni, sp. n.

(Pl. IX. figs. 1-5.)

Shell oval in outline, convex dorsally, thick, with membra-

naceous borders, which are covered by the mantle-lobes, apex

obscure ; colour brownish amber dorsally, somewhat whitish

on the ventral side. Lines of growth clearly marked. Major

diam. 16 millim. ; minor diam. 11 millim.

Animal almost black, excepting beneath the mantle and at

the sides of the body. Mantle-lobes black, anterior lobe

larger on the right side than the left, possibly due to con-

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, pp. 241-250, pls. xi.—xiy. ; 1897, p. 778.

+ Ibid. 1897, pp. 778-78], pl. xliv.

192 Mr. W. E. Collinge on

traction. Posterior portion of the body conspicuously over-

hangs the caudal mucous pore (Pl. IX. fig. 2). Ruge

faintly marked, elongated posteriorly. Peripodial groove

distinct. Foot-fringe and lineoles black. Foot-sole divided

into median and lateral planes, the latter being almost black

and the former yellow in colour. Caudal mucous pore a

vertical slit, which appears to extend to the foot-sole, such

appearance being caused by a little groove which is bounded

on each side by the foot-fringe (Pl. IX. fig. 1, 6), which

extends halfway up the sides of the body (Pl. IX. fig. 2).

The sides of the mucous pore are almost black.

Length (in alcohol) 32 millim.; breadth of foot-sole in

anterior region 5°5 millim.

Hab. Lombok (1500 feet), Borneo (A. H. Everett).

I have much pleasure in associating with this interesting

form the name of Mr. Hugh Fulton, who has so kindly

placed the material in my hands.

Anatomy of the Generative Organs.

The vestibule opens into the vagina, which is a wide and

almost straight tube. At its upper portion an almost ductless

receptaculum seminis opens; it is somewhat pyriform in

shape, reminding one of the condition which obtains in Par-

marion intermedium, Clige. (Pl. 1X. figs. 3 & 4, 7.s.). The

penis exhibits two constrictions, which divide it into three

portions, viz. a beak-shaped head, with a narrower portion

below, and a globose proximal portion. The vas deferens

passes off from the ventral side of the beak-shaped portion as

in Parmarion intermedium, the retractor muscle having its

attachment to the middle division. The free oviduct is a

large wide tube expanding just before it joins the common

duct, which latter is densely folded. The albumen-gland is

large and peculiar in shape (Pl. LX. fig. 3, alb.g/.) and of an

orange-red colour. The hermaphrodite gland is a compara-

tively large glandular body hidden in the liver and attached

to the hermaphrodite duct, a long unconvoluted tube. The

dart-sac (Pl. IX. fig. 38, ds.) is a large thin-walled organ,

exhibiting a slight enlargement at its proximal end and a

fusiform head constricted off from the main arm at its distal

end. Externally this upper portion was finely reticulated ;

whether or not this was due to the alcohol I cannot say. The

dart (Pl. IX. fig. 5) is quite distinct in shape from that of

any other species I am acquainted with; it consists of a

fusiform head and an elongated and almost circular lower

portion, narrowing slightly at its base. It is solid through-

out, non-calcareous, and has no opening or slit.

Two new Species of Slugs. 193

Affinities.

Externally this species is not unlike a small example of

Parmarion intermedium, Cllge., to which it is undoubtedly

closely related. It possesses the same characters in the form

of the penis as are common to P. pupillaris, Humb., P. Weberi,

Simr., P. Martenst, Simr., P. intermedium, Clige., P. Everetti,

Clige., and other species, viz. division into three portions, the

third or distal one being beak-shaped. ‘The peculiar shaped

solid dart is unlike that of any other species of Micro-

parmarion or Parmarion,

Microparmarion constrictus, sp. n.

(Pl. IX. figs. 6, 7.)

Externally this species is not unlike Parmarion inter-

medium, Clige.; it differs, however, from that species in its

smaller size, slightly lighter colouring, the smaller size of

the mantle-lobes, and the lighter lateral planes of the foot-

sole. Godwin-Austen * has previously drawn attention to

the few distinguishing characters in the outward appearance

of the species belonging to the genus Parmarion, and these

apply with equal force to the species of Microparmarion.

Length (in alcohol) 85 millim.

Hab. Lombok (1500 feet), Borneo (A. H. Everett).

Anatomy of the Generative Organs.

The sessile receptaculum seminis at once indicates this

species to belong to Simroth’s genus Microparmarion. The

penis (Pl. 1X. fig. 6, p.) commences as a large bulbous

organ, which forms the first division ; the second portion is as

in other species where the three divisions obtain, while the

third terminates in a blunt beak-shaped head. ‘he retractor

muscle is attached to the inner side of the third division.

The vas deferens passes off from the third division of the

penis, slightly above the point of separation between the

second and third divisions. The free oviduct, as in most

species of Microparmarion, is short. The dart-sac is peculiar

in form, being much folded and twisted upon itself (Pl. LX.

fig. 6, d.s.) ; when unfolded it is as represented in figure 7.

‘There was no dart present in the sac, which probably

accounts for the manner of folding &e.

Affinities.

There seems to be little relation between this and any ot

* Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. pp. 434-487, pl. xix.

194 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

the known species. Should further specimens be obtained a

more complete knowledge of the generative anatomy may

throw further light on the subject. It is also desirable that

the form and nature of the dart should be known.

With the above two species there is a small specimen,

26 millim. long, externally not unlike M. constrictus, but with

a more ovoid shell, and it has both the median and lateral

planes of the foot-sole the same colour—a bright yellow, I

should think—in life. The internal organs were not in a

very good condition, so for the present I am regarding it as

a small example of MZ. constrictus.

I understand that Mr. Fulton will present the three speci-

mens to the British Museum (South Kensington).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Microparmarion Fultoni, sp.n. Caudal mucous pore. 4, slit-like

pore; b, groove passing through the foot-fringe; c, sides of

body ; d, foot-fringe ; e, lateral planes of foot-sole; f, median

plane of foot-sole. The peripodial groove being inconspicuous,

it is not shown in this figure.

Fig. 2. View from the right side of the terminal portion of the body.

Fg. 3. Generative organs.

Fig. 4. Receptaculum seminis.

Fig. 5. The dart.

Fig. 6. Microparmarion constrictus, sp. n. Generative organs.

Fig. 7, Dart-sac unfolded.

Lettering.

alb.gl. Albumen-gland. pr. Prostate.

d.s. Dart-sac. r.m. Retractor muscle.

f.ov. Free oviduct. r.d. Receptacular duct.

h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. 7s. Receptaculum seminis,

Agi. Hermaphrodite gland. v. Vestibule.

ov. Oviduct. v.d. Vas deferens.

p. Penis. vg. Vagina.

XXXI—A brief Bibliographical Résumé of the Erythreean

Molluscan Fauna, with Descriptions of Sixteen Species

from Aden. By James Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S.

[Plate XIT.]

THE greater number of the marine shells dredged or other-

wise collected by Commander EK. R. Shopland, R.I.M., mostly

in the immediate neighbourhood of Aden, have already been

catalogued by him ina paper* read before the Bombay Natural

* Shopland, E. R., “ List of Shells collected at Aden, 1892-95,” Journ.

Bombay Soc. x. pp. 217-235,

Erythrean Molluscan Fauna. 195

History Society in January 1896, with a supplement published

a few months afterwards*. The main list contains 547

names, the appendix 57, making a total of 604.

A considerable residuum, however, existed undifferentiated,

and this has been kindly placed by Commander Shopland in

my hands for examination.

I do not propose within the limits of the present paper to

do more than describe and figure certain new forms, in the

hope that in due time the catalogue just mentioned will be

still further amplified and extended by its author, so as to

include all additions to date. By thus doing, 40 or 50 more

names could now be added, making the very respectable total

of over 650 species.

In the meantime it may be well, at the outset, to touch

briefly on the fauna of Aden and contiguous seas, so as to

present at a glance a résumé of the work already done, and a

record of the investigators who were chiefly instrumental in

carrying out the task of elucidating the varied forms of marine

Mollusca native in the Red Sea and off the Arabian coasts.

The names of Niebuhr (1761), Forskal (1771), Brocchi

(1819), Savigny (1825), Ehrenberg and Hemprich (1820-31),

and Riippell (1828) stand out prominently as the pioneers of

investigation in Egypt, Suez, and the Red Sea, and they in

turn were followed by Laborde and Linantt (1830), L. Pfeiffer

(1846), Jonas (1846), Vaillant (1865), and KE. von Martens

(1866), the latter describing the collections made by the well-

known Eastern traveller Dr. E. Schweinfurth two years

previously in the Red Sea.

Especial mention must be made of Arturo Issel ¢, in whose

enumeration of Erythrean Mollusca 573 recent species, in-

cluding many novelties, which are mostly figured, are given.

A separate catalogue embraces the fossil forms. An appendix

containing the recent species quoted in Paetel’s Berlin Cata-

logue as natives of the Red Sea, not, however, found by Issel,

is printed, giving 67 additional names, thus forming a grand

total of 640.

This, curiously enough, almost exactly tallies with the

number, as given above, in Commander Shopland’s Aden lists,

a coincidence which may be significant, as tending to show a

probable equalization, numerically speaking, in both centres

of investigation, 7. e. the Red Sea without Aden, and Aden

and the contiguous shores of the province of Yemen.

* T. ¢. pp. 503, 504.

t ‘ Voyage de l’Arabie Petrée’: Paris, 1830.

{ ‘Malacologia del Mar Rosso, ricerche zoologiche e paleontolo-

giche di A. Issel’: Pisa, 1869,

196 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

Again, in Mr. Robert MacAndrew’s Report * on the

Mollusca of the Gulf of Suez (republished 1885, with addi-

tions and corrections, by the Rev. Alfred H. Cooke J, of

Cambridge), 608 species are finally admitted as distinct, as

against Mr. MacAndrew’s own estimate of 818.

Here, again, is a remarkable consensus of figures.

In 1870 Issel and Tapparone-Canefri monographed the

Strombide, in 1875 the latter (Tapparone-Canetri) the

Muricide, of the Red Sea; and C. F. Jickeli enumerated 45

Mitride and 34 species of Conus from the same waters, of

which the most interesting are Mitra Hemprichit, Issel,

Conus schech, Jick., and Conus Jickelit, Weink.

Dr. F. Jousseaume has of late years personally collected

on these shores, and has been successful in discovering many

new and some doubtful forms, to which he has given descrip-

tions. It might be wished by some that he would not attempt

so minute a subdivision of genera without sufficient cause, as

in Cyprea, for instance. Not having seen any of the

following genera propounded by this author { in 1894 from

Aden and the Red Sea, | cannot pronounce upon them :—

Kyrina, Extra, Djeddilia, Stolida, Agagus, Psammospherita.

The name Extra extra, given to a shell with some unusual

attribute of beauty, thus fatal to itself, should be disallowed

as offending nearly all the canons of the laws of nomenclature.

Stolida avalitensis, from Aden, apparently is a Strombus.

Agagus agagus, from the Gulf of Aden, is, by the description,

too impertectly defined to be placed in any family, through

lack of afigure. Dyeddilia djeddilia, another curious duplica-

tion, is also in the same unfortunate position.

In 1888 the same author published a list of mollusks

collected by Dr. Faurot § in the same localities (Red Sea and

Gulf of Aden), 218 species in all.

Signor G. Caramagna, in the same year (1888), published

a list || of South-Arabian species, mostly from Assab, with

ten new species described, mostly belonging to the Turbinide

and Trochide.

In June 1891 Mr. Edgar A. Smith’s paper entitled “ Notes

* “Report on the Testaceous Mollusca obtained during a Dredging

Excursion in the Gulf of Suez, Feb. and March, 1869,” by R. MacAn-

drew, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, Dec. 1870, pp. 429 sqy.

+ Part I., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1885, xv. pp. 822 sqg.; Part IL,

1885, xvi. pp. 31 sgg.; Part III., 1885, xvi. pp. 262 sgq.

t F. Jousseaume, ‘ Diagnoses des Coquilles de nouveaux Mollusques,”

Bull. Soc. Philom. vi. pp. 98-105.

§ Mém. Societé Zool. de France, i. pp. 165-228.

“Catalogo delle Conchiglie Assabesi,” Bull. Soc. mal. Ital. xiii.

pp. 113-149, pl. viii.

Erythreean Molluscan Fauna. 197

on a Collection of Marine Shells from Aden, with some

Remarks upon the Relationship of the Molluscan Fauna of

the Red Sea and Mediterranean,” was read* before the

Zoological Society of London, being founded on gatherings

made by Major t J. W. Yerbury, R.A., and the Rev. A. W.

Baynham.

This was, up to the time of its issue, by far the most com-

plete list that had been compiled, and the author praise-

worthily rendered it more perfect still by appending the

species mentioned (a) by Dr. Jousseaume, (4) by Caramagna,

which had not been noticed by either Major Yerbury or

Mr. Baynham.

These latter collected 269 species, and 83 are enumerated

in (a) and (4), making a total of 352 in all.

Commander Shopland’s collections nearly double this

number, and it may therefore be said, without fear of contra-

diction, that this experienced investigator can claim to have

done more than any of his predecessors towards rendering

such a catalogue complete. Most of his specimens have been

dredged —it would be impossible to make satisfactory

gatherings otherwise ; and I can only express the earnest hope

that before many years have elapsed as assiduous a mala-

cologist may examine the shores and seas impinging on the

Hadramaut and Dhofar districts of South Arabia as far as

Muscat in the east, for I am not aware that any work to

speak of has been carried out in those localities.

Further east, from Muscat, including the Persian Gulf,

along the Mekran coast of Baluchistan, to Karachi, Mr. F. W.

Townsend, of the Indo-Oceanic Telegraph Service, has for the

past five years been engaged in dredging wherever oppor-

tunity offered, and the results have been published in papers

by Mr. G. B. Sowerby f, and latterly by the writer §, many

novelties occurring. Mr. Townsend has hardly yet essayed

the 100-fathom line—indeed, 75 fathoms seems to be the

greatest depth he has yet attained; but it is hoped he will

be able to effect this desirable end shortly, and so aid in

removing the reproach uttered by Dr. Giinther, F.R.S.,

in the last annual Presidential Address to the. Linnean

Society ||, when, speaking of the various deep-sea explorations

over the various marine areas of the world, he remarks :—

“© We know nothing whatever of the sea to the west of the

Laccadives or of the north-western part of the Arabian Sea.”

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, pp. 390 sqq.

+ Now Lieut.-Colonel.

t Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 160, 161, and pp. 278-280,

§ Mem. Manch. Soe. vol. xli. part ili, 1897, &c.

\| Proe. Linn. Soc. 1896-97, p. 46.

198 Mr. J. C. Melvill on

Nearly all the following species have been examined by

Mr. Edgar Smith, and to him, Mr. Hugh Fulton, and

Commander Shopland I would tender my thanks for kind

services rendered.

Nassa (Hebra) polychroma*, sp. n.

(Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

NV. testa ovato-fusiformi, solidiuscula, vario-picta, nunc rufo-cinerea,

nunc pallidiore, nunc spiraliter ochraceo-cincta; anfractibus

quinque, excluso apicali, paullum gradatulis, apud suturas im-

pressis, supernis rufis, nodulo-cinctis, penultimo spiraliter bino

nodulorum ordine decorato, nodulis seepius nigro-ceruleis, inter-

stitiis rufo-liratis, infra, juxta suturas spiraliter rufo et albo squar-

rose tessellato, ultimo anfractu similiter decorato, videlicet, quatuor

nodulorum ordinibus, nodulis nitidis, interdum albidis, interdum

et sepius nigro-ceruleis, duobus apud medium ordinibus con-

tiguis, interstitiis spiraliter rufo-liratis, et juxta basin uni- vel bi-

nigro-liratis ; apertura ovata, labro extus incrassato, hic illic rufo-

punctato, intus denticulato ; columella rotundo-excavata, canali

brevi.

Long. 14, lat. 8 mm.

A highly coloured but variably painted shell, always

roundly nodulous, the nodules as a rule being painted blackish

blue, shining ; the prevailing ground-colour is either rufous

grey or orange-rufous. In one specimen in the British

Museum a beautiful spiral broad ochraceous zone surrounds

the last whorl.

Several examples.

Mangilia ( Glyphostoma) fenestrata, sp. n.

(Pl. XII. fig. 2.)

M. testa fusiformi, crassiuscula, rugosa, albida; anfractibus novem,

tumidulis, quorum apicali lacteo, vitreo, simplici, ceteris longi-

tudinaliter costis regularibus instructis, spiraliter rudi-liratis,

interstitiis, precipue in tribus ultimis anfractibus, szpe pro-

fundis et cavis, ultimo dorsaliter apud peripheriam obscure cal-

carea zonula interrupta accincto, ad basin paullulum producto ;

apertura angusta, labro incrassato, intus denticulato, sinu con-

spicuo, lato, margine columellari versus basin bidenticulato.

Long. 6, lat. 2 mm.

Slightly resembling, in the irregular chalky-white dorsal

band at the periphery of the last whorl, A. (Glyphostoma)

calcicincta, M. & S., trom Lifu, but of quite different shape.

There are evidently many of this genus to be discovered.

* qmodvxp@pa, many-coloured,

new Mollusca from Aden. 199

During the past four years from Lifu alone nearly forty

species have come to light, described either by M. Hervier

or by myself in conjunction with Mr. Standen, and a more

exquisite series of shells could hardly be imagined, both for

sculpture, pattern, and colour. ‘I'he species before us would

probably be considered a Borsonia by some authors, owing

to the presence of columellar plaits or teeth; but I prefer

including all in Glyphostoma, as every gradation is_per-

ceptible when the species are successively examined.

Coralliophila arabica, sp.n. (PI. XII. fig. 3.)

C. testa globosa, solida, fere applanata, spiraliter, preecipue apud

basin, leviter sulculosa; anfractibus quinque, supernis parvis,

ultimo rapide accrescente, caeteros magnopere superante ; apertura

alba, rotundo-ovali, nitida, intus striata, labro extus incrassato,

intus crenato, canali brevi.

Long. (spec. maj.) 24, lat. 20 mm.

A roundish, globular, thick, white species, without the

slightest trace of violet either in the aperture or on the

surface. It is closely and lightly transversely furrowed

towards the base of the last whorl, which is so large as almost

to monopolize the whole shell; the aperture is roundly oval,

white, shining, striate within, outer lip thickened within,

crenulate at the margin, canal short.

I think this is distinct from any form of C. violacea, Kien.,

=neritotdea, Ch.; indeed, it more resembles C. retusa, H. &

A. Ad., but is of different texture, and, as before said, is

white, without the slightest tinge of violet, this appearing in

all the forms of retusa I have seen.

Aclis exereta*,sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 4.)

A. testa fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, apice vitreo; anfracti-

bus undecim, paullum irregularibus, undique spiraliter delicatis-

sime liratis, quinque vel sex supernis, inclusis apicalibus, parvis,

sexto et septimo subito accrescentibus, tumidulis, tribus ultimis

rectis; apertura ovata, labro exteriore paullum effuso, crassi-

usculo, aurito.

Long. 11, lat. 2°50 mm.

A most graceful shell, the whorls being in the middle

slightly irregular. Eleven-whorled, of which two are apical

and glassy; the sixth and seventh are tumid and more

swollen than the rest; the last three are straight; the aper-

* e€aiperos, choice,

200 Mr. J. C. Melvill on

ture ovate, outer lip slightly effuse, ear-shaped, somewhat

thickened. The whole surface of the shell is microscopically

exceedingly finely spirally lirate.

Eulima Shoplandi, sp. n. (Pl. XII. fig. 5.)

FE. testa pyramidali, aciculata, albo-lactea, nitidissima, recta, vel

interdum paullum curvata; anfractibus decim vel undecim,

quorum apicali vitreo, mamillato, ceteris planis, politissimis,

semipellucidis; apertura ovata, labro crassiusculo, simplici.

Long. 5, lat. 1°75 mm,

Nearly thirty specimens of a very beautiful semitransparent

Eulima, yielding to none ot the other species in glassy whiteness

and extreme polish, which, while possessing no very marked

qualifications, does not seem to agree with any yet described.

1 have searched the British Museum collection thoroughly

as well as my own, this last being rich in Eulimide, and also

compared it with the descriptions and plates in the various

monographs. It seems allied to H. pyramidalis, Ad., and

opaca, Sow.; it is not so stout, and is smaller than either.

‘l'o H. venusta, Pease, a much narrower shell, it has some

resemblance, and also is akin to H. pusilla, Sowb.; but here,

again, the species is larger and is always, so far as we are

aware, straight. £. Shoplandi is occasionally incurved,

though the majority of specimens before us are not so.

This genus 1s one of the most difficult as regards specific

differentiation, especially as regards the forms with ovate

mouths, and it is only after a very patient investigation, in

which | have been much aided by the discoverer, after whom

I have much pleasure in naming it, that 1 have ventured to

add it to the lists.

A species, till now undifferentiated, which is probably the

same as this, is found near Karachi (7. W. Townsend).

Levostraca constellata, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 6.)

L. testa minuta, fusiformi, vitrea, tenuissima; anfractibus octo,

quorum duobus apicalibus pervitreis, cxteris planatis, apud

suturas haud impressis, nitidis, circa medium infra suturas regu-

lariter rotundis punctorum ordinibus constellatis roseis decoratis,

ultimo quoque anfractu apud basin hic illic simili modo leniter

compresso; apertura oblonga, labro tenui, simplici, margine

columellari fere recto.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1 mm.

A most delicate and curious little Eulimoid shell; its

markings are quite unlike those of any species known to

new Mollusca from Aden. 201

me. Jt is very small, fusiform, glassy, transparent, eight-

whorled, including the apical, quite smooth, not impressed

at the sutures, shining, and around the middle of the whorls

ornamented with regular round masses composed of red

dots, which also run more sparingly towards the base of

the last whorl. The mouth is oblong, the outer lip thin,

simple, the columellar margin nearly straight.

The label accompanying this species has, unfortunately,

got mislaid, and it is possible it was found further to the east

than Aden; but at all events it is an inhabitant of the North

Indian Ocean (Arabian Sea).

Leptothyra yemenensis, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 7.)

L. testa solidula, globuloso-conica, vix perforata, albida; anfractibus

quatuor, paullum ventricosis, ad suturas impressis, ultimo rapide

accrescente, undique delicate liratis, hic illic puniceo-maculatis,

liris in ultimo anfractu circa sex et viginti; apertura circulari,

intus alba, labro paullum effuso, columella dilatata, et apud

basin producta.

Alt. 4, diam. 4°50 mm.

Not the least beautiful of the genus, abounding as it does

in lovely and often brightly coloured little species. I

cannot exactly match this with any of the numerous forms

described. It is near L. marmorea, Pease, from the Hawaiian

Archipelago. It differs in being slightly perforate, and the

aperture not ovate but circular; the whorls, too, are hardly so

sloping, and the spiral lire are fine and more pronounced. It

resembles in form some of the large Turbinide with strongly

dilated base to the columella, e. g. crassus, Wood, sparverius,

Gmel., funiculosus, Reeve. ‘The fine lira are spotted irre-

gularly with pink, but the prevailing colour is whitish straw,

these spots being very inconspicuous.

Calyptrea (Galerus) Edgariana, sp. n.

(ER RIT! fiery 8)

C. testa conica, pileoliformi, vertice acuto, oblique declinante,

radiatim rudi-costata, costis rugosulis, concentrice striata, interiore

purpurascente, apud marginem pallidiore, appendice interna

parva, appressa, circiter indurata, ad latus affixa.

Alt. 8, lat. 18 mm.

Doubtless a polymorphous species like the majority of its

congeners, adapting itself so as to suit any location it may

have chosen. ‘lhe specimen before us is to some extent

covered externally with marine growth, but the rugose radia-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. i. 16

202 Mr. J. C. Melvill on

tion and concentric striz are, with care, discernible. The

apex is prominent, obliquely declining. Within, the surface

is shining, purple, paler towards the margin. The septum is

small, adpressed, and thickened both in itself and around; it

is placed on the side of the apical declination.

A specimen of what is almost certainly this shell is in the

British Museum, also from Aden, and is mentioned (but not

named) by Mr. E. A. Smith in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 418,

differing from our example in being more elevated and not

having such complete uniformity of interior purple colora-

tion, but otherwise similar. Named in honour of Mr. Edgar

Smith.

Novaculina xyreces*, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 9.)

N. testa cylindrico-elongata, ineequilaterali, utrinque bisulca, alba,

epidermide olivacea rudi contecta, ad medium plerumque detrita ;

umbonibus parvulis, contiguis; margine dorsali postice recto,

producto, denique ovato-rotundato, antice leniter declivi, rotun-

dato, margine ventrali fere recto; intus pagina alba, nitida, sinu

palliali profundo.

Alt. 15, lat. 32, diam. 8 mm. (spec. majoris).

An ordinary-looking mollusk, but not agreeing exactly in

form with N. gangetica, Benson, or the few other described

species. We have no particulars of the exact habitat, but no

doubt it was found in like situations as the others of this

genus in the mud of fluviatile estuaries. It is posteriorly a

very elongated shell, more or less covered with a dirty oliva-

ceous epidermis, more rounded anteriorly, and has an almost

straight ventral margin. The valves gape at both extre-

mities.

Tellina (Tellinella) manumissa T, sp. n.

(Pl. XII. fig. 10.)

7’. testa oblonga, crassiuscula, paullum inzequilaterali; umbonibus

parvis, rectis, dorsaliter utrinque leniter declivi ; antice rotundata,

postice oblonga, marginem apud ventralem paullum convexa,

extus, superficie albida, a dorso centrali ventralem usque ad

marginem pulcherrime roseo-suffusa, spiraliter delicate striata, sub

lente striis longitudinaliter decussatis, apud margines fere

evanidis; intus pagina in medio rosea, circiter albo-marginata,

linea palliali angulatim ad medium adscendente.

Alt. 1:50, lat. 2°50, diam. °25 une.

* Evpnkns, keen, as a razor.

+ Manumissa, set free.

cant

new Mollusca from Aden. 203

Hab. Aden (Capt. E. R. Shopland and Major J. W. Yer-

bury).

A fine and critical species. It is to Captain Shopland and

Mr. Edgar Smith I am indebted for first pointing out the

differences between it and TZ. madagascariensis, Gmel.

Though, looking cursorily, they might at first be considered

identical, they differ in several important particulars, e. g. :—

T. madagascariensis. T. manumissa.

i, Substance thick. Of thinner texture than its con-

gener.

ii. Posteriorly rostrate. ‘ Posteriorly simply oblong.

iii. Plainly spirally striate. Plainly spirally striate, and like-

wise longitudinally microscopically

striato-decussate,

iv. Within, entirely red. Within, red centrally, but white-

margined.

v. Pallial line at a wider and Pallial line at a higher and more

more extended angle. acute angle. :

There likewise exists a slight similarity to 7. planata, L.,

from the Mediterranean, and to 7’. strigosa, Gmel.

The fine example collected by Major Yerbury is now in

the British Museum, and was catalogued by Mr. E. A. Smith

as madagascariensis (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 426).

Tellina (Angulus) yemenensis, sp. n.

(PL XID fig: 11.)

T. testa inequilaterali, convexa, ovato-oblonga, antice rotundata,

postice angustata, albo-rosea ; umbonibus approximatis, depressis,

parvis; valvis nitentibus, iridescentibus, arcte et delicatissime

concentrico-striatis; margine dorsali antice leniter rotundato-

declivi, postice rectiuscule-descendente, margine cum ventrali

angulum fere acuminatum formante; intus superficie albescente,

vel albo-rosea, vel omnino rosea, preecipue versus umbones, sinu

palliali extenso profundo.

Long. (sp. maj.) 13, alt. 10, diam. 3°50 mm.

Much resembling J. corbulotdes, Hanley, with which I at

first deemed it identical. A closer inspection, however,

decided me that it was altogether distinct. ‘lhe surface is,

to begin with, iridescent, altogether more shining than corbu-

loides, the umbones in this last being more prominent and

larger and the anterior slope of the dorsal margin slightly

more rounded. The angle formed at the junction of the

oblique dorsal posterior slope with the ventral margin is more

acuminate and the ventral margin itself sinuoso-convex,

Several specimens, which differ mainly in colour, some being

204 Mr. J. C. Melvill on

only tinged towards the umbones with rose, while others are

whitish, and a third flesh-colour.

Specimens exist, unnamed, in the British Museum.

Gari amianta*,sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 12.)

G. testa oblonga, eequivalvi, fere equilaterali, tenui; valvis utrinque

hiulcis, albidis, nitidis, superficie irregulariter concentrice striata,

striis rudibus, sed tenuibus; umbonibus prominulis, approximatis,

rectis ; margine dorsali postice paullulum excavato, antice leniter

declivi, prolongato, ventrali fere recto ; intus albescente, nitido,

linea palliali apud medium extensa, profunde sinuosa; cardine

valvze sinistree dente uno simplici, dextre dente bifido praedito.

Alt. 18, lat. 28, diam. 5 mm.

A pure white shell, equivalve and almost equilateral, thin,

in form showing some affinity to certain Psammotella, e. g.

Riippelliana, Reeve, from the Red Sea, but possessing no

callosity of the hinge-margin and no trace of violet colour.

The surface of the valves is finely but rudely and irregularly

concentrically striate, the umbones are approximate, promi-

nent ; dorsal margin slightly excavate on the posterior side,

which is prolonged, and on the anterior more gradually

sloping, the ventral margin being straight. The valves gape

both posteriorly and anteriorly ; the hinge of the left valve

has one simple tooth, which is bifid in the right valve.

Within, the surface is white, shining, the pallial line deeply

sinuous and extending to the middle of each valve.

Petricola lyra, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 13.)

P. testa ineequilaterali, rudi, albida, tenui ; umbonibus niveis, politis ;

valyis tumidulis, parum hiantibus, extus irregulariter radiatim

costatis, costis acutis, carinulatis, apud medium distortis vel

deviis ; postica carina magna, acuta, interstitiis transversim rudi-

liratis, liris remotis, antice rotundata, margine ventrali convexi-

usculo ; intus alba, nitida; impressione musculari postica rotunda,

magna, cardinibus tridentatis, linea palliali conspicua, sinuosa.

t. 12, lat. 15, diam. 7 mm.

A Petricola with a certain attempt at regularity of outline

and symmetry of ten radiate, acutely keeled, ribs, the last

rib on the posterior side being in both valves especially

conspicuous and well defined, while the anterior ribs are more

distant. Concentrically the surface is remotely lirate, the

* duiayros, pure, unsullied.

new Mollusca from Aden. 205

umbones are shining, pure white; dorsal margin rather

sloping, anterior rounded, ventral slightly convex; valves

both equally tumid. Within, the surface is white, the im-

pression of the posterior adductor muscle is large and round,

the pallial line deeply sinuous posteriorly.

Far more conspicuously ribbed and acutely keeled than

P. Hemprichit, Issel, which is the prevailing form at Aden

(cf. A. Issel, Mal. del Mar Rosso, 1869, pp. 61, 62, pl. i.

fig. 6). This latter species, indeed, is not far removed from,

if not absolutely identical with, the common Mediterranean

form, P. lithophaga, L.

Semele Shoplandi, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 14.)

S. testa nitida, albida, tenui, breviter ovata, lunula angusta, oblonga ;

umbonibus parvis, levibus; margine dorsali utrinque declivi,

postice subtruncato, antice ovato; margine ventrali rotundo-con-

vexo, superficialiter fere levi, concentrice bi- vel tri-zonulato, et

leniter decussato vel sculpto ; intus albo-lactea, nitida, sinu palliali

conspicuo, extus medium extenso,

Alt. 26, lat. 28, diam. 138 mm.

A pure white delicate species with inconspicuous umbones

and oblong narrow lunule, the dorsal margin sloping rapidly

on both sides, posteriorly subtruncate and ovate anteriorly,

the ventral margin rounded, convex. Within, the shell is

white, the pallial line possessing a conspicuous sinus ex-

tending to the middle of the shell. The outer surface is

smoothish, rather shining, white, concentrically twice or thrice

rudely banded; under a lens the whole surface is thinly

decussate with scratched lines.

Superficially only allied to S. cordiformis, chinensis, &c.,

the valves being smoother than in any other Kastern species.

Pectunculus tegulicius *, sp.n. (Pl. XII. fig. 15.)

P. testa equilaterali, fere rotunda, incrassata, convexiuscula, sordide

cinerea, hic illic maculis rufis interspersis ; umbonibus obliquis ;

radiatim fortiter costata, costis arctis, quatuor et viginti, imbri-

catis et transversim crassi-squamatis, interstitiis angustis, squamis

rudibus similiter instructis; cardine dentibus triginta in valva

utraque preedito, interiore albescente, rufo-sparso.

Alt. 18, lat. 20, diam. 13 mm.

A very interesting form, though, perhaps, not quite mature,

* Tegulicius, of, or pertaining to, a tiled roof.

206 On new Mollusca from Aden.

but possessing essential characters of its own. The shell is

equilateral, equivalve, almost round; umbones slightly

oblique ; surface of a dull drab colour, here and there relieved

by bright brown spots or blotches, with about twenty-four

closely grained or scaly coste; these ribs are rather broad for

the size of the shell, and the interstices are narrow, very

rudely spirally scaled in a similar way to the ribs. The

hinge-teeth are whitish, about thirty in number ; the interior

is whitish, spotted and stained in places with rufous brown.

Thracia adenensis, sp. n.

(Pl. XII. fig. 16.)

T. testa trapezoide, albida, papyracea, tenui, concentrice irregulariter

striata, parum nitida; umbonibus prominulis; valva dextrasinistre

marginem ventralem superimpendente, majore et convexiore, ab

umbonibus ad extremitatem marginis ventralis posticam unicari-

nati, sinistra simili carina preedita; pagina interna albo-lactea,

haud nitida, levi; cicatrice anteriore oblonga, postica squarrosa,

latiore, sinu palliali profundo.

Long. 28, alt. 19, diam. 8 mm.

A pure white papyraceous shell, extremely truncate poste-

riorly, with conspicuous umbones, that of the right valve

superimpending its fellow, just as the right ventral margin

overhangs that of the left. The right valve is more convex,

but the left is not so flattened as in some Thracie; a con-

spicuous oblique keel in both valves extends from the umbones

to the lower posterior margin.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII,

Fig. 1. Nassa (Hebra) polychroma.

Fig. 2. Mangilia (Glyphostoma) fenestrata.

Fig. 8. Coralliophila arabica.

Fig. 4. Aclis exvereta.

Fig. 5. Eulima Shoplandi.

Fig. 6. Letostraca constellata.

Fig. 7. Leptothyra yemenensis.

Fig. 8. Calyptrea (Galerus) Edgariana.

Fig. 9. Novaculina xyreces.

Fig. 10. Tellina ( Tellinella) manumissa

Fig. 11. Tellina (Angulus) yemenensis.

Fig. 12. Gari amianta.

Fig. 18. Petricola lyra.

Fig. 14. Semele Shoplandi.

Fig. 15. Pectunculus tegulicius.

Fig. 16. Thracia adenensis.

Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 207

XX XII.—Deseriptions of some new Species of Heterocera.

By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. &c.

Fam. Mgeriide.

Sciapteron Meek?, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries bright purplish blue, the costal and outer

margins edged with black, the underside almost brighter than

the upperside: secondaries hyaline, with a large metallic-

blue marking from the base extending to the end of the cell

and below the cell nearly to the outer margin; the outer and

inner margin edged with black; the fringe of both wings

black. The antenne, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs

black ; the collar and palpi yellow; anal tuft black.

Expanse 14 inch.

flab. 'Trobriand Islands, Kiriwini (A. S. Meek, Mus.

Druce).

This species is allied to S. pulchripennis, Walk., from

which it is at once distinguished by its much brighter colour,

narrower black margins to the primaries, and several minor

differences.

Fam. Syntomide.

Pseudosphenoptera triangulifera, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, shot with bright metallic green

from the base to beyond the middle; a narrow hyaline streak

at the base on the costal margin, below which is a round

hyaline spot; the fringe black: secondaries deep black, with

a small hyaline spot close to the base. On the underside both

wings shot with dark blue at the base. Antenne black; the

head, thorax, and abdomen black, thickly irrorated with

metallic-blue scales; abdomen with two white spots at the

base and a row of white spots on each side; legs black,

tipped with white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Amazons (Mus. Druce).

Desmidocnemis thyria, sp. n.

Male,—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, all the

veins black; primaries with the costal, outer, and inner

margins narrowly edged with black : secondaries black at the

208 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera.

apex and partly along the outer margin. The antenna, head,

thorax, and legs black; the abdomen greenish black.

Expanse 1,4 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Balsapamba (Jus. Druce).

Chloropsinus now, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly dull brownish

black ; primaries with two small metallic-green spots close

to the base; the fringe of both wings black. Underside

very similar to the upperside, but the primaries with a bluish-

grey streak from the base to the end of thecell. ‘The an-

tenne black, tipped with white; head black, spotted with

metallic green ; thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish black,

abdomen with a metallic-green spot at the base.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, St. Lucia (Mus. Druce).

Agyrta monoplaga, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, shot with blue at the base and

along the inner margin; a wide whitish hyaline band crosses

the wing about the middle from the costal margin almost to

the apex: secondaries black, shot with bright blue at the

base and along the inner margin. Antenne black; the head

red; thorax and abdomen dark bright blue; front of the

head and underside of thorax white; the legs bluish black.

Expanse 1,% inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Balsapamba (Jus. Druce).

Pseudaclytia umbrica, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries pale brown, darkest at the base and

partly along the costal margin: secondaries darker brown

except along the costal margin. The underside of both

wings very pale brown. The head, antennae, thorax, and

base of abdomen pale brown, the abdomen black above, the

underside and the legs brownish white, the sides of the

abdomen and anal tuft yellow.

Expanse 175 inch.

Hab. Brazil, Cabo (Forbes, Mus. Druce).

Fam. Laparide.

Lymantria mosera, sp. 0.

Male.—Primaries pale brown, crossed about the middle by

a wide white band, which becomes quite narrow near the

Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 209

inner margin; the veins crossing the white band are pale

brown, the fringe pale brown: secondaries pale yellow,

slightly darker along the inner margin. The head and

thorax pale brown ; abdomen darker yellow than the second-

aries; antenne black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. East Africa, Delagoa Bay (Mus. Druce).

Both sexes of this species are in the National Collection ;

the female is considerably larger than the male, but in other

respects it is very similar.

Lymantria Thomsont, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries pale brownish fawn-colour, with a large

silvery-white spot at the end of the cell, beyond which are

several small silvery-white dots; the fringe pale brown:

secondaries semihyaline brownish white. The head, thorax,

and abdomen pale brownish fawn-colour.

Expanse 2} inches.

Hab. West Africa, Mongo-ma-Lobah (Mus. Druce).

Lymantria hera, sp. n.

Male.— Primaries pale brown, crossed from the costal to

the inner margin by zigzag black lines; a rather large

brownish-black spot near the anal angle and one above on

the outer margin ; the fringe alternately black and pale brown :

secondaries cream-colour, with the fringe alternately black

and cream-eolour. Antenne black; the head, thorax, and

abdomen brown.—Female very similar to the male, but with

the secondaries pale brown.

Expanse, ¢ 14, ¢ 14 inch.

Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Cicura Whiter, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries brown, with a large greyish-white

spot near the apex, and the inner margin from the base to

the anal angle broadly bordered with greyish white, dentated

on the inner side: secondaries dull brown; the fringes of

both wings brown. The head, antenne, and collar brown;

the thorax and tegule greyish white ; the abdomen and legs

brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Old Calabar (White, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to O. Goodi?, Holland.

210 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera.

Geura pytna, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries brownish fawn-colour, darker along the

costal margin ; asmall black streak close to the base; a large

greyish-white marking near the apex, below which are two

or three brownish-black markings; the fringe alternately

light and dark brown: secondaries pale greyish brown, with

two darker brown spots on the outer margin; the fringe pale

greyish white. Antenne black; the head, thorax, and abdo-

men dark greyish brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Gambia (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Notodontide.

Notodonta (?) phronima, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries semihyaline greyish white, darkest at

the base and along the costal margin ; a faint black streak at

the end of the cell; a wide, red, curved, elongated spot about

the middle of the inner margin: secondaries hyaline white,

shaded with pinkish fawn-colour along the inner margin.

Underside of both wings white; antenne pale brown; the

head and thorax pale brown, thickly clothed with reddish

hairs ; abdomen yellowish brown; legs white.

Expanse 2+ inches.

Hab. South Brazil (Mus. Druce).

Very distinct from any other species known to me, and

will probably require to be placed in a new genus,

Fam. Arctiide.

Catarctia unicolor, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly chestnnt-

reddish brown. The head, antenne, and thorax of the same

colour; abdomen yellowish brown, with a double row of

black spots on the upperside.

Expanse 22 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Mongo-ma-Lobah (Mus. Druce).

Spilarctia puella, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries white, the veins all black: secondaries

white, shaded with yellow along the inner margin ; the fringe

of both wings white. Underside as above, but with the

costal margins of both wings yellow. ‘The head and thorax

Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 211

white; the collar yellow; antenne black; abdomen deep

chrome-yellow, with a row of black spots down the middle.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. South-east Africa, Pondoland (Mus. Druce).

Spilaretia vittata, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries very pale brownish white, with three

square-shaped brown spots along the costal margin—the first

near the base, the second about the end of the cell, the third

near the apex ; the inner and outer margins thickly irrorated

with small brown scales. The underside with the brown

costal marks as above; the wing shaded with pink from the

base to beyond the middle. Secondaries white, with the

inner margin shaded with pink; a small black spot at the

end of the cell. The head, thorax, and base of the abdomen

brownish white, the abdomen pink above, brownish white on

the underside ; the antenne and legs pink.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Mongo-ma-Lobah (Mus. Druce).

Spilarctia radiosa, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries cream-colour, crossed by two brown

>-shaped lines—the first near the base, the second beyond

the middle, extending from the costal margin to the end of

the cell, then to the outer margin ; several dark brown spots

near the apex and a marginal row of brown spots extending

from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries nearly white,

with a small black spot at the end of the cell; two brown

spots close to the anal angle and one near the apex, and a

marginal row of minute brown dots at the apex, extending

partly round the outer margin. Underside of both wings

very similar to the upperside. Antenne black; head very

pale yellow ; thorax cream-colour, spotted with black; the

abdomen yellow, with a row of black spots on each side, the

underside of the abdomen brownish white.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Calabar (Mus. Druce).

Spilarctia rava, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries pale brownish fawn-colour, thickly

irrorated with darker brown scales, which form two ver

indistinct bands crossing the wing from the costal to the inner

margin : secondaries white, with a large black spot at the end

of the cell, two at the anal angle, and one close to the apex.

212 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera.

The head and thorax pale brownish fawn-colour, spotted with

black ; the abdomen yellow, with three bands of black spots,

one down the middle and one on each side; the underside of

the abdomen and legs brown; antenne black.

Expanse 2+ inches.

Hab. West Africa, Gambia (Mus. Druce).

Idalus (?) evippus, sp. n.

Male and female.—Primaries pale pea-green, the costal and

outer margins edged with yellow, the fringe yellow: second-

aries semihyaline, considerably paler than the primaries, the

fringe very pale yellow. The head, thorax, and abdomen

pea-green ; antenne black; the front of the head, underside

of the thorax, and the legs yellow.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 13 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).

Idalus leos, sp. n.

Primaries pale citron-yellow, crossed near the base by a

faint zigzag reddish-brown line and beyond the middle by a

straight reddish-brown line that extends from the apex to

the middle of the inner margin ; a round brown spot at the

end of the cell; the fringe yellow: secondaries cream-colout ;

the head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen yellow; the anal

tuft pale brown.

Expanse 1,°5 inch.

flab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Mus. Druce).

Eucheetes (?) lucida, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries yellow, darkest at the base and along

the costal margin ; a small black spot at the end of the cell;

the fringe yellow: secondaries cream-colour, The head,

thorax, and abdomen chrome-yellow, the abdomen spotted

with black down the middle; antenne black.—Female the

same as the male, but darker in colour.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. East Africa, Dar-es-Salaam (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Lithosiide.

Darantasia Groldiez, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries glossy purple-black, the base, apex, and

a band near the apex chrome-yellow: secondaries chrome-

yellow, broadly bordered with black. The head, antennae,

Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera. 213

thorax, and legs chrome-yellow; abdomen purple-black ;

the anus chrome-yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby (Mus. Druce).

Darantasia cerulescens, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries bright glossy blue-black, the base and a

rather wide band beyond the cell chrome-yellow ; the fringe

black : secondaries black, with a large central, round, chrome-

yellow spot. The head, thorax, and anal segments of the

abdomen chrome-yellow ; the antenne black, tipped with

yellow ; the abdomen black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab, Ferguson Island (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Melameridez.

Mennis striata, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries chrome-yellow, the apex broadly black,

streaked with yellow; a band of four black spots cross the

wing about the middle from the costal to the inner margin:

secondaries chrome-yellow, the apex and outer margin spotted

with black. ‘he head and antenne black, the front of the

head and collar white; thorax chrome-yellow; abdomen

black, banded with white ; legs black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Angamarca (Mus. Druce).

Mennis amica, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries semihyaline yellow, the apex black,

enclosing a rather large oval-shaped white spot, below which

are two white streaks: secondaries semihyaline yellow,

narrowly edged with black from the apex to the anal angle.

The head, antenne, and palpi black; the thorax, abdomen,

and legs yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Mus. Druce).

Ephialtias betifica, sp. n.

Primaries black, shot with rich dark blue to beyond the

middle ; a narrow pale yellow band crosses the wing beyond

the cell from the costal margin to the anal angle; the fringe

black: secondaries dark glossy blue, the apex and outer

margin edged with black. ‘The head, antenne, and thorax

214 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera.

black ; abdomen and legs glossy blue; the underside of the

head and front of the thorax yellow.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Angamarca (Mus. Druce).

Devara pallida, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries blackish brown, the veins all black; an

elongated spot at the end of the cell and a wide streak below

the cell from the base almost to the anal angle orange-yellow :

secondaries orange-yellow, broadly bordered with black, the

veins black. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Dioptide.

Neolaurona citrina, sp. n.

Primaries very similar to N. ovéa, but with all the markings

near the base and the first band crossing the wing orange-

yellow instead of white: secondaries orange-yellow, broadly

bordered with black. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdo-

men black ; underside of the abdomen greyish white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Jus. Druce).

Stenele catax, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries pale semihyaline fawn-colour ; the costal

margin, apex, and outer margin broadly black ; a marginal

row of fine rather large white spots extends from the apex to

the anal angle: secondaries pale semihyaline fawn-colour,

with the costal margin, apex, and outer margin black, and a

row of white spots extends from the apex partly round the

outer margin. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen

black ; tegule black, with a white dot at the base; the under-

side of the abdomen fawn-colour ; the legs black.

lixpanse 23 inches.

Hab. Colombia (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Limacodida.

Miresa sobrina, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark brown, crossed from the costal to

the inner margin by two darker brown lines—the first zigzag,

On the Saccammina of the Carboniferous Limestone. 215

close to the base, the second beyond the middle: secondaries

pale brown, palest at the base. The head, antenne, and

thorax dark brown; abdomen reddish brown, the anal tuft

dark brown.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. New Caledonia (Mus. Druce).

Miresa alma, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly creamy white,

shaded with yellowish brown along the inner margins of the

secondaries. ‘The head, antenne, and thorax creamy white ;

abdomen black, banded with yellow; the legs dark brown.

Exxpanse 1? inch.

Hab. New Caledonia (Mus. Druce).

XXXITI.—Note on the Specific Name of the Saccammina of

the Carboniferous Limestone. By FREDERICK CHAPMAN,

A.L.S., F.R.M.S.

In the course of some investigations amongst Microzoa from

the Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland I have met with the

well-known Carboniferous foraminifer Saccammina in some

abundance.

So far as I was aware S, Carter?, Brady, had not been

definitely recorded (under that name) from the Irish lime-

stones, excepting a general remark which Dr. H. B. Brady

made in his report on the Foraminifera of the ‘Challenger’

Expedition in 1884 *.

In 1849 +, however, McCoy had recorded certain foramini-

fera from the Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland, to which

he gave the name of ‘ Nodosaria fusulinaformis.” These

specimens were described, but not figured, and up to the

present appear to have been regarded as too ill-defined for

the name to be retained; and, moreover, the name Saccammina

Cartert had been fully established before McCoy’s species

had been, as it were, rediscovered.

The evidence for Nodosaria fusuliniformis of McCoy has

been therefore carefully examined, and by the present note I

think it will be seen to be identical with Brady’s Saccammina

Cartert.

* Zoology, vol. ix. p. 253,

+ ‘On some new Genera and Species of Paleozoic Corals and Forami-

nifera,’” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. ili. pp. 131, 182,

216 Mr. F. Chapman on the

The first record of these Irish specimens was made, as

before stated, by McCoy in 1849, when he gave the following

description of the fossil * :—

“ Nodosaria fusulinaformis.

“ Sp. Char.—Shell of two or more inflated, pyriform, easily

separable lodges, the first one having asmall mucronate point

at its posterior end, and contracted to a very slender, short

neck at the anterior end, which joins the pyriform second

cell, which is also contracted to a similar minute neck in

front ; surface smooth. Length of individual cells averaging

1 line, width 2 of a line.”

McCoy also mentioned the very characteristic feature, well-

known in the Carboniferous Saccammina, of the segments

uniting in a moniliform series. He states that ‘ The lodges

or cells are almost always found separated (from the minute-

ness of the connecting neck), which gives them the striking

resemblance to Fusulina above alluded to; I have heard,

however, of several of them having been united in a line by

their little necks, and I have myself seen two thus united,

and the posterior cell not being a terminal one.”

The organism was found “in great numbers on the

weathered surfaces of the Carboniferous Limestone in the

parish of Shivey, Tyrone, in the North of Ireland.”

Although no figure was given with the description, it

appears to me to give the chief characters of the fossil as

regards the material available to McCoy, and in point of

fact the description could not be applied to any other foram-

inifer occurring in the Carboniferous Limestone. The chief

stumbling-block to the acceptance of McCoy’s name seems to

be the comparison which he made between this form and

d@Orbigny’s Nodosaria rudis and N. rugosa; but it is very

evident to me that McCoy referred to the form of the seg-

ments, and not to the texture of the surface, which, indeed,

in his description he distinctly stated is smooth.

This occurrence and description of the fossil were given

later in the same words by McCoy in another publication in

1854 +.

In 1869+ H.B. Brady recorded the discovery of similar

organismsamongst Charles Moore’s foraminifera from “ mineral

veins,” and gave to them a generic name—Carteria. This

* (Op. crt, p: ApL,

+ Contrib. Brit. Palzont. pp. 100, 101.

t Rep. Brit. Assoc., Exeter Meeting, p. 372.

Saccammina of the Carboniferous Limestone. 217

name was, however, in 1871* put aside for Sars’s genus

Saccammina, to which Brady saw they belonged. At various

intervals since this time S. Carter? has been recorded from

various horizons in the Carboniferous Limestones of England,

Scotland, and Belgium. For the synonymy up to 1876 one

may refer to Brady’s monograph on the Carboniferous and

Permian Foraminifera fT.

The original specimens were stated by McCoy to be depo-

sited in the collections of the University of Cambridge and

Royal Dublin Society. To make the identification perfectly

sure I have examined the specimen from the latter collection,

which has the original label attached; and for this privilege

EC- dead nak,

Saccammina fusuliniformis, McCoy, sp. On weathered surface of Car-

boniferous Limestone, Shivey, Co, Tyrone, Ireland. (From the

original specimen in the Woodwardian Museum, Cambridge.)

T am indebted to the Director and Mr. H. Woods, the Curator

of the Woodwardian Museum. The foraminifera on this

original specimen have been weathered out of the limestone

block and are quite comparable with the typical Carbon-

iferous Saccammine. Since no figure has hitherto been

given of the original specimen, a portion of the limestone

surface is now shown.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vii. p. 177, pl. xii.

+ Palzont. Soc. vol. xxx. 1876, p. 57.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. Le

218 Mr. W. L. Distant on

For some specimens from Ireland containing Saccammina

fusuliniformis, McCoy, sp., 1 am indebted to Miss M. K. An-

drews, of Belfast, who has with great kindness furnished me

with numerous samples of limestones and shales from various

parts of Ireland, in order to further the study of their

Microzoa. The Irish Saccammine thus lately obtained are

from the Lower Limestone shales of Castle Espie, Co. Down.

XXXIV.—On a Collection of Heterocera made in the

Transvaal. By W. L. Distant.

Noctuide.

In dealing with this family of Transvaal moths a special fact

is at once recognized—apparently also applicable to the

Pyralide—which is, that the South-African Noctuids cannot

be studied alone. KEntomologists who may have had good

reasons to conclude that in other groups of insects there is

little community between the Ethiopian and Oriental faunas

will find that the rule does not apply to these moths. Not

only genera, but very many species, are common to the two

regions, while others are of a more or less world-wide distri-

bution and have an extended range in such unlikely areas as

North and South America, Australia, &c. It will thus be

seen that caution is necessary in describing South-African

Noctuide, for many of these inhabitants of grassy plains have

as wide a distribution as their natural surroundings. They

are truly wanderers on the face of the earth, and many of

these moderately small and obscure moths, which neither by

habit nor coloration invite notice, must possess an antiquity

commensurate to the requirements for their vast migration.

Of the 108 species here enumerated or described, the

following 9 species have a

More or less universal distribution.

Heliothis armigera, Hiibn. Hybleea puera, Cram.

Agrotis plecta, Linn. Cosmophila erosa, [Ziibn.

Spodoptera mauritia, Boisd. Plusia eriosoma, Dowdl.

Prodenia littoralis, Boisd. Calpe capucina, Esp.

Caradrina exigua, Hiibn.

Of these 5 at least have been recorded from the American

continent or adjacent islands.

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 219

No fewer than 29 species are found in, some first described

from,

The Oriental Region.

Chariclea marginalis, Walk. Polydesma umbricola, Boisd.

Agrotis biconica, Kodi. Ophiusa algira, Linn.

segetis, Schiff. —— melicerte, Dru.

putris, Zinn. tirrhaca, Cram.

Euplexia niveiplaga, Wak. Grammodes geometrica, Fadr.

Caradrina quadripunctata, Fabr. stolida, Fabr.

Leucania Loreyi, Dup. Plusia circumflexa, Linn.

ni, Hiibn.

orichalcea, abr.

limbirena, Gwen.

Acrapex leucophlebia, Hamps.

Tarache tropica, Guen.

upsilon, Walk.

Xanthoptera opella, Swink. Plusiodonta ccelonota, Koll.

Acontia Greellsii, Feisth. Hydrillodes lentalis, Guen.

malvee, Esp. Hypena abyssinialis, Guen.

Eublemma divisa, Moore. masurialis, Guen.

Cosmophila mesogona, Walk.

Of these at least 12 are also found in Europe and several

in Australia.

I have followed, both in genera and species, the synthetic

arrangement of Sir George Hampson, to whom I am indebted

for much assistance in the preparation of this paper.

Dr. Aurivillius has also kindly compared most of the species

I have here described as new with Wallengren’s types of

South-African moths in the Stockholm Museum. Those he

described from the Transvaal, as I have already stated (ante,

p- 47, note), are somewhat unavailable, there being no ento-

mologist in charge at the museum in which they are

deposited.

Subfam. Terrrm 7.

Heliothis armigera, Hiibn. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

scutilgera, Guen. Johannesburg.

Chariclea marginalis, Walk. Pretoria.

Agrotis biconica, Koll. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

segetis, Schiff. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria, Johannesburg.

— trux, Hiibn., var. Pretoria.

cinctithorax, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

intendens, Walk. Pretoria.

plecta, Linn. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

effracta, sp. n. Pretoria.

transjecta, sp.n. Pretoria.

—— putris, Linn. Johannesburg.

mucosa, Hiibu. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Hadena breviuscula, Walk.(?). Pretoria.

renisigna, Walk. Pretoria.

— Bulgeri, F. & R._ Pretoria, Johannesburg.

Euplevia niveiplaga, Walk. Pretoria.

Cuculia eatricata, Walk. Pretoria.

far

220 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Spodoptera mauritia, Boisd. Pretoria.

Toxocampa plumbea, sp.n. Pretoria.

Hemipachycera Yerburii, Butl. Johannesburg.

Prodenia littoralis, Boisd. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Caradrina quadripunctata, Faby. Pretoria.

exigua, Hiibn. Pretoria.

Leucania plana, Walk. Johannesburg.

Loreyi, Dup. Waterberg ( Wilde).

amens, Guen. Pretoria.

— torrentium, Guen. Pretoria.

apparata, Wallengr. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

substituta, Wallengr. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

Acrapex leucophlebia, Hamps. Pretoria.

Agrotis effracta, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and antenne dark reddish brown; abdomen

above and body beneath paler.

Anterior wings dark reddish brown, much paler at apical

angle, below which the outer area is generally much darker ;

orbicular and reniform spots, which are well defined and have

their margins blackish, connected by a narrow black fascia ;

this fascia also extends from the reniform spot to outer

margin, where it is preceded above by a short black streak.

Posterior wings pale ochreous white. Anterior wings be-

neath brownish ochraceous, darkest to a little beyond cell;

posterior wings beneath with faint indications of a transverse

discal series of small spots.

Exp. wings 27-31 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Specimens are in the British Museum from Malvern and

Durban in Natal.

Agrotis transjecta, sp. n.

Head and pronotum ochraceous, with black markings;

mesonotum very dark fuscous; abdomen above and body

beneath pale ochraceous; legs more or less shaded with

fuscous.

Anterior wings shining ochraceous, with purplish and

fuscous reflections; costal margin narrowly fuscous, with a

larger spot ‘near apex; a large dark fuscous cellular streak

enclosing both orbicular and reniform spots, which are pupil-

late and margined with pale ochraceous; beneath cell a

slender dark fuscous basal streak ; beyond cell the wing is

crossed by a curved series of small fuscous spots, and a similar

series of spots on outer margin; between these two series of

spots is a small fuscous patch beyond cell and a similar one

near outer angle. Posterior wings pale creamy white. An-

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 221

terior wings beneath paler than above; posterior wings

beneath with a terminal fuscous cellular spot, costal speckles

and apical suffusion, and a faint submarginal series of spots.

Hixp. wings 26-27 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

A specimen from Madagascar is in the British Museum.

Toxocampa plumbea, sp. n.

Head and anterior margin of thorax black, remainder of

thorax, abdomen, and body beneath greyish white, speckled

with black.

Anterior wings greyish brown, with a roseate reflection ;

reniform spot slightly prominent, outer margin broadly dark

fuscous, costal and inner margins very narrowly and outer

marginal fringe silvery grey; some small obscure dark

costal marginal spots. Posterior wings plumbeous, the fringe

silvery grey and with similarly coloured hairs on anal area.

Wings beneath pale plumbeous, the discal area of anterior

wings and the inner area of posterior wings silvery grey.

Exp. wings 32-35 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Specimens from Annshaw, Eastern Cape Colony, are in

the British Museum.

Subfam. Acowrir2#.

Dipthera verbenata, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

autumnalis, sp. n. Barberton (Harrison), Pretoria.

Megalodes pienaari, sp. n. Pienaars River.

Tarache caffraria, Cram. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

dispar, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

—— upsilon, Walk. Pretoria.

margaritata, Dru. Johannesburg.

—— natalis, Hiibn. Pretoria, Warm Baths, Waterberg.

—— admota, F. & R. Johannesburg.

— tropica, Guen. Pienaars River.

— guttifera, ¥. & R. Pienaars River

torrefacta, sp.u. Pretoria.

ethiops, sp.n. Pretoria.

Perigea dolorosa, Walk. Pretoria.

Microphysa hypotenia, Wallengr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria,

Aanthoptera opella, Swinh. Pretoria.

Acontia Greilsit, Feisth. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

malve, Esper. Pretoria.

Metachrostis dubitans, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria,

Johannesburg.

densa, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

varia, Walk. Pretoria.

vultuosa, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria,

—— accincta, sp.n. Pretoria,

222 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Eublemma divisa, Moore. Pretoria.

apicata, sp. n. Pretoria.

pretorie, sp.n. Pretoria.

Dipthera verbenata, sp. n.

Head and thorax very pale olive-green, mottled with grey

and fuscous; antenne brownish ochraceous; abdomen and

body beneath pale greyish ochraceous; eyes black ; anterior

and intermediate tarsi strongly, posterior tarsi faintly, broadly

annulated with fuscous.

Anterior wings very pale olivaceous green, speckled with

greyish, costal margin alternately greyish and black; orbi-

cular spot obscure, broadly black at edges, reniform spot faint

and pale; three transverse and much waved black fascia,

the second outwardly, the third inwardly margined with

greyish white; first fascia close to base, second crossing cell,

third between cell and outer margin, which is narrowly black,

but prominently toothed between the veins. Posterior wings

pale ochreous white, thickly speckled with fuscous on outer

half, and with a narrow fuscous marginal border. Wings

beneath pale ochreous white, thickly speckled with fuscous on

costal and outer areas.

Exp. wings 32-36 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. Percy Rendall).

Two specimens. In the second the black transverse fascia

to the anterior wings are broader and mote suffused.

Dipthera autumnalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax pale olivaceous, speckled with grey and

black ; abdomen and body beneath pale greyish ochraceous ;

antenne fuscous ; eyes black.

Anterior wings very pale olivaceous, costal margin alter-

nately greyish and black ; crossed by five much waved narrow

black fasciz, between which the olivaceous coloration is

darker and more speckled with black, first fascia a short

distance from base, second and third near end of cell, fourth

and fifth between end of cell and outer margin; fringe with

fureate black fascie; at apex there is a distinct black

suffusion. Posterior wings pale creamy white, the outer

margin narrowly fuscous. Wings beneath creamy white;

anterior wings much shaded with fuscous; posterior wings

similarly shaded on costal and apical margins.

Exp. wings 30-33 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Barberton (Harrison), Pretoria (Distant).

Two specimens, one from each locality. In the Pretorian

Fleterocera from the Transvaal. 223

example the whole area between the second and fifth fasciz

of the anterior wings is suffused with black, which colour

again connects the first and second fascie on the inner margin.

Megalodes pienaart, sp. n.

Head and thorax creamy white, with a few fuscous and

black markings; apex of head, antenne, abdomen, and body

beneath brownish ochraceous ; tibia annulated with fuscous;

eyes black.

Anterior wings creamy white, cellular area extending to

costa nearly altogether suffused with fuscous brown; a narrow

transverse black fascia near base and another much waved

beyond cell, the outer margin also narrowly black ; the outer-

most fascia is broadly black and directed inwardly beneath

cell, where it is outwardly margined by fuscous brown, and a

plumbeous suffusion ; at apex beyond the fascia is a brownish

ochraceous costal spot, followed by a plumbeous one. Poste-

rior wings creamy white, with a faint ochraceous tinge; asome-

what obscure brownish discal spot and transverse fascia; the

extreme margin also fuscous brown, Wings beneath greyish

white; anterior wings nearly wholly suffused with fuscous,

excepting inner area beneath cell and apex ; posterior wings

as above.

Exp. wings 23-25 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant), Pretoria

(Distant) .

Tarache torrefacta, sp. n.

Body, legs, and antennz ochraceous; body paler beneath ;

eyes black.

Anterior wings ochraceous, suffused with brownish ochra-

ceous, especially at basal, inner, and apical areas; at middle

of inner area and at apex is a dark purplish suffusion ; be-

neath apex and gradually widening to outer angle the outer

margin is bright warm ochraceous. Posterior wings pale

ochraceous, somewhat thickly speckled with brownish ochra-

ceous, darkest at apex and outer margin. Wings beneath

generally as above, but anterior wings without the two

purplish suffusions and posterior wings with a dark discal

spot.

Exp. wings 22-25 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Tarache ethiops, sp. n.

Head and antenne brownish ochraceous, eyes black ;

224 Mr. W. L. Distant on

thorax and abdomen above pale fuscous; body beneath and

legs pale fuscous; the tarsi ochraceous.

Anterior wings dark fuscous, with a broad transverse

ochreous-white fascia near base, a similarly coloured costal

spot beyond end of cell, and the outer area suffused with the

same tint, especially at apex and outerangle; asmall fuscous

mark is in the costal pale spot, and there are a series of small

dark spots on extreme outer margin. Posterior wings plum-

beous, the fringe ochraceous. Wings plumbeous, the pale

markings to anterior wings scarcely visible beneath.

Exp. wings 18 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Metachrostis vultuosa, sp. n.

Body above chocolate-brown, margins of the abdominal

segments paler; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous;

abdomen brownish ochraceous.

Anterior wings chocolate-brown, costal margin spotted with

golden yellow, which is most prominent at apex, and is there

the commencement of two very obscure submarginal yellowish

waved fascie ; reniform spot large and margined with dull

ochraceous ; beyond this spot the wing is crossed by a strongly

waved and bent transverse fascia; near base are some other

transverse linear fascize (scarcely discernible in some speci-

mens) and an oblique series of obscure yellow spots extending

from costa across cell. Posterior wings paler and brighter

chocolate-brown, with a marginal series of small golden-

yellow spots, of which the largest are at anal angle and apex.

Anterior wings beneath chocolate-brown, the cellular area, a

short transverse bar beyond it (in some specimens continued

as a fascia to inner margin), a submarginal series of spots,

and about basal half of inner marginal area golden yellow.

Posterior wings beneath golden yellow, crossed by a discal

and a submarginal fascia, chocolate-brown; the posterior

margin of the same colour and connected with the submar-

ginal fascia, so as to enclose a series of small yellow spots.

Exp. wings 25 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall).

Specimens from Estcourt, Natal, are in the British Museum,

Metachrostis accincta, sp. u.

Body and legs pale brownish ochraceous.

Anterior wings pale brownish ochraceous; crossing the

wing and almost enclosing the reniform spot is a broad

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 225

chocolate-brown fascia, closely followed by a narrow pale and

much bent fascia, which joins the broad fascia on inner margin

and is chocolate on costal margin; outer marginal area reddish

ochraceous; a series of minute dark spots on outer margin,

preceded by a pale waved linear fascia; fringe very pale

brown. Posterior wings pale golden yellow, the costal area

broadly pale chocolate-brown. Wings beneath much paler

than above.

Exp. wings 18-20 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Eublemma apicata, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and base of abdomen pale ochraceous brown,

lateral lines, meeting in front, to thorax and apical two thirds

of abdomen purplish brown; body beneath and legs pale

ochraceous brown.

Anterior wings pale reddish brown; an obscure darker

fascia (broadest at costal area) crossing wing beyond cell;

apex and a spot margining fascia near inner angle creamy

white; a submarginal series of minute dark spots. Posterior

wings dark plumbeous, the fringe creamy white. Wings

beneath brownish ochraceous, both with broad marginal dark

fascie, apex of anterior wings narrowly white.

Exp. wings 22-23 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (D¢stant).

Eublemma pretorie, sp. n.

Body and legs pale dull ochraceous.

Anterior wings dull ochraceous; a short transverse brown

fascia, strongly bent at reniform spot and more or less bifid

at costal area; a large dark brown apical spot more or less

continued as a submarginal fascia, but not reaching inner

angle; two longitudinal dark brown lines, one traversing

cell, the other more oblique beneath cell, both nearly reaching

outer margin. Posterior wings very pale golden yellow,

extreme outer margin very narrowly darker. Wings be-

neath with the markings more obscure.

Exp. wings 20-23 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Specimens are in the British Museum from Estcourt,

Natal.

Subfam. Sarrorzerpr x.

Hyblea puera, Cram. Pretoria.

226 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Subfam. Hvreriy 2.

Euteha Bowkeri, F. & R. Barberton (Harrison).

Subfam. Srrcroprerinz.

Audea ochreipennis, Butl. Pretoria.

Subfam. Goworrermz.

Cosmophila mesogona, Walk. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

involuta, Walk. Pretoria.

erosa, Hiibn. Pretoria.

Subfam. Quvaprrriv 7.

Matopo typica, gen. et sp.n. Pretoria (7. Donovan).

Hypocala subsatura, Guen. Pretoria.

Bolina revulsa, Wallengr. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

Cyligramma latona, Cram. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria,

Johannesburg.

Nyctipao macrops, Linn. Barberton (Harrison).

Polydesma umbricola, Boisd. Johannesburg, Zoutpansberg.

semiusta, sp.n. Pretoria.

balnearia, sp.n. Warm Baths, Waterberg.

dissimilis, sp.n. Waterberg (Wilde).

Sphingomorpha monterionis, Butl. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria,

Johannesburg.

Ophiusa croceipennis, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpans-

berg.

rare. Dist. Pretoria.

melicerte, Dru. Waterberg ( Wilde), Johannesburg.

— algira, Linn, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

salita, sp. nu. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

tirrhaca, Cram. Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria.

—— aylina, sp.n. Pretoria.

echo, Walk. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Delgamma zonaria, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Baniana recussa, sp. n. Pretoria.

Plecoptera immitis, Walk.(?). Warm Baths, Waterberg.

Remigia mutuaria, Walk. Warm Baths, Waterberg.

Cerocala vermiculosa, H.-S. Pretoria.

Grammodes geometrica, Fabr. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria,

Johannesburg.

stolida, Fabry. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria, Johannesburg.

Trigonodes obstans, Walk. Barberton (Harrison), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

Thermesia annexa, sp.n. Johannesburg (Cregoe).

Spirama capensis, H.-S. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg

District (Zaitrzenka).

Calliodes rivuligera, Butl. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Calpe apicalis, Walk. Pretoria.

capucina, Esp. Waterberg (Wilde), Pretoria.

Plusia eriosoma, Doubl. Pretoria.

circumfiexa, Linn, Pretoria.

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 227

Plusia ni, Hiibn. Pretoria.

orichalcea, Fabr. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

—— limbirena, Guen. Pretoria.

exquisita, F. & R. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

Plusiodonta celonota, Koll. Barberton (Harrison).

Rhanidophora phedonia, Stoll. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Rustenburg.

MATOPO, gen. nov.

Palpi extended a little in front of head, the second joint

clothed with long hairs; antenne pectinate; frons promi-

nently produced; thorax hairy ; abdomen hairy on segmental

margins; tibiz moderately hairy.

Allied to the Oriental genus Yrisula, Moore, from which it

differs by the pectinate antenne and prominent frons.

Matopo typica, sp. n.

Body and wings both above and beneath very pale ochra-

ceous, dusted with silvery white. Anterior wings above with

the following chocolate-brown markings:—a small patch

beyond and connected with reniform spot, below which

extends an oblique series of irregular suffusions situated

between the veins, and terminating on inner margin near

base in two short streaks; a marginal series of streaks be-

tween the veins, which are small and macular near apex and

longer towards outer angle.

Kixp. wings 37 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Donovan).

Polydesma semiusta, sp. n.

Body and legs pale brownish ochraceous; legs speckled

with brownish.

Wings pale ochraceous, thickly speckled with reddish

brown; both wings crossed by a discal, much waved, narrow,

reddish-brown fascia, commencing on costal margin of ante-

rior wings about midway between end of cell and outer

margin, bent inwardly towards end of cell, and then extending

more directly across both wings, terminating on anal margin

of posterior wings ; a similar less waved fascia crossing ante-

rior wings near base through about centre of cell ; the outer

marginal area of both wings rather more thickly speckled

with reddish brown. Wings beneath much paler than above,

the fasciz almost obsolete.

Exp. wings 45 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Donovan).

228 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Polydesma balnearia, sp. n.

Head and thorax greyish, with black shadings (thorax

rubbed in specimen described) ; abdomen above pale brownish

ochraceous ; body beneath and legs greyish white, legs more

or less streaked and spotted with fuscous.

Anterior wings pale ochraceous, with narrow reddish-

brown striz; base to about one third of cell more or less

purplish black, the outer edge clearly defined and containing

two short darker striz, commencing at costa and fusing about

halfway across wing; beyond cell a much waved transverse

purplish fascia, bent inwardly beneath cell, its inner margin

purplish black; beyond this fascia the colour is somewhat

pale violaceous, with a waved blackish line on outer margin

and an apical dark purplish patch with a pale centre. Poste-

rior wings pale greyish ochraceous, with a waved blackish

outer marginal line and with the veins more or less minutely

speckled. Wings beneath pale ochraceous; apical area of

anterior wings and apical margin of posterior wings obscure

purplish.

Exp. wings 34 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Warm Baths, Waterberg (Diéstant).

Polydesma dissimilis, sp. n.

Head and thorax fuscous grey ; abdomen and body beneath

somewhat silvery grey.

Anterior wings fuscous grey, with silvery reflection, crossed

by an obscure and exceedingly waved darker line, com-

mencing at about end of cell and deflected and continued

beneath cell to inner margin near base; on outer margin a

series of dark rays between the veins. Posterior wings

silvery greyish white. Wings beneath obscure silvery

greyish white, both wings with a somewhat obsolete narrow

brownish submarginal fascia.

Exp. wings 34 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Waterberg (Wilde).

Somewhat diverse from the usual facies of the genus.

Ophiusa salita, sp. n.

Head and thorax reddish ochraceous, the last more or less

plumbeous on its posterior area; abdomen and body beneath

pale greyish ; legs with brownish suffusions.

Anterior wings reddish brown, thickly irrorated with

greyish strie; both orbicular and reniform spots prominent,

oval, and with pale margins; wing crossed by three narrow

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 229

castaneous fasciee—the first outwardly oblique, crossing base

of cell, the second beyond cell, sinuate and bent inwardly,

the third between second and outer margin, waved, strongly

and outwardly bidentate at about centre; beyond the outer

fascia the marginal area is pale violaceous, with a marginal

series of small black spots on the veins. Posterior wings

very pale plumbeous, the outer marginal areas darker. Wings

beneath pale brownish ochraceous, the outer margins darker.

Exp. wings 40 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant) , Johannesburg (Cregoe).

Ophiusa xylina, sp. n.

Head and thorax pale reddish ochraceous ; abdomen and

body beneath ochraceous.

Anterior wings very pale brownish or reddish ochraceous,

crossed by two narrow castancous fascia—the first outwardly,

the second inwardly greyish, the first crossing cell and

directed outwardly, the second beyond cell directed inwardly,

both almost meeting on inner margin; reniform spot large,

prominent, centrally constricted, pale purplish, with darker

margin; between the second fascia and outer margin a sinuate

series of small dark spots and a subapical purplish-black

patch ; a waved dark line at outer margin. Posterior wings

ochraceous, the outer area broadly pale fuscous, the fringe

ochraceous. Wings beneath ochraceous; anterior wings

with a broad black outer submarginal fascia ; posterior wings

with the apical area speckled with fuscous.

Exp. wings 55 millim.

Hab. Trausvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Allied to O. lunaris, Schiff. Specimens from Natal are

in the British Museum.

Delgamma zonaria, sp. n.

Body pale greyish brown ; legs and palpi fuscous brown ;

eyes black.

Anterior wings greyish brown, crossed by two narrow

transverse fascie—the first slightly curved, crossing at about

anterior half of cell, the second slightly oblique between end

of cell and outer margin, inwardly broadly margined with

purplish brown and outwardly with pale greyish, the outer

margin of wing also broadly purplish brown ; reniform spot

dark and subprominent. Posterior wings generally as ante-

rior, but without the basal fascia. Waings beneath greyish

ochraceous ; the cellular area of anterior wings and the outer

margins of both wings somewhat darker.

230 On Heterocera from the Transvaal.

Exp. wings 31-36 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall).

Baniana recussa, sp. n.

Body pale greyish brown; anterior area of thorax reddish

brown ; legs speckled with brown.

Anterior wings pale greyish brown, crossed by two narrow

fascie—the first waved and subobsolete near base, the second

commencing on costal margin a little beyond end of cell,

slightly sinuate and bent inwardly and upwardly at about

centre of wing, and then recurved to inner margin; the area

beyond this fascia is dark purplish brown, containing a large

pale brown apical spot and sometimes a smaller similar spot

on outer margin (on one wing only in type); reniform spot

dark purplish brown. Posterior wings pale greyish brown,

the posterior area darker in hue. Wings beneath pale

reddish brown, speckled with greyish or ochraceous ; both

wings crossed by a discal fascia; a dark spot closing cell in

posterior wing.

Exp. wings 26 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Allied to B. semilugens, Walk.

Thermesia annexa, sp. n.

Head and thorax pale greyish brown; legs pale greyish,

speckled with brown.

Wings pale greyish, with darker speckles; anterior wings

with the reniform spot purplish brown, beneath which a

narrow waved fascia extends to inner margin ; a subobsolete

narrow transverse fascia near base; a somewhat straight

narrow pale fascia a little before outer margin, outwardly

margined with purplish brown, which is dentately undulate ;

extreme outer margin with a series of small dark spots.

Posterior wings with a dark submarginal fascia, beyond

which the colour is also darker. Wings beneath brownish

ochraceous, the outer margins broadly pale fuscous.

Exp. wings 31 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg (Cregoe).

Subfam. Dezrorrz.

Simplicia inflexalis, Guen.(?). Pretoria.

Hydrillodes lentalis, Guen. Pretoria.

Epizeuxis ethiops, Dist. Pretoria.

Rhynchina cesa, sp. nu. Pretoria, Waterberg.

Hypena abyssinialis, Guen. Pretoria, Johannesburg.

masurialis, Guen. Waterberg (Wilde).

On the Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 231

Rhynchina cesa, sp. n.

Head and thorax grey, speckled with brownish ; abdomen,

body beneath, and legs pale greyish ochraceous.

Anterior wings greyish, speckled with pale brown, espe-

cially on costal and inner marginal areas; a waved narrow

fascia crosses wing at about two thirds from base, beyond

which the colour is much darker—purplish brown and viola-

ceous—excepting near base, where it is grey; the dark hue

has the appearance of a broad oblique fascia; a waved dark

line on outer margin; reniform spot distinct. Posterior

wings pale ochraceous, somewhat darker at posterior margins.

Wings beneath pale greyish ochraceous, somewhat pale

brownish at apices.

Exp. wings 23-29 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Waterberg (Wélde).

XXXV.— The Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group.

By ALEXANDER AGAssiz*,

.... On our arrival at Suva we found the ‘ Yaralla,’ a

twin-screw steamer of about 500 tons, chartered from the

Australasian United Steam Navigation Company, awaiting us.

We have now been about six weeks cruising among the islands,

and have found the boat admirably suited for our purpose.

During the past summer I had shipped to Australia our outfit

for dredging, sounding, and for deep-sea towing, as well as all

the materials necessary for preserving our collections. ‘This

equipment we found safely stored in the ‘ Yaralla.’ I had

also brought with me deep-sea tow-nets of the various patterns

used by the Prince of Monaco, by Dr. Giesbrecht of the

Naples Zoological Station, and by Hensen on the ‘ National’

Expedition, in order to compare their efficiency with the

Tanner deep-sea self-closing net in use on the ‘ Albatross’ and

which I had adopted on my various expeditions. Unfortu-

nately our time here is so limited and the conditions for towing

at great depths among so many intercepting islands are such

that the results likely to be obtained seemed to make it unad-

visable to devote the time necessary for such a comparison.

Although nothing was done to test the different deep-sea self-

closing towing-nets, yet we have made at various points along

* From the ‘ American Jeurnal of Science,’ February 1898, pp. 113-

128: being extracts from a letter of Alexander Agassiz, dated Suva, Fiji

Islands, December 15th, 1897, addressed to E. S. Dana.

232 Prof. A. Agassiz on the

our course a number of deep hauls, from 150 fathoms to the

surface, with the open net. A large number of hauls were

made off Suva which gave us an excellent collection of pelagic

forms, the collections of Crustacea and of Acalephs being

specially noteworthy. Mr. Mayer will prepare a report on the

Acalephs. When practicable we have also made collections

on the reef-flats of various islands and atolls *.

I also brought to Suva a complete diamond-drill boring

apparatus and a competent man to superintend the work—

Mr. W. Eyers—recommended tous by the Sullivan Machine Co.,

of Chicago, from whom the apparatus was obtained t. To

provide against contingencies, a comparatively small hand-

machine was sent, capable of drilling to a depth of from four

to five hundred feet. An oil-motor was also provided to

expedite the work with increasing depth.

This machinery had already been shipped when information

reached the United States that Professor David, of the Uni-

versity of Sydney, had left for the Atoll of Funafuti in charge

of an expedition to take up the unfinished work of boring of

the party in charge of Professor Sollas, sent out by the

Council of the Royal Society of London. ‘The day before

leaving Cambridge for the Pacific, news arrived that Professor

David’s party had succeeded in reaching a depth of nearly

600 feet, the bottom still being in coral. This information

seemed to settle the coral question, and all I hoped to accom-

plish was merely to confirm the work of Professor David by

boring in some other district. Subsequent information re-

ceived from Professor David leads me to think that the matter

is not so simple as was represented by the newspapers.

From what we have seen thus far of the Fiji Islands reef I

can only conclude that the boring at Funafuti has settled

nothing, and that we are still as far as ever from having a

general theory of the formation of coral-reefs. In fact, with

the present information obtained here I should never have

thought of boring in the atolls of this group, for reasons which

will be given presently.

The track which we followed was so arranged as to include

in our first trip one or two of each type of island and of the

different types of atolls, barrier- aud fringing-reefs in the

* Dr. Wm. McM. Woolworth and A, G. Mayer accompanied me as

assistants. Dr. Woolworth and my son Maximilian have taken a large

number of photographs illustrating the physiognomy of the islands and

their reefs. A selection from these I shall use in my final report.

+ I have to thank the Trustees of the Bache Fund of the National

Academy of Sciences at Washington for an appropriation of $1200 to-

wards defraying a part of the expenses of boring.

Islands and Ooral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 233

group. Starting from Suva, after visiting Mbenga we went

to Ovalau, Wakaya, Makongai, Koro, skirted along the

western shore of Taviuni, examined the north-eastern coast of

the same island, passed through the Matangi passage to Motua

Levu and Motua Lailai, skirted along the western extremity

of the Nanuku reefs. From there we steamed to Wailanga-

lala, where we landed our boring-apparatus and the crew

needed for working the same. We then turned north, passing

close to Nuku Mbesanga and Adolphus reef, and entered

Ngele Levu Lagoon, Wenext examined the Ringgold Islands,

paying special attention to Thombia, an extinct crater in Budd

reef. From there we returned to our former anchorage off

Thurston Point in Taviuni, and followed our old track back

to Wailangalala, where we found our boring party settled and

at work. We then steamed south, examining Williamson

reef, the Kimbombo islets, Bell reef, and entered the Vanua

Mbalavu Lagoon through the Ngillangillah passage, leaving

the lagoon by the ‘Tonga pass. We touched at Mango,

Tavutha, Naiau, and Lakemba, passed Aiwa, entered the

Oneata Lagoon, visited Thakau Lekaleka, touched at Motha,

entered the Komo Lagoon, the Yangasa cluster, and the

Ongea Lagoon. We passed Fulanga, close to the entrance,

which was too shallow to allow our vessel to enter, but near

enough to give an excellent idea of its characteristic structure.

We next touched at Kambara, anchored in the crater of

Totoya, stopped at Moala; from there we made Solo

Lighthouse, examined the North Astrolabe reef, steamed

through the Great Astrolabe reef, coming out west of

Ono. We next examined a part of the shore of Kandavu,

and returned to Suva by way of Vatu Leile. On our second

trip we visited Ngau, Nairai, the Horseshoe reef, Mbatiki,

and entering the Moturiki Channel south of Ovalau, examined

the barrier reef between it and Suva as far as Mbau. After

our return to Suva we made a third trip along the southern

coast of Viti Levu as far as Naudronga; skirting the reef as

closely as was prudent, we were able to follow the changes in

the Great Barrier reef of Viti Levu west of Suva as it

gradually passes into a fringing reef and disappears off the

Singatoka River, to appear again first as a fringing reef and

then as a barrier reet extending beyond the Nandi waters

to the west of Naudronga. We then paid a second visit to

Vatu Leile and returned to Suva, having steamed a little over

1300 miles.

I came to I'iji under the impression that we were to visit a

characteristic area of subsidence, for, according to Dana and

Darwin, there is no coral-reef region in which it is a simpler

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 18

[934 Prof. A. Agassiz on the

matter to follow the various steps of the subsidence which

-has taken place here. Dana, in his last discussion of the

coral-reef question, states that it is impossible to find a better

series of islands than those of the Fiji to illustrate the gradual

changes brought about by subsidence, which transform a

volcanic island with a fringing reef to one with a barrier, and

next to one with a circular reef ring, and finally to one in

which the interior island has disappeared and has left only a

more or less circular reefing. For these reasons one of the

‘ Fiji atolls promised to be an admirable location for boring and

settling the question of the thickness of the coral-reef of an

atoll. My surprise was great, therefore, to find within a mile

from Suva an elevated reef about 50 feet thick and 120 feet

above the level of the sea, the base of the reef being under-

laid by what is locally called soapstone, probably a kind of

stratified volcanic mud. The western extension of this reef

can be traced at several points along the north shore of the

harbour of Suva, the island of Lambeka and Vua and Dra-ni-

mbotu, which are from 60 to 90 feet in elevation, being part

of an elevated recf extending to low-water mark. It was

this elevated reef or its extension westward which we traced

from the Singatoka River to the Nandi waters. A short

distance inland from the mouth of the Singatoka there is a

bluff of about 250 feet in height, composed of a coral-reef

limestone which is the inner extension of the elevated reef-

patches and bluffs visible on the shore of Viti Levu. I am

informed by Dr. Corney that the islands of Viwa and Asa-

wailau to the northward of the Nandi waters are also remnants

of this elevated reef.

But the traces of extensive elevation are not limited to the

larger island of Viti Levu. I found the islands on the rim of

the atoll of Ngeie Levu to consist entirely of coral-rock

elevated toa height of over 60 feet on the largerisland. The

surface of the island where we crossed it was a mass of

hummocks of honeycombed, potted, and eroded coral-masses

resembling in every way the elevated reefs with which I had

become familiar in the Bahamas, Cuba, and Florida. The

northern sides of the island of Ngele Levu are on the very

outer edge of the rim of the lagoon, deep water running up

to the shore-line. We next found that at Vanua Mbalavu

the northern line of islands were parts of an elevated reef

forming vertical bluffs of coral-rock which had been raised by

the central volcanic mass of the main island to a height of

over 500 feet at Ngillangillah, at Avea to 600 feet, at the

Savu Islands to 230 feet, and on the main island to a height

of nearly 600 feet. On the south of the main island the

Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 235

elevated coral-bluffs are very much lower, those of Malatta

and Susni reaching a height of a little over 400 feet. Going

farther west and south we find at Mango the vertical bluffs of

an elevated coral-reef of over 600 feet, and underlaid by

voleanic rocks which crop out at the sea-level.

At Tavutha the coral-limestone bluffs are probably 800 feet

high. At Naiau they are over 500 feet, at Lakemba they

reach a height of about 250 feet on the south-west side of the

island; the rest of the island is volcanic. On the island of

Aiwa the elevated reef is fully 200 feet thick. In the Oneata

group the highest point of the elevated reef-bluffs is about

160 feet. South of the volcanic island of Motha and enclosed

within the same barrier reef on the island of Karoni the

elevated reef is about 120 feet thick. On the three islands of

the Yangasa group it attains a thickness varying between 240

and 390 feet, and, finally, on Ongea, the most south-easterly

cluster we visited, the elevated reef attains a thickness of

nearly 300 feet. At Fulanga the elevated reef attains a

thickness of 360 feet, at Kambara it is about 200 feet thick,

and at Wangawa it is perhaps over 300 feet: these islands

are in part volcanic. Finally, at Vatu Leile, the most

westerly island we examined, the elevated reef forming the

island is 110 feet thick at its northern extremity.

All this plainly shows that the southern part of Viti Levu

and as far south as Vatu Leile, and the whole length of the

windward islands of the Fiji group from Ngele Levu on the

north to Ongea on the south, have been subject to an eleva-

tion of at least 800 feet, as there is abundant proof that a

great part of the thickness of the elevated reef has been eroded

to reduce it in certain localities to the level of the sea or to

leave at others bluffs and islands or islets, the occurrence of

which we have traced at so many points.

But the evidence of a very considerable elevation is not

limited to that furnished by the remains of the elevated reet

just mentioned. It is natural to assume that the elevation we

have just traced was but a part of a more general elevation

which perhaps took place in late Tertiary times, and in which

the whole group was involved. It is plain that there must

have been most extensive denudation and erosion going on

throughout the group for a very considerable period of time,

geologically speaking. ‘The outlines of the islands deeply

furrowed by gorges and valleys, the sharp and serrated ridges

separating them, the fantastic outlines of the peaks of Viti

Levu, Vanua Levu, and Ovalau, ali attest to the great work

of atmospheric agencies which has been going on for so long,

‘The separation of islands, islets, or isolated — from the

236 Prof, A. Agassiz on the

points or spurs of the larger islands also bears witness to the

great length of time during which action of the sea necessary

to bring about their separation has been at work: adding to

this the fact that we are in a region of a former powerful and

extensive voleanic activity, the traces of which can still be

seen in all directions, forces which have undoubtedly played

a great part in the lifting of the island masses and their subse-

quent shaping to their present outlines.

From this evidence I am inclined to think that the corals

of to-day have actually played no part in the shaping of the

circular or irregular atolls scattered among the Fiji Islands ;

furthermore, that they have had nothing to do in our time with

the building-up of the barrier reefs surrounding either wholly

or in part some of the islands; I also believe that their modi-

fying influence has been entirely limited in the present epoch

to the formation of fringing reefs, and that the recent corals

living upon the reefs either of the atolls or of the barriers

form only a crust of very moderate thickness upon the under-

lying base. This base may be either a flat of an eroded

clevated reef or of a similar substructure of volcanic rocks,

the nature of that base depending absolutely upon its character

when elevated in a former period to a greater height than it

now occupies.

Denudation and erosion act of course more rapidly upon the

elevated reef-rocks than upon those of a volcanic character.

It is therefore natural to find that the larger islands like

Kandavu, Taviuni, and Ovalau are of volcanic origin, while

the islands which once occupied the area of the lagoons of

Ngele Levu, of the Nanuku reef, of Vanua Mbalavu, of the

Argo reefs, of the Oneata, Yangasa, Aiwa, Ongea, and

Vatu Leile clusters, being elevated coral-reefs, have disap-

peared almost entirely, leaving only here and there a small

island to attest to the former existence of the more extensive

elevated reef once covering the whole area of what is now an

atoll. Smaller volcanic islands like Matuku, Moala, Ngau,

Nairai, and Koro also show the extent to which each island

has been eroded after its elevation, the erosion being least

in Koro and Matuku, somewhat greater in Moala and Ngau,

and still greater in Nairai, In such atolls enclosing volcanic

islands like Mbenga, Wakaya, Makongai, the erosion and

denudation have been still greater, these islands covering but

a comparatively small part of the area once occupied by the

island originally covering the area of the lagoon, Denudation

and erosion have been still more active in the Ringgold

Islands, in the Kimbobo cluster, and in Komo, and it may

have gone so far as to leave no trace in an atoll to indicate

Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fuji Group. 237

either its voleanic or coral (elevated reef) origin : the shape of

the atoll being entirely due to mechanical action, and not

being connected in any way with the growth of the corals

which have found a footing upon reef-flats formed by atmo-

spheric agencies or by the action of the sea.

So that, as far as we can judge from the case of the Fiji

Islands, the shape of the atolls and of the barrier reefs is due

to causes which have acted during a period preceding our

own. The islands of the whole group have been elevated,

and since their elevation have, like the northern part of

Queensland, remained nearly stationary and exposed to great

and prolonged denudation and erosion, which has reduced the

islands to their present height; the platforms upon which the

barrier-reef corals have grown being merely the flats left by

the denudation and erosion of a central island of greater size

than that now left, while the atolls are similar flats from the

interior of which the islands have been eroded and the lagoons

of which have been continually scoured by the action of the

sea, the incessant rollers pouring a huge mass of water into

the lagoon, which finds its way out through the passages

leading into it.

In the Fiji Islands the atolls and islands or islets, sur-

rounded in part or wholly by barrier reefs, have not been

formed by the subsidence and disappearance of this central

island, as is claimed by Dana and Darwin. The Fiji Islands

are not situated, as was supposed, in an area of subsidence,

but, on the contrary, they are in an area of elevation, so that

the theory of Darwin and of Dana is not applicable to the

islands and atolls of the Fiji group.

What the age of the elevated reef of the Fijiis I am unable

to state ; its aspect and position show it to be of considerable

age, probably antecedent to the present period. In many ways

it resembles some of the late Tertiary elevated limestones

which I have seen on the northern and southern coasts of

Cuba. The great thickness which the elevated coral-reefs

attain in this group, at least 800 feet, also shows that they

may have been deposited originally during a period of subsi-

dence, but not a period of subsidence taking place in our

epoch or which could have had any effect in shaping the out-

line of the islands of the Fiji group and their accompanying

reefs.

Whether the elevation of the Fiji group corresponds in time

with that of Northern Queensland I am unable to state. I

can only suggest that it is not improbable that the elevation

of Queensland and of the Pacific islands to the east, New

Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands, the Solomon, New Hebrides,

238 Prof. A. Agassiz on the

including Fiji and Samoa, may have been synchronous, It

may be that these islands have, like Northern Queensland,

been subject to an immense erosion and denudation which

have reduced them to their present proportions.

The elevation may have been preceded, as in Queensland,

in still earlier geological times by a great period of depression,

during which the thick beds of coral-reef limestone may have

been formed. How far east this elevation extended is not

known ; its area probably included the Cook Islands and

Tahiti, and, judging from some photographs, I should feel

inclined to consider atolls of the Paumotus as having been

formed by causes similar to those which shaped those of the

Fijis.

The evidence thus far collected on the Fijis shows the

futility of boring in this group. Any result obtained would

merely at some point indicate the thickness of a former

elevated reef—a reef formed in a period preceding our own.

We should obtain information which could have no bearing on

the main question, if I am correct in the interpretation of

what I have observed—information, in fact, which may be

obtained as one steams along without the trouble or cost of

boring. Should I be correct, it would be natural to look upon

the results of the boring at Funafuti much in the same light,

and to assume that the island, as well as others in the Ellice

group, is also in this area of elevation, and that the great

thickness of coral obtained was reached by boring in the base

of an ancient reef. So that the results obtained by Professor

David from the boring at Funafuti do not assist us in any

way in corroborating the theory of subsidence as essential to

the formation of atolls.

However that may be, it only emphasizes what has been

said so often, that there is no general theory of the formation

of coral-reefs, either barrier or atolls, of universal application.

Each district must be examined by itself—at least such has

been my experience in Florida, in the Bermudas, the Ba-

hamas, in Cuba and the West India Islands and the Sandwich

Islands. The results of this trip show plainly that the theory

of Darwin and Dana, of the formation of atolls and of barrier

reefs by subsidence, is not applicable to the Fiji Islands, not-

withstanding the boring at Funafuti. In all the localities [

have visited the coral-reefs form but a thin crust upon the

underlying base (it is not more than 50 to 60 feet thick in

Florida), and the shape and slope of this base are in no way

due to the growth of the corals living upon it.

This still leaves open the question of the formation of such

thick masses of coral-reef rock, which, though they may

Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group. 239:

originally have been formed by subsidence, as other massive

deposits have been, yet may also have been formed by the

gradual pushing out to seaward of the outer edge of a reef;

the reef increasing both in height (depth) and in width by

the constant pushing out of the mass of debris and of blocks

detached from the outer edge, forming a talus upon which

corals may grow whenever the talus has reached the depth

at which they thrive. I am inclined to think that the careful

study of such ashore-reef will alone give us a correct idea of

the manner in which such thick masses of coralline limestone

may have been formed.

There is still another phase in the formation of atolls which

has received but little attention. I refer to the formation of

atolls as the result of the denudation and erosion of volcanic

summits or of extinct craters. There are in the Fiji two

extinct craters which are most interesting ; one of these is the

small extinct crater of Thombia on the Ringgold Islands. The

highest point of its rim, the exterior circumference of which

is about 2 miles, is nearly 600 feet, and it is continuous with

the exception of a small part of its eastern edge, about a fifth

of a mile, across which reaches a fringing reef, the extension

of the fringing reef surrounding the island. This reef closes

the entrance into the crater, which is about half a mile across

at the level of the sea and has a depth of 24 fathoms. The

other extinct crater is that of the island of Totoya, an isolated

peak in the southern part of the group. It is about 6 miles

in outer diameter, with an inner basin of 8 miles, and a depth

of 34 fathoms. The highest point of the rim is 1200 feet,

and at two points it is low, forming in one case a narrow

isthmus separating the crater from the outer lagoon. The

hoins of the open rim are connected by a fringing reef-flat on

which thunders the Pacific swell, piling up the water into the

great basin of the crater. This water finds its way out

through an opening called the ‘ Gullet,”’ which, though

narrow, forms an excellent passage to the anchorage inside of

the crater. Totoya has not only a fringing reef, but also a

barrier reef, somewhat triangular in shape, surrounding the

island. It is evident that the barrier reef has been formed

upon the denuded and eroded spurs of the island, which once

extended seaward from the outer rim of the volcano.

Supposing now that the erosion of both Thombia and

Totoya had continued long enough to reduce the rim of these

volcanoes to the level of the sea or to form a chain of small

islands, we should have, as soon as corals had covered the flats

thus formed, which indicate the former existence of the rim,

atolls of nearly circular form—the one, that of Thombia,

240 Prof. A. Agassiz on the

being quite small, with a circumference of 2 miles and a

depth of 24 fathoms, without patches in the central lagoon ;

the other being much larger, more than 25 miles in cireum-

ference, having a depth of 34 fathoms inside the lagoon. The

lagoon of the Totoya atoll would be dotted with patches, some

of which formed parts of the rim, others being the remains of

eroded spurs extending towards the centre of the extinct

crater.

There are in Fiji a number of small atolls from 1 to 3 or

more miles in circumference, the formation of which, it seems

to me, can only be satisfactorily explained on the theory that

they have been formed upon the eroded summits or rims of

extinct craters, the rim of the volcano having been eroded

either to a continuous flat or to flats separated by deeper

passages (as in the case of the low parts of the rim of Totoya)

forming entrances into the enclosed lagoons. Such atolls are

Motua Levu, Motua Lailai, the Adolphus reef, Bell reef,

Williamson, Pitman, and the Horseshoe reefs, and Thakau

Lakaleka. Of course it is possible that some of these atolls

may have been formed from the erosion and denudation of

isolated peaks or ridges. It is also possible that some of the

larger atolls in which are enclosed volcanic islands, like

Vanua Mbalavu, Komo, Motha, Lakemba, Mbenga, the Ring-

gold Islands, and others, may represent parts of the rim or

ridges and spurs of volcanic peaks and extinct craters which

have disappeared by erosion and have left the outer flats upon

which the barrier-reef corals have grown; while the deeper

valleys and gorges of these now eroded volcanic islands repre-

sent the undulations in depths of the lagoons. The depths

inside the lagoons vary greatly ; in the case of Vanua Mbalavu

we find 72 fathoms on parts of the eastern slope of the lagoon.

These great depths, far beyond any at which corals can grow,

represent the elevated gorges and slopes of the volcanic peaks

which probably once extended over the whole area enclosed

by the outer reef, during the elevation of which the reef

which covered a part of the same area was lifted to its present

or even to a greater height.

Such large volcanic centres with extensive craters of con-

siderable depth are not unknown. We can reconstruct

conditions from Totoya which would give us an atoll open to

the west, with a few islands on the outer rim and a greatest

depth of 250 fathoms inside the lagoon. Again, Haleakala

in the Sandwich Islands has a crater with a depth of nearly

250 fathoms, while many small volcanic peaks, some fully

1200 feet in height, rise from its bottom. The diameter of

Haleakala is fully as great as that of any of the atolls in

Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fuji Group. 241

Fiji; so that the great depth of the lagoons of some of the

atolls can no longer be considered as a proof of the theory of

subsidence.

Fulanga is also interesting as illustrating the formation of

an atoll by the same causes which have produced the Sounds

in the Bermudas. In the case of Fulanga we have a volcanic

summit which has raised the elevated coral-reef forming its

rim toa height of probably 200 feet. This coral rim has

been broken through, and the action of the sea has gradually

hellowed out in the interior a cireular sound resembling a

crater, which is due solely to the disintegration of the inner

parts of the elevated reef. In the interior and outer edge of

the Sound of Fulanga many parts of this reef still exist as

small mushroom-shaped islands or small rounded or conical

hills. Itis also probable that some of the elevated reef-flats

forming the rims of atolls owe their origin to causes similar

to those which have shaped the crater-like Sound of Fulanga.

This has perhaps been the case with such atolls as Ngele

Levu, the Oneata, Ongea, and Yangasa clusters and others.

The great variety of causes which have been active in

shaping the present physiognomy of the reefs and atolls of

Fiji shows the impossibility of assigning any one factor, like

subsidence for instance, as is done by Dana and Darwin, as

the single cause for the formation of the many different kinds

of atolls and barrier-reef islands to be found in the Fiji group.

The formation of the great barrier reef of the southern shores

of Viti Levu is due to causes very similar to those which have

given to the northern coast of Cuba between Nuevitas and

Matanzas its present physiognomy. Along those parts of

the island where denudation and erosion proceed rapidly,

owing to the soft character of the shore-rocks, very extensive

flats have been formed, as those south of Ovalau. When

the reef-barrier flats have been eroded from a harder base,

like volcanic rocks, the flats are less prominent and some-

what more extensive than when the old elevated coral-reef

formed theshore-hills; or the reef-flats may disappear altogether

when the harder volcanic rocks have been only little atfected

by erosion or denudation. From the nature of the negro-

heads scattered upon the reef-flats it is generally a simple

matter to ascertain the character of the base of the reef-flats

of an atoll or of a barrier reef.

We were fortunate in being at Levuka at the time of the

appearance of the “ Bololo.” On the morning of the 17th of

November we left the ship at 3 o’clock, bound for a spot

named ‘ Bololo”’ Point, about 3 miles south of Levuka. We

had scarcely reached the spot when our guide fished up a few

242 On the Islands and Coral-reefs of the Fiji Group.

of the worms, and in a few minutes the water was full of

them. Canoes put off from the shore: men, women, and

children were wading on the reef with nets and all kinds of

utensils to catch ‘ Bololo.”” With the increase of daylight

the ‘ Bololo”” became more abundant, and at one time they

were so plentiful that the water surrounding the boat was

filled with them to such an extent as to resemble thick vermi-

celli soup. We made an excellent collection of the worms,

preserving a large number by different methods. We found,

as we had expected, that their sudden appearance was con-

nected with spawning. ‘There were males and females full of

sperm and eggs. When in captivity the discharged sperma-

tozoa rendered the water milky, and the masses of eggs were

left as patches of dark green granules on the bottom of the

dish. ‘The discharge of the eggs and spermatozoa was followed

by the ccllapse of the worms, of which nothing was left but

an empty skin scarcely visible. The ‘ Bololo” seems thus

suddenly to disappear. The males are light brown or greenish,

while the females are coloured dark green. Their activity

while swimming about is something wonderful, and the

bursting of the animal when it discharges its eggs or sperma-

tozca is quite a peculiar phenomenon. Dr. Woolworth has

made it an object to collect all the material possible in regard

to the “ Bololo,” and on our return he will prepare a paper on

this interesting annelid.

I have to thank the State Department at Washington for

their kind offices in obtaining for us letters from the Foreign

Office to the Government of Fiji. Sir George O’Brien, the

High Commissioner for the Western Pacific, gave us all

possible facilities for visiting the different islands of the group.

I am also indebted to the Hon. Charles Stuart, the Colonial

Fecretary, and to the Hon. W. L. Allardyce, assistant native

Commissioner, for assistance and advice. ‘To Dr. Corney and

the Hon. John Berry I owe information regarding the

presence of elevated reefs at various points I had not examined.

To Captain D. Calder I am greatly indebted for his interest in

our behalf. We were fortunate in retaining the services of

Captain Robert Cocks as pilot during our expedition. His

knowledge of the reefs is accurate and extensive. Finally I

have to thank Captain Thomson, as well as the officers and

crew of the ‘ Yaralla,’ who have been indefatigable in our

interest.

I hope during the coming summer to prepare a fully illus-

trated report of this interesting cruise. ....

Mr. O. Thomas on'a new Echimys. 243

XXX VI.—Deseription of a new Bat from North Borneo.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Hipposiderus sabanus, sp. n.

Size small. Head short and blunt. Nose-leaf exceedingly

reduced, smaller than in any described species, the horseshoe

covering scarcely a third of the top of the muzzle. Front

surface of posterior transverse leaf not divided by vertical

bands; horseshoe narrowing forwards, the middle of its ante-

rior edge sharply notched; no secondary leaflets present. A

small transverse frontal gland (in female). Ears rather small,

their tips evenly rounded, the anterior margin straight or

faintly concave above, the posterior convex throughout,

Wings from the metatarsus; tip of tail projecting about

3 millim. Colour (in spirit) uniform dull brownish above

and below.

No/}minute upper premolar present; the large premolar

pressed close against the back of the canine; the tips of these

two teeth only 0°8 millim. distant from each other.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in spirit) :—

Forearm 38 millim.

Head and body 43; tail 26; head 16°6; nose-leaf 5 x 3-7;

ear 15; lower leg 17; calecar 7.

Hab. Lawas, N. Borneo. Coll. A. H. Everett.

This peculiar little species differs strikingly from every

known LHipposiderus by the extreme reduction of its nose-

leaf, while in the absence of its anterior upper premolar it is

alone resembled by the African Hl. megalotis.

XXX VII.—Deseription of a new Echimys from the

Neighbourhood of Bogota. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

In two previous communications to the ‘ Annals’ * I have, in

default of really typical specimens, accepted an Echimys from

the neighbourhood of Bogota as representing Tomes’s FE. semi-

spinosus, described from Ecuador t. Now, however, among

some specimens recently presented to the Museum by the

Zoological Society, at whose rooms they had been lying over-

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 312 (1896), xx, p, 551 (1897),

+ P. Z.S. 1860, p. 265.

244 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Echimys.

looked for many years, there is a dark brown Echimys marked,

in what appears to be a handwriting similar to that on some of

Fraser’s Jahels, ‘‘ Echimys semispinosus.”’ This so precisely

agrees with Tcmes’s description of that animal, that there can

Le no reasonable doubt that it is one of the original specimens

collected by Fraser and referred to in Tomes’s paper. Onno

other hypothesis can the occurrence of the name, in a hand-

writing not that of any English mammalogist, on a specimen

found in the Zoological Society’s rooms be accounted for.

A comparison of this animal with the Nicaraguan, Bogotan,

and Trinidad species shows that it is most nearly allied to

the first-named, from which it differs by its much darker

colour, its broader nasals (which exceed to a greater extent

the premaxillary processes), its parallel-sided palatal foramina,

and other cranial details. Its hamular processes are of the

same spatulate shape.

The Bogotan species is, on the other hand, most nearly

allied to E. trinitat’s, but is specifically different, and may be

called

Echimys chryscolus, sp. 0.

Size about as in £. ¢rinitat’s. Spines, as in the other

members of the present group, restricted to the anterior two

thirds of the body, the rump being quite soft-haired. Spines

about 15 millim. in length by about 1°3 in greatest breadth.

General colour above coarsely mixed yellow and black, the

lining very heavy, and the contrast between the two colours

very marked. Face, sides, and rump more brown and

yellowish, producing a very dull tone compared with the rich

rufous of Z. trinitat’s. Under surface pure sharply defined

white; no darker half-collar present. Hands and feet

white, irregularly mixed with brown along their outer halves.

Tail shorter than in ZL. trinitatis, fairly well haired, blackish

above, white below.

Skull in many ways very similar to that of £. trindtatis ;

the muzzle is, however, broader and more conical (as in cen-

tralis and semispinosus), the supraorbital ridges, instead of

gently curving outwards as they pass backwards, curve

abruptly and strongly, attaining over the squamosals a much

greater distance apart. Outer corners of interparietal

with little ridges running forwards to lose themselves on the

surface of the brain-case some way above where those that

run back from the supraorbital ledges also disappear. In

centralis and semispinosus these ridges are continuous with

one another ; in ¢rinztat?s the interparietal ridges are scarcely

On Three new Species of African Butterflies. 245

perceptible and the supraorbital ones end off earlier.

Hamular processes of pterygoids narrow, scarcely more than

1 millim. broad, while they are broadly spatulate in semr-

spinosus and centralis, and in trindtatis they are triangularly

broadened, with a supplementary process running vertically

upwards and nearly touching the basisphenoid.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in

skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 260 millim. ; tail (c.) 161; hind foot,

without claws 46°5, with claws 50:5.

Skull: extreme length 59; basilar length 40°75; greatest

breadth 28°5; nasals 21°2x6°7; interorbital breadth 13;

greatest breadth on supraorbital ledges above squamosals 22 ;

interparietal 8x13:4; palate length from henselion 20;

diastema 12°2; palatal foramina 5°1x3°6; length of upper

molar series 8:2; breadth between bullz on basilar suture 3°7.

Hab. Muzo, N. of Bogota, Colombia. Collected by a

native, Dec. 24, 1895.

Type: B.M. 98. 2. 7. 2.

Besides three specimens from the typical locality there are

examples from “ La Isla” and ‘‘ El Guamito” in the same

part of Colombia, while a young specimen (apparently iden-

tical) has also been received from the neighbourhood of San

Cristoval, Tachira, W. Venezuela.

XXXVIII.— Descriptions of Three new Species of African

Butterflies in his own Collection. By H. GRosE-SMITH.

Pinacopteryx narena.

Male.— Upperside pure white; anterior wings with the

base, costal margin, and the apex (rather broadly) black.

Underside. Anterior wings white, with the apex creamy

white ; a minute black spot at the end of the cell, anda round

greyish-brown spot on the disk between the two upper median

nervules. Posterior wings rather dusky creamy white, tinged

with pale orange at the base; a row of six small brownish-

grey spots crosses the middle of the disk between the veins,

and there is a minute brownish-grey spot on the upper disco-

cellular nervule.

Expanse of wings 1# inch.

Hab, Antanossi country, 8, Madagascar (Last).

Allied to P, charina, Boisd., and P. simana, Hopft.

2416 On Three new Species of African Butterflies.

Mylothris flaviana.

Male.—Upperside differs from M. ochracea, Auriv., in the

colour of the wings, which are uniform yellow, not ochraceous,

and in the broader greyish-black apex of the anterior wings.

On the underside the dark apical area of the anterior wings

is restricted to half the area of the dark markings on the

upperside.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Cameroons.

Neptis callina.

Upperside. Both wings dusky brown; anterior wings

crossed beyond the cell by a broad white band, placed rather

obliquely and extending from the subcostal nervure at the

middle to the Jowest median nervule; the upper part of the

band at the end of the cell curves abruptly inwards, the lower

part of the band being narrower and indented on its outer

edge; arather large white patch on the middle of the inner

margin, extending upwards to the lowest median nervule;

beyond the band towards the apex are three narrow hastate

white markings, and traces of a fourth, enclosing a row of

conical spots darker than the ground-colour, followed by

two submarginal brownish-white lines, divided by the veins ;

the cell is crossed beyond the middle by three dark lines

and a V-shaped marking towards the base, the spaces _be-

tween which are paler than the ground-colour. Posterior

wings crossed about the middle by a broad white band,

the inner edge of which is regular and the outer edge is

indented ; towards the outer margin between the veins is a

row of conical spots, darker than the ground-colour, bordered

on either side by dusky white lines, followed by a sub-

marginal row of narrow lunulate dark bars, narrowly bordered

on each side by dusky white lines; the cilia on both wings

between the veins narrowly white, the veins where they cross

the white bands being also white.

Underside brighter and paler brown than above, with the

white spots and lines much brighter; on the anterior wings

the ground-colour of the cell is brownish white, and on the

posterior wings there is a broad white streak above the costal

nervure.

Expanse of wings 1? inch.

Hab. Cameroons.

On Mammals from Somaliland. 247

XXXIX.—Ona small Collection of Mammals made by

Mr. C. V. A. Peel in Somaliland. By W. E. pe WINTON.

(1) Macroscelides Revoilii, Huet.

a. Lehello (4500 feet), 65 miles south of Berbera.

This single specimen is not fully adult, having the milk-

teeth still in place.

(2) Crocidura (Cr.) nana, Dobs.

a, b. Eyk (4500 feet), 4th July.

As the dimensions of the skull of this, the smallest true

Crocidura known, have not been published, some of the

principal measurements are here given.

Greatest length 16 millim. ; breadth 7; basal length 14°5 ;

front of incisors to back of palate 7°55; entire tooth-row 6:5;

tip of incisor to tip of large premolar 3°5; mandible, tip of

incisor to condyle 9°7, to angle 10, angle to coronoid 4°9.

(3) LHerpestes ochraceus, Gray.

a. Abori (5000 feet), 7th July.

Mr. O. Thomas, in a revision of this group (P. Z. 8. 1832,

p- 69), makes of this form his “ variety d” of H. gracilis ;

but with further material and entire skulls, instead of the

mutilated specimens then in the Museum, it is now shown to

be a distinct species.

Size smaller than /. gracilis; colour ochraceous red or

bright rusty on the dorsal surface, paler on the sides ; fur less

annulated with blackish. It is also smaller than H. Granti?

from Zanzibar, but has rather more annulations on the fur.

‘The size of the teeth and the much shorter and more rounded

skull distinguish it from either of the above species.

The specimen contained in this collection being a flat skin,

the measurements given below are taken from another indi-

vidual in the British Museum, ¢ (no. 97. 8. 9. 7), Mandeira,

Somaliland, collected and presented by Dr. A. E. Atkinson :—

Head and body (c.) 290 millim. ; tail (c.) 245 ; hind foot 52.

Skull: greatest length 57; breadth 31; brain-case 25:5;

basal length 54; length of entire tooth-row 24; greatest

breadth outside teeth 2U°3; length of carnassial tooth (outer

side) 5°5; breadth of first molar 6°2, breadth of second

molar 4°4; mandible, length (bone only) to condyle 37, to

angle 37°1.

248 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

The most marked differences in the skull compared with

H7. gracilis are its shortness, the less developed occipital and

sagittal crests, the postorbital processes not joining, the

shorter tooth-row (measurement of entire tooth-row about

equalling that from the front of the canine in H. gracilis),

teeth individually smaller (especially the carnassial and first

molar), last molar longer in proportion to the first, and the

greater vertical depth of the auditory bulla ; in the mandible

the most striking difference is the much shorter angular

process, the measurements from the front of the jaw to the

condyle and to the angle being practically equal.

(4) Ictonyx erythrea, sp. n.

Size smaller than the Cape Zorilla (Z. zori/la). Colour and

pattern of the markings generally as in that species; the

suboral white patch, however, is rather more extensive, and

the black dorsal stripe does not widen out quite so much over

the loins.

The specimen contained in the present collection was ob-

tained at Habr Heshi (4000 feet), Marehan Country, 8.E.

Somaliland, Aug. 24th. This being a flat skin, it is thought

advisable to select as the type of the species another example

from the collection of the British Museum (no. 93, 6. 7.4), 2,

from Suakin, presented by Surg.-Capt. R. H. Penton.

Measurements (taken from dried skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 335 millim.; tail (c.) 2555; hind foot

c.) 46.

( Skull: greatest length 55°5; greatest breadth 33°5; brain-

case 28°9; intertemporal constriction 14°5; basal length 51;

Jength of entire tooth-row 21°53; greatest breadth outside

teeth 20; length of carnassial (outside) 6 ; breadth of molar 6 ;

mandible, length (bone only) to condyle 34:°5, to angle 33:2.

The shape of the skull generally as in L. gorilla, differing

only in size. ‘The front of the palate is scooped out, forming

a shallow sinus, in which the incisive foramina are placed.

The carnassial tooth is shorter in proportion and the molar

narrower, especially internally.

The specific name chosen is intended to express some idea

of the range of this species. The third form of this group,

T. senegalensis, extends across the continent to Lado on the

Nile, and into British East Africa as far as Machakos, where

it has been obtained by Mr. F, J. Jackson.

(5) Canis lupaster, Hempr. & Ehrenb.

a. Edegan (5000 feet), 180 miles south of Berbera,

20th June.

Mammals from Somaliland. - 249

(6) Otocyon megalotis, Desm.

a. Lehello, 10th June.

(7) Xerus dabagala, Heugl.

a. Lehello, 12th June.

Dr. Jentink, in his well-known revision of the African

squirrels (‘ Notes Leyden Museum,’ 1882, p. 41), gives this

name as a synonym of X. rutilus; this, I think, is not doing

justice to a form so strikingly different in coloration. ‘The

form described by M. Milne-Edwards (Rev. et Mag. Zool.

1867, p. 229) as X. flavus belongs no doubt to the present

species.

(8) Gerbillus ruberrimus, Rhoads (?) = G. pusillus, Peters.

a. Bally Maroli (5000 feet), a little to west of Eyk.

I use the above name for this Gerbil as it has been

applied to an animal from an adjacent locality; at the same

time I am not at all sure that it is in any way distinct from

G. pusillus, Pet., which comes from Taita in British Hast

Africa.

(9) Gerbillus imbellis, sp. n.

Size medium ; colour rich dark fawn, most of the hairs on

the back tipped with black, sides purer; bases of the hairs on

the back and the top of the head slate-coloured ; all the under-

parts pure white; on the eyebrows, cheeks, and front of fore

legs the white hairs are tipped with fawn; the white spots at

the base of the ears and above the eyes distinct; tail darker

above than below, rather sparingly haired; feet not very

thickly covered with white hairs ; nails darkish horn-colour ;

soles, toes, and pads very pale, closely covered with very con-

spicuous scale-like granulations; the toes have a few stiff

white hairs on the lower side ; pads and soles quite naked.

Type labelled ‘‘ Goodar (4500 feet), July 14th.”

Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 110 millim.; tail? (broken); hind foot

(c.) 26°5; ear (c.) 14.

Skull: greatest length 32°5; greatest breadth 16:5;

nasals 13:2 x2°9; interparietal 4x9°5; basal length 26;

henselion to back of palate 14; incisive foramina 5:7 ; palatal

foramina 0°9; length of molar series 4°6; width outside ™s-1

7°3, width outside ™*? 5°35; mandible, length (bone only) to

condyle 17, to angle 14; height, standing on table, perpen-

dicularly to condyle 7:5.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 19

250 On Mammals from Somaliland.

The nasals are slender, of uniform width throughout; the

front roots of the zygomata are not extended far forward, the

length being 5°1 millim. The molar series are strongly con-

vergent from before backwards; ™3 is small, with no poste-

rior cusp. The palatal foramina are small, placed opposite

the third interior cusps of ™&1 and the first cusps of ™2. The

mandible is exceedingly weak and low, the ascending ramus

sloping backwards at a very obtuse angle from the molars to

the condylar process, with no coronoid process whatever ;

angle short, not reaching backward more than halfway be-

tween the molars and the condyle.

The extraordinary weakness of the lower jaw suggests the

specific name that is given, Gerbils being noted for fighting

among themselves.

It will be interesting to know upon what this animal lives,

for its food can hardly be of the same nature as that of the

family generally.

(10) Gerbillus Peeli, sp. n.

Size small; colour above rich fawn, most of the hairs tipped

with blackish, the bases of the hairs slate-coloured; all the

underparts, to the bases of the hairs, pure white; feet and

hands well clothed with white hairs; nails horn-coloured ;

fingers and toes sparingly covered with hairs on the lower

sides, soles and pads quite naked; tail bicoloured, blackish

brown above, deepening in intensity towards the tip, buffish

white beneath.

Type labelled “ Eyk (4500 feet), 4th July.”

Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :—:

- Head and body (c.) 70 millim.; tail (c.) 50; hind foot

c.) 24.

Skull: greatest length 26; greatest breadth 14:5; nasals

9:2 x 2:1; interorbital constriction 4, interparietal 4°2 x 6°5;

basal length 21; incisive foramina 4°6; palatal foramina 3:1 ;

molar series 3°8; outside “1 5, outside ™s-3 4°7 ; mandible,

greatest length, condyle to back of incisors 14:1, angle to

back of incisors 12.

The skull is peculiarly square and short and unlike any

other Gerbil I know, the zygomatic processes starting out

very abruptly in front, recalling the skull of Malacothriz ; the

nasals, however, are short; the bulle are rather large and

very thin in texture. The palate is peculiar, the palatal (in

_distinction to the incisive) foramina being unusually large,

commencing a little 7m front of ™S:1 and extending back to

about level with the middle of @*?; foramen magnum some-

z sinidstcadl

On Three new Rodents from Africa. 251

what compressed between the large bullw, much higher than

broad; the molar series not converging appreciably poste-

riorly ; posterior cusp of ™ 3 large, occupying more than a

third part of the surface of the whole tooth.

I have great pleasure in associating the name of the

collector with this very interesting new form.

(11) Pectinator Speket, Blyth.

a. Lehello, 10th June.

(12) Lepus somalensis, Heugl., or L. berberanus, Heugl.

a. Lehello, 12th June.

Perhaps the specimen in the present collection agrees best

with the description attached to the latter name; but as I

have not had an opportunity of seeing the types, I am unable

to say if they are really distinct species.

The upper incisors have the grooves entirely filled with

cement level with the surface.

XL.— Descriptions of Three new Rodents from Africa.

By W. E. DE WINTON.

Anomalurus Jacksont, sp. n.

Closely resembling A. cénereus in size and colour, but

distinguished by having a black muzzle, a black ring round

the eyes, and a large black spot behind the ear (all these

characters are found in the West-African brightly coloured

species A. erythronotus); a still more interesting outward

distinction is the greater extension of the soft fur on the

upperside of the wings, the rigid adpressed hairs being con-

fined to a small space barely 2 inches long from the point of

the expanding process backwards; there is not so much white

on the underside of the neck and no white band from ear to

ear, and the undersides of the fore and hind legs are dusky,

and not clear white as in A. cinereus.

Type (g), Ntebe, Uganda, 6th Oct., 1895. Collected by

Ir. F. J. Jackson, H.M. Acting Commissioner in Uganda.

Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 320 millim.; tail (c.) 200; hind foot

(c.) 53; ear (e:) 32.

Skull: greatest length 58; greatest breadth 38°5 ; greatest

length of nasals (diagonally of one bone) 15°5; narrowest

252 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

across both bones 5°5; across interorbital space at suture of

lachrymals and frontals 18; intertemporal constriction 14°6 ;

infraorbital foramen, height 6°5, breadth 3°7, basal length 41 ;

molar series 13 ; diastema 12; mandible, length (bone only),

back of incisors to condyle 33°5, to angle 35, to coronoid 29 ;

height, standing on table, perpendicularly to coronoid 19, to

condyle 17:1.

Compared with the skull of A. cinereus (measurements of

which, so far as it is possible, are given below), the maxillary

processes of the zygomata do not spring out so abruptly, the

supraorbital ledges slightly and gradually narrow _poste-

riorly, with less distinct processes in the temporal portion ;

the nasals are rather longer; the posterior portions of the

nasals, premaxillary and maxillary processes being subequal

in breadth and evenly rounded off, the frontal suture forms a

row of even scallops; the lachrymal bones are rather longer

on the frontal surface, the infraorbital foramina are smaller,

the molars broader and more rounded, and the incisive

foramina smaller. The auditory bulle are rather large.

A. cinereus, ‘Thos.—Very few measurements are possible,

the skull being very imperfect. Length of nasals 13 millim. ;

narrowest breadth 5:7; interorbital breadth 16°53; inter-

temporal constriction 15; infraorbital foramen 6°7 x 4:2;

molar series 13; diastema 12; mandible, inner side of back

of incisors to condyle 33, to coronoid 26, to angle 33°5.

Nasals short ; supraorbital ledges not converging from the

front, ending posteriorly in well-marked processes; zygomata

springing out very abruptly in front; the nasals, which are

blunt, barely reach back as far as do the processes of the pre-

maxille, and are not quite so broad as these processes, so that

the frontal suture has not the scalloped appearance which is

so striking a feature in A. Jacksont.

As some of the outward characters of this new Anomalurus

resemble A. erythronotus, it would be well to mention the

most striking differences between the skulls. The new form

differs in the maxillary portion of the zygomata being stronger

and the infraorbital foramina smaller; in the longer and

narrower processes of the premaxille, which in A. erythronotus

stop considerably short of the back of the nasals; in the less-

developed processes terminating the frontal ledges; the

auditory bulla are considerably larger and rounder; the

molar series longer and the teeth much heavier. ‘Lhe single

specimen has no free pterygoid processes, the bones show

no sign of fracture, being smoothly rounded off. In the

Three new Rodents from Africa. 253

mandible the distance between the coronoid and condyle is

shorter, and the molars much broader and heavier.

Gerbillus (Tatera) Phillipsi, sp. n.

Colour of the upper parts fawn; most of the hairs on the

top of the head and on the back are tipped with dusky ;

scarcely any sign of eye- or ear-patches ; the fur grey at the

base, except on the eyebrows and cheeks ; all the underparts

to the base of the fur, with the feet and hands, pure white ;

the tail is bicoloured, much like the back above, white

beneath ; the feet and hands are not very thickly covered with

hair, and the tail has only short hair upon it, about as in

G. afer. The pads of the fore feet (in the dry skin) are

darker than the soles generally, and the soles and pads of the

hind feet are dusky brown or almost soot-coloured. The soles

of the hind feet are reticulated in the distal and padded

portions, smooth in the metatarsal. In outward appearance,

especially in colour, more nearly resembling the true Gerbils

than any known species of the group to which it belongs.

Type in the British Museum (no. 97. 12. 3.7), ‘ Hanka

Dadi, Somali, 8th March, 1897, trapped on sandy bank.”

Collected and presented by Mr. EK. Lort-Phillips.

Measurements (taken in the flesh) :—

Head and body 120 willim.; tail 163; hind foot 32;

ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 58°55; greatest breadth 201; across

the front of the zygomata 14°6; nasals, length 16, inter-

parietal bone 4°5 x 9°3, basal length 32; incisive foramina 8 ;

palatal foramina 2°7 ; upper molar series 6; outside ™s:! 7-7,

outside ™*-? 7-1; mandible length (bone only) to condyle 20,

to coronoid 16, to angle 20°3 ; height, standing on table, per-

pendicularly to coronoid 9°7, to condyle 9°9.

The skull resembles those of its allies in general shape;

the nasal bones are, however, considerably longer in propor-

tion—in fact, the actual length of these bones is only equalled

im G, murinus, which is a much larger animal; the auditory

bulle are rather more rounded than in either G. afer or

G. leucogaster. ‘The incisors are narrow, as are also the

molars; the last molar is trefoil-shaped.

Georychus Lugardi, sp. n.

Colour seal-brown, with a small white spot on the crown of

the head. ‘Lhe colour is not unlike that of G. Leche? from

254 On the Habitat of Anoplopterus platychir, Gths.

Monbuttu, but rather browner, and the large white blaze

distinguishes that larger species. The skull most nearly

resembles G. Bocaget from Angola in having a very broad

facial portion and in the nasals ending in a point level with

the back of the intermaxillary processes ; the zygomata are,

however, much lighter, the inner surface is perpendicular and

not turned upwards, and the maxillary processes do not spring

out so abruptly ; the infraorbital foramina are very small, not

more than 1 millim. high and $ millim. broad; the teeth are

large in proportion ; the auditory bull rather fuller than in

most of its allies. In the mandible the coronoid processes

are very much shorter and further from the condyle; the

intermediate space is level, being in this respect more like

G. Darlingt from the Salisbury Plateau of Mashunaland.

The type (no. 97. 12. 5. 2 in the British Museum) was

collected and presented by Major F. D. Lugard, D.S.O., C.B.,

who obtained it in the Kalahari Desert between Palapye and

Ngami.

Measurements (taken from the dried skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 130 millim.; tail 13; hind foot 25.

Skull: greatest length 34; breadth of brain-case 14:6;

nasals 12x 3°2; breadth of facial portion 8:3; intertemporal

constriction 8; basal length 30; molar series 7°5; mandible,

back of incisors to back of condyle 22°5, to coronoid 14°5.

Major Lugard also brought home a Galago ( Galago maholt)

taken at Palla, Bechuanaland Protectorate, which adds to our

knowledge of the range of this species.

XLI.—On the Habitat of the Siluroid Fish Anoplopterus

platychir, Gthr. By G. A. BouLeNcer, F.R.S.

Among sone fishes collected in Northern Nyassaland, between

Kondowe and Karonga, by Mr. A. Whyte, and presented to

the British Museum by Sir H. H. Johnston, I was rather

surprised to find two specimens of a catfish of the genus

Anoplopterus, Pteffer, which, instead of being referable to the

recently described LHast-African A. wranoscopus, Pteffer,

agreed inall respects, except their larger size (75-80 millim.),

with Giinther’s A. platychir. The fish was originally

described, from Sierra Leone specimens, as a Pimelodus,

from which genus Anoplopterus differs in the absence of an

ocular rim and of any trace of ossification in the first dorsal

ray. Almost at the same time the fish reached me a paper

Bibliographical Notice. 255

was published by Vaillant (Bull. du Mus. 1897, p. 81)

describing apparently the same species from Mrogoro torrent,

Urugaru Mountains, E. Africa, as a new genus named

Chimarrhoglanis Leroy’, the author overlooking Pfeffer’s

publications on the fishes of East Africa (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss.

Anst. vi. 1889, pt. 2, and x. 1893; and Thierw. O.-Afr.

Lief. v. 1896).

I think the identification of the genera established inde-

pendently by Pfeffer and Vaillant cannot be disputed. It is

also evident that A. wranoscopus is a species distinct, though

closely related to A. platychir, from which it is distinguished

by a more elongate body, over five times the head-length,

and longer maxillary barbels reaching to halfway between

the head and the dorsal fin. But in view of the fact that

A. platychir is stated to be from Sierra Leone, and as it seems

improbable that so specialized a form should occur at such

distant points in Africa, I have very carefully compared the

new specimens, as well as Vaillant’s description, with the

types in the British Museum, without being able to detect

any difference by which their separation could be justified *,

I must add, however, that the specimens labelled as from

Sierra Leone have no history attached to them, no collector’s

name—in fact, have never been entered in the Museum

locality assigned to them being erroneous, and express my

belief that the only known habitat of Anoplopterus platychir

is the hill-streams of Kast Africa and Nyassaland, and that

A. platychir represents the young and A. Leroy? the adult

of one and the same species.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

P. Busant. Flora Pyrenea per Ordines Naturales gradatim

digesta. Opus posthumum editum, curante O, Penzre. Volumen

primum.

Tuts is a bulky book of 550 pages plus the index of genera dealt

with. The Latin preface runs to 33 pages. It would be difficult

to calculate, from ground already covered in this first volume, how

many more volumes will still be needed to complete the work. A

mere cursory glance, however, is sufficient to prove the ability and

* The vent is, however, anterior to the posterior third of the body, not

posterior as stated by Vaillant.

256 Miscellaneous.

industry of the author, although his methods are not likely to be

adopted by practical botanists. Philological, antiquarian, and other

discussions of length occur constantly, and seem altogether out of

place in a modern Flora. A case in point may be found under

Helxine Dioscoridis, which, by the way, is the correct name (fide

Bubani) of the Linnean Parietaria officinalis. ‘ Quid est Perdi-

cium, Theophr. Hist. pl.c. 11?” Then follows a dissertation of

some twenty lines, which doubtless would appeal to the classical

scholar, but which most botanists would dismiss as useless. Viscum

album (our mistletoe) becomes, with Theophrastus, Dioscorides, and

Pliny as his authorities, Stelin album, Bubani. Holy Writ is fre-

quently appealed to, and Quercus vulgaris, Bibl. Sacr. Genesis, chapt.

xxxv. v. 8(?), does duty for our common British Q. pedunculata.

We do not know Hebrew, but it seems absurd to state (even if the

assertion be queried by its maker) that the following verse gives us

any information as to the species of oak meant :—“ But Deborah

Rebekah’s nurse died, and she was buried beneath Bethel under an

oak: and the name of it was called Allon-bachuth.” Of the three

common European Poplars, Theophrastus, Homer, and the Bible

are respectively quoted as the authorities for Populus tremula,

P. nigra, and P. alba. The descriptions given in the works cited

by Dr. Bubani are certainly insufficient to enable us to determine

the species.

The treatment of Prunella vulgaris occupies seven pages. There

is neither here nor elsewhere in the book any specific descriptions,

but full synonymy and citations are given, as well as localities, and

critical notes on the structure and affinities &c. of the plant.

But we cannot conclude our notice of this remarkable work

w'thout quoting a learned critic, who writes :—‘ A volume of such

learning and erudition, and one so accurately compiled, must, in

spite of its eccentricities, have a warm welcome in the botanist’s

library.” GC. we

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Pamphila gonessa, Hew. By F. A. Huron.

Tur name of this species is, as mentioned by Dr. W. J. Holland

in his paper on the African Hesperiids (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 102),

omitted from Kirby’s list of the Hewitson collection, but the type

itself is in the collection under cretacea, Snellen, of which it is a

synonym.

Beneath the specimen the pin bears the labels ‘ gonessa, Hew.”

(in Hewitson’s own writing), and “ Angola” (printed); but these

names are not visible unless the insect is reversed.

No. 345 of Holland’s list is therefore only an additional synonym

of his no. 149,

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 4. APRIL 1898.

XLIT.—Report on a Collection of Fishes from Newchwang,

North China. By Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S.

[Plate XTII.]

Dr. W. Morrison, who, after a long residence at Newchwang

in Manchuria, has recently returned home, has brought a

small collection of well-preserved specimens of fishes which

are usually sold in the market for food. They are caught

in the river and estuary of the Liao-ho, and are- the

first which are described from that river. The number of

species is twenty-two, nearly all of which are known to occur

also in the waters of the southern coast of the Gulf of Pechelee

and in the rivers still further south. On the other hand,

although the tributaries of the Liao-ho are separated from

those of the Amur by a watershed in places under a mile in

breadth, the fish-faunas of these two systems seem to be very

different, to judge from Dybowsky’s descriptions of the Amur

fishes. No Salmonoids from the Liao-ho were ever seen by

Dr. Morrison; those sold at Newchwang (and they were in

large quantities) came from the Amur.

Another point of interest attached to this collection was

that it contained species evidently seen and figured by

Basilewsky, who obtained the materials for his paper in Nouv.

Mém. Soc. Impér. Nat. Moscou, 1855, chiefly at Pekin,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 20

258 Dr. A. Giinther on

where immense quantities of fishes are imported in a frozen

state from the coast as well as from Mongolian and Man-

churian rivers.

Lateolabrax japonicus, Schleg.

Chinese: Lu-yu.

Labrax ly-tuy (Basilewsky, N. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat.

Mose. x. 1855, p. 219) is evidently the same fish as the one

first described from Japanese specimens. Basilewsky, indeed,

speaks of denticulations on the tongue—“ Lingua hbera ad

basin aspera denticulata” ; but this remark clearly refers

merely to the asperities behind the tongue, on the basi-

branchials.

Sciena tenlo.

Sciena tenlo, Basil. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, x. 1855,

p- 220, tab. il. fig. 1 (erroneously named Pagrus magrocephalus).

D.10|scm. A. 2/7. L. lat. ca. 70*, LL. transv. 7/20.

The length of the head is nearly equal to the height of the

body, which is contained 3# times in the total length (without

caudal). The diameter of the eye is two elevenths of the

length of the head, less than the length of the snout, and

much less than the width of the interorbital space. Snout

moderately swollen, overlapping the lower jaw, which shows

five distinct symphyseal pits. Maxillary extending beyond

the middle of the eye. Preeopercular margin armed with

spines. Dorsal spines slender, moderately long. Anal spine

strong, two thirds of longest ray. Caudal fin obtusely

rounded, Pectoral fins longer than ventral, two thirds of the

length of the head. Oblique greyish lines running along the

series of scales ; spinous dorsal fin blackish ; each dorsal ray

with a black spot at the base.

The specimen in Dr. Morrison’s collection, about 20 inches

long, is well preserved, and agrees so well with Basilewsky’s

figure that the latter might have been drawn from it. ‘The

Chinese name, 7” ung-lo-yu, as given by Dr. Morrison, agrees

likewise with that mentioned by Basilewsky. ‘There is an

unfortunate confusion in the lettering of the illustrations in

the Russian memoir. The actual lettering of our fish is

“ Pagrus magrocephalus, tab. iit. fig. 1,” while the name

* The scales along the lateral line are very irregular; I have en-

deavoured to indicate by this figure the number of transverse rows of

scales above the lateral line,

Fishes from Newchwang, North China. 259

belonging to our fish is transposed to the species of “ Pagrus”

on tab. 1. fig. 3.

This species of Scena is allied to Sciwna cottor, to which

I referred some young and badly preserved specimens from

Reeves’s collection in 1860 (Cat. Fish. ii. p. 801); but, for

the present at least, both forms had better be kept distinct.

Materials such as were at that time at my disposal, and, I

believe, at that of my predecessors, are quite insufficient for

a critical delimitation of the species in a family in which the

species are so closely allied and so indistinctly described as

in the Scienide.

Also a very young specimen in a bad state of preservation,

sent by Swinhoe from Chefoo, which I thought might be

referred to Sctena Dussumiert (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,

Feb. 1874, p. 155), seems to belong rather to Sciena tenlo.

Scicena crocea.

Sciena crocea, Richardson, Ichthyol. China and Japan, p. 224 (1846) ;

Giinth. Cat. Fish, ii. p. 284.

Sciena chuan-chua, Basilewsky, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. x.

1855, p. 221.

D.10| gq <A. 2/7. L. lat. 63. L. transv. 5/14.

The height of the body is nearly the length of the head,

which is two sevenths of the total length (without caudal).

The diameter of the eye is two elevenths of the length of the

head, less than that of the snout, and much less than the

width of the interorbital space. Snout scarcely swollen, with

the lower jaw a little projecting, approaching in form that of

Otolithus. ‘The teeth in the upper jaw are short, forming a

single series, no one being differentiated by size, but they

are larger than those of the lower jaw. Lower jaw without

pits. The maxillary does not extend to below the hind

margin of the orbit. Praeopercular margin membranaceous,

with indistinct crenulations. Dorsal spines feeble; anal

spine short, but pungent. Caudal fin slightly produced in

the middle. Pectoral fins longer than ventral and as long as

head without snout. Coloration uniform silvery.

The specimens from which this description is taken are

12 inches long. Dr. Morrison enumerates them under the

names of Huang hua yu and Huang liu yu, of which, although

somewhat differently spelled, the former agrees with the

vernacular names given by Reeves and Basilewsky.

20*

260 Dr. A. Giinther on

Collichthys lucida, Rich.

A young specimen.

Vernacular name: Ta tow pao yu.

Cybium gracile.

Cybium gracile, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Nov. 1873, p. 378.

First described from Chefoo.

Vernacular name: Pa-yu.

Platycephalus cultellatus, Rich.

Vernacular name: Chien tou yu.

Gobius hasta, Schleg.

Vernacular name: Pan tou yu.

Mugil so-tuy.

Vernacular name: So-yu.

Mugil so-iuy, Basilewsky, Nouv. Mém. eel Soc. Nat. Moscou, x. 1855,

p. 226, tab. iv. fig. 3; Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1874,

p. 157.

D.4]}. A. L. lat. 41. L. transv. 14.

Allied to Mugil axillaris.

The height of the body is contained in the total length

(without caudal) 5} times, the length of the head 42. The

diameter of the eye is contained in the length of the head 54

times, the width of the interorbital space 2}. Adipose eyelid

not developed ; the preorbital is emarginate and distinctly

denticulated; snout longer than the orbit; upper lip thin;

extremity of the maxillary not hidden. ‘There are twenty-

three scales between the snout and the: first dorsal fin; no

elongate scale in the axil. Dorsal fins nearly equal in height ;

the spines are rather slender, and the first is rather shorter

than the postorbital portion of the head; its root is a little

nearer to the snout than to the base of the caudal fin. Neither

the dorsal nor the anal fins are scaly, the latter commences

distinctly in advance of the soft dorsal. Caudal emarginate.

Pectoral as long as the head, without snout. Coloration

uniform.

The specimen from which this description is taken is

11 inches long. Basilewsky’s figure is incorrect in many

respects, especially as regards the position of the first dorsal

Fishes from Newchwang, North China. 261

fin, He mentions the eyes as “‘nictitantes” ; but this seems to

refer merely to the circular eyelid, which covers only the

margin of the orbit, as also shown in the figure.

Cynoglossus semilevis.

hg a semilevis, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Noy. 1878,

p. 379.

Vernacular name: Ta ta-pan yu.

The specimen, 16 inches long, differs somewhat from the

type; I count 124 rays in the dorsal and 98 in the anal fin;

23 rows of scales between the upper and middle, and 28 be-

tween the middle and lower lateral lines. No spots on the

blind side.

Cynoglossus gracilis.

Cynoglossus gracilis, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1873, p. 244.

Vernacular name: Hsiao ta-pan yu.

Also in this specimen, which is 11 inches long, the numbers

of the fin-rays and scales vary slightly from the type, the

dorsal fin showing 136 rays and the anal 102; 1. lat. 165.

21 rows of scales between upper and middle and 28 between

middle and lower lateral lines.

Silurus asotus, L.

Vernacular name: Lien yu.

Macrones longirostris.

Macrones longirostris, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1873,

p. 245,

Vernacular name: Hut wang yu.

Macrones Vachellit.

Bagrus (?) Vachellit, Richards. Ichth. China and Japan, p. 284.

Silurus calvarius, Basilewsky, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. x.

1855, p. 241, pl. ix. fig. 1.

Pseudobagrus Vachellii, Giinth. Fish. v. p. 86.

Vernacular name: Ko ya tzu yu.

Formerly I was inclined to refer S. calvarius, Basil., to

Macrones fulvidraco, but that name, I have now no doubt,

was intended for the present species.

Cyprinus carpio, L.

Vernacular name: Li yu.

262 On Fishes from Newchwang, North China.

Hypophthalmichthys molitriz, C. V.

Vernacular name: Chiang pan tou yu.

Opsartichthys Morrisonii, sp.n. (Pl. XIII. fig. A.)

D410) «A 10.10 DB. lataass- a. trasisv+9/5:

Head compressed, deep, its depth being two thirds of its

length. The eye is immediately below the upper profile,

distant more than two diameters from the angle of the

mouth; it is small, one seventh of the length of the head,

and two fifths of that of the snout. Interorbital space flat,

21 times as wide as the orbit. Mouth wide, the maxillary

extending to below the middle of the eye. The end of the

lower jaw is received in a notch of the upper, and has on each

side in front a notch to receive a strong projection of the

upper jaw. The third, fourth, and fifth anal rays are pro-

longed into a lobe which reaches the base of the caudal.

Origin of the dorsal opposite to that of the ventral, but only

very little nearer to the root of the caudal than to the end of

the snout. Caudal deeply forked. The pectoral does not

extend to the ventral. ‘The depth of the body and the length

of the head are a little more than one fourth of the total length

(without caudal). Suborbital ring broad, its width below

the orbit being equal to that of the orbit. Silvery.

The specimen is 9 inches long, fully mature, and was

caught during the breeding-season, the lower jaw and other

parts of the head being beset with small dermal tubercles.

‘lhe species is allied to O. bédens, and bears the Chinese name

of Pat-ku yu. For comparison the latter species is figured

on Pl. XII. fig. B; it has been described in Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., Sept. 1873, p. 249.

Culter erythropterus.

Vernacular name: Pat yu.

~ Culter erythropterus, Basil. Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. x. 1855,

p. 286, tab. viii. fig. 1; Giinth. Fish. vii. p. 328.

Culter ilisheformis, Bleek. Nat. Verh. Ak. Wet. xii.; Cyprin. Chin.

p- 67, tab. x. fig. 1; Giinth. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1889,

« 227.

Colter Sieboldii, Dybowski, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxii. 1872,

p. 214 (is probably the same fish).

Having now had the opportunity of comparing a specimen

from Northern China with others from the Yangtsekiang, I

have convinced myself of their specific identity. Bleeker’s

first description in Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. ii. p. 27, was faulty.

On the Physical Aspects of the Liao Basin. 263

a Steboldii, from the Amur, seems to me to be the same

fish.

Cotlia nasus, Schleg.

Vernacular name: Tao yu.

It may appear doubtful whether Basilewsky’s Osteo-

glossum prionostoma should be referred to this species or to

Coilia clupeoides.

Chatoéssus punctatus, Schleg.

Vernacular name: Haz chi yu.

Harpodon nehereus, H. B.

Vernacular name: Men tiao yu.

Anguilla bostoniensis, Les.

Vernacular name: Shan yu.

The eel in Dr. Morrison’s collection shows the technical

characters of the form “ bostoniensis,” although also Anguilla

vulgaris and A. mauritanica have been brought from China.

It will always be doubtful to which of these forms Basi-

lewsky’s A. pekinensis should be referred.

Trygon, sp.

A young specimen, without tail.

Vernacular name: Yang yu.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. A. Opsariichthys Morrisoniz.

Fig. B. dens.

XLITI.—WNotes on the Physical Aspects and on the Food-Fishes

of the Liao Basin, North China. By W. Morrison, M.D.

AT the request of Dr. Giinther I offer herewith a few notes,

supplementary to the preceding paper, on the physical aspects

of the Liao basin and on the food-fishes of Newchwang, some

of which are not included in the collection made for me b

H.M. Consul, Mr. A. Hosie, and described by Dr. Giinther.

The chief source of the Liao River is in Mongolia, near

the southern termination of the Kinghan range of mountains,

in lat. 43° 30’ N. and long. 118° E. During its course

264 Dr. W. Morrison on the

through Mongolia it is named the Sira muren (yellow river).

The direction is easterly for about 300 miles. Soon after

entering Manchuria the course changes from E. to §.8.W.,

and it is thenceforth named the Liao. Altogether after a

course of about 600 miles it enters that portion of the Yellow

Sea named the Gulf of Liau-tong, near the treaty port of

Newcliwang, in lat. 40° 57’ N., long. 121° 27’ E.

Near its southward bend it receives from the north the

Hen-su River, and soon after the Kai-yuen branch from the

north-east.

In the alluvial plain the chief tributary on the left bank is

formed by the union of two rivers—the Hun, which flows

south-west near Mukden (the Manchurian capital), and the

Tai-tzu, which flows west past the city of Liauyang. The

river formed by their union, after a very brief course, joins

the Liao 60 miles north from Newchwang.

Tributaries, though not so important, are also received

from the west.

Northward in lat. 44° a low range forms the watershed

between the Liao and Songari. The tributaries which are

there in close proximity are the Y-tung, which flows north

to the Songari, and the Hen-su, which flows south to the

Liao.

From the Gulf to the rise of the Hen-su the basin of the

Liao has a length of about 300 miles. In addition, and of

nearly equal length, there is the western prolongation along

the course of the Sira muren.

Viewing the Sira muren and Liao as one river, the physical

conditions admit of a threefold division. The first section of

the course is among mountains with intervening valleys,

possessing a considerable rainfall. Next there is a portion

that flows through steppe country, with small rainfall and few

tributaries. The last and chief portion is that which flows

through the great alluvial plain, where important tributaries

are received and the rainfall is moderate, but subject to occa-

sional variations. The Hun and Tai-tzu tributary rivers,

which have been visited by me, are clear rivers flowing over

pebbly bottoms.

At Newchwang, 10 miles distant from the sea, the river is

3 mile broad and from 20 to 30 feet deep. The tidal influ-

ence extends to about 20 miles above Newchwang. The

river is navigable for river cargo-boats for about 200 miles.

‘There is no proper estuary. The river has cut a channel for

itself, outward into deep water, amid shallows and sandbanks.

‘The rocky coast of the peninsula to the east is distant by

boat about 12 miles from the river’s mouth. There behind

Food- Fishes of the Liao Basin, North China. 265

some rocky promontory is situated the fishing village, and

fishing junks and boats of various sizes find friendly shelter.

Shore fishermen also reside in cottages scattered along the

seaboard. Wooden stilts, 4 to 5 feet in height, which when

in use are strapped firmly to the leg, are in requisition. By

their aid the fishermen can wade in deep water. A large net

is pushed along in front; a small hand-net is kept for

emptying it, while the fish-basket, supported on floats, is

dragged behind.

While on a visit there I have observed that the Alga

growing on rocks were scarce and stinted, and the shells of

shore-mollusks seemed dwarfed in size. Mud held in suspen-

sion must be an important factor in determining the forms of

life that find in the river a suitable habitat. Distributed by

currents it may also have a modifying influence on the fauna

of the adjacent coast. Temperature is also an important

factor. For two months in summer the heat is tropical,

while during the winter the sea is frozen across for from two

to three months.

When the river is in flood the country is under water for

long distances. When the waters subside fish can be caught

in pools and ditches by waysides.

Fishing to a limited extent is carried on during winter

through holes made and kept open in the ice.

In addition to the fishes enumerated in Dr. Giinther’s

paper others, belonging to the genera Scomber, Gadus, Clupea,

Platessa, and Solea, may be found at times in the market at

Newchwang.

The genus Culter—like the greater number of specimens in

the collection—is in common use for food among the Chinese,

but does not appear on the table of foreign residents.

Mugil so-iuy is a valuable food-fish. The flesh is a little

softer than that of the herring or trout, but the flavour is

pleasant, and it is procurable for the greater part of the year.

Harpodon nehereus (the “ silver fish” of foreign residents)

answers in some measure to “ whitebait,’ and is in frequent

request for the foreign table.

Anguilla bostoniensis—Smoked eel affords a palatable dish.

During winter fish are readily preserved in the frozen con-

dition. ‘This affords facility for transport, but makes it at

times difficult to trace the species to their native habitat.

The “codfish” (size comparable to that of an average

haddock) of foreign residents is caught on the western coast

of the peninsula during the early days of December, and,

along with oysters of good quality, sent up to the port in the

frozen condition. Itis not supplied at any other time. Like-

266 On the Food-Fishes of the Liao Basin.

wise during winter the following are imported from the

Songari :—

Acipenser mantschuricus (“’huang yu”’).—This fish fur-

nishes ‘‘ caviare’’ more suitable to Russian low temperatures

and gastric capabilities than to the ordinary resident at treaty

ports. The flesh of the sturgeon is very palatable, but

unsuitable to persons with weak digestion.

“White Fish” (length 18 inches and upwards) comes to

Newchwang from the Songari v@ Mukden, where it is known

by foreign residents under that name—probably a translation

from the Chinese words “ pai yu.” This fish is of excellent

quality and flavour, approaching in these respects to the

famous “ Sam lai” imported here from Shanghai, and stated

by Richardson (Ichthyol. China, p. 305) to be Alosa Reevesit

and A. palasah.

Salmo, sp. ?’—The Salmonoid imported in late autumn to

Newchwang by steamers from the Amur is probably identical

with that found in the lower Songari; it is known to ascend

the Songarias far as San-sing near lat.47° N. In the Hurka,

a tributary which joins the Songari at San-sing, travellers

describe its capture during the spawning-season in immense

numbers. There its name is ZYa-ma-ha. It forms the

staple supply of food, and yields oil and clothing for the Ya-

pi-Ta-tzu, or Fish-skin Tartars. These Salmonoids show

a remarkable uniformity in size, the average weight being

10 lbs. There are two large teeth in each jaw. The colour

(while spawning) is darker and lacks the silvery lustre

of Salmo salar. The sides are marked with extensive pink

patches.

Salmo, sp.— Méllendorff (Verteb. of Chili, in Journ. N.C. B.

Roy. As. Soc. 1877, p. 107) states that he had not been able

himself to discover a specimen of Salmonide in Chili. A

specimen was brought to him, however, by a friend from a

locality about 150 miles north of Pekin, where they were

stated to exist in abundance, and were procurable up to

15 feet in length. The specimen was young and not very

well preserved, but was that of an undoubted trout. The

colour was reddish grey with small black spots. This fish

did not agree with any Huropean species, and was believed

to come from an afiluent of the Luan River. Chinese name

"hua-yu, 1. e. spotted fish.

On the Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 267

XLIV.—Notes on the Embryology, Anatomy, and Habits of

Yoldia limatula, Say. By Gitman A. Drew%.

In this short abstract attention will briefly be called to some

points of interest in the development, anatomy, and habits of

Yoldia limatula, a member of Pelsner’s order Protobranchia.

A more detailed description will follow at a later time.

EMBRYOLOGY.

The eggs are about *15 millim. in diameter, of a chocolate-

brown colour, and very opaque. They are laid free in the

water, and are not encumbered by any kind of envelope.

The polar bodies are lost soon after they are formed. The

first cleavage results in the formation of subequal blastomeres.

Subsequent divisions give rise to an epibolic gastrula in

which there may be as many as sixty outer ectoderm-cells.

Some of the ectoderm-cells wander into the interior, the ento-

derm-cells divide, and at one side of the resulting cell-mass a

narrow tube appears, which opens to the exterior through the

blastopore. As it has not been determined whether this tube

is ectodermal or endodermal in origin, whether it represents a

stomodeum or a primitive gut, it will throughout this descrip-

tion be referred to as the ventral tube.

While these changes are taking place about forty-two of

the surface ectoderm-cells enlarge, become vacuolated, and

acquire cilia. ‘The embryo also elongates (fig. 1), becomes

cylindrical, acquires an apical plate which bears a tuft of

apical cilia, ac, and the outer cells, which will hereafter be

referred to as test-cells, arrange themselves in fiverows. The

blastopore, 5/, occupies the end of the cylinder opposite the

apical plate, and a depression, #, appears near the anterior

end of what may now be referred to as the ventral side. ‘The

two end rows of test-cells are entirely covered with fine cilia,

and the three intermediate rows each bear a band of much

- longer cilia. ‘The embryo now swims in more or less definite

lines, rotating the while upon its longitudinal axis. During

activity the apical cilia are bunched together into a sort of

whip, and always precede the embryo.

Inside the test a new ectoderm is formed, probably from the

ectoderm-cells that wander in. At the age of about forty

hours a few of these ectoderm-cells elongate and give rise to

the shell-gland, which spreads over the dorsal portion of the

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ November 1897,

pp. 11-14.

268 Mr. G. A. Drew on the

embryo, but never forms a distinct invagination. At most

it is only slightly concave when viewed from above, and soon

becomes arched outward. These changes are accompanied

by the formation of the mid-gut, a term that is not intended

External appearance of an embryo of forty-four hours.

ac, apical cilia; 62, blastopore; x, ventral depression.

to include the ventral tube, which is of unknown origin.

From the beginning it is connected with the ventral tube,

formed, as it were, as a continuation of the anterior extremity

of the ventral tube.

Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 269

From a time preceding the formation of the apical plate a

few cells of ectodermal origin have occupied an anterior

position. These cells extend ventrally to the depression x

(fig. 1), and push in between the test-cells. It was appa-

rently from cells connected with this group that the apical

plate was formed, and now, at about forty hours, other cells

from this same group form two thick-walled pouches, which

open to the exterior between the test-cells. These are the

rudiments of the cerebral ganglia. Fig. 2 represents a trans-

verse section of an embryo of fifty-eight hours, taken through

Transverse section of an embryo of fifty-eight hours, taken through the

depression «, fig. 1. eg, pouches which form the cerebral

ganglia ; mg, wall of the anterior end of the mid-gut; ¢, test.

the depression 2 (fig. 1). The test, ¢, is shown to be com-

posed of large vacuolated cells, the walls between which are

no longer very distinct. As this section cuts the anterior

row of test-cells, they are uniformly covered with cilia. The

rudiments of the cerebral ganglia, cg, appear as two thick-

walled pouches. ‘The wall of the anterior end of the mid-gut,

mg, appears 1n section.

Fig. 3 represents a transverse section of another embryo at

a corresponding stage, taken just in front of the second band

of cilia. The shell-gland, sg, has become arched upward,

and is on the verge of protruding laterally to form the

270 Mr. G. A. Drew on the

mantle. The mid-gut, mg, and the ventral tube, vé, are both

shown in cross-section.

This stage is of interest in showing the beginnings of the

ectodermal thickenings that form the pedal ganglia and the

ectodermal invaginations that form the otocysts.

Fig. 3.

Transverse section of an embryo of fifty-eight hours, taken just in front

of the second band of cilia. mg, mid-gut; sy, shell-gland ;

t, test; vt, ventral tube.

As the shell-gland spreads out into the mantle, the embryo

becomes slightly compressed laterally, the foot appears, and

the visceral ganglia may be distinguished.

Fig. 4 represents a reconstructed embryo of one hundred

and five hours. ‘The test-cells, ¢, are now very flat and much

thinner than at an earlier stage. ‘The shell, s, indicated in

outline, is well formed. The anterior adductor muscle, aa,

occupies a rather isolated position. The posterior adductor

muscle, pa, has just made its appearance. The foot, /, is

pretty well formed, and has running over and united to its

Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 271

tip the ventral tube, v¢, which opens to the exterior through

the blastopore, 6/, and is continuous with the mid-gut, mg.

Fig. 4.

AOUIAG UTA

pe cr

Reconstruction of an embryo of one hundred and five hours; cilia indi-

cated only at the margins. aa, anterior adductor muscle ; ac,

apical cilia ; 0/, blastopore; cy, cerebral ganglia ; f, foot ; Ul, left

liver-lobe; mg, mid-gut; of, otocyst; pa, posterior adductor

muscle; pg, pedal ganglion; 7, pouch extending from the

cerebral ganglia to the exterior; s, shell; ¢, test; vg, visceral

ganglion; vt, ventral tube.

The embryo at this stage has acquired an anus, which has

broken through into the upper part of the blastopore. The

272 Mr. G. A. Drew on the

liver, of which the left lobe, Ul, is indicated, has made its

appearance as evaginations of the mid-gut. The cerebral

ganglia, cg, pedal ganglia, pg, and visceral ganglia, vg, are

connected by commissures. ‘The cerebral ganglia have been

carried some distance from their point of origin, but are still

connected with the exterior by the unpaired space, 7, which

has followed them in. The otocysts, of, seem to be com-

pletely closed off, and each contains an otolith that stains

deeply with hematoxylin and a little later plainly shows

concentric structure. As the otocysts have never been open

to the exterior, development having taken place inside a

closed test, the otoliths cannot be foreign particles.

At about the age of one hundred and five hours, or a little

later, the embryo stops swimming, settles to the bottom, the

cilia shrivel, the test-cells break apart and go to pieces, and

the animal is left in its clear white shell free upon the bottom.

Beside the test, the casting includes the stalk that extends

from the test to the cerebral ganglia, the apical plate and its

connexion, and the ventral tube from the blastopore to the

position of the definitive mouth. The time occupied by

these changes is very brief, only a very few minutes at most.

The foot, which at first is capable of only feeble move-

ments, grows rapidly, and is soon very active. It is never

moved slowly, but is thrust out with a jerk and withdrawn

quite as suddenly. Locomotion is chiefly effected by long

and powerful cilia, which are arranged along the sides of the

foot, and are very active whenever the foot is thrust out of

the shell. The animal is thus enabled to glide over the

surface on which it rests, but is unable to rise.

The gill rudiments appear in about one hundred and fifteen

hours as thickenings of the posterior portion of the mantle.

Each thickening becomes more pronounced, and is soon

divided by a constriction into two parts—one dorsal, the

other ventral. This constriction deepens, the ventral portion

broadens, is carried posteriorly, and in turn becomes divided

into two parts. In the meantime the alimentary canal has

lengthened, the stomach has enlarged, the left liver-lobe has

become larger than the right, and the foot has acquired a

“ sole,” which roughly corresponds in shape and movements

with the “sole” of the adult. Locomotion is still materially

aided by the long and powerful cilia. Fig. 5 represents a

reconstruction of an embryo twelve and a half days old, as

seen from the right side, with the right shell-valve and the

mantle-lobe removed. The powerful cilia of the foot and

gill and the fine cilia that cover the surface of the body and

project into the lumen of the alimentary canal have not been

Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 273

indicated. The lettering will enable the reader to identify

the different parts.

The most striking peculiarities in the development of

Yoldia are connected with the formation and disappearance of

the test. So far as is known, Dondersia is the only other

mollusk whose embryo has a locomotor test. A short account

of the embryology of Dondersia banyulensis, illustrated by

three figures, has been published by Pruvot (7). The fully

formed tests of both Dondersia aud Yoldia consist of five

rows of cells, all of which bear cilia. The cilia on the third

Reconstruction of an embryo of twelve and a half days, seen from the

left side, with the left shell-valve and mantle-lobe removed.

aa, anterior adductor muscle ; cg, cerebral ganglion ; f, foot; g,

gill; Z, posterior prolongation of the left liver-lobe ; oft, otocyst ;

pa, posterior adductor muscle; py, pedal ganglion; r/, right

liver-lobe ; sto, stomach; vg, visceral ganglion.

row of cells (counting from the anterior) of Dondersta and

the second, third, and fourth rows of Yoldia are long and

collected into bands which surround the embryos. The body

of the embryo of Dondersia protrudes posteriorly during

development. No such protrusion takes place with Yoldva.

Each is provided with an apical plate and apical cilia, and in

either case the test is finally cast off.

The young larva of Dentalium, as figured and described

by Lacaze-Duthiers (4) and Kowalevsky (8), bears a certain

resembiance to those of Dondersia and Yoldia. This is

largely due to three or more rows of cells, each of which

bears a band of cilia. At this stage these cells form the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 21

274 Mr. G. A. Drew on the

greater part of the external surface of the embryo. As the

body of the larva elongates posteriorly these cells are crowded

forward to form the velum, which, however, does not seem

to be cast off.

Through these forms we may, perhaps, trace an homology

between the test of Yoldia and the velum of other forms. In

this connexion it is interesting to notice that in a few forms

the velum is known to be cast away. This was observed by

Sigerfoos (8) for Teredo and by Wilson (9) for Polygordius.

The condition presented by the mouth and anus both

opening through the blastopore is interesting. It may be

that the blastopore offers the only available place for the anus

to open, or it may stand in relation to forms on the one hand

that have the blastopore persisting as the mouth, and on the

other hand to forms that have the position of the blastopore

occupied by the anus.

The formation of the cerebral ganglia from the walls of

invaginations deserves special mention, inasmuch as it seems

to be the first case reported for the Lamellibranchiata.

ANATOMY AND HABITS.

Yoldia limatula lives in soft mud or ooze, in which it

moves about by means of its muscular foot, which is so

modified that its edges can be turned outward and so form a

first-rate anchor. So efficient is the foot in burrowing that a

specimen placed upon the surface of the soft mud in which it

lives will completely bury itself with two thrusts of the foot.

The foot is very sensitive and is moved with wonderful

rapidity. In every way it shows itself to be nicely adapted

for burrowing. It seems very hard to imagine that it could

possibly be used as a creeping-organ.

From the posterior part of each external palp there arises

an elongated appendage, known as the palp-appendage,

which can be protruded to a distance considerably exceeding

the length of the shell. This appendage is folded longitu-

dinally to form a groove that runs from its tip to its point of

attachment.

When the animal is feeding the shell is slightly tipped

ventrally from the perpendicular, and about two-thirds of its

anterior end is buried in the mud. ‘The palp appendages are

thrust out of the shell, and one at least bends over and inserts

its tip into the mud. The cilia lining its longitudinal groove

immediately begin to elevate the mud, which is rich in living

organisms. ‘The stream of particles passing along the groove

is large enough to be distinguished at a distance of some feet.

Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say. 275

In this way foraminifers, ostracods, and even small lamelli-

branchs and gastropods, are passed along the groove, between

the palps, and finally into the mouth.

Thus we find that Mitsukuri’s surmise (5), based on finding

sand in the grooves of the palp-appendages of preserved

specimens, was right. The palp-appendages are food-col-

lectors.

Experiments were tried to determine if possible the part

taken by the gills in collecting food. No definite results

were reached, but in no case was Kellogg’s observation (2)

that the gills are extremely active food-collectors confirmed.

Considering the remarkable activity of the palps in col-

lecting food, such activity for the gills seems rather unneces-

sary, and it would also seem that the pumping action of the

gills, presently to be described, would seriously interfere with

their performing such a function.

Diagrammatic transverse section of an adult animal, taken just in front

of the posterior adductor muscle. /, foot; g, gills; gs, gill

suspensory membrane; m, mantle; s, shell.

Tt is well known that each pair of gills is suspended from

the body-wall by a membrane, but little or no attention has

been given the fact that this membrane is muscular. As the

gills are composed of wide plates, they are sufficiently broad

to span the spaces between the foot and the mantle-lobes

(fig. 6), and behind the foot unitedly to a ae entire

276 On the Embryology &c. of Yoldia limatula, Say.

mantle-chamber. Anteriorly the gills gradually diminish in

size and finally disappear. Posteriorly they are attached to

the wall that separates the twosiphons. The mantle-chamber

is thus divided by a movable partition into a ventral chamber,

opening through the inhalent siphon, and a dorsal chamber,

opening through the exhalent siphon.

In young specimens, in which the brown gills are visible

through the shell, the movements of the gills may be observed.

They are gradually pressed ventrally, probably by the blood

forced into them, the water passing between the gill-plates as

they descend. ‘This is followed by a quick contraction of

the suspensory membranes (fig. 6, gs), accompanied by a

vigorous discharge of water through the exhalent siphon as

the dorsal chamber diminishes, and a corresponding influx of

water through the inhalent siphon as the ventral chamber

enlarges. ‘The movements of the siphons accompanying the

movements of the gills are very conspicuous, and have been

mentioned by Brooks (1). The movements are more or less

rhythmic, the time varying with the needs of the animal.

The currents of water are probably primarily for respiratory

purposes, but they aid in clearing the mantle-chamber from

the dirt that is constantly finding its way in, and more espe-

cially from the feces, which, being so largely composed of

sand and mud, would otherwise drop into and soon clog the

mantle-chamber. Besides creating currents of water, these

movements may aid in causing the exchange of blood.

The inner, pericardial, and outer, mantle-chamber, ends of

each excretory organ lie very near each other. Pelsner (6)

has described the genital duct as opening into the excretory

organ near its pericardial opening. In all the cases that I

have examined the genital duct bends ventrally, when

almost in contact with the inner end of the excretory organ,

meets the end and opens with it. The common opening of

the excretory organ and genital duct into the mantle-chamber

is elongated antero-posteriorly, and seems to represent a fusion

of the two rather than an opening of one duct into the other.

No distinct separation into cerebral and pleural ganglia

has been observed.

The otocystic canals have not been traced to the exterior,

but they are distinctly visible near the otocysts. Their

meaning is not clear to me, as the otocysts seem to be entirely

closed off at an early age.

In closing, attention will be called to two sensitive areas on

each mantle-margin. ‘These lie opposite the extremities of

shell-stripes that run from the beaks to the ventral margin,

one anterior, the other posterior. The anterior area is in the

On new Mammals from Bolivia. 277

form of an elliptical projection, and the posterior area is a

flat expansion. Both, especially the anterior projection, are

quite sensitive to mechanical stimulation. They are both

entirely distinct from the organ of special sense described by

Brooks (1). Their special functions remain to be determined.

My thanks are due to Dr. W. K. Brooks, who has directed

this work, and I wish publicly to acknowledge my indebted-

ness to my wife, who has materially aided me in securing,

tending, and preserving specimens.

Zoological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University,

Baltimore, May 1, 1897.

Literature cited.

. Brooxs.—“ An Organ of Special Sense in the Lamellibranchiate

Genus Yoldia.” Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1874.

. Kettoce.— A Contribution to our Knowledge of Lamellibranchiate

Mollusks.” Bull. U.S. Fish Com. 1890.

. KowaLrevsxky.— Etude sur l’embryogénie du Dentale.” Ann. du

Musée d’hist. nat. de Marseille, Zool. tome i. 1883.

. Lacaze-Dutuiers.—* Histoire de l’organisation et du développe-

ment du Dentale.” Ann. des Sci. nat. iv. sér. tome vii. 1857.

. Mrrsukur1.—“ On the Structure and Significance of some Aberrant

Forms of Lamellibranchiate Gills.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.

vol. xxi. 1881.

6, Prtsner.—“ Contribution a l’étudedes Lamellibranches.” Archives

de Biol. tome xi. 1891.

7. Pruvor.—“Sur le développement d’un Solénogastre.” Comptes

Rend., Paris, tome cxi. 1890.

8. StazeRFoos.— Notes on the Organization of the Larva and the

Post-larval Development of Ship-worms.” Johns Hopkins Uni-

versity Circulars, vol. xv. no. 126, 1896. Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. vol. xviii. 1896.

9. Witson.—* Origin of the Mesoblast-bands in Annelids,” Journ. of

Morph, vol. iv. no. 2. 1890.

oo F- C©® wo

XLV.—On some new Mammals from the Neighbourhood of

Mount Sahama, Bolivia. By OLDFIELD THOMAS,

THE British Museum has purchased from Mr. Gustav Garlepp

a small series of mammals obtained by him at Esperanza, a

“tambo” in the neighbourhood of Mount Sahama, Bolivia,

while collecting birds for Count von Berlepsch. The speci-

mens prove to be of considerable interest, as there are among

them examples of no less than five new species, one of these

representing a new genus.

Mr. Garlepp informs me that “the mammals were all

taken at an altitude of 4000 metres in the ‘ Puna’ region—

that is to say, on the high plateau between the Coast

278 Mr. O. Thomas on

Cordillera and the main Eastern Cordillera—a region which

is without trees and is partly covered with low bushes

and partly with short grass. In this steppe-like country, and

not on broken or rocky ground, all the mammals were

collected. Mount Sahama itself, distant some 50 kilometres

from the place where the collection was made, is one of the

highest peaks of the Coast Cordillera, attaining an altitude

of about 7000 metres.”

Besides the new species, examples of Canis azare, Cte-

nomys opimus, Lagidium peruanum, and Cavia boliviensis

occur in the collection.

Conepatus rea, sp. 0.

Size comparatively large. Fur very long and thick, 75 to

80 millim. long on the back. Hairs of neck and anterior

back definitely reversed forwards, from a pair of prominent

hair-whorls just behind the shoulders to a transverse ridge

between the ears, formed by the meeting of the opposed

hairs. White of back forming two broad bands, extending

from the hair-ridge between the ears backwards on to the

rump, but not reaching the tail; in front of the hair-whorls

these bands are separated by a narrow black band about half

an inch in breadth, which disappears at the whorls, where the

two bands coalesce. Behind the whorls the two bands

rapidly separate to a distance from each other of about 3 or 4

inches. ‘Tail very long and bushy, much longer than in most

of the South-American forms, and uniformly bushy through-

out, the hairs from 80 to 120 millim. in length; in colour it

is nearly wholly black, there being only a few scattered white

hairs on its terminal third. Posterior half of soles thickly

hairy.

eR of the type (an old female), taken on the skin,

and all merely approximate :—

Head and body 430 millim.* ; tail, without hairs 270, with

hairs 340; hind foot, without claws 66, with claws 73.

Skull: basal length 67°5; greatest zygomatic breadth 45 ;

greatest mastoid breadth 41:5; interorbital breadth 22:5;

intertemporal breadth 19°5; palate length from gnathion 31:9.

The teeth are too much worn down to be measured or

described.

Type B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 4; original number 1752.

Killed 3rd June, 1897.

This exceedingly handsome skunk is quite unlike any

Conepatus that I can find recorded. Perhaps the nearest to

* Mr. Garlepp gives C80 millim. as the total length in the flesh.

new Mammals from Bolivia. 279

it is the specimen from “Tropical America” described in

1865 by Gray as “ Conepatus nasutus, var. 4. Lichtensteini”*,

but this differs by its smaller size, narrower white dorsal

lines, white tail, naked soles, and other details. Somewhat

similar specimens to the latter come from Costa Rica.

Phyllotis (2?) Garleppit, sp. n.

General appearance very like that of one of the North-

American “ Grasshopper Mice ”’ (Onychomys), an appearance

chiefly due to the short tail. Fur close and thick, not parti-

cularly long for an inhabitant of such altitudes; hairs of back

about 12 millim. in length. General colour above greyish

buff, finely lined with black, becoming clear buff along the

sides. Face rather paler, rump rather stronger buff, but no

special contrasts present. Eyes without darker rings. Ears

smaller than in other Phyllotes, their colour not unlike that

of the back, except that the anterior part of the outer surface

is rather blacker. Hairs of under surface slaty basally,

snowy white terminally, the line of demarcation on sides

sharply marked; on the chest the hairs are snowy white to

their roots. Hands and feet pure white above; soles hairy

for their posterior two thirds. Tail extremely short, not

twice the length of the hind foot; closely haired, pure white

above and below throughout.

Skull with a very convex frontal profile, the muzzle being

markedly bent downwards; nasals long, hiding the incisors

from above; zygomata starting very strongly and abruptly

outwards, and then turned back almost at aright angle, front

edge of their anterior root much slanted and running up to

a very high level on the skull, so that the forehead does not

project above the upper anterior zygoma-root. Supraorbital

edges square, not ridged. Palatal foramina long and well

open, reaching backward to the middle of m.’,

Incisors more thrown forward than usual, very slender,

their narrow anterior faces pale yellow above and below.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male) measured in

skin :-—

Head and body 123 + millim.; tail 38; hind foot (wet) 25;

ear (wet) 18.

Skull: greatest breadth 17°8; nasals 13:44; interorbital

breadth 3°7 ; palate length from henselion 14°2; diastema 8°7 ;

palatal foramina 7:2 x 2°5; length of upper molar series 5:1 ;

lower jaw, condyle to incisor-tip 21.

* P.Z.S. 1865, p. 147; Cat. Carn. B. M. p. 185 (1869).

Tt “ Total length 165 millim.” (G. Garlepp).

280 My, O. Thomas on

Type B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 5; original number 1740.

Killed May 20, 1897.

It is with great doubt that I place this remarkable mouse

in the genus Phyllotis, as its short tail and hairy feet give it

a very different appearance to that of Ph. Darwini, the typical

species of that group. PA. boliviensis, however, seems so to

connect the two forms that, until further material is obtained,

Mr. Garlepp’s mouse may be provisionally referred to

Phyllotis.

CHINCHILLULA, gen. nov.

Form approximately that of the short-tailed species of

Phyllotis, Ears very large. Fur excessively long and

soft. Palms and soles naked, except just under the heel,

with 5-6 pads; pollex with a rather elongated nail.

Skull very much as in Phyllotis, but the molar teeth enor-

mously enlarged and very high-crowned, their greatest

breadth equal to the space between the anterior pair. In

pattern they are simpler than in Phyllotis, the posterior

lamina of m.' simply transverse and not tending to be con-

stricted into two loops; m.? and m.°® without anterior supple-

mentary cusps and the general pattern simpler, posterior

lamina of m.*° much narrower than the anterior. Lower

molars similarly modified ; the posterior supplementary hooks

absent, and the last molar, instead of being more or less

sigmoid, consisting of two simple lamine connected mesially,

the posterior much smaller than the anterior.

Chinchillula sahame, sp. n.

Size about as in Phyllotis Darwini, but general form ap-

pearing stouter, mainly on account of the length of the fur.

Pelage excessively long, soft and silky, very like that of a

Chinchilla both in colour and texture, the underfur about 18

or 19 millim. long on the back, and mixed with a few longer

hairs, which attain to upwards of 25 millim. General colour

above cinereous grey, washed with blackish; the hairs of the

back slaty for four-fifths their length, then pale greyish white,

and finally tipped with black. ‘The projecting ends of the

longer hairs are black, except on the rump, where they are

white. Hyes faintly black-ringed. ars large, rounded,

their visible surfaces, when folded, black; a small white

patch at the base of their outer margin. Outer side of hips

with a whitish projection running up from the belly-colour

into that of the back, succeeded behind by a blacker area on

the back of the hams, and this again succeeded by a white

new Mammals from Bolivia. 281

area round the base of the tail. Belly-hairs snowy white

terminally, slaty basally. Upper surface of hands and feet

well-haired, white. Tail less than half as long as the head

and body, well-haired and pencilled, though not to be called

bushy, uniformly white throughout.

Skull (in a rather immature specimen) rounded, not unlike

in general outline that of Phyllotis Darwini, though broader

in proportion to its length. Nasals barely reaching forward

far enough to hide the incisors ; behind they just surpass the

premaxillary processes. Supraorbital edges square (probably

sharply so in old age), not beaded or ridged. Interparietal

large. Anterior edge of zygoma-root little projecting, evenly

slanting forwards. Anterior palatine foramina well open,

their edges sharply ridged, their posterior ends level with the

anterior lamina of m.*. Hinder edge of palate level with the

centre of m.*, V-shaped instead of transverse, but this may be

due to youth. Bulle rather larger than in Phyllotis.

Teeth.—Incisors narrow, smooth in front, pale yellowish

above and below. Mbolars as described above ; their extreme

hypsodontism may be gauged by the fact that the vertical

height of the first outer groove on m.’ is no less than 3 millim.

At its broadest point m.* is 2°5 millim. in breadth.

Dimensions of the type (a slightly immature male), mea-

sured in skin :—

Head and body 122* millim.; tail 59; hind foot, without

claws (wet) 26°5, with claws 28; ear 23.

Skull: basal length (c.) 25; basilar length (c.) 24;

greatest breadth 16°5; nasals, length 10°7; interorbital

breadth 4°8 ; interparietal 3°7 x 12; palate length from hen-

selion 14; diastema 8; palatine foramina 6°3 x 2°G6; length

of upper molar series (on alveoli) 7:2.

Type B.M. no. 98.3. 16.6; original number 1777. Killed

June 25, 1897.

Akodon Berlepschit, sp. n.

Size and general proportions about as in A. mollis, Thos.

Fur thick and close, about 7-9 millim. long on the back.

General colour above dark cinereous grey, blacker on the

centre of the back, clearer grey along the sides; no tendency

to fulvous, rufous, or olive tones. The hairs of the back are

an unusually dark blackish slaty, with a subterminal band of

white, succeeded by black tips; there are also a considerable

number of longer black hairs intermixed with the shorter

ones. Jace like back, no darker markings round eyes.

* Mr. Garlepp records the total length, including tail, as 185 millim.

282 On new Mammals from Bolivia.

Ears of medium length, thickly hairy, blackish grey ter-

minally, more whitish grey basally, a lighter greyish patch

present behind their posterior bases. Under surface strongly

contrasted white, the bases of the hairs slaty, their tips snowy

white. Hands and feet wholly white above. Anterior claws

rather more elongate than in the allied forms. Tail about

equal in length to the body without the head, well-haired,

prominently bicolor, black above and white below for its

whole length, except that the tip below is also blackish.

Skull almost precisely similar to that of A. mollis; inter-

orbital region broad, its edges square, not ridged. Inter-

parietal quite minute. Palatine foramina reaching back

beyond the middle of m.’.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :—

Head and body * 104 millim. ; tail 75; hind foot (wet) 20;

ear (wet) 13.

Skull: back of interparietal to front of nasals 24:2;

greatest breadth 13°3; nasals 13°6 x 3:2; interorbital breadth5;

palate length from henselion 11; diastema 6°9; palatal fora-

mina 6 X 271; length of upper molar series 4:1.

Type B.M. no. 98. 3. 16. 7; original number 1695.

Killed 28th April, 1897.

While as regards the skull this mouse can scarcely be

distinguished from A. mollis, its colour is entirely different

both from that and every other known Akodon.

I have named this species in honour of Count von Berlepsch,

the eminent ornithologist, by whose assistance Mr. Garlepp

was enabled to make his explorations and through whose

courtesy the British Museum has been allowed to acquire the

mammals he collected.

Cavia niata, sp. n.

Size small, about as in C. australis. Fur of medium

length, the hairs 15-18 millim. long on the back. General

colour a peculiar pale yellowish buff, quite unlike that of any

other Cavy. Face, cheeks, hairs on and at base of ears more

whitish buff. Whole of under surface and anal area white,

with a slight buffy tinge, not sharply defined on the sides ;

bases of hairs pale slaty. Upper surface of hands and feet

also buffy white.

Skull very peculiarly shortened and rounded, in exaggera-

tion of the characteristics of that of C. australis. Upper

profile very strongly convex, the muzzle bent down to an

unusual angle with the basicranial axis. Nasals short and

* “Total length 175 millim.” (G. G.).

On Two new Argentine Rodents. 283

broad, evenly broadening backwards, and then abruptly

truncated, not narrowing to a median point posteriorly, their

hinder margin convex backwards; premaxillary processes

very narrow and slender. Zygomata strongly and evenly

bowed outwards, the outlines of the two, continued across the

muzzle, forming together three-fourths of a circle. Palatine

foramina long, as in C. australis, but markedly narrower.

Posterior palatal margin rounded, not angular, level with the

hinder lamina of m.?.

Incisors slender, narrow, the upper ones more thrown

forwards than in other species, their front surface white.

Posterior talon of m.° much less developed than in C. aus-

tralis.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female) :—

Head and body (fide Garlepp) 190 millim.; hind foot

(wet) 345 ear (wet) 13.

Skull: basal length 36°6; basilar length from henselion

33°5; greatest breadth 29°5; nasals 15x91; interorbital

breadth 11; palate length from henselion 18°5 ; diastema 9°3 ;

palatal foramina 5°5X2°1; length of upper molar series

(crowns) 10°2.

Type B.M. no. 98. 8. 16. 20; original number 1716.

Killed May 8, 1897.

The only known species to which this curious little Cavy

is even distantly allied is C. australis, but that differs markedly

from it both in cranial and external characters. C. menus,

described in the following paper, is, on the other hand,

closely allied to C. australis and equally distant from

C. niata.

XLVI.— Descriptions of Two new Argentine Rodents.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(I.)

THE British Museum owes to the kindness of Dr. F. P.

Moreno, of the La Plata Museum, the skin of a Cavy from

Rioja, obtained by him during the same expedition on which

he discovered the Hligmodontia Moreni described by me in

1896 *. In working out the Cavies collected by Mr. Garlepp

and referred to in the preceding paper the Rioja one also

proves to be new, and may be described as follows :—

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 307 (1896).

284 Mr. O. Thomas on

Cavia meenas, sp. n.

Nearly allied to C. australis, but larger. General colour

dull buffy fawn, the hairs pale slaty basally, with subterminal

buffy bands and black tips. Eyes with well-marked whitish

rings. Hairs on inner side of ear and on the patch behind

its posterior base whitish. Under surface buffy white, not

sharply defined, the hairs slaty grey basally. Uppersides of

hands and feet dull whitish, tending towards fawn mesially.

Skull with a much longer and more parallel-sided muzzle

than C. australis, the nasals practically as broad in front as

behind ; interorbital region flat, little ridged, its edges more

nearly parallel than in C. australis. Lacrymals as in that

species. Palatal foramina very long, uniting with the in-

cisive fissures, not of the characteristic triangular shape of

those of C. australis.

Upper incisors vertical, not thrown forward; white in

front. Talon of m.*® long, about equal in extent to the

second lamina of that tooth.

Dimensions of the type, in skin :—

Head and body (evidently stretched) 265 millim.; hind

foot, without claws 41, with claws 45.

Skull: tip of nasals to bregma 35°53; greatest breadth 30;

nasals 18°7 x 6°5; interorbital breadth 11:1; palate length

from henselion 22°6 ; diastema 12°5; palatal foramina 10 x3;

length of upper molar series 12-2; lower jaw, back of condyle

to incisor-tip 37.

Hab. Chilecito, Rioja, 1200 metres.

Type B.M. no. 96. 10. 7. 12. Collected and presented by

Dr. F. P. Moreno, of the La Plata Museum.

This species is evidently the North-Argentine representa-

tive of C. australis, to which species alone it is nearly allied

and from which it may be distinguished by its more buffy

colour, longer nasals, more vertical incisors, and longer

palatal foramina. Besides the type, the Museum possesses

an example in spirit from Mendoza of what appears (allowing

for the cranial variation usual in the group) to be the same

form, while a third example—a skin—was said to have come

from “ Chili”; but it seems probable that this statement is

erroneous.

(II.)

When in Argentina in the early part of 1896 I was given

by Dr. C. Spegazzini, of the La Plata Institute of Agronomy,

four specimens in the flesh of a Tuco-tuco, which he had

Two new Argentine Rodents. 285

obtained at “ Las Talas ” *, a district along the lower part of

the Santiago River, near Ensenada, the port of La Plata.

This animal, when describing Ctenomys Perrenst, I referred t

with some doubt to Dr. Nehring’s Ct. minutus, originally

from Mundo Novo, Rio Grande do Sul. Thanks to the kind-

ness of Dr. Nehring, I now possess a careful drawing of the

largest of the three skulls he founded that species upon, and

am therefore able to make a comparison between Ct. minutus

and the La Plata animal. From the drawing it appears to

me evident that Dr. Nehring’s specimens were immature—so

much so, indeed, that I doubt if the full-grown animal is any

smaller than the Uruguayan Ct. torquatus, Licht. In any

case, however, the Ensenada Tuco-tuco, of which an old male

barely exceeds in size the immature Ct. minutus, besides

differing in other characters, must be considered as a distinct

species.

Ctenomys talarum, sp. n.

Size very small; form, as judged by skull, more slender

than usual. General colour above very dark, the usual

buffy or clay-coloured subterminal bands on the hairs being

much hidden and obscured by their unusually broad black

tipping, the whole of the back being as dark as the very

darkest patches on the spine of Ct. Perrenst. Centre of face

nearly or quite black. Cheeks like back ; a small but well-

marked whitish patch just at the lower edge of the ear.

Under surface pale, almost exactly “‘ cream-buft”’ of Ridgway,

the chest very faintly darker; white axillary and inguinal

patches very small. Sparse hairs of hands and feet whitish

buff. Tail blackish brown above, pale buffy below.

Skull much lighter and more slender than in any other

species known tome. Muzzle narrow, parallel-sided. Nasals

broad, rapidly narrowing backward. Interorbital region

narrow, the postorbital processes delicate. Brain-case low

and flattened. Interparietal small, broader than long. Bulle

narrow.

Incisors less broad than in the allied species, their faces

as usual deep orange-yellow above and below.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male), taken by myself

in the flesh :—

Head and body 172 millim. ; tail 55; hind foot, without

claws, 30.

Skull: basal length 40-3; basilar length 38; zygomatic

* So called from the Tala trees (Celtis tala) which grow in the locality,

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 312 (1896),

286 Dr. A. Willey on Peripatus nove-britanniz.

breadth 26:2; nasals 15x 7:2; interorbital breadth 8:5;

breadth across postorbital processes 9°5 ; least breadth across

brain-case 16°25; greatest posterior breadth on auditory

meatus 24°7 ; palate length from henselion 20°7 ; diastema 13 ;

length of upper molar series 8°6; greatest diameter of ante-

rior tooth (p.*) 3:5.

Hab. “ Las Talas,” Ensenada, La Plata.

Type collected June 24, 1896. Original number 169.

This little species may be readily distinguished from any

hitherto described by its small size, dark coloration, and

slender skull.

XLVII.—On Peripatus nove-britannie, sp. n.

By Artuur WILLEY, D.Sc.

Last year I obtained thirteen specimens of a species of Pert-

patus in New Britain, of which eleven were females and the

remaining two males. The following brief diagnosis will

suffice to show that this species constitutes a new (Melanesian)

type of Pertpatus, conforming neither to the type of the Neo-

tropical, nor of the Australasian, nor of the Ethiopian species.

I. Colour.—In the living animal the colour consists gene-

rally of large and small. brownish-yelliow spots dotted

upon a black background. On the dorsal surface the

larger spots are arranged segmentally, one row on each

side above the bases of the legs and another row on

each side of the median line. On the ventral surface

there is a median row of brown spots surrounding the

ventral organs. The black ground-colour developed a

bluish tinge after preservation in 5-per-cent. formol,

and the ventral surface was then seen to be rather less

deeply pigmented than the dorsal surface.

Il. Female.

1. Length of largest specimen 54°75 millim., with

maximum width of 5 millim.

2. Twenty-four pairs of claw-bearing appendages.

*3, Legs provided with three spinous pads; the aper-

tures of the enlarged segmental organs of the

fourth and fifth legs placed in the centre of the

third or proximal pad; asimilarly placed aperture

sometimes occurs on the sixth leg.

*4, Feet with a primary papilla on the anterior and

* Nos. 3 to 5 apply to both sexes.

On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fox. 287

posterior margins, and a dorsal papilla, which is

sometimes median-dorsal and sometimes more or

less closely approximated to the anterior papilla.

*5. Outer blade of jaw without accessory minor tooth.

6. Generative aperture placed immediately behind the

last pair of legs.

7. Receptacula seminis present.

8. Embryos in all stages of development may occur in

the uteri of one individual.

III. Male (peculiar features) :—

1. Length 15 millim.

2. Twenty-two pairs of claw-bearing appendages.

3. Generative aperture placed at the end of a relatively

long, backwardly directed, conical papilla, imme-

diately behind the last pair of legs.

1V. 1. The identification of the sex of the individuals with

22 pairs of legs was confirmed by dissection.

2. The probability of the constancy of the difference

in the number of the legs of males and females

was strengthened by the examination of the older

embryos found in two of the females.

3. I hope shortly to publish an illustrated account of

this interesting species.

XLVII.—On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fox (Canis

lagopus). By G. EK. H. Barretr-Hamitron and J. L.

BoNnuOTE.

A COMPARISON of a set of Arctic Fox skulls brought back by

Barrett-Hamilton from Kamtchatka and the Commander

Islands with the series already in the British Museum

collection has revealed the fact that the skulls of those foxes

which inhabit the continent of Europe and Asia (and the

Commander Islands) may be distinguished from those of

Spitzbergen by their larger size and lesser proportionate

breadth. It is therefore necessary, according to the custom

now in vogue among naturalists, to distinguish the two sub-

species by name, and we propose that the fox from Spitz-

bergen should be known as Canis lagopus spitzbergenensis,

subsp. n., while the foxes of the mainland should be desig-

nated as Canis lagopus typicus.

The material at present available seems to establish the

* Nos. 3 to 5 apply to both sexes.

288 On Two Subspecies of the Arctic Fox.

apparent identity of the Spitzbergen foxes with those of

Iceland, Novaya Zemlya, and Greenland, since the measure-

ments of skulls in the museums of Dundee and Cambridge,

for the use of which we are indebted to the kindness of

Professor D’Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., and of Mr. 8. F.

Harmer, show that the Iceland and some of the Greenland

foxes belong also to a small race, which we are unable to

distinguish from that which inhabits Spitzbergen. In

Greenland it is interesting to note that both forms occur ; and

although the localities which accompany some of the skulls

from that country are not as exact as we could wish, there is

evidence to show that the ranges of the smaller and larger

races meet somewhere in the neighbourhood of Davis Straits,

and hence it seems possible that the foxes of the American

mainland belong to a large race like that of the mainland

of the Old World. ‘his supposition is partly borne out

by the presence in the British Museum collection of a large

female skull from the Aleutian Islands (no. 91. 12. 18. 3).

As, however, it is well known that Arctic foxes have been

frequently turned down on the islands of the Aleutian chain,

we do not think it advisable to give too much importance to

this specimen.

At all events we have no specimens from the American

mainland with which to compare our Old-World series, and

hence it is only possible, in the present state of our knowledge,

to distinguish two races, one of which—the larger—is found

all round the Arctic portions of the Eurasian continent and

on the Commander Islands, and probably also on the corre-

sponding portions of North America, while the smaller race

is confined to Spitzbergen, Iceland, and Greenland, meeting

the larger race at Davis Straits.

We are not in a position to give any external differences

whereby the two races may be distinguished, as the British

Museum does not possess a series of skins of the Arctic Fox.

It is probable, however, that such external differences exist.

The average total length of the series of skulls of the larger

form which we have been able to examine is 134 millim., and

of the smaller form only 126 millim., for males, the corre-

sponding measurements of the skulls of female animals being

124 and 118 millim. respectively; so that the dimensions

of males from Spitzbergen overlap those of females of the

larger race.

The largest male skull of C. lagopus typicus (e coll.G. E. H.

B.-H. no. 17) reaches a length of 140 millim., and the

smallest (e coll. G. E. H. B.-H. no. 20) 130°5 millim. ; both

are from Kamtchatka. The largest Spitzbergen male which

On the Species of the Genus Hebomoia. 289

we have examined (B. M. coll. no. 96. 9. 23. 5) reaches a

total length of only 127°5 millim. The females exhibit the

same characters, but are smaller. In conclusion, it may be

noted that we have examined specimens from Kamtchatka,

the Aleutian and Commander Islands, Lapland, Norway,

Spitzbergen, Iceland, and Greenland.

Dimensions of the type of C. lagopus spitzbergenensis, a

female collected in Spitzbergen by Dr. J. W. Gregory (B. M.

coll. no. 96. 9. 23. 3) :—Basal length 109 millim.; greatest

length 118°5; greatest breadth 66; length of palate 56;

length of nasals 38; length of lower jaw 86.

XLIX.—A Review of the Species of the Genus Hebomoia, a

Group of Pierine Butterflies. By Artuur G. BUTLER,

PhD. BLS. P.Z.S., ce.

TuIs genus, of which the Museum collection now contains all

the known forms, consists chiefly of a series of fairly well-

defined geographical modifications, mostly inhabiting different

islands, and consequently exhibiting a degree of constancy in

their often slight distinctive characters which gives them some

title to be regarded as diverse species. Several of these

species were named by Wallace in 1863, in a paper published

by him in the ‘Journal of Entomology’; but in his “ Re-

vision of Oriental Pierine,” published four years later in the

‘Transactions of the Entomological Society,’ he ignored all

but two of them, not even quoting the names which he had

given, in his synonymy.

It has been generally considered that one species of Hebo-

moia is distributed over the whole of India, Burma, China,

and Ceylon; but a study of our present fine series has con-

vinced me that this is not correct, inasmuch as the forms of

Northern and Southern India differ quite as much as typical

Hi, glaucippe does from its representative forms in some of

the islands.

The seasonal forms of Hebomota do not seem to be very

strongly defined even on the Continent, and probably in the

insular species they are unrepresented.

I. H. glaucippe group.

Wings above milky white, rarely tinted towards the borders:

with brimstone-yellow : primaries of males with a broad trian-

gular orange apical patch, broadly bordered externally and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, i. 22

290 Dr. A. G. Butler on

sometimes internally with black-brown, and crossed by a more

or less prominent series of sagittate blackish spots: second-

aries frequently with black spots, especially towards apex ;

the apex of the primaries in the female black-brown, crossed

by a more or less broad oblique orange belt, followed by a

transverse series of orange spots.

1. Hebomota glaucippe.

Papilio glaucippe, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulv. p. 240 (1764).

Papilio callirrhoe, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775),

North-eastern India*, Burmah southwards to Malacca,

China.

The dry form differs from the wet in its inferior size, more

falcate primaries, and the often browner and always less

strongly reticulated character of apex of primaries and the

secondaries on the under surface.

2. Hehomoia australis, sp. n.

The Southern representative of H. glaucippe. It differs in

the feeble indication or entire absence of the black inner

edging to the orange apical patch of the males and in the

reduction of this edging in the females. In size it corresponds

with the more widely distributed form.

Southern India from Mysore south-eastwards to Ceylon.

Our series of H. glaucippe consists of forty selected

examples in addition to four in the Hewitson collection. Of

Hi, australis we have fifteen examples.

3. Hebomoia javanensis.

Iphias javanensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1863).

Java. Six examples. B. M.

A small representative of H. g/auctppe in which the under-

surface colouring of the secondaries and apex of primaries is

slightly more tinted with sienna.

4. Hebomoia lombockiana, sp. n.

Intermediate in character between FH. glaucippe and

H, timoriensis; the outer border and transverse spotting of

the apical patch of the primaries being similar to that of the

former, but the form of the inner edge of this patch irregu-

larly zigzag as in the latter, and with a sulphur-yellow border,

* We have one example labelled ‘ Malabar,” but this locality is

vague and perhaps incorrect.

the Species of the Genus Hebomoia. 291

its inferior extremity edged with blackish in the male and its

entire inner edging blackish in the female: the under-surface

colouring is somewhat more golden than in either species.

Size similar to that of H. t¢moriensis.

Lombock (Wallace). One pair. B. M.

This has as much claim to a distinct name as any of the

other insular representatives of H. glaucippe.

5. Hebomoia timoriensis.

Iphias timoriensis, Wallace, Journ. Eintom. ii. p. 3 (1863).

Timor (Wallace). Four specimens B. M.; one coll.

Hewitson.

Costal margin of primaries rather longer than in the pre-

ceding, border of orange patch narrower and transverse spots

very small; no blackish inner edging, but a well-marked

diffused sulphur-yellow border : secondaries of male without

marginal spots: reticulation of under surface rather denser

than in /7, glaucippe.

6. Hebomota philippensis.

Iphias philippensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1863).

Philippine Islands. Fifteen specimens B. M.; one coll.

Hewitson.

Size of the preceding, the inner edging of the orange

patch similarly formed, but sometimes partly margined with

blackish (more often without this margin in both sexes), the

yellow diffused border of the male usnally extending far back

into the wing, the secondaries often washed with sulphur-

yellow on the outer border, the whole surface of the female

often suffused with sulphur-yellow; the outer border and

spots on the primaries much as in H. glaucippe, the marginal

spots towards apex of secondaries often present. Under

surface like that of H. glaucippe.

7. EHebomota celebensis.

Iphias celebensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1868).

Celebes.

Very like typical H. glaucippe, but with longer costal

margin to the primaries and the blackish inner edging of the

orange apical patch nearly or quite as wide as the outer

border ; the black spots towards apex of secondaries squamose,

but extending for some distance up the nervures. We have

six examples.

22*

292 Dr. A. G. Butler on

Some lepidopterists will probably regard the preceding

seven forms as mere local variations of H. glauctippe. In any

case it is far more convenient that they should have distinc-

tive names; and as Wallace set the example, I have thought

it best to complete his work by naming the two forms which

he overlooked.

Very like the preceding group, but the male with the apex

of the primaries black, crossed by a broad belt of orange,

traversed by the usual black spots, that of the female black,

crossed by a narrow oblique milk-white or orange bar, followed

by three or four spots of the same colour parallel to outer

margin; markings below more dusky brown than in the

species of group I.

II. H. borneensis group.

8. Hebomota borneensis.

Iphias borneensis, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii, p. 3 (1868).

Borneo. Eighteen examples B. M.; three coll. Hewitson.

9. Hebomoia sulphurea.

Iphias sulphurea, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 5 (1863).

Iphias Feldert, Vollenhoven, Monog. Pier. p. 53, pl. vi. figs. 2, 3 (1865).

Batchian and Gilolo. Three males (ex coll. Godm. and

Salv.), B. M.; ¢ 2, coll. Hewitson.

Differs from H. borneensis in its superior size, sulphur-

yellow colouring, and the orange instead of white bar across

the apical patch in the female; ground-colour of secondaries

and apical area of primaries on under surface bright golden

ochraceous, but with dark brown markings.

III. H. Vosstt group.

Primaries more distinctly triangular; wings above more or

less gamboge-yellow; orange apical patch on primaries

occupying nearly half the wing-surface.

10. Hebomota Roepstor ffi.

Hebomoia Roepstorffi, Wood-Mason, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Beng. xlix. 2,

pp. 134, 150, and 235 (1880),

Andamans. ‘Ten specimens B. M.; two coll. Hewitson.

Five of our examples, including two females, were received

from the Godman and Salvin collection.

In this species the basal area of the wings is milk-white.

the Species of the Genus Hebomoia. 293

11. Hebomoia Vossii.

Iphias Vossii, Maitland, Tijd. Ent. ii. p. 25 (1859); Vollenhoven,

Monog. Pier. p. 55, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1865).

Nias. Three males. B. M.

One of our specimens was received from the Godman and

Salvin collection. ‘The species is larger than H. Roepstorfi,

and the ground-colour of the wings above is entirely gamboge-

yellow ; the ground-colour below is also yellower (less orange).

IV. H. leuctppe group.

The orange apical patch extends nearly to the base of the

discoidal cell of the primaries.

12. Hebomoia leucogynia.

Iphias lewcogynia, Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 4, pl.i. figs. 1, 2 (1863),

3 ¢,Bourou. Three specimens B. M. ; two coll. Hewitson.

The internal area of the primaries and entire secondaries

above pale sulphur-yellow ; the female blackish and whiter

above.

13. Hebomota leucippe.

Papilio leucippe, Cramer, Pap, Exot. i. pl. xxxvi. A-C (1775).

Amboina and Ceram. Seven examples in B. M.; four in

coll. Hewitson. ‘Three of our specimens were received from

the Godman and Salvin collection.

In this species the primaries are orange excepting at the

base, which is yellow dusted with grey; the orange area on

the female also is about as extensive as in the male of the

preceding species; the secondaries are gamboge-yellow, and

the latter, as well as the apical area of the primaries, deep

cadmium-yellow on the under surface.

I consider Ptychopteryx Lucasiz, Grand., to represent

Hebomota in Madagascar; both in general aspect and struc-

ture it is nearly related to the latter.

294 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Species

L.— Descriptions of some new Species of Butterflies of the

Subfamily Pierine. By ArtHour G. Burier, Ph.D.

THE following species in the Museum collection have hitherto

remained unnamed :—

Mylothris bogotana, sp. n.

@. Allied to M. malenka, but differing in the pattern of

the primaries, the tawny discoidal and somewhat shorter sub-

median longitudinal streaks becoming sulphur-yellow at the

extremities ; beyond and well separated from these are two

isolated yellow spots placed obliquely, and beyond the cell

three elongated spots of the same colour in an oblique

subapical series instead of the oblique quadrifid belt of

M. malenka,

_ Expanse of wings 75 millim.

Santa Fé de Bogotaé (Stevens). B. M.

This is not likely to be a variety of the Venezuelan species,

as it is believed that in this group the variations of the female

are not very great.

Elodina Walkert, sp. n.

Allied to #. perdita, the male with shorter primaries ; the

apical patch always as broad as in #. perdita 9, and not

incised or dentated below the third median branch: apex of

primaries below silvery, with three increasing blackish sub-

apical spots in an oblique series ; a sulphur-yellow subcostal

streak from base, and in the discoidal cell a saffron-yellow

suffusion : secondaries silvery white; a blackish dot at end

of cell and four or five blackish discal spots in an obtusely

angular series between the nervures.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

Port Darwin (J. J. Walker). 3B. M.

We have six examples, of which five were collected by

Mr. Walker; the sixth is one of our oldest specimens, the

registered locality for which was simply “ New Holland.”

Elodina baudiniana, sp. n.

Also allied to EZ. perdita, but distinctly smaller and very

uniform in pattern: above pearly snow-white ; primaries with

costal margin smoky greyish, basal half of costal border flesh-

of Butterflies of the Subfamily Pierine. 295

tinted, a rather narrow blackish apical patch, widest on costa

(where it occupies about the external two-fifths of the

margin) and tapering to extremity of second median branch,

its inner edge dentated; a small and slightly browner spot

at extremity of first median branch : below like the preceding

species, but the black spots often very indistinct.

Expanse of wings 33-38 millim.

Baudin Island (J. J. Walker). B. M.

Of this species we have fourteen examples.

Terias Chamberlaint, sp. n.

3. Bright gamboge-yellow; costal margin of primaries

very delicately black, excepting towards the base; costa

sprinkled with black scales to end of discoidal cell; extreme

base of cell and of submedian vein marked by short black

dashes ; outer border narrowly dark brown, commencing at

about two-fifths of the length from apex and tapering to ex-

tremity of first median branch, its inner edge zigzag from the

third median branch hindwards: secondaries with a con-

spicuous pure white glandular patch towards base above the

subcostal vein ; veins terminating in very minute black dots

followed by orange spots at the base of the fringe: body

normal. Under surface gamboge-yellow, sparsely and very

finely irrorated with brown atoms; a well-detined black spot

at the end of each discoidal cell; fine black dots followed by

orange angular markings terminating the veins, the orange

markings uniting and covering the fringe towards apex of

primaries ; a pure white glandular patch between median and

submedian veins towards base of primaries; a very indistinct

W-shaped series of squamose brown spots crossing disk of

secondaries.

Eixpanse of wings 30 millim.

Bahamas (Neville Chamberlain). B. M.

We only possess one male of this pretty little species. If

Felder’s statement was correct that his 7. smdlacina nearly

approached 7’, smilax both in pattern and structure, this

would be the second New- World species of the 7. eta group ;

but an examination of Felder’s description clearly shows that

his species did not possess the glandular patches which charac-

terize the 7. leta group, and therefore was “ wirklich nicht

zunichst verwandt”’ to 7. smilax (as he ought to have said),

296 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the

LI.—The Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana.

By J. J. Quetcu, B.Sc. Lond., C.M.Z.S.*

THESE reptiles possess a somewhat special interest for resi-

dents in tropical America, seeing that they are at once a pest

and a pest-destroyer in the general economy of nature. ‘The

term boa-constrictor in common parlance is applied to any

snake that secures its prey by enwrapping and crushing it to

death, and it is more frequently used perhaps to denote the

great pythons of Asiaand Africa than the constricting snakes

of tropical America, to one species of which—the great land-

boa—in a strict system of nomenclature the name rightly

belongs. The Boas are thus typically the constrictors of the

New World, though they are not confined to it.

Locally the word Camoodie is synonymous with boa-con-

strictor, and the various species are denoted by such terms

as Water-Camoodie, Land-Camoodie, Tree-Camoodie, &c.

Generally, however, the water species is referred to particu-

larly as Camoodie, this being the commonest, or, at any rate,

that one which is found most frequently, close to the haunts

of man ; and as it is also the largest, it has come to figure in

the public mind as the typical boa-constrictor, in place of its

land congener, to which the name belongs.

This group of snakes will readily be recognized here by two

very simple characters. ‘The jaws are long and carry each a

series of more or less curved and elongated teeth, and the top

of the head is covered with small scales of much the same

size as those over the body, and not with the larger shields or

plates met with in the harmless snakes.

Of all the species the water-boa, which is known techni-

cally as Hunectes murinus, will be most easily recognized.

Its markings and colour are nearly the same in all individuals

and atall ages. Above, itis of a glossy brownish black, with

a double row of large oval black marks arranged transversely ;

below, it is mottled or streaked with black and yellowish

white; while along each side there is a series of yellow patches

surrounded by a black border.

During life the tints are vivid enough, but when the snake

is preserved and the skin taken from the body and dried the

colours become dull. ‘The skins, however, are in great request

tcr slippers, belts, pouches, and other similar useful or orna-

mental objects.

* From ‘Timehri: the Journal of the Royal Agricultural and Com-

mercial Scciety of British Guiana,’ December 1897, pp. 294-313,

Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 297

In size this water-boa seems to exceed all other snakes, and

it would appear to be more deserving of the ancient name

Anaconda than the Kastern forms to which it was first applied.

In fact, it may be said that the name is almost limited nowa-

days to this tropical American species. The length is known

to reach quite 37 feet, but it is said that much larger speci-

mens have been taken. On this pcint, however, it is hardly

safe to express an opinion, since unless definite measurements

are made, the estimate of size can be of little value.

A case in point, which would suggest caution in accepting

the great lengths ascribed to certain animals, may be quoted

from the writer’s experience as regards the large Black Alli-

gator locally known as Caiman (Al/zgator niger). The length

of this form is given by various travellers in the colony, as,

for instance, by both Brown and Schomburgk, as from 20 to

25 feet, Waterton even recording 30 feet; but there is no

statement of actual measurement. In the writer’s experience

the largest forms of this species, taken in the very districts

referred to by the forementioned travellers, hardly exceeded

14 feet, though when seen in the water they appeared to be

considerably larger. A similar example may be found in the

great Arapaima fish (Arapaima gigas), which is recorded as

from 16 to 18 feet in length, while in reality they hardly

attain to more than half that size. Actual measurement is

requisite in all such cases.

Skins of the water-boa of from 18 to 25 feet in length are

frequently obtained, and in the sheltered swamps and along

the creeks in the recesses of the forests it may well be that

considerably larger animals would be met with. The

following experience along the higher Essequibo River tends

to support this. In 1894, while passing by a wide outgrowth

of closely matted grass from the swampy bank, the boat

disturbed an enormous snake, of which the head, neck, and

part of the body were clearly seen at a distance of certainly

not more than 5 feet. It was noticeable that the head was

considerably more than twice as large as that of one of about

20 feet, and this seems to indicate a snake of very large pro-

portions. ‘The unfortunate part of the matter is that snakes

of very great size are most likely to be seen in places where

it is out of the question to secure them, as it happened in this

particular case.

The body of the water-boas is thick in proportion to its

length and cylindrical, owing to the strongly developed dorsal

muscles from which they derive their great strength. The

males, as a rule, are more elongated, and the females thicker

towards the end of the body, In this species, as in the other

298 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the

constrictors, rudiments of hind limbs are found in the form of

claws, one on each side of the vent.

These snakes are aquatic, and frequent especially the grassy

and sheltered banks in the still reaches of the streams and the

wide open water-savannahs. They are widely distributed in

all such places over the colony, and are abundant in all the

coast districts, more especially in the sheltered waterways

close to settlements in the country where poultry is reared.

Small specimens up to about 10 feet in length are very fre-

quently caught in such shallow waters, and larger specimens

are met with occasionally lying on the grass or tree-stumps

by the waterside, or in the act of constricting or swallowing

their prey, when they seem, as a rule, altogether disinclined

to move, except so far as the contortion of their body for

swallowing is concerned.

It is mentioned, on apparently good evidence, that after

having swallowed an animal of large size these creatures lie

torpid, and are incapable of escaping if disturbed; but to the

writer’s knowledge no such case has ever been met with in

the colony, and it may be doubted whether snakes that were

big enough to take in large animals would be afterwards

incapable of movement, the more especially that they are

little likely to be far away from the moist bank of some

waterway.

From the habitat of these reptiles it is not difficult to see

that they are well situated for securing their food. From the

abundance of creatures that slake their thirst by the waterside,

the boas are able to secure all that they need, and they cer-

tainly make good use of their opportunities, for when caught

they are always well-nourished and fat. Rodents and birds

seem to be favourite articles of diet, not only with this

species, but with the generality, if not all, of the constricting

snakes.

The part which these and kindred reptiles play in main-

taining the balance of nature in a group of such remarkable

fecundity as the rodents must be therefore of considerable

importance to man in the tropics, the more so that the greater

number of rodents are among the most serious depredators on

cultivation in general.

It must be stated, however, that the range of food of the

boas includes a great variety of other animals, such as the

great Salempenta or Teguexin lizards and the alligators,

besides the smaller mammals generally, and even the small

wood-deer and the peccary. The securing of prey such as

the mammals or birds is ordinarily an operation of short

duration, since the highly organized animal, being once en-

Boa- Constrictors of British Guiana. 299

wrapped, succumbs rapidly under the enormous pressure of

the folds about its body. It is not often therefore that an

observer comes upon the field during the process, except when

poultry has been seized close to a dwelling and their cries

have attracted the attention of the inmates.

In the case of the alligators it is far otherwise, and the

process is always a long one, taking on the character of a

combat, except where the snake is disproportionately large.

In one case observed the contest certainly extended over two

days ; and it would seem that, if the snake once succeeds in

infolding the alligator in its coils in an advantageous position,

the latter must succumb, the result being only a matter of

time depending on their relative size.

In all the cases observed the contests took place in the

grass-covered swamp or marsh by the riverside, the alligator

struggling fiercely with head, legs, and tail, turning about,

heaving and wriggling, in a vain endeavour to cast off the

boa. It is remarkable that, even when the alligator is of a

size such that it might by wriggling reach the deeper water,

it seems to avoid it, perhaps from the recognition that in the

water, where they would both sink to the bottom, its chances

of holding out under the pressure of the snake’s folds would

be lessened.

On land the continuance of the struggle depends on the

crushing power of the boa and the resistance of the alligator,

dependent on its size, to suffocation—a process that in these

mixed-blooded creatures is only effected with considerable

difficulty. Possibly cases may occur where a small boa

attempts the impossible, and has eventually to abandon it;

but in those that have been under observation the sizes have

been such that, while by means of the head, tail, and toes the

alligators have been able to toss and wriggle about to a greater

or less extent, they were evidently under stress of partial

suffocation. For long intervals they would remain perfectly

still, perhaps from collapse, or with the expectation that the

boas might consider them dead and proceed to unfold them ;

and then again they would struggle furiously, but equally to

no effect.

It is a curious thing that under such circumstances a boa

will allow of quite close approach without its attempting to

escape or attack if interfered with, and, in fact, the same

thing takes place where poultry has been seized and is still in

the coils. Disturbance only causes the snake to bind its folds

tighter about its prey, as if to prevent its escape, and the

reptile can be easily killed—the only compensation in the case

ot the poultry.

300 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the

In isolated country settlements where there are quiet water-

ways with grassy or bushy banks, the water-boas become a

serious nuisance, and cause considerable loss of poultry ; and

if there happen to be no open spaces, except the dams along

the waterside, where the birds are constantly liable to be

seized, the keeping of poultry may be quite an impossibility.

These snakes, and in fact the boas generally, thrive well in

confinement in the tropics, and if they be kept regularly sup-

plied with water and food they can be handled with impunity

at almost any time except during sloughing, when they are

apt to be irritable. ‘The water should be sufficient to allow

them to immerse themselves entirely. Their growth is by

no means slow, a small specimen of less than 4 feet, fed on a

diet of rats—of which they are very fond—having reached a

length of nearly 10 feet, with proportionate thickness, in about

six years.

Occasionally a specimen refuses to take food, and it is

surprising for how long a time they are able to exist without

feeding, and with but little apparent decrease in size, if any.

A specimen kept in a narrow-meshed wire cage in the

Museum some years back refused to eat for nineteen months,

though it would lie in the water for long intervals; and it

seemed at the end of the time to be about as plump as it had

been before. Here there was no chance of food being obtained

surreptitiously, for the small meshes prevented even a mouse

from penetrating inside, and the cage was always under lock

and key. Cases of even longer intervals are mentioned as

having occurred, but it does not appeaf that the element of

chance feeding was eliminated.

With but two exceptions, in an experience of ten years

with several dozens of boas of different species, living food

(rats) had always to be given to them; and if this seems a

cruel proceeding at first sight, one has only to be reminded

that it is about the quickest way of destroying the rats—

certainly quicker than drowning them oneself or allowing

one’s dogs to kill them. ‘The sentimental picture of these

creatures trembling with fear under the dreadful fascination

of the snakes is but a figment of the imagination. After an

experience of many years with a very large number of South-

American snakes—poisonous, constricting, and harmless—in

relation to living animals—mammals, birds, and other creatures

—both in confinement and in open nature, the writer knows

of no single fact, nor has come in contact with any observer

who can produce any fact, supporting the so-called fascination

of animals by snakes. That certain animals may become

absolutely paralyzed by fear and incapable of movement at

Boa- Constrictors of British Guiana. 301

the sight of a snake’s approach is in no case different from

the corresponding manifestation of profound fear and collapse

on the part of many animals in the presence of extreme

danger.

In the case of rats, at any rate, there is not only no sign of

any such fear ; but they even appear to be more than callous,

often attacking and badly biting the snakes if the latter be not

hungry, and rendering their removal necessary.

The instances of the two snakes—one a land-boa and the

other a water-boa—naturally eating dead animals placed in

their cages appear to be quite exceptional, for in other speci-

mens such consumption was only brought about by strategy.

Properly fed and taken care of the water-boa and the land-

boa also become extremely quiet and gentle—perhaps, more

truly, sluggish—in their movements ; and a large specimen of

the former, over 20 feet in length, manifested in confinement

not the slightest inclination, nor made the slightest attempt,

to attack when disturbed, or even when quietly handled.

These reptiles are nocturnal in their habits, and when they

have the chance seek out dark corners in which to shelter

themselves from the light.

When these snakes have become accustomed to a special

diet, such as rats, for instance, they seem at times to neglect,

even when they are in want of food, other creatures that at

first they would have seized upon at once. Thus a large

Salempenta or Teguexin lizard has remained for years in a

cage with a water-boa, unmolested, even when the latter has

been hungry, and has taken four large rats in succession.

It is acommon belief that the boas lubricate their prey

before swallowing it. There is really not the slightest

foundation for the belief. After the object is dead the snake

usually passes its head along or about the body, perhaps to

et some idea of the size, but more likely to find the situation

of the head, at which part it almost invariably starts to

swallow. At this stage there is no saliva on the object; but

if, after it is partly swallowed, it has to be rejected on account

ot too great size, that part of the body which had been in the

snake’s mouth and throat will be found to be abundantly

covered with the saliva poured out during the process of

swallowing. In confinement, at any rate, it not unfrequently

happens that objects are thus disgorged after being nearly

taken down; and it would seem to be due to their being too

large, the snakes attempting, through hunger, to prey upon

what ordinarily, in nature, would be left alone. The saliva-

tion therefore is not the preliminary to swallowing, but the

result of it.

302 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the

The operation of swallowing, which in all snakes is very

considerably prolonged, becomes slightly modified in the con-

strictors owing to the use of the folds of the body in holding

the prey, so that they are enabled to push their jaws more

easily over it. As in these forms there is generally a greater

disproportion between their size and that of the objects

swallowed than in other kinds, this hand-like action of the

coils of the body becomes of importance.

Their anterior teeth, too, are stronger and more recurved

than in other non-venomous snakes, and are directly of use in

securing a firm hold of their prey, and thus in allowing the

coils of the body to be thrown with certainty and lightning-

like rapidity around the object ere any act of defence can

take place. Animals with strong and sharp teeth, such as

the peccary and the capybara, would make but short work of

the slender neck of the snakes were they not rendered perfectly

helpless by the enwrapping coils at the very instant of

seizure. ‘Thus secured, any movement or struggle on the

part of the prey is only met by a tighter clasping of the

coils of the snake, nor are they relaxed until all breathing has

ceased, the cessation of the respiratory and circulatory move-

ments being easily detected under the tight clasp. Even

after the death of the object the tightening of the coils about

it can, by artifice, be at once brought about by the slightest

disturbance of the body, even at the very time of uncoiling

preliminary to swallowing.

There is a natural dread of these great water-serpents

among all native people; but attacks on man by them would

seem to be of very rare occurrence, and only one instance has

ever come directly to my knowledge. In this case a boy

washing rice in acalabash by the waterside of one of the

large creeks was seized by the hand by a medium-sized snake,

and it would perhaps have terminated fatally but that the

boy’s father, who was chopping wood close by with a cutlass,

at once despatched the reptile. From the circumstances of

the case it is very likely that the attack was accidental. In

the characteristically dark-coloured water of the creek it is

hardly possible that the boy could have been seen by the

snake. The probability is that the sound made by the cala-

bash in the water was mistaken for that of some animal

drinking, and the attack made accordingly. This seems more

likely still from the fact that there was not the immediate

coiling around the boy so characteristic of the attack of these

creatures, and it is probable that if the boy had been able to

keep still and allow of the withdrawal of the long curved

teeth, the snake would have sunk again from sight.

Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 303

The above explanation may seem a fanciful one, but it is

hardly possible that, under the abundant opportunities for the

favourable attack on man by these water-boas under local

conditions, there should not be many cases known if man

were not naturally exempted. The fear of being seized by

these reptiles, which deters so many timid people from bathing

in the creeks and rivers, is no doubt natural enough, even if

such seizure may only happen by mistake; but the chances

of danger are so infinitesimal, that they are hardly worth

regarding.

Unlike the other boas, but like water-snakes and vipers

generally, the anaconda is ovo-viviparous. The eggs are

retained in the body until the young are fully developed and

able to look after themselves. It seems to be generally

thought that the young are hatched out in the body of the

parent, and crawl forth themselves; but to judge from what

has been observed in other ovo-viviparous snakes, this is not

really the case. The egg-membranes are complete and un-

broken at birth, and the young break through after extrusion.

This was certainly the case in three separate instances observed

by the writer—two in the rattlesnake, and one in the closely-

allied labarria—in each of which more than twenty young

ones were thus brought forth. No doubt at the time when

the young are sufficiently developed and are ready for birth

their wriggling movements induce their extrusion, but the

eges are strictly not hatched till afterwards; and the young

can be seen closely coiled inside the transparent membranes

until they disrupt them and crawl about.

It may possibly be the case at times that the adults are

placed under conditions not suitable for the bringing forth of

the young, and that the latter are then retained until they do

actually crawl out; but in the light of the three instances

above quoted, this can hardly be regarded as strictly natural.

That unfavourable conditions do modify the breeding-habits

of snakes is, of course, well known, and a case in point may

be given from the egg-laying Aboma (Hpicrates). A speci-

men which was brought to the Museum some years ago in a

closely nailed box was observed at the time to be laying, a

few eggs being found in a corner of the box, of which two

are still preserved in spirit.. The snake was placed in a large

wire cage—open to light on all sides—together with a set of

reptiles, which included four land- and water-boas, a '‘Teguexin

lizard, and an iguana. Some six months afterwards the

Aboma was noticed to have brought forth several young ones,

which were quite strong and healthy. Whether it was due

to the change from the dark box to the exposed cage, or to

304 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the

the presence of the other occupants, there was no doubt but

that the snake had retained the eggs until the young were

born, and thus departed from its normal habits. ‘This case

was reported in this journal at the time (‘ Timehri,’ 1890,

p- 370).

The sense of hearing in the anaconda appears to be much

more acute than either sight or smell. On frequent occasions

when rats have been placed in close proximity to the cage

not until there was a squeak from them did the snakes begin

to move about from one part of the cage to another, as though

seeking them. And even when the rats have been placed

inside the cage, the snakes have often seemed unable to

detect their position unless they have come actually in contact

with them. ‘The slightest touch, however, is generally suffi-

cient, not simply for the grasping of the prey by the teeth,

but for a rapid coiling of the body, independently, at whatever

part the touch may take place. In this latter way Teguexin

lizards have sometimes been grasped while moving about

(after having been in the same cage for months or years),

being mistaken, by contact, for the rats whose squeak had

been heard.

It would appear that this acuteness of hearing, as compared

with sight, has been brought about by the conditions of life in

the water, in which sound would play a very large part in

notifying the approach or presence of animals. In the land-

and tree-boas, as in snakes generally, the sense of sight is

much more acute.

Sight no doubt, even in the anaconda, must be of great

importance, since the recollection or remembrance of sur-

roundings would presumably depend on this faculty, A

noteworthy example of this may be given in the case of a

small specimen of about 8 feet, which, when placed on the

Museum floor while its cage was being cleaned, after a time

found out and occupied a dark recess—where it was entirely

hidden from observation—some distance away, and reached

by a circuitous route between the exhibition cases on the

floor. More or less time was occupied in finding or reaching

the shelter at first, but atter a little while the snake invariably

made for this place as soon as it was taken out of its exposed

cage, and it was always found coiled up in the furthest

corner from the light. This was the regular procedure for

more than two years, until the cage was moved away into

another room. But the most striking feature in the matter is

that now, four months after the transference, it is still able

to remember the shelter and the way to it from its former

position.

Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 305

Before leaving the subject of the anaconda, it is perhaps

worthy of mention that, among many of the common people,

there seems to be a belief in the efficacy of the oil obtained

from its fat for the treatment of rheumatic and such-like

pains, just as there is also in the case of the fat of the electric

eel. The shocks from living electric eels are equally believed

in by the East-Indian immigrants as curative of such pains.

Very different in appearance from the water-boa is the

common land-boa or land-camoodie (Loa constrictor). The

body is crossed by a series of purplish or reddish-brown irre-

gular or biconcave saddles, connected at the sides and enclosing

between them lighter oval or irregular patches, which are

usually emarginate in front and behind. Along the sides,

arranged transversely, there are elongated or oval purplish

patches with lighter centres. The head, too, is much more

angular and wedge-shaped, and the scales on top are extremely

small and fine.

The general colouring is very variable in this species,

whether the individuals be young or old, being at times very

dark and intense, and at others quite pale, independent of the

brightness and iridescence which always accompanies exuvia-

tion. These are the snakes usually taken for performances

in menageries and circuses; but it may be doubted whether

they are as suitable for the purpose as the water-boas, which,

when regularly fed and supplied with water, are altogether

more quiet and sluggish.

The largest specimen of this snake taken in the colony to

my knowledge measured just over 14 feet; but much larger

are said to occur, a length given by one bushman being

26 feet. As the latter specimen, however, was not secured,

the apparent size may well have been considerably larger

than the actual. Snakes of from 8 to 12 feet are not of

common occurrence, but they are occasionally met with.

Smaller specimens are more common.

It is somewhat curious that this is the only species which

in confinement has ever, to the writer’s knowledge, directly

attacked other snakes. Accidental cases of the swallowing of

one boa by another, as recently happened in the Zoological

Gardens of London, are well known to be due to the fact of

two snakes attempting to swallow the same object. Such an

attempt will very frequently be witnessed among young

snakes in general when they have not been fed for some time,

and, in fact, almost invariably happens where several

specimens are kept together. In the cases referred to,

however, the attack was direct. In one, as reported in this

journal (‘ Timehri,’ 1887, p. 133), a young boa of 3 feet in

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 23

306 Mr. J. J. Quelch on the

length attacked a large yellow-tail (Spilotes corais) of 8 feet

and attempted to constrict it, but was eventually defeated and

swallowed by the yellow-tail. In another, also narrated in

this journal (‘ Timehri,’ 1890, p. 371), young specimens of

another boa—the Aboma (Epicrates)—were attacked and

swallowed. In these instances there was no attempt at

swallowing the same object, there being no food in the cage.

That the two occurrences were unusual would certainly seem

to be the case, however, for other land-boas have frequently

been kept with other snakes without any such result.

In this, as well as in other species, the chief differences in

habits from those of the anaconda arise from the difference

in their habitat. Though the land-boas are frequently found

by the waterside, they are seldom, if ever, actually in the

water. hey secure their prey on land or among the branches

of trees, and are as truly arboreal as terrestrial. The hollow

trunks of trees, or the sheltered corners between their but-

tresses, are favourite places of resort; but while seeking their

prey these snakes take up more advantageous positions, such

as on the low bushy growths or decayed stumps by the banks

of the creeks and large rivers. ‘Though they are at times

encountered in open daylight, they are chiefly nocturnal, as,

in fact, is the case with the group of snakes as a whole, and

they are much less frequently met with, therefore, than the

general reader would suppose. A fertile imagination no

doubt pictures the tropical forests teeming with snakes and

other noxious forms, but the reality is far otherwise.

The Aboma or Ringed Boa (Epvcrates cenchris) has already

been referred to. It will readily be recognized by the bright

ruddy-brown colour and the series of large, thin, black irre-

gular rings along the back. The sides are marked with

dark blotches having lighter areas within. The neck, as in

the water-boa, is but slightly thinner than the head, which is

thus not distinctly wedge-shaped as in the preceding species,

and the scales along the lips are slightly depressed, forming

shallow pits.

The vividness of the iridescent tints of this snake in sun-

light, more especially when it has just cast its skin, is alto-

gether indescribable, and in the path of sunlight the curving

body presents a continuous series of rainbow-tinted gleams.

Out of direct sunlight it is quite sombre, giving no indication

of remarkable brilliance, and it would be difficult to imagine

that any such change could take place.

The habits of this species are practically the same as those

of the common land-boa. ‘The size to which it attains, how-

ever, appears to be much less, a length of 12 feet being quite

Boa-Constrictors of British Guiana. 307

exceptional. They are found much more frequently in the

forest districts than in the open lands.

The three remaining boas—species of Corallus—are very

sharply marked off from the preceding forms by the deep

labial pits, which are distinguishable at a glance. The most

striking of the three is the green tree-boa (C. caninum),

which, as in the case of young anacondas, frequents the low

bushy growths by the riverside, on which, owing to their

colour, it is very difficult to detect them.

The prevailing green colour of the back is varied by a series

of white mosaic mottlings arranged transverse to the body,

giving to the species a very characteristic appearance. In

young specimens, at any rate, the colour seems to be very

variable, the green often giving place to bright red, the white

mosaic being the same. In the writer’s experience no small

green specimens have ever been met with in the colony, while

young red ones are fairly common. On the other hand, no

large red individuals have ever been seen, only the green

ones. In preserved specimens, in which the tints have been

more or less lost, the red and green examples are almost

indistinguishable; but while the red colour is quickly

destroyed and the specimen becomes quite pale, the green

lasts quite brightly for a very long time, more especially in

spirits, In lite, however, the difference in colour is most

remarkable.

Throughout the colony generally this form is often con-

founded with the green labarria, the enlarged anterior

maxillary teeth being mistaken by the ignorant for poison-

fangs. ‘The structural differences, however, are very great,

while the very noticeable white markings along the back will

at once distinguish this non-venomous species from the

Crotaline form.

Among the Carib tribes this snake is known by the name

Wy-o-pomot. It is termed by them a “ bad” snake, and

possibly this refers to the severe gashes which it can inflict

with its long teeth.

The two remaining species of Corallus very closely

resemble each other in their general form. They are elon-

gated and slender, much more so than the other boas, and the

neck is sharply constricted, giving a triangular shape to the

head. The body is marked by alternating series of trans-

versely elongated dark brown or purplish blotches, often

enclosing paler spaces ; and on each side of the head, behind

the eye, is an oblique dark brown streak.

In the commoner species (C. hortulanum) the ground-

colour is a pale brownish grey, and the head is mamiced by a

308 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from

dark streak in the middle and by two at the sides, one passing

along each eye; while the blotches along the body are sub-

rhomboidal and more or less clearly defined from each other.

In the other species (C. Cookii) the ground-colour is much

more yellowish, the head is more irregularly mottled or

marbled, and the blotches on the body are much more variable,

being less distinctly defined and separated. Size for size, too,

the scales are less numerous than in the former species.

In their general colouring both these snakes are very much

like the venomous labarria, and, in fact, are often mistaken

for it by colonists generally, the elongated anterior teeth being

confounded with true poison-fangs.

Time after time the commoner species has been brought to

the Museum under the name of the venomous Crotaline snakes,

even the native Caribs being deceived by their appearance.

They are both terrestrial and arboreal, and are most fre-

quently met with on the low stumps or the fallen trunks of

trees close to the riverside. In their movements they are

the most rapid of all the boas, and they seem to be much less

sluggish than their congeners. The commoner species has

frequently been kept in the Museum cages, but, without

exception, they have remained wild and untamed, if one may

use the expression—in marked contrast to the other boas,

which, under ordinary conditions, can be handled with

impunity.

L1l.—On the Arachnida taken in the Transvaal and in

Nyasaland by Mr. W. L. Distant and Dr. Percy Rendall.

By R. I. Pocock.

Order SCORPIONES.

Family Scorpionide.

Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Peters.

Opisthophthalmus glabrifrons, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ak. 1861, p. 514.

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

Hitherto not known from the Transvaal, but recorded from

Mashunaland, Nyasaland, and “ Caffraria.”

Opisthophthalmus pugnax, Thor.

Opisthophthalmus pugnax, Thor. Act. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. p. 232.

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 309

This is a more southern species than the foregoing, having

been recorded from “ Caffraria,” Durban, Basutoland, and

King William’s Town.

Cheloctonus Jonestz, Pocock.

Cheloctonus Jonesii, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1892, p. 44.

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

The type was obtained in the Murchison range in the

Transvaal.

Opisthacanthus asper, Peters.

Opisthacanthus asper, Peters, op. cit. p. 513.

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant) and Barberton, Transvaal

(Percy Rendull).

Opisthacanthus rugulosus, Poc.

Opisthacanthus rugulosus, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 314.

Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland, and Barberton, Transvaal

(Percy Rendall).

The original examples from Zomba, Nyasaland.

Opisthacanthus validus, Thor.

Opisthacanthus validus, Thor. op. crt. p. 245.

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

Family Buthide.

Archisometrus Burdot, Sim.

Archisometrus Burdo?, Sim. Bull. Soc, Ent. Belg. p. lviii (1882).

Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy Rendall).

Uroplectes flavoviridis, Peters.

Uroplectes flavoviridis, Peters, op. cit. p. 516.

Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy Rendall).

Uroplectes vittatus, Thor.

Uroplectes vittatus, Thor. op. cit. p. 121.

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant), Barberton, Transvaal

(Percy Rendall).

310 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from

Uroplectes triangulifer, Thor.

Uroplectes trianyulifer, Thor. op. ett. p. 128.

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

Order PEDIPALPI.

Damon annulatipes (Wood).

Damon annulatipes (Wood), Tr. Am. Phil. Soc. xiii. p. 441 (1869).

Loc. Barberton (P. Rendall).

Common in Natal.

Order SOLIFUG&.

Solpuga Darlingit, Poe.

Solpuga Darling, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 259 (1897).

Loc. Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy Rendall).

Solpuga nigrescens, Poc.

Solpuga nigrescens, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 88.

Loc. Fort Johnston and Zomba (Percy Rendall).

Solpuga hostilis, White.

Solpuga hostilis, White, Methuen’s Life in the Wilderness, p, 317, pl. ii.

fig. 5.

Loc. Pretoria (W. LZ. Distant) and Barberton (Percy Ren-

dall), both in the Transvaal.

? Solpuga brunnipes (L. Dufour).

? Solpuga brunnipes (L. Dufour), Hist. Nat. Galeodes, p. 52 (1861),

Loc. Barberton (Percy Rendall).

Order A RANE Z# (SPIDERS).

Family Argiopide.

Nephila hymencea, Gerst.

Nephila hymenea, Gerst., Von der Decken’s Reisen &e, iii. 2.

Loc. Pretoria (IV. L. Distant).

the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 311

Nephila pilipes, Lucas.

Nephila pilipes, Lucas, Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 416, pl. xiii. fig. 7

(1859).

Loc. Zomba (Percy Rendall).

Cyriophora citricola (Forsk.).

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

Argiope nigrovittata, ‘Thor.

Argiope nigrovittata, Thor. GEfy. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. xvi. p. 390.

Loc. Barberton and Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Percy

Rendall).

Cerostris seacuspidata (Fabr.).

Loc. Durban (W, L. Distant).

Cerostris Vinsonit, Thor.

Cerostris Vinson, Thor., Eugenies Resa, Arachniden, pp. 8-9.

Loc. Barberton (P. Rendall).

Described from Caffraria.

According to my identification this species may be distin-

guished at once from the preceding by the fact that the two

spiniform processes on the vulva are widely separated at the

base, whereas in seacuspidata they arise close together from a

common eminence. One of the specimens of this species has

the white head-patches noticed by Mr. O. P. Cambridge in

his species C. albiceps.

Gasteracantha milvoides, Butl.

Gasteracantha milvoides, Butl. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 159, pl. iv. fig. 2.

This form may be regarded provisionally, at all events, as

a subspecies of the Madagascar formosa, Vins., from which it

differs in the greater elongation of the posterior lateral spine.

Dr. Percy Rendall obtained two examples at Zomba

(Nyasaland). The type was ticketed vaguely “‘S. Africa.”

Gasteracantha ensifera, Thor.

Gasteracantha ensifera, Thor. Cifv. Vet.-Akad. Foérhandl. xvi. p. 302

(1860) ; Eugenies Resa, Arachn. p. 16 (1868).

Recorded from Caffraria. Mr. Distant brought two speci-

mens from Durban.

312 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from

Gasteracantha ornata, Thor.

Gasteracantha ornata, Thor. opp. citt.

Recorded from Caffraria. Dr. Perey Rendall obtained the

species at Barberton in the Transvaal, and Mr. Guy Marshall

has sent several specimens from Salisbury in Mashunaland.

Gasteracantha cicatricosa, C. Koch.

Gasteracantha cicatricosa, C. Koch, Die Arachn, xi. p. 54, fig. 877

(1845).

A single specimen from Barberton (Transvaal). This

species is, 1 think, identical with the form described from

Caffraria by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge as proba (Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1879, p. 291).

Family Ereside.

Stegodyphus gregarius, Cambr.

Stegodyphus gregarius, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 42, pl. ii.

figs. 4, 5.

Loc. Barberton (Percy Rendall).

Described from Durban.

Family Heteropodide.

Palystes Spenceri, Poe.

Palystes Spencer’, Poc. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 58, pl. viii.

fig. 8 (1896).

Loc. Barberton (Rendall), Pretoria (Distant), and Johan-

nesburg.

Palystes Johnstoni, Poe.

Palystes Johnstoni, Poe. loc. cit. p. 57, pl. viii. fig. 1.

Loe, Zomba, Nyasaland (P. Rendall).

Family Pisauride.

? Huprosthenops australis, Simon.

? Euprosthenops austrahs, Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 12

(1898).

Loc. Barberton (Percy Rendall).

Several dried male examples referable either to this species

or to £. bayonianus, Capello.

the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 313

Family Lycoside.

Lycosa transvaalica, Simon.

Lycosa transvaalica, Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 26 (1898).

Loc. Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

A single mutilated female, without abdomen, agrees with

the description of transvaalica, which is recorded from

Bechuanaland, Griqualand, and the ‘Transvaal.

Lycosa Spencert, sp.n. (Figs. 1, 1a, p. 315.)

Colour.—Carapace fusco-castaneous, ornamented with three

bands of fulvous-yellow hairs—one median and one on each

side, the space between them darker and traversed by radiating

stripes; abdomen fusco-fulvous above, marked with small

black spots, and a double row of larger black spots running

from the shoulders to the posterior end, the shoulders also

marked on each side with a longitudinal yellow band, which

stretches backwards over about one third of the upper surface

of the abdomen; sides of abdomen paler golden yellow ;

lower surface entirely black, like the coxe, sternum, maxillz,

and apex of mandibles; upper part of mandibles with brightish

yellow hairs; legs and palpi entirely pale yellowish red,

without bands.

Carapace excelling patella and tibia of first or of fourth

legs, less than protarsus and tarsus of fourth, greater than

those of first. Anterior median eyes nearly twice the diameter

of the anterior laterals, the eyes slightly procurved; the

medians separated from the horny edge of the clypeus by a

space equalling half their diameter; posterior lateral eyes

much smaller than posterior medians, the space between

them about equal to the diameter of the larger.

Vulva consisting of a chitinous plate marked with a deep

semielliptical space open behind, the floor (roof) of the space

marked with a median crest, which gradually expands poste-

riorly and quite at its posterior end gives off a right and left

process resembling the head of a hammer (fig. 1).

3 -—Much smaller than female, the abdomen more strongly

marked above with three black bands—one on each side

passing from the shoulder-spot and a broad one in the middle.

Carapace about equal to patella and tibia of first or fourth

leg, about as long as the fourth protarsus.

Palpus as in fig. 1a.

Length of ¢ (type) 17 millim., of carapace 9, of first

leg (from base of femur) 20, of fourth 24,

314 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from

g.—Total length 12, of carapace 7, of first leg 20:5, of

fourth 24.

Length of largest female example 24 millim.

Loc. Durban (H. A. Spencer) ; Estcourt in Natal, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshal’) ; Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

This species resembles in the colouring of the Jower surface

and legs the Madagascar form described by Dr. Lenz as

L. melanogastra, The vulva, however, is very different and

the pattern of the dorsal surface distinct *.

Lycosa Darlingit, sp.n. (Figs. 3, 3 a.)

Colour black and grey; carapace with median and mar-

ginal greyish-yellow bands, the intervening black area

traversed on the thoracic region with indistinct pale radiating

stripes ; abdomen black above, the median dorsal black area

defined on each side by a narrow yellow stripe which passes

from the shoulder almost to the anus and posteriorly breaks

up into narrow transverse stripes and spots; sides of abdomen

narrowly greyish yellow; lower surface entirely black ;

sternum, coxa, labium, and maxilla also black; mandible

ornamented in front with red squamiform hairs; legs black

and clothed with greyish-yellow hairs, tibie of third and

fourth pairs black at base and apex.

Carapace longer than patella and tibia and than tarsus and

protarsus of first leg, about equal to patella and tibia of fourth,

and to protarsus and half the tarsus of the fourth. yes of

the anterior line slightly procurved, subequal, and subequally

spaced, the medians separated from the edge of the clypeus

by a space about equalling their diameter.

Vulva as in fig. 3.

$.—Smaller than female, with the pattern more pro-

nounced. Carapace a little shorter than patella and tibia of

first leg and shorter than protarsus of fourth.

Palp as in fig. 3 a.

* T subjoin the description of an allied species :—

Lycosa pachana, sp.n. (Fig. 2.)

Resembling ZL. Spenceri in coloration of legs and lower surface, but

with the lateral bands of the carapace narrower; a continuous broad

median dorsal dark band on the abdomen, extending from the shoulders

to the anus and gradually narrowing behind; also in haying the eyes of

the anterior line practically straight and the vulva formed as in fig. 2.

Length 19 millim., of first leg 21, of fourth 25.

Loc. Karagesi (Emin Pasha).

the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 315

Measurements in millimetres.— 3. Total length 19; cara-

pace 9°5; first leg 23; fourth leg 29.

3. Total length 14°5; carapace 11; first leg 21:5; fourth

eg 27.

Loc. Barberton (P. Rendall) ; Estcourt, Natal, 4000 feet

(G. A. K. Marshall); Enkeldoorn in Mashunaland (J. ff

Darling), type.

Fig. 1—Lycosa Spencert. Vulva.

Fig. 1 a.—Ditto. Palpal organ.

Fig. 2.—Lycosa pachana. Vulva.

Fig. 3.—Lycosa Darling. Vulva.

Fig. 8a.—Ditto. Palpal organ.

This species is related to L. transvaalica, but differs in

being much blacker in colour, the legs being in no sense

“ fulvi,” as described by Simon. Moreover the median eyes

of the anterior line in transvaalica are very distinctly larger

than the laterals, and not subequal to them. It is also related

apparently to L. capensis, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii.

316 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from

p- 26, 1898) ; but the latter is described as having the lower

side of the abdomen “ fulvum, crebre albo-roseo pubescens et

antice ... lineolis binis... fuscis notatum.” The femora,

too, are black below at the apex.

Family Theraphoside.

Subfam. Harpacrrerwz.

Harpactira gigas, sp. n.

Colour. —Carapace black, covered with mouse-brown

hairs, without a border of pale hairs and without radiating

pale lines; for the rest the colouring is practically the same

as in H. tigrina.

Carapace about one fourth longer than broad, its length

considerably exceeding the patella and tibia of the first and

fourth legs, longer also than tarsus and protarsus of fourth

and than patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, nearly as long as

tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of second and about as long as

these segments in the third leg; length from fovea to anterior

border excelling fourth protarsus, equal to tarsus and pro-

tarsus of second ; width about equal to length of patella and

tibia of fourth.

Series of bristles below mandibular pad lying almost hori-

zontally ; the inferior series close to the oral fringe and con-

sisting of a single row of about a dozen stout bristles, short

at the posterior end, long anteriorly where they merge with

the bristles of the oral fringe.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 40; length of

carapace 25, width 20; length of first leg 57, of second 51,

of third 46, of fourth 62; patella and tibia of first 22, of

fourth 21; protarsus of fourth 14.

Loc. Barberton, Transvaal (Percy Rendall).

Differs from J. tigrina in having the carapace without a

pale border and pale radiating lines; also in the horizontal

direction taken up by the row of bristles lying below the pad

onthe mandible. In this respect it much resembles H. lineata,

but in the latter the carapace is marked with lines, though

less strongly than in tigrina, and is about equal to the pro-

tarsus and tarsus of the fourth leg, and distinctly less than

the tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of the third leg.

Pterinochilus vorax, Pocock.

Pterinochilus vorax, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 752, pl. xliii.

figs. 3, 3a.

The original example of this species was obtained by

the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 317

Mr. Carson at Fwambo, near Lake Tanganyika. The Mu-

seum has recently received from Mr. Hinde an adult male

from Machakos (British East Africa). The carapace in this

example is unrubbed, and shows a radial arrangement of

golden-yellow bands, not traceable in the original example.

I have also seen two female examples which I refer to this

species—one obtained by Mr. R. Crawshay at Kondiwe and

the other by Dr. Percy Rendall at Zomba, both in Nyasaland,

British Central Africa.

Some of the differential features of the female are pointed

out in the accompanying synopsis of the known species of the

genus. Appended, however, are the measurements in milli-

metres of the female obtained by Mr. Crawshay :—

Total length 37; length of carapace 21, width 16, length

from fovea to anterior border 13°5; length of patella, tibia,

and tarsus of palp 19; length of first leg 47, of second 41°5,

of third 35, of fourth 47; patella and tibia of first 17°8, of

fourth 16; protarsus of fourth 11.

The example from Zomba is smaller; its carapace measuring

only 16 millim. is equal in length to the patella and tibia of

the first leg, but distinctly longer than those of the fourth,

which measure barely 15 millim.

Pterinochilus nigrofulvus, sp. n.

6 .— Colour. Carapace black, with golden border and bands

radiating from the fovea; legs covered with golden and black

hairs intermixed ; abdomen with golden-yellow or reddish

hairs ; legs darker below; sternum and coxe deep chocolate-

brown.

Carapace convex, its width about three fourths of its length,

length almost equal to patella and tibia of first and fourth

legs, equal to protarsus and half the tarsus of fourth, scarcely

exceeding patella and tibia of second, slightly less than tarsus

and protarsus cf third, about equal to patella, tibia, and tarsus

of palp; its width much greater than tibia of fourth and equal

to protarsus and half the tarsus of first, much less than tibia of

first, and about equal to patella and tibia of third leg; ocular

tubercle subspherical ; clypeus wide, its width about one third

the length of the tubercle ; distance between lateral eye and

edge of clypeus greater than its long diameter.

Legs 4,1, 2, 3; patella and tibia of fourth and first sub-

equal; patella and tibia of fourth distinctly greater than pro-

tarsus and tarsus of first; tibia of first of normal size, not so

wide as the femur, its width less than one third of its length,

the spur small; protarsus straight, without spine.

318 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida from

Palpal organ with the spine stoutish, blunt at the apex,

with a conspicuous crest or keel just above it.

? .—Colour the same as in the male; clypeus about half

as long as the tubercle; carapace at least as long as patella

and tibia of first and fourth legs, a little shorter than tarsus and

protarsus of fourth, the width equal to the patella and tibia of

the second, equal to the fourth protarsus and half the tarsus ;

length from fovea to anterior margin a little less than fourth

protarsus and than patella and tibia of third leg.

Measurements in millimetres.— $. Total length 19; length

of carapace 10, width 8; length of first leg 28°5, of second

26, of third 25, of fourth 32; patella and tibia of first 10°2,

of fourth 10; protarsus of fourth 8°8.

?. Total length 26; length of carapace 11°5, width 9°5;

length of first leg 28°5, of second 26°5, of fourth 32; patella

and tibia of first 11, of fourth 11, of fourth protarsus 8°5.

Loc. Barberton, Transvaal (Percy Rendall).

This species may be recognized as follows from the only

other male of the genus known :—

a. Of small size (carap. 10 mm.); protarsus of first

leg straight ; carapace not longer than patella,

tibia, and tarsus of palp; spine of palpal organ

with a strong upstanding crest and a blunt point. nigrofulvus, sp. n.

b. Of large size (carap. 16 mm.); protarsus of first

leg basally sinuate ; carapace much longer than

patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp ; spine of palpal

organ simple and attenuate ...........eeeeees vorax, Poe.

The females of the three species in which this sex is known

may be distinguished as follows :—

a. Ocular tubercle rounder, not very much wider than

long, and separated from the edge of the carapace

by a space equalling quite half its length.

a’, Carapace longer than patella and tibia and than

tarsus and protarsus of fourth, almost as long

as tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of third leg;

length from fovea to anterior border greater

than fourth protatsys —... ae. sc2 ee ao a> on vorax, Poc.

b'. Carapace as long as patella and tibia of fourth,

shorter than tarsus and protarsus of fourth and

than tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of third leg;

length from fovea to anterior border less than

fourth Protarsus.. oo. [ccc pe en sens cancccess nigrofulvus, sp. D.

b. Ocular tubercle more transversely elongate, the

clypeus less than half its length (carapace and

leg-measurements as under b').......0. eee eee murinus, Poe.

the Transvaal and Nyasaland. 319

Family Ctenizide.

Acanthodon pretorie, sp. n.

$.—Colour a uniform earthy red on the carapace and

limbs; abdomen greyish black.

Carapace granular, rugose, spinulose, longer than wide, its

width equal to the length from the posterior border to the

front border of the ocular tubercle ; length less than patella

and tibia of all the legs, except of the third, longer than

patella, tibia, and tarsus of the palp, a little longer than the

fourth protarsus, and about as long as the protarsus and half

the tarsus of the first leg; length from fovea to anterior

border slightly less than tibia of second leg; width a little

exceeding the tibie of firstand fourth legs. Anterior median

eyes (tn alcohol) about a diameter apart; distance between

anterior median and posterior lateral about twice the diameter

of the former, the outer rim of the posterior medians on a

level with those of the anterior medians; distance between

posterior medians about one fourth greater than distance

between posterior median and posterior lateral on each side.

Legs 4,1, 2, 8, the fourth and first subequal; patella and

tibia of the fourth a little longer than of first; tibia of first as

wide as the femur, slightly incrassate, armed below with

about twelve external spines and internally with about six,

bearing two stout processes at its distal end, the distal of the

two the largest, bluntly rounded, but with a sharp spiniform

process above; the other a little higher up, behind it, and

conically sharpened ; protarsus concave internally at the base,

with a low process tipped with half a dozen strong spines,

armed in addition with about a dozen inferior external spines

and about six or seven in the distal half of the inner surface ;

tarsus with an inner row of six spines and about a dozen

inferior external spines ; lower surface of protarsus and tarsus

covered with hairs and spinules below; second leg spined

much as in the first; third leg with patella and tibia armed

in front above with about twelve short spines; a few dorsal

spines; the tibia, in addition, with a series of short spines

behind and about two pairs of setiform spines below; pro-

tarsus with numerous spines above, below, and at the sides ;

tarsus with spinules in front and behind; fourth leg with

patella armed with short spines in front ; ’ tibia with a few

setiform spines below; protarsus with about twelve seLlog

spines below, three of them at the apex as on the third le

tarsus spinulose in front, more scantily behind; all the ee

scopulate below, the scopula increasing in thickness from the

320 Arachnida from the Transvaal and Nyasaland.

first to the fourth; femora with a weak line of spinules above ;

claws of first, second, and third armed with five to seven long

teeth in a single series, those of the fourth with only two

basal teeth and a few smaller ones.

Falpus short, only just surpassing the apex of the femur of

the first leg when the two are extended, unarmed except for

one spine at the apex of the tarsus; tibia half as long again

as the patella, more than twice as long as the tarsus, nearly

three times as long as broad, not so broad as high, its upper

edge strongly convex, thickly furnished with long hairs

below ; a shallow depression or notch on its inner side for

the reception of the tip of the palpal organ; tarsus strongly

convex at the base, hooked at the apex; spine of palpal

organ acute at the tip, spatulate above the tip, with a short

spiral twist.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 16, of

carapace 8, width 7; length from fovea to anterior border 4°7 ;

width of ocular tubercle 2; length of palpus 11°5; length of

first leg 30°5, second leg 27, third leg 22, fourth leg 31;

patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp 6°5 ; patella and tibia of first

leg 10°5, of fourth 11; protarsus of fourth 7°8.

A single male example from Pretoria (W. L. Distant).

The three African species of Acanthodon known to me and

represented only by male specimens may be recognized as

follows :—

a. Tibia of palp with only a shallow external notch,

furnished below externally and internally with

long bristles ; protarsus of first leg concave at the

base on the inner side, in front of the concavity

a low prominence tipped with spines .,........ pretori@, sp. D.

b. Tibia of palp with a conspicuous external notch,

pounded behind by a spine-tipped prominence or

ridge ; no spine-tipped process on the base of the

protarsus of the first leg.

a‘, Of large size (carap. nearly 12 mm. long); cara-

pace coarsely granular; tibia of palp strongly

inflated, with a deep notch and a large spine-

tipped process on the outside ; protarsus of first

Repidistmetly-Curved i). AeA Abs elt Meadii, Cambr.

b'. Of small size (carap. about 4°5 mm. long); cara-

pace much less coarsely granular ; tibia of palp

less inflated, with a shallower notch and a

smaller spine-tipped prominence; protarsus of

difatier BErAIgNE Tite VeS Peace eee ears Thorellii, Cambr.

A. Meadii, Cambr. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 152, pl. viii.

fig. 4), from East Africa, further differs from pretorie in

On Arachnida ke. from Funafuti and Rotuma. 321

being much more granular on the carapace, and also in leg-

measurements, the patella and tibia of the fourth being con-

siderably longer than those of first; length from fovea to

anterior border exceeding tibia of second leg, the width con-

siderably exceeding tibia of first leg; the palpal organ is

bifid at the tip.

A. Thorellii, Cambr. (loc. cit. p. 156, pl. viii. fig. 6), from

South Africa, is a longer-legged species than pretorie, the

carapace being about equal to the fourth tibia and less than

its protarsus.

LITI.—List of the Arachnida and “ Myriopoda” obtained

in Funafuti by Prof. W. J. Sollas and Mr. Stanley Gar-

diner, and in Rotuma by Mr. Stanley Gardiner. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History).

THE specimens forming the subject-matter of the following

pages were collected by Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner on

the expedition sent out under the auspices of the Royal

Society and British Association to Funafuti, in the Ellice

Archipelago, to investigate the formation of coral atolls in

the Pacific. Mr. Hedley was sent from the Australian

Museum, Sydney, to join the expedition, and collections of

the various forms of life observed in the island were obtained.

Upon their return to England Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner

kindly asked me to examine the Myriopod and Arachnid

material they had brought back and to publish a list of the

species should any forms amongst them prove to be of

interest.

Meanwhile the collections obtained by Mr. Hedley were

without delay placed for determination in the hands of

members of the staff of the Sydney Museum, and reports of

the results were issued with startling, if injudicious, rapidity.

The bulk of the terrestrial Arthropoda were entrusted to

Mr. Rainbow, who quickly prepared a list * of the Coleoptera,

Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera, Orthoptera, Pseudo-

neuroptera, Myriapoda (Chilopoda), and all the Arachnida

referable to the orders Scorpiones, Chelonethi (Pseudoscor-

piones), Acari, and Aranee. Of the Chilopoda but one

species was recorded, namely Scolopendra platypus, Brandt,

* Vide ‘Memoirs of the Australian Museum,’ iii., “The Atoll Funa-

futi &c.,” pt. 2, pp. 89-124 (1897).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Sev.7. Voli. 24

322 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida and

the species to which the name morsicans is applied in this

paper. Of the Arachnida, on the other hand, no fewer than

twenty-five species, represented by eighty-eight specimens,

were identified, and of these, fifteen—that is to say, 60 per

cent.—were regarded as new.

Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner were less fortunate, for

although a larger number of specimens were obtained by

them, the number of species amounts only to eight, and all of

these, with the single possible exception of Garypus longi-

digitatus, appear to me to be well-known Oriento-Australian

forms. In fact the fauna bears exactly the character that

ene would venture on & priort grounds to prophesy for an

atoll occupying the position of Funafuti. That a new scorpion

should turn up in such a spot is in the highest degree im-

probable ; and when it is seen that Mr. Rainbow’s so-called

new species is placed in a genus and family to which it

obviously does not belong, one’s confidence in its novelty is

rudely shaken, and an unfavourable reflection is cast upon

his determination of some of the other species of Arachnida.

No doubt this scorpion, as well as most—possibly all—of the

spiders, has been introduced by human agency either within

or before historic times. Some of the spiders, however, may

have reached the island by that means of distribution known

as ‘ ballooning ’—that is to say, floating on webs in early

life, a habit which is so marked a characteristic of the smaller

species. ‘The False Scorpions, too, may have been introduced

by man; but the members of this order also have exceptional

means of dispersal in connexion with flies, beetles, and other

winged insects, to which, as is well known, they habitually

cling. So that, although I am not sufficiently well acquainted

with the Pseudoscorpion fauna of the Oriental and Australian

regions to say whether the species described as Chelifer longi-

digitatus by Rainbow has previously received a name or not,

it is permissible to suppose that it will prove not to be peculiar

to Funafuti. The same opinion may be held concerning the

one and only species of Millipede obtained on the island,

except that the species has certainly not been previously

described. As for the Centipedes, they are notoriously

widely distributed Oriento- Australian species, a remark

which also applies to all the spiders that came into my hands

for examination.

The fauna of the island of Rotuma, which Mr. Gardiner

took the opportunity of visiting, bears much the same stamp

as that of Funafuti, except that it appears to be richer in

species belonging to types which have perhaps scarcely so

wide a range as those obtained in Funafuti.

“ Myriopoda” from Funafuti and Rotuma. 323

It is interesting that in both islands a new species of

Millipede belonging to widely distributed Oriental genera

was obtained.

J.—LIST OF THE SPECIES FROM FUNAFUTI.

Class ARACHNIDA.

SCORPIONES.

(1) Hormurus australasie (Fabr.).

To the many synonyms of this widely distributed Oriento-

Australian species may be added :—

Buthus brevicaudatus, Rainbow, op. cit. p. 107, pl. ii. fig. 1.

Evidently abundant, as was to be expected, on the island,

Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner obtaining a large number of

examples.

PSEUDOSCORPIONES.

(2) Garypus longidigitatus (Rainbow).

Chelifer longidigitatus, Rainbow, loc. cit. p. 108, pl. ii. fig. 2.

Prof. Sollas obtained in Funafuti a few specimens of False

Scorpions, which, though referable to the genus Garypus,

appear to me to be specifically identical with the species

Mr. Rainbow described as Chelifer longidigitatus, the figure

and description of the latter being just sufficient to show that

the form in question does not possess the characters of the

family Cheliteride, but of the Garypide and of the genus

Garypus.

(3) Olpium longiventer, Keyserling.

Prof. Sollas obtained many examples of a species of

Olpium which appear to be identical with the form described

as longiventer by Keyserling from Peack Downs in Queens-

land.

According to Mr. Rainbow, Mr. Hedley collected specimens

of Ubistum antipodum in Funafuti. I venture, however, to

suggest that the specimens identified as O. antipodum may

be cospecific with those here referred to Olptwm longiventer.

ARANEA.

(4) Araneus theis (Walck.).

This species is exceedingly widely distributed over the

324 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida and

Indo- and Austro-Malayan subregions, in the Polynesian

Islands, and Australia.

The characters and the extent of their variation in this

species have been repeatedly discussed by Thorell since 1877

(see Ann. Mus. Genova, x. pp. 390-396, 1877; op. cit. xili.

p. 65, 1878; op. cit. xvii. pp. 114-116, 1881; op. cit. xxviii.

p. 151, 1890).

The following ‘species nove” described by Mr. Rainbow

from Funafuti are, I believe, merely synonymsof thets:—LEpezra

ventricosa, p. 110; longispina, p. 111; multispina, p. 112;

Etheridget, p. 114; festiva, p. 115; obscura, p. 116; annu-

lipes, p. 117; distincta, p. 118; Hoggi, p. 119; speciosa,

20;

i Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner obtained a large number of

specimens of this species, including adults and immature of

both sexes. The male specimens agree with the male of

multispina as described by Mr. Rainbow * and with the males

of theis as described by Dr. Thorell.

(5) Tetragnatha ponapea, L. Koch.

Specimens agreeing with the description of this species,

which was recorded from Upolu, were collected by Prof.

Sollas.

Mr. Rainbow records 7. laqueata from Funafuti.

(6) Uloborus geniculatus (Oliv.).

Several examples (Sollas). Also recorded by Rainbow.

Cosmopolitan in distribution,

(7) Heteropoda venatoria (Linn.).

Many specimens (Sollas and Gardiner).

This is the species which Mr. Rainbow, following L. Koch,

identifies as Sarvtes regius. Mr. Rainbow also records

Sarotes debilis of L. Koch from the island; but since no

reasons for the identification are given, it is not possible to

offer an opinion as to the accuracy of the determination.

(8) Ascyltus pterygodes (L. Koch).

A few specimens (Sollas and Gardiner).

The two species described by Mr, Rainbow as Hyllus ferox

and audax (p. 112, pl. v. fig. 8, and p. 124, fig. 4) appear to

* P1. iii. fig. 4a@ does not illustrate the lower side of the trochanter of

this spider, as stated, but the lower side of the tibia.

“ Myriopoda”’ from Funafuti and Rotuma. 325

be referable to this form recorded by Koch from Upolu and

Tonga.

Mr. Rainbow also records:—Araneus plebetus, Dictis

striatipes, Clubiona alveolata, and Acompse suavis.

Class CHILOPODA (CENTIPEDES).

(1) Scolopendra morsicans *, Linn.

Obtained by Mr. Gardiner. Also recorded by Mr. Rainbow.

(2) Otostigmus astenon (Kohlrausch).

Obtained by Prof. Sollas and Mr. Gardiner.

(3) Mecistocephalus punctifrons, Newp.

Obtained by Mr. Gardiner.

(4) Orphneeus phosphoreus (Linn.).

Obtained by Prof. Sollas.

Class DIPLOPODA (Miturrepgs).

IULOIDEA.

(1) Zrichocambala Sollasii, sp. n.

Colour of body a uniform dullish brown above, yellowish

below ; a conspicuous black spot marking the position of the

pores and a conspicuous reddish spot a little distance above

the base of the legs; legs yellowish red; antenne and head

ale.

: Segments smooth, shining; the transverse sulcus strong

and continued over the dorsum asa distinct groove; the pores

situated near the middle of the posterior part of the segment,

which is longitudinally grooved infero-laterally ; the strie on

the anterior segments extend nearly up to the pore; the

sete appear to be arranged in two transverse rows on the

posterior part of the segments, one row just behind the suleus,

the other just in front of the posterior margin; the sterna are

not striate.

Length 14, width °8 millim.

Number of segments 46.

* Usually spelt mor'sitans, but Linné uses morsicans in the 10th ed,

of the Syst. Nat.

326 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Arachnida and

A single female example was obtained by Prof. Sollas.

The only other species of this genus, namely T. elongata,

was described from Sumatra by Silvestri. The description of

elongata applies to Sollasii except so far as colour and size

are concerned, 7’. elongata being described as rufo-ferruginous,

with pale antenne and legs, and as being 28 millim. in length.

Thus, whatever may be the value of the colour-differences,

there can be no doubt that elongata is, at all events, twice

the size of Sollasii.

II.—List oF THE SPECIES TAKEN IN ROTUMA.

Class ARACHNIDA.

ScORPIONES (SCORPIONS).

(1) Hormurus australasie (Fabr.).

Ranging from Burma to Australia.

(2) Isometrus europeus (L.) (=maeculatus, auct.).

Cosmopolitan.

ARANEZ (SPIDERS).

(3) MNephila venosa, L. Koch (=proliva, L. Koch).

This species was recorded by Koch from the Tonga, Fiji,

and Samoa Islands, and also from Rockhampton, Brisbane,

Port Mackay, and by Thorell from Cape York.

4, Araneus (Cyrtophora) molluccensis (Dol.).

Ranging at least from Ceylon to the Australian islands.

(5) Araneus theis (Walck.).

Widely distributed in the Oriental and Australian regions.

(6) Heteropoda venatoria (L..).

Cosmopolitan.

(7) Plewippus Paykulli (Aud.).

Cosmopolitan.

(8) Plexippus foliatus (Li. Koch).

Recorded by Koch from Upolu, Huahine, Tahiti, &c.

“ Myriopoda” from Funafuti and Rotuma. 327

(9). Hrasmia nigrovittata, L. Koch.

Recorded by Koch from the Tonga Islands.

Mr. Gardiner also obtained in Rotuma a few small spiders

belonging to the families Pholcide and Theridiide, but I am

not sufficiently well acquainted with the smaller representa-

tives of these groups to assign names to them.

Class CHILOPODA (CENTIPEDES).

(1) Lthmostigmus * platycephalus (Newp.).

Recorded from New Guinea, Tahiti, Halmahera, &e.

(2) Otostigmus astenon (Kohl.).

Apparently ranging from the Philippines to the Tonga

Islands.

(3) Scolopendra morsicans, Linn.

Cosmopolitan.

(4) Mecistocephalus castaneiceps, Haase.

Previously known from Christmas Island, Pulo Edam

off the north coast of Java, and the Andamans.

Class DIPLOPODA (MILLIPEDES).

IULOIDEA.

(1) Trigoniulus G'oést (Porat).

Cosmopolitan. Carried everywhere by human agency.

POLYDESMOIDEA.

Family Strongylosomatide.

(2) Orthomorpha coarctata (Sauss.).

Cosmopolitan. Carried by human agency.

* New name for Heterostoma, Newp. 1844, preoccupied by Hartmann

in 1843, and Dacetum, C. Koch, 1847, preoccupied as Daceton by Perty,

1830,

328 On Arachnida ke. from Funafuti and Rotuma.

Family Cylindrodesmide, nom. nov.

(= Haplosomide, Silvestri; Haplodesmide, Cook.)

Genus CYLINDRODESMUS, Poc.

Cylindrodesmus, Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, pp. 558-560.

Haplosoma, Verhoeft, Zool. Anzeiger, xvii. p. 8, 1894 (nom. przocc.).

Haplodesmus, Cook, Ann. New York Acad. ix. p. 4.

A re-examination of the type species of Cylindrodesmus,

namely Azrsutus, from Christmas Island, has failed to reveal

to me any satisfactory character by which this genus can be

distinguished from the later-described form Haplodesmus,

Cook (= Haplosoma, Verh.). An apparent discrepancy lies,

it is true, in the fact that Verhoeff assigns nineteen body-

segments to his form, while twenty were, by implication,

assigned by me to Cylindrodesmus. As a matter of fact, the

adult male of the latter has nineteen segments and the adult

female twenty and thirty-one pairs of legs. But the female

of Herr Verhoeff’s species is said to resemble the male in this

character. I venture to think, however, that the presence of

nineteen segments in the female of Strubellc, the type of

Haplodesmus, is due to the immaturity of the specimens

examined, an opinion which is borne out by the opening words

of Verhoeff’s specific diagnosis :—‘‘ Kérper der Ménnchen

hellbraun, der Weibchen weisslich.”

In the specimens of the two species that I have examined

the adult female is the same pale brown tint as the adult

male, while the immature female is much paler.

It may be added that, both in the figure and description of

hirsutus, the prominence of the labrum is exaggerated.

The cuticle of Azrsutus is thickly covered with short hairs,

amongst which are scattered here and there long bristles or

short cylindrical blunt-tipped bristles, apparently repre-

senting the basal segment of the longer sete, which persist

especially along the hinder border of the segments or at the

sides, where there is protection from rubbing. The sternal

surfaces are coxiform, being deeply grooved transversely and

longitudinally.

In the legs the trochanters (“ femora,” Verhoeff) are about

twice the length of the coxz and about two thirds the length

of the femora (“ tibie,” Verhoeff) ; the patelle and tibiz

are very short and subequal, taken together shorter than the

femur; the tarsus is the longest segment, being longer than

the femur; the proportion varies, however, a little in different

parts of the body. The anal sternite has two prominent

angular tubercles, from each of which a long bristle emerges.

On a new Genus of Salmonotd Fishes. 329

In the female the ventral area of the third segment is

raised behind the sternal piece to which the legs are articu-

lated, into a convexly margined plate. In the male the distal

segment of the copulatory organ arises on the inner surface of

the apex of the basal segment, and is curved inwards to meet

its fellow of the opposite side, the two then running forwards

closely in contact with each other, the apex being curled

ventrally and very slightly bifid.

(3) Cylindrodesmus villosus, sp. n.

Colour of adult a pale yellowish brown, the sixth segment

of the antenne infuscate; the forehead

darker than the lower part of the head.

The female of this species differs in

scarcely anything, so far as I have noticed,

from C. hirsutus; but the male may be at

once recognized from the male of hirsutus ~

and of Strubelli by the form of the copu-

latory organ, which ends in two subsimilar

ventrally turned branches, of which the

proximal is much shorter than the distal.

Length of female up to 5°5 millim.

The males of the three known species may be recognized as

follows :—

a. Apex of copulatory organ simple or yery slightly

divided; length 7-8 millim.

a', Apex of the copulatory organ bent ventrally

nd wenkiy DIN, sg heey .dl se tae se cue oe hirsutus, Poe.

(Christmas Island.)

6, Apex of copulatory organ undivided and bent

dorsally, snical sisting co Phe oeee cts cee es Strubelli (Verh.).

(Amboina.)

6, Copulatory organ ending distally in two subsimilar

branches directed ventrally; length up to 5}

FABRE edna eee ta Jo pine ofaiaeid Haegrase ohn villosus, sp. n.

(Rotuma.)

OO eSSSSSSSSSsese

LIV.—On a new Genus of Salmonoid Fishes from the

Altai Mountains. By G. A. BouLeNGEr, F.R.S.

A SINGLE example of a remarkable Salmonoid from the south

side of the Altai Mountains, on Chinese territory, was

brought home by Mr. St. George Littledale from his recent

expedition, and presented by him to the British Museum.

The specimen was unfortunately dried, and reached the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 25

330 On a new Genus of Salmonoid Fishes.

Museum in a mummified condition; but I have succeeded

by careful soaking in restoring its appearance to a certain

extent and rendering it fit for description. It is now preserved

in spirit. ‘It must be made the type of a new genus, which

I propose to call

PHYLOGEPHYRA.

Mouth large, both jaws equal in front, the lower articu-

lating with the suspensorium just behind the vertical of the

orbit. Teeth strong, curved, close together, in one row in

the premaxillary, maxillary, and mandible, in a large cardi-

form patch on the head of the vomer, in another on the tongue,

and in two series on the palatines. Branchiostegals 11.

Dorsal rather elongate, with 20 rays, the four anterior adnate

and unbranched ; anal moderate, with 15 rays, the three ante-

rior adnate and unbranched. Scales moderate. Anterior

ribs with epipleurals.

Phylogephyra altaica.

Side view of head, natural size.

Depth of body 5 times in total length, length of head 33

times. Snout rounded, not projecting, 14 diameter of eye,

which is 5 times in length of head and 14 in interorbital

width; maxillary 4 times as long as deep, 22 in length of

head, extending to below posterior third of eye ; supplemental

maxillary small. Gill-rakers moderately long, slender, 11 on

lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal equally distant from the

end of the snout and the base of the caudal, its length equal

to % that of the head, the longest rays 4 the latter length.

Adipose fin small, more than twice as far from the dorsal

Geological Society. 331

than from the base of the caudal. Pectorals 2 length of

head. Ventrals inserted below posterior third of anal. Base

of anal 4 that of dorsal. Caudal forked, scaly. Caudal

peduncle twice as long as deep. Lateral line straight, along

72 scales, separated from the dorsal by 8 rows of scales.

Total length 290 millim.

The name chosen for this genus is intended to express the

important fact that it completely bridges over the gap believed

to exist at the present day between the two groups usually

designated as Salmonine and Coregonine. Whilst agreeing

with the former in the large mouth with long and narrow

maxillary, the strong and complete dentition, and the man-

dibular articulation behind the vertical of the orbit, it con-

forms to the second as regards the other characters, and

approaches the genus Thymadllus in particular—so much so,

that I have even for a moment entertained doubts as to the

fish here described being distinct from Kessler’s T'hymallus

brevirostris, from the same district, and which is also stated

to differ from the typical Thymadlus in the longer maxillary

bone, nearly reaching to below the posterior border of the

eye. However, nothing is said of the dentition of this

T. brevirostris, an omission which, on the part of so able an

ichthyologist as the late Dr. Kessler, implies practical identity

with the species to which it is compared, and the shape of the

snout and the number of anal rays (l1-12) also point to

specific difference. It is, however, probable that an examina-

tion of 7. brevirostris would show a certain approximation to

the fish here described, and supply a further link in the chain

connecting the extreme types of Salmonoids.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 3rd, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S8.,

President, in the Chair.

Mr. W. W. Warts proceeded to give details of some interesting

geological features recently exposed at the new Sewerage Works at

Carshalton, Surrey, now being made by the Urban District Council,

to which the attention of the Society had been directed by the

Surveyor during the autumn recess.

These excavations are situated at a spot which on the Geological

Survey map is coloured as London Clay; and the features of the

ground fully justified this colouring. The excavations, however,

have shown that there are loamy and sandy beds of a light yellow

332 Miscellaneous.

colour, some 14 or 15 feet in thickness, and apparently occupying

a hollow in the London Clay. At the base these sandy beds

become dark and clayey in some places, and include flints and

pebbles, while below this is the London Clay. In the dark pebbly

layer were found a large skull, a piece of a tusk, and a number of

smaller bones, which Mr. E. T. Newron has determined to be a

piece of elephant-tusk, the skull (31 inches long) of Lhinoceros

antiquitatis with some of its limb-bones; while the smaller bones

represent two or perhaps three horses. Although the teeth of the

rhinoceros are wanting, the skull is otherwise very perfect; and,

bearing this in mind, as well as the fact that certain of the limb-

bones were also found, and that Elephas is represented by the tusk,

and all three (it is said) at a depth of 14 or 15 feet, little room is left

for doubting that we have here at Carshalton a Pleistocene deposit of

a somewhat unusual character and at a spot where it was not before

suspected.

The following communication was read :—

‘A Contribution to the Paleeontology of the Decapod Crustacea

of England.’ By the late James Carter, F.R.CS., F.G.S. (Com-

municated by Prof. T. McKenny Hughes, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.)

This paper deals mainly with the Brachyura. The Author

describes several new species, belonging to the genera Nephrops,

Gebia, Homolopsis, Ranina, Mithracia, Neptunus, Acteopsis, and

Goniocypoda, The genera Gebia, Ranina, and Neptunus have not

been previously recorded from British rocks. Diaulax is for the

first time identified from the Tertiary strata—a single specimen

having been found in the Middle Headon. Platypodia Owen, Bell,

is now referred to the genus Diaulax ; and Palwocorystes Brodeript,

Bell, to the genus Hucorystes.

As a result of the careful study of large series of specimens in

various collections, the Author is able to give much additional

information concerning the morphology of several species.

in i ee

MISCELLANEOUS.

Slugs from “ Borneo”: a Correction. By Watrer E, Cottinee.

In two recent papers of mine (P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 778, and Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1898, i. p. 191) an unfortunate error has crept in

through the introduction of the term“ Borneo.” The slugs described

in both of the above papers were collected in the island of Lombok

opposite Bali; the habitat should therefore read “ Island of Lombok,”

and not “‘ Lombok, Borneo.”

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 5. MAY 1898.

LV.—On the Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda.

By Professor T. Rupert Jonss, F.R.S. &c.

[Plate XVIL.]

THE generic name Cypridina, proposed by Professor Henry

Milne-Edwards in 1838 %*, and first published by him in 1840,

was adopted by paleontologists more than half a century agot

as a modern representative of some small Bivalve Crustaceans

found fossil in Devonian and Carboniferous strata, and others

in the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations. ‘The figure given

by H. Milne-Edwards in his ‘ Hist. Nat. des Crustacés,’

vol. iii. (1840) p. 410, pl. xxxvi. figs. 5-9, unfortunately had

no indication of the antero-ventral notch. By a letter, how-

ever, dated January 11th, 1856, he definitely informed me

that this notch (“1l’échancruse du bord antéro-inférieure ”)

was present, but had been inadvertently omitted in the

drawing t. Owing to this omission of a characteristic feature

* Hist, Nat. Anim. s. Vert. édit. 2, vol. v. p. 178.

+ By De Koninck in 1841; Sandberger in 1845; subsequently by

Richter, Rolle, F. A. Rémer, Ferd. Rémer, Ludwig, von Keyserling, von

Ejchwald, von Reuss, Bosquet, and others.

t See “Monograph of the Tertiary Entomostraca of England,”

Palzeont. Soc. 1856, p. 9; and “ Monogr. British Fossil Bivalved Ento-

mostraca from the Carboniferous Formations,” Pal. Soc. 1874, p. 11.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 26

334 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on the

the term “ Cypridina” was applied to various fossils, as referred

to above. The greater number of these misnamed fossils

belong to Cythere, some to Hntomis*, others to Cyprideila

and Cyprella, and even to Isochilina and Leperditia. On

the other hand, other fossils, more truly Cypridinal in cha-

racter (such as Bosquet’s Cypre/le from the Cretaceous and

Tertiary beds of Holland and Belgium), being possessed of

the anterior notch and beak, were regarded as distinct on that

account, and thus misunderstood.

One of the best authorities on the biology of this group of

lowly Crustacea, Dr. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S., has given the

following interesting statement about them :—

“The Cypridinide, owing to their considerable size and

frequent capture in the surface-net, have attracted more

general attention from zoologists than any other division of

the Ostracoda ; but, compared with the Cypride and Cythe-

ride, the number both of species and individuals is very

small. They appear to be most abundant in the warm

surface-waters of the tropical seas, contributing largely to

the phosphorescence of those regions. ‘lhe males only (at

any rate of those species which have been thoroughly ex-

amined) are endowed with swimming power, the females

being non-natatory and passing their lives wholly at the

bottom, a condition imposed upon them by the absence of the

tuft of long filaments, attached to the first pair of antenna,

which is characteristic of the males. The shape of the shell,

too, is usually very different in the two sexes, the male being

very long and slender in comparison with the female.

“ Judging from the number of fossil species belonging to

this family which have been found in the Coal-measures and

other Paleozoic formations, we must suppose that the Cypri-

dinide were much more abundant in old times than now. So

we may perhaps likewise infer that they were chiefly inhabi-

tants of shallow warm water, possibly of brackish and estua-

rine localities.”

The abundance of Cypridinids in some beds of the

Carboniferous or Mountain Limestone, which was formed in

an open sea, indicates, however, that these bivalved Crusta-

ceans were not confined to littoral areas Tf.

‘“‘ Some few species have been described from Cretaceous

and Tertiary strata; but it would appear that the group

attained the greatest development in the Carboniferous era,

* Particularly in the case of the so-called “ Cypridinen-Schiefer” of

Germany.

+ Some remarks on the fossil forms and their relationships were given

in the ‘ Monthly Microscopical Journal, vol. x. (1873) pp. 71-76.

Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda. 335

and has been gradually losing ground since that time, until

it has in our days come to be almost swamped by the smaller,

hardier, and doubtless also more prolific species of the families

Cypride and Cytheride, animals evidently of much more

plastic organization, and more capable of adaptation to

varied conditions of environment.” (Zoology of the Voyage

of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’-—Part III. Report on the Ostracoda.

By G. Stewardson Brady, M.D., F.L.S. 1880, Pp. 151,

152.)

A full catalogue of the then known thirty-two species of

five genera (Cypridina, Bradycinetus, Hurypylus, Philomedes,

and Asterope), with references and synonyms, are given at

pages 152-154 ; and descriptions of four new species, including

one of a new genus (Crossophorus), follow, with illustrations.

Thus we see that Cypridina is the type of a special group

of Ostracods living in the open sea, some crawling on the

sea-bed and some swimming free and coming to the surface

mostly at night (“crepuscular” in habit). Their bivalve

test is usually larger than those of the Cyprids and Cytherids,

often globose, or, at least, oval and tumid. A few fossil

forms are known in the Tertiary and Chalk formations; but

in some of the Paleozoic rocks Cypridine and their relatives

abound, making up the mass of the Carboniferous Limestone

at some places (as in the Isle of Man, Lanarkshire, Bolland,

Tenby, Cork, Belgium, and elsewhere), just as much as

smaller Entomostraca constitute the mass of some Silurian

limestones (Malvern, Sweden, Russia) and other limestones of

Mesozoic age (at Mountfield in Sussex, Swanage in Dorset),

and especially some Carboniferous Oil-shales in Lanarkshire.

Necessarily there remains to the geologist only the hard

portion of the structure of these little Crustaceans, such as

the bivalve carapace or its separate moieties, all the locomo-

tive and branchial limbs and maxillary apparatus having

disappeared. He cannot therefore follow the zoologist closely

or decidedly in the detailed study of Cypridina and its allies.

The shape (outlines and contours) of the carapace and its

valves, and occasionally its ornamentation and its muscle-

spot, become his chief guides in the discrimination of

differences.

Since, however, bivalve tests recognizable as more or less

closely resembling those of Cyprédina remain in the strata, it

is evident that they should subserve as far as possible in the

characterization of the geological formation to which they

belong. Efforts made in this direction have resulted in the

recognition of numerous generic forms which can be referred

to that group of the Ostracoda which is known as the

26*

* ke KK *

Prof. T. Rupert Jones on the

‘quae

“AIB 4.10 J,

336

ie” SS rit ie ie a ae pees ae Oey Wy iaregson das sap a eR aOTO ET

vi er de is ay Pat ay, he re [teteeee eres eee pepayouog

‘eploamyouoy

* oa oo 06 4 0018 8) eee @ puisoudhy

* ee en SERS OA One “ee OED Ce Tey

® a ae Bocfe b |\Grcneainaaeetcudte smnccirai’ purquoyy

“i ‘. ~ fer els Chae ote Skee “+ pungng

% ee ee A Reese wileikatelepweite sees pyaidhy

* oe oe es Par, ceo oC Le nar rcece oyaprdtig

z ei a bag ener trees puanapudlig

“4 oe ieialn ireaner ons Coe Gon nyauyprtdhy

sae Me aye A ie an o . - open ag gts ake snohdhansy

ne a 4% ne ae ae na * - “ se Sek aes et 8 SN

Ao ie ok sine a ~ A ate ont . kotheartrd.g'o Be 99+ adodagspr

he a oe ore ate 0 * 50 - . Duce a nlfSEroGiO OD CRG R TIS G * sapauopeyg

. Fo an i aa *% ae sk * d * Car etyioc ind sewer ees nuaprudhy

‘eeprarprdsy

| ‘vLOOOGOAL

oy alaypia

‘epieyysg

rosy seudig

| | ‘eeprpuda(y

‘ydo00a0g

"sn0908}21()

‘URIMOAR(T

eee ae eda

‘RYY PUL svt,

"soINsvaul-[BOKD

*sNOIIFIMOGILD JaMO'T

‘ueLintig todd

“UBIINTIG TaMOrT

: VAOOVULSO

337

Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda.

‘sported [voLso[oas Suo] Surmmp useq aavy (vueprudfy sepiseq) suvaoxysnag Jeo] ay} JO sLoqI0 juejsisied A1aA Moy MOYs

0} Wey} Ay,uetueAu09 suteq Ayungtoddo oy} ‘poonpoajzut osoq ate ( ,, ) spodoy[Aygq Jo ouo pure Spooeijs¢Q Jo sdnois omy B8ONT, 68

"16z “d pue eT “d (2681) ‘AT JOA ‘AI ‘Oop “BRIT “[OaH cog ‘wuaypsT YPM ‘[izeag, Jo spaq snOddBJoI IY} WOLT ,

GG-GL ‘s8y cat td “TTL “d “ZogT “00g ‘Ted “YISe ‘ssog “adouoTY “viteqrg wWoay ‘Sour “ufiopueppypy “az -

©» [eqs eeeg.

‘ux [Td ‘gz d F1gT ‘Uosyreqoy pue ‘ayssory ‘Apeag Aq “(00g ‘Teg) ‘Woy ‘W19-3S0g ‘Zou vag ‘sptsodep Arey20 L-380q Uy ,

‘9 9 ‘v gy ‘sdy ‘ax ‘Td ‘Zop pur gg ‘dd (FBI) “Are ‘Toa ‘g “Ios “SIFT “JUN ‘Bepy ZW uuy cog ‘epBIYsNW UT ,

‘spisodep ourrem AuvU UL snolewNny ,

‘spisodop oulysnovy pur eptyeiang ul snoraumny ;

‘Gd "IA[X “JOA “00g ‘JoaH “Mnoe *}1UNY 908 ‘OGYT UI UMOUY Vpoow.tys(Q 910Z0@ eq oy} Jo enSoreyeo peyz[ngez B@ Jog |

| | ae]

H * pine WO | ee ee eee eet eee ree toe ee pwayT 3) ‘an

L* ae ave =e | aie | * as oe oe ee #0 a) a 0 « © ve ele 66.8 DUNMIYIST Es

ef fe m alle Ye leat Soe ame ea eal

i rn o* aa * * * | | * * * | oe oe a st oe ee DIY IST ir)

| Gr AP UTOUFEGE se 7

| | | ‘YaodOIHONVUg, | 2

| | | * ee ews eoeoeeaeesave puyjasay pha am)

* at ee oe oe ae ee oe ee oe se o-* oe we eyo 6 e278 bia setulae pyanbsog

* * *x tS He a * * * * oe | * oe Oe) Och a woes ieee myasayphya

| | | ‘eeprporoyy Ag

| / | ', VAOOALV TG

* ate ate ace * es | aya’ * * | * oe eee ore e eer ese er eoe adoohpog,

| | ‘epidooATog

| *s VAONOGVID

| |

* on * oe ater sc AT gg wT 1/15)

* 2, ei ee ar, ee start eae ay oe Sa Hie apt ate wes eeeeensss smmusgnoLaIO ET

: * oe ee ee wielieeleusiG reli Snyouoo0mojUT

| | . ‘SPY ouo Woz UFy |

338 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on the

Myopocopa, including the Cypridinide, Concheciidz, and

the Entomoconchide. The next allied group is the CLADo-

COPA, represented by the Polycopide only. Another group

is the PLatycopa, having the Cytherellide only. See Dr.

G. S. Brady’s memoir in the Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi.

(1868) pp. 355 et seg., for the classification by Dr. G. O.

Sars.

The geological distribution of these and other Ostracods,

as well as some of the Phyllopods (as far as known), is

approximately shown in the lable on pp. 336 & 337.

My purpose is now to draw attention to the most

noticeable of the fossil forms alluded to in the accompanying

Table; beginning with those from the Lower Silurian rocks,

and rising up through the Upper Silurian and Devonian to

the Carboniferous and Permian formations (in the third of

which Cypridinids abound), we shall have to pass by most

of the Mesozoic series to reach the specimens from the

Cretaceous and the Tertiary strata, of which we know

something.

As a knowledge, however, of the recent forms is necessary,

the student is referred to Dr.G.8. Brady’s masterly expositions

of the internal structure and external characters of the recent

species so assiduously studied by himself, G. QO. Sars,

C. Claus, Fr. Miiller, and others.

1, The oldest rock in which Cypridina first appears in

unmistakable form is C. Raisinie, J., probably of Lower

Silurian (Ordovician) age, as far as can be determined. It

measures 9 by 5 millim. See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xlix. (1893) pp. 163, 164, with a woodcut. Miss Raisin

discovered the fossil ‘‘in an indurated argillite,” associated

with the volcanic rocks of Pared-llech-y-menyn, on the south

coast of the Lleyn promontory, North Wales. (Pl. XVII.

fiz. 18.)

“ Analogous features in various degrees, and associated

with other characteristics, exist in Cypridina Reynaudti,

Milne-Edwards, C. elongata, Brady, C. Bairdii, Brady,

C. japonica, Brady, and other hooded and apiculate members

of the genus ; but none of these have the hinder end tapering

away to so long and strong a point. A fossil form, however,

from the Carboniferous series of Sicily, described and figured

by Prof. G. G. Gemmellaro (Philomedes acanthoides, Gemm.

Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. ser. 3, vol. viii. 1890, p. 37, pl. v.

figs. 16 and 17), is very similar, but is too attenuate, and

measures 6°5 by 3 millim.”

Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda, 339

2. Another specimen, also of Lower Silurian age, is

C. Graye, J., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlix. (1893)

pp- 805, 806, pl. xiv. fig. 12. This is from the grey shales

of Whitehouse Bay, near Girvan, Ayrshire. It measures

1:08 by 76 millim. In shape it nearly resembles the Carbon-

iferous C. Youngiana, Jones and Kirkby. (Pl. XVII.

fig. 17.)

3. Among his Silurian fossils from the River Ssrednjaja,

in the New-Siberian Island of Kotelny, Baron Eduard von

Toll has found a specimen which he has described and tigured

as ‘* Leperditia (?) sp.,” but which may possibly belong to the

Cypridinids.

Inthe ‘ Mémoires Acad. Impér. Science St.-Pétersbourg,’

sér. 7, vol. xxxvil. no. 2, 1889, p. 45, pl. i. fig. 20, this

doubtful little fossil appears to be a not well-preserved cast

of a left valve that has a truncated front margin with a

shallow notch. Some delicate wavy striz, passing obliquely

backwards and downwards, mark the anterior moiety of this

fossil as far as the relatively large oval subcentral muscle-

spot. ‘Ihe notch, though weak, and the muscle-spot suggest

an alliance with Cypridina. The valve is 7 millim. long.

(Pl. XVII. fig. 14.)

4. An Upper-Silurian form closely related to Cypridina is

the Cyprosis Haswellit, J., Geol. Mag. dec. ii. vol. viii. (1881)

p. 338, pl. ix. figs. 6a, 64. It measures 10 by 7 millim.

The late Mr. G. C. Haswell found it in the Upper Silurian

mudstones on the west side of the North-Esk Reservoir, in

the Pentland Hills, Scotland.

The strong broad vertical sulcus crossing the hinder third

of the valve is its distinguishing characteristic. (Pl. XVII.

fig. 9.) 7

“This has been referred by M. Barrande * to Bolbozoe, but

it does not belong to that genus.

5. A bizarre form lately figured by G. Giirich, from the

Cardiola-interrupta zone (Upper Silurian) in Poland, probably

comes within the Cypridinid group. It is of a suboblong

form, notched and hooded apparently in front, and impressed

with two deep, transverse, curved sulci, giving the surface

the appearance of being raised into three unequal lobes. An.

oval muscle-spot, with twelve radiate marks on each side, is

visible near the middle of the valve. ‘The notch and muscle-

* Syst. Silur, Bohéme, part i, vol. i, Supplem, (1872) p. 501,

340 Prof. T. Rupert Jones on the

spot remind us of Cypridinal characters (as, indeed, the author

himself seems to have thought); but, though some recent

species are deeply sculptured, there are none just like this.

This Cypridina(?) has been described and figured by

Dr. Georg Giirich, of Breslau, in his “ Das Paleeozoicum im

Polonischen Mittelgebirge,” in the Verhandl. Russisch-

Kaiserl. Mineralog. Gesellschaft zu St.-Petersburg, ser. 2,

vol. xxxii. (1896) p. 378, pl. xv. figs. 12 a, b, ¢, as Bolbozoe

polonica. He found it at Niestachow, Kleczanas, Zalesic,

and Brzezinki, in Poland. Specimens vary from 3 to 8

millim. in length. (Pl. XVII. fig. 16.)

6. In one of the pebbles (consisting of a quartzite doubt-

fully of either Silurian or Devonion age) from the Triassic

Conglomerate at Budleigh-Salterton in Devonshire, the late

Mr. J. W. Salter found a Cypridinal specimen, which was

subsequently figured and described (but not specially named)

in the Geol. Mag. dec. il. vol. vill. (1881) p. 337, pl. ix.

figs. 7a, 7b. It measured 7 by 4:2 millim.

Being a mere cast in granular quartzite, with a part of its

edge still imbedded, its real outline could not be determined ;

but it somewhat resembled certain forms of Cypridina brevi-

mentum and Polycope simplex, figured in the Monogr. Car-

bonif. Entom., Pal. Soc. 1874. (Pl. XVII. fig. 15.)

7. Cyprosina Whidbornet, J., is a Cypridinid peculiar to

the Devonian Limestone at Lummaton, near Torquay, Devon-

shire, as far as known at present. It was described and

figured in the Geol. Mag. dec. ii. vol. viii. (1881) pp. 338-

340, pl. ix. figs. 1-3 and 5; see also the Rev. G. F. Whid-

borne’s Monogr. Devon. Fauna South England, Pal. Soc.

part i. (1889) p. 53, pl. iv. figs. 1-4. Its beak is small, and

it has “a short transverse (vertical) sulcus at or near the

middle of the ventral region.’ It occurs of different sizes

the largest measuring about 18 by 12 millim. (Pl. XVII.

fig. 8.)

8. In his Monograph on the Devonian Fauna of the South

of England, vol. i. part i. (1889), the Rev. G. F. Whidborne

describes and figures some rather obscure casts of carapace-

valves referable in all probability to Cypridina (pp. 45, 46,

pl. iv. figs. 6, 10, and 18) ; Cypridella (p. 47, pl. iv. fig. 5) ;

and a new species, Cypridinella ceca (p. 46, pl. iv. fig. 16).

These range from 3°5 to 10 millim. in length, and were all

obtained trom the old Lummaton quarries, near St.-Mary-

Church, not far from Torquay.

Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda. 341

9. From the extensive calcareous formation known as the

Mountain-limestone, including the Lower Carboniferous series

in Scotland, numerous genera and species allied to Cypridina

were described and illustrated in 1874 and 1884 in the

Paleontographical Society’s Monographs, by T. Rupert

Jones, J. W. Kirkby, and G. 8. Brady. Thus :—

Number of Leading Characteristics in the

Genera. Species. Fossil Forms.

Cypridina........ 18 Notch and beak, slight in some, more pro-

nounced in others.

Bradycinetus .... 1 Beak produced and truncate.

Philomedes (?).... if Notch deep and broad.

Cypridinella...... Ovate, produced at each end; more or

less apiculate behind; antero-ventral

region projecting and prow-like.

Cypridellina...... 8 Like Cypridinella, but bearing a tubercle or

hump above the median line.

Cypridella ...... 6 Like Cypridellina, but having a dorsal

sulcus behind the tubercle.

OUBT ELTA. swt ive 6 oie 2 Nearly like Cypridella, but annulate.

WCUAT wrens ss 2 Subovate, with a deep and oblique sulcus

modifying the dorsal region; front

truncate ; notch obsolete.

Rhombina ...... 2 Oblique-oblong; notch obsolete on the

front slope.

PPOIGCOME yose on sss 3 Round or oval, with faint indication of

the notch.

Dien ef dives ehake ] Subglobose; front edge truncate and im-

pressed by a nearly central slight in-

turning of the margins of the valves.

Entomoconchus.... 3 Subglobose ; front edge truncate and modi-

fied by the margins being pressed in-

wards, and each forming a sinuous

curve, which leaves a long-oval opening

below a short beak, and a narrower and

shorter slit in the ventral region.

10. From the Coal-measures only a few Cypridinids have

been obtained. Cypridina radiata, Monogr. Carb. Entom.,

Pal. Soc. 1874, p. 14, pl. v. figs. 6a-6.7; and Philomedes

elongata, Monogr. Carb. Entom. 1884, p. 81, pl. vi. figs. 1 a—

le, The former from Scotland, and the latter from England,

have both a peculiar radiate structure of the test.

11. In a memoir by Professor G. G. Gemmellaro, “On

the Crustacea of the Pusulina-limestone of the Valley of the

Sosio River, in the Province of Palermo, Sicily,” Mem. Soc.

Italiana delle Scienze fiss. e nat. vol. vill. ser. 3, no. 1,

40 pages, with 5 plates (4to, Naples, 1890), he refers to this

limestone as being a. “‘ Permo-Carboniterous”’ formation ;

342 Prof. 'T. Rupert Jones on the

and, besides other Crustaceans—Macrurous, Brachyurous,

and of doubtful affinities—he describes (pp. 30-40) and

figures (pl. v. figs 8-46) numerous Ostracoda, including :—

Cypridinella, J. & K., 2 new species; Cypridellina, J.& K.,

1 new species; Cypridella, De Koninck, 2 new species ;

Cypridina, Milne-EXdwards, 2 new species ; Philomedes, Lill-

jeborg, 1 new species ; Hntomoconchus, M‘Coy, 1 new species ;

Entomis, Jones, 2 new species. All these have an exceed-

ingly close resemblance to the true Carboniferous species of

Britain and Belgium, and at first sight might in most in-

stances be taken for them.

12. Two small specimens of a true Cypridinal form have

been met with in the Permian Limestone of Sunderland

(Monogr. Carbonif. Entom. 1874, p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 28). They

closely resemble Cypridina primeva (Daphnia, M‘Coy), in

the Carboniferous Limestone. (Pl. XVII. fig. 5.)

13. Having nothing definite to record as to the Cypridinids

that may have existed in the seas of the early Mesozoic

period, we arrive at the Upper Mesozoic series, certain

Cretaceous deposits of which, in Limbourg and Belgium,

yielded to the researches of the late M. J. A. H. Bosquet, of

Liége, some small, rare, and fragile specimens, which he

referred to De Koninck’s Cypredla, because Milne-Edwards’s

figure of Cypridina Reynaudi showed no beak and notch.

See ‘Mémoires de Ja Commission pour la Description de la

Carte Géologique de la Neerlande,’ vol. i. (1854), p. 124 ;

they had been referred to Cypridina in the Monogr. Cretac.

Entom., Pal. Soc. 1849, pp. 3 and 36.

Cypridina ovulata (Cyprella, Bosquet), ‘ Descript. Entom.,

foss. Craie de Maestricht,” Mém. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liége,

vol. iv. (1847) p. 373, pl. iv. figs. 4a, b,c. Carapace gib-

bose, boldly pitted, and bearing a large subradiate muscle-

spot. Length 2 millim., height 1:4 millim., and 1:2 in

thickness. From the whitish Maestricht Chalk between Mont |

St. Pierre and Petit Lanaye, and at Sichen, in Belgium.

Also in his * Monographie des Crustacées fossiles du Terrain

Crétacé du Duché de Limbourg” (Mém. Comm. Descrip.

Carte géol. Neerlande, vol. ii.), p. 124, pl. ix. figs. 1l a, d, ¢.

(Pl. XVII. figs. 3a, 0.)

Cypridina Koninckiana (Cyprella, Bosquet), tbid. 1847,

p- 373, pl. iv. figs. 5a, b,c. Surface showing a large and

partly radiate muscle-spot, and on its hinder moiety a trian-

gular area of radiate punctation. Size 1:2 by ‘7 millim.

From the Maestrichian Chalk at Mont St. Pierre, Gronsveld,

Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda. 3438

Keer, and Bemelen; and in the same series at Petit Lanaye

and at Sichen in Belgium. Jbid. 1854, p. 125, pl. ix. figs. 12 a,

b,c. (Pl. XVII. figs. 4 a, b.)

14. M. J. Bosquet also found some specimens of a Tertiary

Cypridinid in the Kocene beds of France, and he described it

as a Cyprella, with illustrations. ‘ Descript. Entomost. foss.

Terr. ‘Lert. France et Belgique” (Mém. cour. Acad. Roy.

Belgique, 1852, p. 132, pl. vi. figs. 14a, b,c, d). This is

the neatly punctate, oval Cypridina Edwardsiana (Cyprella,

Bosquet), doc. cet. Length 1:2, height *75, and thickness

‘Tmillim. It was obtained from the ‘‘ Sables Moyens” of

Ver (Oise) and of Tancrou (Seine-et-Marne), also from the

*€ Calcaire Grossier ” of Chateaurouge, of Parnes and Chau-

mont (Oise), and of Orme and Grignon (Seine-et-Oise).

(RIL XV ET. fig: 2.)

15. While sorting and examining, several years ago, some

material of a friable calcareous deposit of Eocene age from

Orglandes, Dép. Manche, France, procured by Sir C. Lyell

in 1851, the writer met with a broken valve of a symmetrical

little Cypridina of the not unusual broad oval shape, with a

small neat hood and notch. Surface smooth, but bearing a

rather obscure radiate muscle-mark. ‘lhe fragment (fig. 1 a)

is 6 millim. long, the smaller moiety of a valve probably

9 millim. long; the height of the valve is 6 millim. and the

thickness of the carapace was 5 millim., the valve being

24 millim. in depth or thickness. (Pl. XVII. figs. 1 a, d, ¢.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIU.

Fig. 1. Cypridina from the Tertiary of Orglandes, France. a, anterior

moiety of a left valve; 4, outline of end view; c, outline of

edge view.

Fig. 2. Cypridina Edwardsiana (Bosquet). Eocene, France.

Fig. 3. Cypridina ovulata (Bosquet). Maestricht Chalk Series. a, left

valve; b, ventral aspect.

Fig. 4. Cypridina Koninckiana (Bosquet). Maestricht Chalk Series.

a, left valve; 6, aspect of the inside with the hinge.

Fig. 5. Cypridina primeva (M‘Coy). Carboniferous Limestone (and

Permian). Left valve.

Fig. 6. Bradycinetus Rankinianus, Jones and Kirkby. Carboniferous

Limestone. Right valve.

Fig. 7. Philomedes(?) Bairdiana, Jones and Kirkby. Carboniferous

Limestone. Right valve.

Fig. 8. Cyprosina Whidbornet, Jones. Devonian. Left valve.

Fig. 9. Cyprosis Iaswellii, Jones. Upper Silurian. Left valve.

Fig. 10. Cypridinella Maccoyiana, Jones and Kirkby. Carboniferous Lime-

stone. Right valve,

344 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

Fig. 11. Cypridellina Burrovii, Jones and Kirkby, Carboniferous Lime-

stone. Right valve.

Fig. 12. Cypridella Koninckiana, Jones. Carboniferous Limestone.

Right valve.

Fig. 13. Cyprella annulata, De Koninck. Carboniferous Limestone.

Left valve.

Fig. 14. Cypridina? (Leperditia?, von Toll). Silurian. Left valve.

Fig. 15. Cypridina? Devonian or Silurian? Right valve.

Fig. 16. Cypridina? polonica (Bolbozoe, Giirich). UpperSilurian. Right

valve.

Fig. 17. Cypridina Graye, Jones. Lower Silurian. Left valve.

Fig. 18. Cypridina Raisinie, Jones. Lower Silurian. Left valve.

LVI.—List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera obtained by

Mr. W. L. Distant in the Transvaal, with Descriptions of

the new Species. By Martin JAcosy, F.E.S.

SA4GRINZ.

Sagra bicolor, Lac. Barberton.

Criocerinm.

Lema crassipes, Oliv.

The single specimen obtained at Rustenburg does not differ

in any way from the typical forms from Madagascar, which

is interesting, as the latter island has but few species in

common with Africa.

Lema hottentotta, Lac. Barberton.

Lema australis, Lac. Barberton.

Lema rufipennis, Lac. Pretoria.

Lema Dreget, Lac. Barberton.

Lema bipunctata, Baly. Natal, Durban.

Criocerts puncticollis, Lac. Barberton.

MrGALoroDiInzZ.

Pecilomorpha afra, Klug. Pretoria, Barberton.

CRYPTOCEPHALINZE.

Cryptocephalus Distantt, sp. n.

Black, the clypeus flavous; head finely pubescent ; thorax

fulvous, with two black semicrescentic bands, minutely punc-

tured ; elytra rather strongly punctate-striate, the interstices

finely punctured, flavous; a transverse band at the base,

from the Transvaal. 345

nearly connected at the sides with another band below the

middle, and the suture black.

Length 4-5 millim.

Head closely and finely punctured, black, clothed with fine

yellowish pubescence, the space between the eyes depressed,

the clypeus flavous, the labrum and palpi black; antenne

extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the lower

five joints flavous, the upper joints rather robust and thick-

ened; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides

straight, narrowed towards the apex, the posterior angles

acutely pointed, the basal margin with some distinct teeth

near the angles, the surface nearly impunctate or with some

minute punctures only visible under a strong lens, fulvous,

the angles and the margins sometimes pale flavous, the sides

with a broad semicrescentic black band of irregular shape,

consisting in some specimens of two spots joined together ;

scutellum short and broad, its apex truncate, black, the middle

with a pale flavous spot; elytra with rather strong rows of

punctures, the interstices finely and sparingly punctured,

flavous, with a broad transverse black band at the base, deeply

concave or sinuate at its posterior edge and connected along

the suture with another band below the middle, which extends

to the lateral margin and nearly joins the anterior band at the

sides, the extreme lateral and apical margin likewise black :

underside black, finely pubescent; legs fulvous; prosternum

broad, truncate at its base and pubescent.

Hab. Johannesburg.

From the black-banded species of Africa the present one

may be known by the pubescent head and the crescent-shaped

thoracic bands, colour of the scutellum, and the nearly con-

nected elytral bands; the elytra in all the specimens (three)

have also the sutural margin round the scutellum marked

with pale flavous.

Cryptocephalus decemnotatus, Suffr. Pretoria, Johannesburg,

Pinetown.

Many specimens, mostly varieties with a single elytral

humeral spot, the thorax with four or two spots.

Cryptocephalus angustofasciatus, Jac. Pretoria.

Cryptocephalus erythromelas, Suffr. Barberton.

Cryptocephalus epipleuralis, Jac. Pretoria.

Cryptocephalus mandibularis, Suffr. Pretoria.

Acolastus nigroplagiatus, Jac. Barberton.

I have also received this species from Estcourt, Natal.

346 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

CLYTRINZ.

Miopristis Distanti, sp. n.

Black, labrum and mandibles flavous; head closely punc-

tured; thorax transverse, impunctate, flavous, with two large

black patches; elytra pale testaceous, finely punctured, the

sutural and lateral margins posteriorly and a spot on the

shoulders black.

Length 7 millim.

Head closely punctured at the vertex, finely rugose at the

lower portion, the clypeus triangularly emarginate, its lower

edge flavous as well as the labrum and the mandibles ;

antenne extending to the base of the thorax, twelve-jointed,

black, the lower two joints flavous, the intermediate joints

more strongly widened than the others, apical joint very

narrow; thorax about one and a half times broader than

long, convex, the sides strongly rounded as well as all the

angles, the anterior margin preceded at the middle by a short

but deep and strongly punctured transverse groove, posterior

margin scarcely lobed at the middle, the surface entirely im-

punctate, flavous, the entire sides occupied by a large black

ovate patch not extending to the lateral margins ; scutellum

black ; elytra pale testaceous, finely punctured in semiregular

rows; asutural and lateral narrow stripe, abbreviated ante-

riorly and posteriorly, and a small humeral spot black; the

breast and abdomen black, clothed with silvery pubescence ;

legs flavous, the anterior ones very elongate, their tibie

curved, with a piceous upper margin, the apex mucronate ;

the anterior tarsi elongate, piceous.

Hab. Pretoria. A single specimen.

A typical representative of the genus and closely allied to

M. natalensis, Jac., but at once distinguished by the smooth,

shining, and impunctate thorax and the semiregular elytral

punctuation.

Clytra impressicollis, sp. n.

Elongate, parallel, black; thorax finely punctured, the

sides with a deep sinuate fovea; elytra finely and rather

closely punctured, fulvous.

Length 11 millim.

Head deeply depressed between the eyes, black, the latter

surrounded by some fulvous pubescence, the vertex with a

deep central groove swollen, finely punctured, and strigose ;

anterior edge of the clypeus semicircularly emarginate; an-

tenne black, extending to the base of the thorax, the fourth

and following joints transversely serrate; thorax about two

from the Transvaal. 347

and a half times broader than long, black, the sides nearly

straight, the posterior angles rounded, the basal margin very

slightly and broadly produced at the middle, the surface very

finely and closely punctured, partly shining, the sides with

a very deep, transverse, sinuate fovea, the base with a trans-

verse groove at the middle; scutellum black, its apex trun-

cate; elytra parallel and very elongate, uniformly fulvous,

finely punctured, the punctures here and there arranged in

rows ; the shoulders rounded, the sides slightly lobed at the

base: underside and legs black, clothed with fulvous pubes-

cence; tarsi short and robust, the first joint of the posterior

tarsi one half longer than the second joint.

Hab. Zoutpansberg.

I know of no other African species which has the thorax

so deeply foveolate at the sides in connexion with the

uniformly coloured elytra; only a single (apparently female)

specimen is before me.

Titubea pretorie, sp. n.

Black, the head finely pubescent ; thorax closely punctured

and finely rugose throughout ; elytra opaque fulvous, deeply

and closely punctured, the apical margin and two broad trans-

verse bands, one before, the other below the middle, bluish

black.

Length 11 millim.

Head finely pubescent, black, the vertex swollen, finely

punctured, the other portion finely longitudinally strigose, the

epistome triangularly emarginate at the apex; mandibles

robust; antenne short, not extending to the base of the

thorax, transversely serrate from the fourth joint, the second

and third joints small, fulvous; thorax nearly three times

broader than long, the sides obliquely narrowed towards the

apex, straight, rounded near the posterior angles, the latter

obtuse, the median lobe broad, moderately produced, the disk

with a narrow transverse depression at the sides, closely and

strongly punctured and irregularly rugose and finely wrinkled,

black; scutellum triangular, black, rugosely punctured;

elytra very deeply and closely punctured, especially so at the

lighter-coloured parts, the interstices at the apex tuberculate,

the basal margin in shape of a ridge, the colour fulvous; a

broad, transverse, medially narrowed band before the middle,

another below the latter, not extending to the lateral margins

as well as these posteriorly, and the apical margins bluish

black: underside and legs densely clothed with silvery

pubescence ; legs elongate, the first joint of the tarsi as long

348 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

as the following two joints together, third joint divided to the

middle.

Hab. Pretoria.

Of this species a single (apparently female) specimen was

obtained, which in its system of coloration entirely resembles

several other African species of the same genus, notably

Lachnea equestris, Lac., and L. nigrofasctatus, Lac. ; but the

sculpturing of the thorax and the elytra is so entirely ditferent

that I think there will not be much difficulty in recognizing the

insect. It agrees in the latter respect far better with Tvtubea

thoracica, Jac., but in that species the anterior portion of the

thorax is flavous, the elytra are much more finely punctured

(although similarly sculptured) and shining, and the tibiz

are fulvous.

Clytra bifasciata, De Geer. Pretoria.

Clytra Wahlbergi, Lac. Waterberg, Pretoria, Pienaar’s

River, Pietersburg.

Clytra interrupta, Lac. Pretoria.

Antipus fulveola, sp. n.

Black below, above fulvous; head and thorax impunctate ;

elytra very closely and finely punctured, semiopaque.

Length 7 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, with asmall fovea at the middle,

the anterior edge of the clypeus feebly concave ; mandibles

robust, black, margined with rufous, the left mandible curved

strongly inwards at the apex; eyes rather small, oblong,

slightly sinuate ; antennz very short, fuscous, the lower three

joints fulvous, the fourth and following joints triangularly

widened, but not serrate; thorax more than twice as broad as

long, the sides nearly straight, the posterior angles evenly

rounded, the posterior margin scarcely lobed at the middle,

the surface entirely impunctate, fulvous, shining, the base

with a slight transverse sulcus at the middle; scutellum

triangular; elytra feebly lobed below the shoulders, extremely

finely and closely punctured : underside and legs black, finely

pubescent, anterior legs elongate as well as the tarsi, the first

joint of the latter as long as the following two joints together.

Hab. Pretoria.

There are two males and one female of this species

before me which, on account of reproducing the principal

structural characters of Antipus on a smaller scale, I have

placed in this genus; but the exact position of the insect is,

like so many others of this difficult group, a matter of opinion.

from the Transvaal. 349

At any rate, we have here the same construction of the head

as in Antipus—that is, there is no distinct epistome and the

mandibles are robust and angular. The present species

resembles almost entirely the type of the genus, A. mawillosa,

Lac., but is much smaller; the epistome is of entirely different

shape and the mandibles are much less robust; the female

does not differ from the male except in the mandibles, which

are of normal size and much smaller.

Antipus rufus, De Geer. Barberton and Pretoria.

Peploptera cylindriformis, Lac. Pretoria, Rustenburg.

Another variety in which the thorax has a longitudinal

central black stripe was obtained by Mr. Distant; this variety

is not mentioned by Lacordaire, although the insect is one of

the most variable of the group.

Peploptera dorsata, Lac. Pretoria.

Peploptera trilineata, Lac. Pretoria.

Gynandrophthalma abdominals, sp. n.

Black, the antenne, the tibie and tarsi, and the last abdo-

minal segment fulvous ; thorax impunctate, fulvous; elytra

finely and semiregularly punctured, flavous, the suture

narrowly and a broader longitudinal band at the middle of the

disk, abbreviated before the apex, black.

Length 7-8 millim.

Subcylindrical and parallel; the head black, rather closely

punctured at the vertex, with a central longitudinal groove

and a deeper fovea at the middle; clypeus more sparingly

punctured, black, shining, its anterior margin subtriangularly

emarginate ; labrum black, margined with fulvous; palpi and

antenne fulvous, the latter very short, the basal joint piceous

above, the fifth and following joints transversely widened ;

thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rather strongly

rounded near the base, the basal margin but slightly pro-

duced at the middle, the disk impunctate or with a few minute

punctures here and there, reddish fulvous; scutellum black,

its apex truncate; elytra not lobed at the base laterally,

flavous, finely punctured in very irregular rows, the suture

narrowly black, the sides with another broader black stripe,

extending from the middle of the base nearly to the apex:

underside black, finely pubescent, the last abdominal segment

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol. i. 27

350 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

more or less fulvous; the tibiz and tarsi flavous, the latter

broad, their first joint not much longer than the second.

Hab. Pretoria.

Of this species seven specimens were obtained by Mr, Dis-

tant ; it is another addition to the little group of black-striped

species described by Lacordaire and Lefévre, but is much

larger than either of them, and differs in the colour of the an-

tenne, and that of the legs and abdomen ; in some specimens

there is an indication of three blackish spots on the thorax,

placed triangularly.

Gynandrophthalma atripennis, Lac. Pretoria,

All the specimens obtained by Mr. Distant belong to the

variety in which the apex of the elytra is fulvous; this is

probably the normal form, and the one with entirely black

elytra which served Lacordaire for the type is the variety.

Melitonoma pictipennis, sp. n.

Black, the labrum and the basal joints of the antenne

fulvous ; thorax with the anterior and lateral margins and a

central stripe flavous; elytra closely punctured, flavous, a

broad lateral stripe from the base to below the middle, two

spots near the suture, and a ring-shaped mark near the apex

black ; legs fulvous.

Length 5 millim.

Head black, closely rugose, the vertex finely punctured,

the interstices sparingly clothed with very short silvery

pubescence, the anterior margin of the clypeus triangularly

emarginate; labrum and palpi fulvous; antenne not ex-

tending to the base of the thorax, the lower five joints fulvous,

the others black, the fifth and following joints transversely

widened; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides

rather strongly rounded near the base, narrowed towards the

apex; posterior angles rounded, the surface rather closely

impressed with larger and smaller punctures, black, the ante-

rior and lateral margins narrowly flavous, this colour also

divides the black portion at the middle in shape of a narrow

short stripe; scutellum black, shining, triangular, its apex

rounded ; elytra closely and rather strongly punctured, the

interstices very minutely granulate, favous; a narrow lateral

stripe, not extending to the apex, a spot before and another

below the middle placed near the suture, as well as an annular

mark near the apex, black: underside black, finely pubescent ;

legs fulvous, the upper edge of the femora with a piceous

From the Transvaal. 351

stripe, the first joint of the tarsi as long as the following two

joints together.

Hab. Pretoria.

The markings and shape of the elytra in this species are

quite distinct from any other contained in this genus; the

lateral long stripe and the ring-like mark near the apex will

at once assist in the recognition of the insect, of which two

specimens were obtained; the thorax may also be described

as flavous, with two large basal black patches, between which

in one specimen there is another small spot, a design which

is very frequently met with in species of this and other

genera of Clythrine.

Melitonoma sobrina, Lac. Waterberg.

A single specimen belonging to the variety in which the

elytra have four spots instead of five.

Melitonoma duodecimpunctata, sp. n.

Black, the thorax flavous, with two lateral and a medial

black spot; elytra very finely punctured, flavous, each with

six black spots (1.2.2.1); tibie and tarsi fulvous.

Length 7 millim.

Head black, shining, the vertex impunctate, the space

between the eyes with some fine punctures and irregular

depressions, slightly rugose near the eyes; anterior edge of

the clypeus slightly emarginate ; antenne scarcely extending

to the base of the thorax, fuscous, the lower four joints

fulvous; thorax three times broader than long, the sides

straight, the posterior angles rounded, the surface impunc-

tate, flavous, shining, the base with a subquadrate black

patch at each side which sends off a short branch upwards

at its anterior edge; a small spot is also placed at the

middle of the base ; scutellum piceous, triangular, its apex

slightly truncate; elytra very finely punctured in closely

approached irregular rows, flavous, with a black spot on the

shoulders, two placed slightly obliquely at the middle, two

others below the latter placed similarly, and a sixth spot at

the extreme apex, all the spots rather large and of subquadrate

shape: the underside and the femora black; the tibie and

tarsi fulvous, the last rather short and broad, the first joint

shorter than the following two joints together.

Hab. Barberton.

The single (apparently female) specimen before me seems

closely allied to MZ. Simoni, Weise (Insekt. Deutschl. p. 112),

inasmuch as the elytra have six spots on each instead of the

vi ta

352 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

usual five, but the markings of the thorax seem to be of

different shape, according to the description, and the legs are

given as black ; the locality (Ashantee) also differs; but for

all that it is possible that the present species is but a variety

of M. Simoni. Mr. Peringuey has described another six-

spotted species, but gives the colour as “ olivaceous”’ and the

size as 44 millim.; the legs are not mentioned. Lastly,

M. galla, Gestro (Annali d. Mus. Civico d. Genova, 1895),

has the elytral spots differently placed and arranged in pairs.

Melitonoma litigiosa, Lac. Pretoria.

Evmorrrn 2.

Colasposoma fulgidum, Lefév. Barberton, Pretoria.

The totally insufficient diagnosis given by Lefévre of this

and of the many closely allied species, in which no mention

is made of the sexes, which differ so much in sculpturing, nor

of other details, does not enable the student to determine with

certainty the greater number of African species of Colasposoma,

which are frequently only separated by small but evidently con-

stant structural characters. Of C. fulgidum I possess a typical

specimen named by Lefévre, which agrees in the main points

with his description ; but the author was evidently not aware

of the many colour-varieties which this species represents and

which cannot be separated in any way from the type.

The latter is of bright cupreous colour above, with all the

margins of the thorax and that of the elytra narrowly dark

blue, the underside and legs of the latter colour entirely ; but

in the varieties, and they are the ones obtained by Mr. Distant,

the colour above is either metallic green, dark cupreous, or

blue ; the legs and the antenne in all specimens are dark or

pale fulvous, and the underside more or less neous and

pubescent. These differences seem at first sight sutficient to

consider them specifically distinct, but the same variations in

coloration take place in nearly all other species of the genus,

and the sculpturing shows no such difference; all the green-

coloured individuals have the margins of the thorax and of

the elytra narrowly cupreous, analogous to the blue margins

of the typical form. The principal character of distinction,

however, is to be found in the transverse rugosities of the

elytra, which in both sexes occupy the entire disk nearly to

the suture instead of the sides only, as is the case in many

other species ; the interstices and the thorax are distinctly and

closely punctured, but not “ subconfluenter punctatus,” as

From the Transvaal. 353

Lefévre says. The punctures, although closely placed, are

everywhere separated,

Colasposoma scutellare, Lefév. Zoutpansberg.

I refer a specimen of cupreous and another of metallic green

upper surface to this species; Lefévre’s totally insufficient

description applies equally well to dozens of other species, and

no sex is mentioned. In my specimens the colour of the

upper surface is rather opaque and silky; the thorax in the

male insect is broad, with strongly rounded sides, finely and

rather closely but irregularly punctured, in the green-coloured

specimens narrowly margined with cupreous, like the sides

and apex of the epistome; the scutellum is entirely of the

latter colour; the elytra are very finely punctured indeed,

except below the base, where there is a very feeble transverse

depression, and of the same colour as the thorax, of silky

appearance ; the underside and legs are entirely cupreous: a

variety is of opaque reddish-cupreous colour above and

below. I also possess this species from Delagoa Bay. It

remains, however, doubtful whether the determination is

correct, although it fairly agrees with the description.

Colasposoma transvaalense, Jac. Pretoria.

Euryope megacephala, Thoms. Delagoa Bay.

Euryope terminalis, Baly. Pretoria.

Pseudocolaspis halyporphyrea, Marsh. Barberton.

A single specimen with dark blue elytra, the latter with a

bright cupreous transverse basal band and a similarly coloured

elongate patch below the middle, but agreeing in all other

respects with the typical form.

Syagrus puncticollis, Lefév. Pretoria.

Syagrus mashonanus, Jac. Zoutpansberg.

Menius Distanti, Jac. Pretoria and Waterberg.

Rhembastus variabilis, Har. Pretoria.

Mecistes seriatus, Lefév. Zoutpansberg.

Corynodes compressicornis, Fabry. Barberton.

Rhembastus insiynitus, sp. n.

Testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne fuscous ; head

and thorax pale flavous, impunctate; elytra strongly punc-

354 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

tate-striate, the punctures distinct to the apex; femora with

a small tooth.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, the clypeus not separated from the face,

finely punctured, its anterior margin concave; eyes sur-

rounded by a very narrow sulcus ; antenne extending to the

middle of the elytra, flavous, the last five joints fuscous, the

second joint as long as the third but thicker, terminal joints

slightly thickened ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the

sides rounded, the angles distinct, the surface entirely im-

punctate, flavous, shining; elytra wider at the base than the

thorax, with avery slight depression below the base, strongly

punctate-striate, the punctures distinct to the apex: the

underside slightly darker, impunctate; the legs pale testa-

ceous, the femora with a small tooth; prosternum slightly

narrowed between the coxe, impunctate.

Hab. Pretoria.

Separated from any of its allies by the entirely testaceous

uniform coloration and by the impunctate head and thorax ;

the shape of this insect is less broad and the thorax less

transverse than in many other species of this genus, notably

f. variabilis, Har., but the structural characters are the same.

CHRYSOMELINZ.

Chrysomela metallica, De Geer. Cape Colony: Grahams-

town.

Chrysomela plagioderoides, Vogel (?). Cape Colony: Brak

Kloof.

Atechna 20-maculata, Clark. Natal: Pine Town.

Atechna 20-pustulata, Thunb. Barberton.

Atechna confluens, Gerst. Waterberg.

Atechna fasciata, De Geer. Cape Colony: Grahamstown.

Centroscelis macularis, Clark. Cape Colony: Brak Kloof,

Grahamstown.

Centroscelis notata, Fabr. Barberton.

Plagiodera cuprea, Baly. Pretoria.

Lina discolor. Pretoria.

Mesoplatys ochroptera, Stal. Pretoria, Nyassaland, Fort

Johnston.

Many specimens.

Srom the Transvaal. 355

Haxricin 2.

Cladocera femoralis, Gerst. Rustenburg.

Haltica pyritosa, Erichs. Pretoria.

Cheetocnema natalensis, Baly. Natal: Pine Town.

Edionychis natalensis, Baly. Barberton.

Decaria abdominalis, Jac. Barberton.

This Halticide is the second known genus possessing ten-

jointed antennz only ; the specimens in this collection have

the entire underside black; in the type from Mashonaland

the abdomen is fulvous, but I cannot find any other distinctive

characters.

Blepharida reticulata, Baly. Waterberg, Zoutpansberg,

Pretoria.

A more strongly marked variety of this species has been

described by myself as B. Holubdi.

Blepharida ornata, Baly. Barberton.

Blepharida inornata, Jac. Barberton.

Eriotica fuscipennis, Har. Barberton.

Phygasia pallida, sp. n.

Entirely pale flavous; head and thorax impunctate, the

latter with a shallow transverse sulcus; elytra finely and

closely punctured.

Length 43 millim.

Head rather broad, impunctate, the frontal elevations

broadly subquadrate, feebly raised; clypeus not strongly

convex, rather broad, impunctate ; palpi thickened ; antennz

robust, flavous, not extending to the middle of the elytra,

the second joint very short, rounded, the third rather longer

than the fourth joint, all the others thickened, the terminal

one elongate ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides strongly

rounded at the middle, constricted at the base, anterior angles

obtuse, posterior angles dentiform, the disk impunctate,

shining, with a shallow sulcus near the base, bounded at the

sides by a perpendicular obsolete groove ; scutellum broad ;

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, finely and closely

punctured: underside and legs flavous; prosternum ex-

tremely narrow; tibiz mucronate ; the first joint of the poste-

rior tarsi as long as the following joints together.

Hab. Pretoria.

356 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

Chapuis has given a four-lined description of Lactica afri-

cana from Abyssinia (Annali di Mus. Civ. Genova, 1879),

which probably belongs to Phygasia. This insect agrees in

the main point with the present species, but is larger, and the

antennze and tarsi are more or less stained with fuscous; as

no other details are given, which, in my opinion, is worse

than no description at all, it is impossible to say whether the

species described here is identical with that of Chapuis or not ;

but probably it is distinct, as several closely allied African

species of the genus exist.

Phygasia limbata, Baly. Pretoria.

Podagrica indica, Fabr. Pretoria.

This apparently not uncommon species has been described

by Fabricius from India, from which country I have seen no

specimens as yet, although it is not impossible that the insect

has this wide distribution, as the same is the case with Crypto-

cephalus sanguinolentus, Oliv. At all events, the species is

not a Spheroderma, where it is placed in Gemminger’s Cata-

logue, but a true Podagrica, with which it agrees in structural

characters and in the closed, not open, anterior coxal cavities.

GALERUCINA.

Aulacophora joveicollis, Kiist. Nyassaland, Fort Johnston.

Aulacophora sexplagiata, Jac. Cape Colony: Port Alfred.

Hyperacantha abdominalis, Jac. Barberton.

Hyperacantha fenestrata, Chap. Barberton.

Hyperacantha pectoralis, Jac. (nec Fairmaire). Pretoria,

Johannesburg, Waterberg.

Hyperacantha bituberculata, Fabr. Barberton.

Diacantha conifera, Fairm. Waterberg, Rustenburg.

Laetana histrio, Baly. Barberton.

Malacosoma (Sermyla) suturalis, Alld. Zoutpansberg.

Malacosoma bimaculata, Bert. Barberton.

Cerochroa brachialis, Stal. Rustenburg.

Galerucella tritoba, Fabr. Pretoria.

Megalognatha ventricosa, Baly. Zoutpansberg.

Asbecesta cyanipennis, Har. Pretoria.

from the Transvaal. 357

Malacosoma transvaalensis, sp. n.

Black, the head impunctate; thorax fulvous, extremely

minutely punctured ; elytra more strongly and closely punc-

tate; legs black.

Length 4 millim.

Head black, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly

raised, trigonate; the clypeus narrowly transverse, with a

broad and highly raised central ridge; anterior edge of the

labrum testaceous ; antenne short and robust, scarcely ex-

tending to the middle of the elytra, black, the second joint

not much shorter than the third, which is very nearly as long

as the fourth, all the joints somewhat triangularly thickened,

the apical one more elongate ; thorax subquadrate, the sides

slightly constricted near the base, more rounded at the middle,

the angles distinct, slightly tuberculiform, the surface with a

few very minute punctures, pale fulvous; scutellum small,

black ; elytra much broader at the base than the thorax, much

more distinctly although finely and closely punctured, of the

same colour as the thorax, their epipleure broad, continued

below the middle: underside and legs black.

Hab. Zoutpansberg.

Very closely allied to MM. capitatum, Jac., but the entire

underside and legs black, the antenne of the latter colour and

with shorter joints, the general size of the insect smaller; in

the female the antenne are shorter still and only reach to the

base of the elytra.

Ainidea imitans, sp. n.

Black, the femora and the tibiz fulvous ; head and thorax

greenish, the latter deeply transversely sulcate, nearly im-

punctate ; elytra finely punctured, flavous, the sutural and

lateral margins metallic dark green.

Var.—T he lower part of the face, the basal joints of the

antenne, the thorax, elytra, and legs flavous.

Mas.—Head deeply excavated below the antenne; the

base with a thorn-like projection.

Length 5 millim.

Mas.—Narrowly parallel, the head broad, greenish black,

impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly raised, triangular

and pointed, divided by a deep longitudinal groove, the lower

portion of the face thickened below the eyes, deeply exca-

vated above the clypeus, the cavity furnished with some

hairs and a tooth or thorn-like lamina at the upper portion;

palpi thickened; eyes globular and rather large; antenne

long and slender, black, the first joint very robust, strongly

358 Mr. M. Jacoby on Phytophagous Coleoptera

thickened and elongate, the second short, moniliform, the

following joints elongate, nearly equal in length; thorax

transverse, the sides narrowed near the base, widened ante-

riorly, the angles acute, the surface deeply transversely

sulcate, minutely granulate, dark greenish, with a few punc-

tures near the anterior angles; scutellum broad, blackish ;

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, very finely punc-

tured, flavous; a sutural and lateral narrow band, not ex-

tending to the apex, dark green, their epipleure continued to

the apex: underside black, shining; legs fulvous, the apex

of the tibiz and the tarsi fuscous ; tibiee unarmed, the first

joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following joints

together ; claws appendiculate; the anterior coxal cavities

closed.

Hab. Barberton, Pretoria.

This species, which is the second representative in Africa of

the genus, with which it seems to agree in every respect, bears

a very strong resemblance in shape and coloration to the genus

Sardoides, Jac. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895), for which it

might be easily mistaken, as the only difference of importance

seems to be the state of the anterior coxal cavities, which in

the present insect are closed, but open in Sardoides ; the male

differs besides this in the deeply excavate lower portion of

the head, frequently found in dnidea, while the antennz

show minor differences in structure and colour; the female

has a simple head and less thickened antenne. ‘The variety

or aberration, of which many more specimens were obtained

than of the form which I look upon as typical, at first sight

seems to represent another species; in this variety the lower

portion of the head, the greater number of the lower joints of

the antenne, the thorax, elytra, and legs are entirely flavous,

but in a single specimen the elytra have the sutural and

lateral stripes, thus showing its identity with the type, with

which it has otherwise all structural details in common as

well as the locality.

AGELACIDA, gen. nov.

Elongate; antenne filiform; thorax transverse, without

depressions ; elytra irregularly punctured, their epipleure

broad anteriorly, disappearing below the middle; tibie un-

armed, not channelled, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as

long as the following two joints together, claws appendicu-

late; prosternum extremely narrow and convex between the

coxee, the anterior cavities closed.

On account of the want of the elytral epipleure below the

middle and the closed anterior coxal cavities, this genus will

from the Transvaal. 359

enter the group Monoleptine. It differs from any genera

contained in it by the unarmed femora and the different shape

of the thorax. The single species obtained bears some

resemblance to the genus Antipha, Baly, with which it

agrees in most structural characters, but not in the structure

of the elytral epipleure.

Agelacida marginata, sp. n.

Black ; head fulvous, with an eneous spot; thorax finely

punctured, metallic green, the sides fulvous; elytra very

finely and closely punctured and finely wrinkled, metallic

green, the lateral margins narrowly and the apex broadly

fulvous.

Length 7-8 millim.

Head broad, impunctate, fulvous, the vertex with an oblong

greenish-zneous spot, the frontal elevations narrowly trans-

verse, deeply grooved behind, the clypeus triangular, narrow ;

antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, black,

nearly all the joints, with the exception of the second, of

equal length, the intermediate joints slightly widened ; thorax

more than twice as broad as long, the anterior margin straight,

its angles slightly tuberculiform, the sides very little rounded,

the posterior angles obsolete, slightly oblique, the setiferous

pore placed in front of the posterior margin, the surface very

closely and finely punctured, with some larger punctures

intermixed, the disk (in shape of a broad transverse patch)

metallic green, the sides fulvous; an obsolete transverse de-

pression is placed below the anterior margin; scutellum

broad, black; elytra very closely and finely punctured, with

finely wrinkled interstices, metallic green, the lateral margins

and the apex more broadly fulvous: underside and legs

black, finely pubescent.

Hab. Johannesburg, Pretoria.

Platyxantha scutellata, Jac. Pretoria.

Candezea flaveola, Gerst. Delagoa Bay.

Monolepta bioculata, Fabr. Cape Colony : Wynberg.

Monolepta intermedia, Rits. Johannesburg, Zoutpansberg.

Monolepta bifasciata, Fabr. Barberton, Durban.

Monolepta 8-maculata, Jac. Barberton.

Monolepta dichroa, Alld. Barberton, Durban.

Monolepta pauperata, Erichs. Natal: Maritzburg.

360 Mr. O. Thomas on a

APPENDIX.

[The following species, not included in this list, were

obtained during my first visit to the Transvaal (1890-91)

and identified by Messrs Martin Jacoby and C. J. Gahan.

They were enumerated in my ‘ Naturalist in the Transvaal,’

and may, perhaps, properly be added here to bring the list

of Transvaal Coleoptera up to date of present knowledge.—

W. L. Distant. |

CRYPTOCEPHALIN®.

Gyandrophthalma anisogramma, Lac., var. Pretoria.

Camptolenes cribraria, Lac. Pretoria.

Cryptocephalus pustulatus, Fabr. Pretoria.

Dregei, Boh. Pretoria.

pardalis, Suffr, Pretoria.

Melitonoma epistomata, Fabr. Pretoria.

Achenops facialis, Jacoby. Pretoria.

EUMOLPIN2.

Colasposoma pubescens, Leféy. Pretoria.

Pseudocolaspis sericata, Marsh. Pretoria.

CHRYSOMELINZ.

Chrysomela opulenta, Reiche. Pretoria.

Polysticta Clarkit, Baly. Pretoria.

Podontia nigrotessellata, Baly. Pretoria.

GALERUCINZE,

Aulacophora vinula, Erichs. Pretoria.

Hyperacantha oculata, Karsch. Pretoria.

Spheroderma indica, Fabr. Pretoria.

4Ainidea pretorie, Gahan, Pretoria.

Spilocephalus viridipennis, Jacoby. Pretoria.

Ootheca modesta, Gahan. Pretoria.

Transvaal Species in British Museum.

Spilocephalus Distanti, Gahan.

LVII.— Description of a new Bat from Selangore.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

THE British Museum owes to Mr. H. N. Ridley, formerly on

its staff, and now Director of the Botanical Gardens at

Singapore, a number of small mammals collected at different

times on Singapore Island and the neighbouring parts of the

new Bat from Selangore. 361

Malay Peninsula. Among the specimens so obtained may

be specially mentioned examples of the rare Cynopterus

Lucas, Dobs., only hitherto recorded from Borneo, but of

which Mr. Ridley has sent several specimens from Singapore

Island. In the most recent consignment, obtained during an

expedition to explore the caves of Selangore, besides specimens

of Rhinolophus affinis and minor, there occur two examples of

a Pipistrelle which appears to be new, and which may be

called

Pipistrellus Ridley?, sp. n.

Size about as in P. abramus, although the forearm is

markedly shorter. Kars of medium length, narrow, their

inner margin evenly but slightly convex, except just below

the tip, where there is a slight concavity; tip narrowly

rounded off; outer margin faintly concave above, convex

below. Tragus fairly long, reaching its greatest breadth

rather below the centre of its inner margin; inner margin

straight or faintly concave, tip sharply pointed, outer margin

evenly convex, with a distinct rounded basal lobule. Wings

attached to the metatarsus, near the base of the toes. No

adhesive disks on wrists or soles ; hind feet large and clumsy ;

calcars long, reaching two thirds of the distance towards the

tip of the tail; no postcalcareal lobules.

Fur almost restricted to the trunk, the arms, wings, and

legs naked, but the toes well covered with hairs. Colour

smoky brown above and below.

Skull, as compared with that of P. abramus, rather nar-

rower, less flattened above, and with a narrower and more

elongated muzzle. Bulle smaller. Lower jaw not so thick-

ened anteriorly.

Incisors quite different from those of other species; the

inner one extremely short, scarcely longer than broad, its

main cusp directed rather inwards than forwards, and not

hiding the well-marked though low accessory cusp; outer

incisor about equal in length to the main cusp of the inner

incisor, and with a small accessory inner cusp, not visible

from the outer side. Canines rather short, without accessory

basal processes behind. Anterior premolar well-developed,

standing in the tooth-row, and wholly visible from the side,

owing to the unusual distance which separates the posterior

premolar from the canine. Lower incisors in the direction of

the jaw, the third longer (horizontally) and markedly thicker

than the other two; lower canine very short and conical;

anterior premolar not crowded out of the tooth-row, much

shorter than in P. abramus.

362 Prof. C. C. Nutting on

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—

Forearm 28 millim.

Head and body 38; tail 32; ear 11; tragus on inner

edge 4:2; lower leg 13; calcar 12°5. Greatest length of

skull 12°1.

Hab. Selangore, Malay Peninsula. ‘Caught under a

railway-arch.”

Type B.M. no. 98.3.13.5. Collected and presented by

Mr. H. N. Ridley.

This little Pipistrelle is readily distinguishable from all

others by its short and peculiarly-shaped incisors, for all the

ordinary members of the genus have long styliform incisors,

which may or may not have a small supplementary cusp near

their tips, but which are never short, broad, and separated

into two almost subequal cusps, as is the case in P. Ridleyt.

The unusually short forearms, the wide space between the

canines and posterior premolars, in the centre of which the

small premolar stands, and the disproportionate size of the

last lower incisor are also all points distinguishing P. Ridley?

from any other species known to me.

In some respects, notably in the shortness of the forearm,

P. fidleyi is approached by Temminck’s “ Vespertilio

tenuis,’ of which no authentic specimens are in the Museum

collection; but Dobson’s description of the teeth of that

animal, based on the types, shows conclusively that, whatever

else it may be, it is not the little species discovered by

Mr. Ridley.

LVIII.—On Three new Species of Hydroids and One new to

Britain*. By C.C. Nurrine, Professor of Systematic

Zoology in the University of Iowa.

[Plates XIV.-XVI. ]

THE material upon which the following descriptions are

based was obtained by me during April and May, 1895, whilst

occupying a table at the Laboratory of the Marine Biological

Association at Plymouth, the observations being made for the

most part on the living animal.

Eudendrium album, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 1.)

Trophosome.—Colony minute for this genus, matured speci-

mens measuring from 3 to 3 inch in height. Hydrocaulus

* Cf. ‘Journal of the Marine Biological Association,’ vol. iv.

new Species of Hydroids. 363

irregularly and loosely branching, the branches being slender

and giving rise to very long ultimate ramuli, which are often

many times the length of the hydranths. Proximal branches

with a series of distinct annulations above their origin; distal

branches and ultimate ramuli with the annulations indistinct

or wanting. Hydranths white, minute, with large trumpet-

shaped proboscis and 26 to 32 tentacles.

Gonosome.—Male gonophores borne in bithalamic verticils

below the bases of the tentacles of the hydranths; female

gonophores arranged in a somewhat irregular monothalamic

verticil in the same position. The hydranths bearing gono-

phores are not so generally aborted as in the case of H. ca-

pillare.

Colour.—Main stem and branches distinctly dark brown,

fading to pale horn-colour and whitish in the ultimate ramuli.

Hydranths white, with little, if any, brownish or pinkish tint

to the body or proboscis, although the contents of the body-

cavity may show through and impart an effect of faint colora-

tion.

fabitat.— On stones in shallow water near Millbay Channel.

The stones are often covered with a dense growth of this

hydroid, which appears to the unaided eye like white cottony

tufts or downy patches. The gonophores were abundant in

April.

"The distinguishing features of this species are the minute-

ness of the colony and of the individual hydranths, both of

which are less than half the height of any other Hudendrium

from British waters, and the very striking white colour of the

hydranths—a feature not found in any other Eudendrium in-

habiting those waters.

Opercularella hispida, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 2.)

Trophosome.—Hydrothecee borne on very short pedicels

springing from a creeping root-stalk, almost tubular, with

slightly swelling sides, about three times as deep as wide.

Margin divided into a number (10 to 12) of long slender

teeth, whose points converge over the centre of the hydro-

theca and form an operculum when the hydranth is retracted.

Hydranth cylindrical, capable of great protrusion, with a

conical proboscis and about 16 strongly serrated tentacles, the

serrated appearance being due to very large nematocysts.

Gonosome not known.

Habitat.—Found growing over a stone, together with a

colony of Clava multicornis.

Locality.— Plymouth, England.

This species bears some resemblance to Calycella syringa,

364 Prof. C. C. Nutting on

Linn., trom which it differs in having a much shorter pedicel,

a not strictly tubular hydrotheca, a greater number of segments

to the operculum, in the absence of the tubular extension of

the operculum, and in a much thinner structure, the hydro-

thece being of glassy transparency in O. hispida, but of a

decided brownish or yellowish horn-colour in C. syringa.

The most striking feature, however, of the present species is

the remarkably hispid appearance of the tentacles, which

appear to be made up of a series of triangular segments, on

account of the formidable array of large nematocysts with

which they are armed. Whilst examining the expanded

tentacles with a 4 objective I was so fortunate as to see these

batteries of projectiles suddenly explode, sending out a perfect

maze of barbed threads, which appeared to be larger and

longer than those of any hydroid that I have seen except

Nematophorus grandis, Clarke.

In the absence of the gonosome it is impossible to say with

any certainty to which genus this interesting little species

belongs. The general form of the hydrotheca, the cylindrical

hydranth with conical proboscis, together with the convergent

teeth, give a facies like that of the genus Opercularella, in

which it is provisionally placed.

Plumularia Alleni*, sp. n. (Pl. XV. figs. 1-6.)

Trophosome.—Colony attaining a height of $ to 2 inch.

Stem simple, monosiphonic, divided into regular internodes,

each of which bears a hydrocladium on a process springing

from near its distal end. Hydrocladia divided into alter-

nating hydrothecate and intervening internodes, the former

being the longer, with deep annulations occasionally appear-

ing near the nodes. Hydrothece rather shallow, cup-shaped,

borne near the distal ends of the internodes. Nematophores

small, bithalamic ; a supracalycine pair reaching just above

the top of the hydrotheca, a mesial nematophore some distance

below the hydrotheca, and another in the middle of each

intervening internode; a pair of cauline nematophores in the

axil of each hydrocladium and one just below the middle of

each cauline internode on the side opposite the hydrocladium

borne by that internode. Hydrothecee with about 16 ten-

tacles and a conical proboscis.

Gonosome.—Gonangia borne singly at the bases of the

hydrocladia, of two kinds, one (female ?) obconic, curved like

a horn, narrowing rapidly to the very short pedicel. In

* Named after the Director of the Plymouth Laboratory, an enthusi-

astic worker in marine zoology.

nee Species of Hydroids, 365

several cases round bodies greatly resembling acrocysts were

seen resting on the top of these gonangia. ‘The other kind

of gonangia (male?) was much longer, more slender, and but

slightly curved. None of the gonangia were annulated.

Localityn—Plymouth Sound.

Habitat.— Found growing on Antennularia ramosa.

This delicate species bears considerable general resem-

blance in size, form, and parasitic habit to P. halecioddes.

It differs, however, in having a non-fascicled stem, smaller

hydrothece:, more numerous nematophores, and especially in

the gonangia, which are greatly unlike the annulated struc-

ture of P. halecioides.

Aglaophenia Helleri, Marktanner-Turneretscher *.

(Pl. XVI. figs. 1-4.)

This species was collected by Mr. Allen on May 8th from

beneath the overhanging shelf of rock below the remains of

the old lighthouse at the Eddystone, where it was growing in

considerable quantity ¢. This is the first record of A. Helleri

on British shores.

Trophosome.—Colony unbranched, attaining a height of

2 inch. Stem monosiphonic, divided by very deep nodes

into short internodes, each bearing a hydrocladium springing

from its antero-lateral aspect. Hydrocladia alternate, closely

set, divided into internodes, each bearing a hydrotheca and

partly divided by two imperfect transverse septa. Nodes

very distinct. Hydrothece obconic, about as deep as the

aperture is wide. Marginal teeth 9, unequal in size, the

anterior one often being slightly incurved and rather longer

and more pointed than the others ; the second and fourth teeth

counting trom behind are larger than the first and third.

There is no apparent intrathecal ridge. Supracalycine nema-

tophores rather small, stout, reaching to the level of the

hydrothecal margin; the mesial nematophore springs from

just below the margin of the hydrotheca and projects straight

upwards and outwards, its truncated end reaching to the level

ot the longest marginal teeth. ‘There are two modified nema-

tophores on each hydrocladium near its base.

Gonosome (description from Naples specimen).—Corbula

thick and short, with the leaves or ribs more closely soldered

together than in the other small British species. Ribs six on

each side, with a row of nematophores on their distal edges.

* “Die Hydroiden des k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums,’ Vienna,

1890, p. 271, pl. vii.

+ ‘Journal of the Marine Biological Association,’ n, s. iv. p. 49.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 28

366 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Habitat.—Found growing on thick roots of marine plants

from Eddystone rocks.

Distribution.—Naples and Rovigno (Marktunner-Turner-

etscher), and Plymouth, England.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

[The figures were made by Miss Mary MacBride from

sketches by the author. |

iPTATH CAV.

Fig. 1. Eudendrium album,

Fig. 2. Opercularella hispida.

PLATE OY:

Fig. 1. Plumularia Alleni. Part of colony with gonangia,

Fig. 2. Ditto. Hydrocladium, enlarged.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Hydrotheca and hydranth.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Gonangium (??).

Fug. 5. Ditto. Gonangium with apparent acrocyst.

Fig. 6. Ditto. Gonangium (?).

PratEe XVI,

Fig. 1. Aglaophenia Helleri*, Two hydrothecz and internodes.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Single hydrotheca, enlarged.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Expanded hydranth.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Corbula.

LIX .— Coleoptera collected in the Transvaal.

By W. L. Distant.

LONGICORNIA.

DURING my sojourn in the Transvaal I made every effort to

form a collection of these interesting beetles; but they abound

more in numbers than in species on the high and little-wooded

veld around Pretoria and Johannesburg, and are there princi-

pally floral members of the family Cerambycide. The warmer

and better-wooded regions are more productive, as might be

expected, but in the ‘Transvaal I always found the capture of

a Longicorn, beyond the usual predominant species, somewhat

uncommon in collecting experience. Many species come to

light, as does the fine Prosphilus serricornis, which, as in

many other known species, emits a loud squeaking noise on

* The polyp and corbula of Aglaophenia Helleri have not before been

ficured,

Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 367

being handled. The appearance of some species is extremely

local and spasmodic. As an example I may mention that on

my first visit I procured a single example of a new species—

Paroeme Gahant. During a subsequent three years’ collecting

T never saw another specimen, till 1 found it one day literally

swarming in an old lumber-room, which was also my last

acquaintance with the species, and affords an illustration of

the difficulty in learning much as to habits or time of appear-

ance. Alphitopola maculosais, in Barberton at least, destruc-

tive to the leaves of orange-trees, as I was informed by my

friend Mr. Harrison, who spoke from experience. Tvthoes

confints, the largest Prionid found in the ‘Transvaal, is not

altogether scarce at Rustenburg, and is found under the bark

of decaying or dead trees. It varies immensely in size—my

largest specimen (from Rustenburg) measures 80 millim., my

smallest example (from Barberton) only attains a length of

34 millim.

By the aid of my collection I am able to enumerate

100 species as found in the Transvaal, and, as might be

expected, many of the smaller ones appear to be undescribed.

Through the assistance of the Rev. H. A. Junod I received

from time to time 47 species collected in the neighbourhood

of Delagoa Bay. ‘The enumeration and description of these

I have added as an appendix, for many of the species are

common to the two regions, and more will no doubt be subse-

quently proved to be distributed over what—the eastern

Transvaal and Mozambique—is practically one entomological

fauna, especially so far as these beetles are concerned.

I have received the greatest assistance from Mr. J. C.

Gahan in the preparation of this paper, particularly in the

generic identifications. The description of Pdvodarus of

Prionide he also obligingly made at my request.

Where not otherwise designated, the captures were my

own; several friends who visited other districts of the Trans-

vaal helped my quest for Longicorns, and their aid is here

gratefully acknowledged.

Fam. Prionide.

Cacosceles Lacordairei, Bates. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria.

Pixodarus pretorius, sp. n. Pretoria.

Tithoes confinis, Lap. Rustenburg (W. Ayres), Barberton (Dr. P. Ren-

dall), Pretoria.

Macrotoma natala, Thoms. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg

District (Zutrzenka).

palmata, Faby. Pienaars River (Thomsen), Pretoria.

Mallodon Downesi, ope. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendalt).

28*

368 Mr. W. L. Distant on

PIXODARUS.

(Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887, p. 325.)

“‘Mandibles short. Eyes widely separated from one another

above, coarsely facetted, and rather deeply emarginate. An-

tenne of the male reaching to a little beyond the apex of the

elytra; first joint rather short and stout, third nearly twice as

long as first and about one third longer than the fourth;

fifth to tenth joints subequal in length, each slightly longer

than the fourth; eleventh joint almost half as long again as

the tenth.

“ Prothorax transverse, armed on each side with five or more

spines, abruptly and strongly narrowed to the base behind the

posterior spine. Llytra rounded at the apex, epipleures

broad at the shoulder. Metathoracic episterna parallel-sided,

broadly truncate behind. Legs unarmed, except at the apices

of the tibie, where each is furnished with two terminal spurs

underneath, and with a small spine-like terminal process on

the upperside.

“This genus, though not fitting well into any of the minor

groups defined by Lacordaire, seems to come nearest thie

group Hopliderides, which is made up of the single genus

Hoplideres, Serv.” (J. C. Gahan.)

Pixodarus pretorius, sp. n.

Head, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and

legs black; elytra ferruginous.

Head rugose, very coarsely reticulate, front transversely

suleate; antenne with the basal joint stout and coarsely

punctate ; remaining joints more finely and sparingly punc-

tate, gradually becoming more slender, and, with the excep-

tion of the very short second and the apical joint, with their

apices clavate. Pronotum transverse, wider than long, very

coarsely punctate, roughly rugose and intricate, lateral

margins laminately produced, prominently spined at anterior

and posterior angles, between which are about three very

small and obscure tubercles or spines ; anterior margin finely

and ochraceously pilose, with a prominent tuft of ochraceous

hairs near the lateral angles. Scutellum convexly rounded,

obscurely tessellate. Elytra very finely and thickly punctate

aud slightly scabrous; humeral angles rounded, apices

rounded, lateral and sutural margins very narrowly black.

Apices of the tibiz and the whole of the tarsi beneath ochra-

ceously pilose. Body beneath thickly and finely punctate

and sparingly pilose ; head beneath rugose.

Long. 35 millim.; max. lat. elytr. 15 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

‘The description is that of a single male specimen.

Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 369

Fam. Cerambycide.

Zamium incultum, Pase. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

procidium, Pase. ? is ,

bicolor, sp.u. Pienaars River (W. LZ. D.), Barbeiton (Dr. P. Ren-

dail).

Xystrocera globosa, Oliv. Pretoria, Pienaars River.

marginalis, Goldf. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Rustenburg

(Ayres), Pretoria, Pienaars River.

erosa, Pasc.,=juvenca, Pase. Pretoria.

Taurotagus Klugi, Lacord. Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria.

Prosphilus serricornis, Dalm. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria.

Plocederus denticornis, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Tapinolachnus Gyllenhali, Fahy. Pretoria, Pienaars River.

furvus, Fihr. Pretoria (Donov.).

Pachydissus natalensis, White. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Hesperophanes amicus, White. Pienaars River, Pretoria.

picicornis, Fairm. Pretoria.

— bimaculatus, Faby. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pienaars River

(Thomsen).

Ossibia fuscatum, Chevy. Pretoria, Pienaars River.

Lygrus apicalis, Fihr. Pienaars River (Thomsen), Waterberg ( Wilde).

Eugoa Dalmanni, Fahr. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pretoria, Warm Baths—

Waterberg.

Compsomera elegantissima, White. Lydenburg District (Zurzenka),

Pretoria.

Phyllocnema Gueinzit, White. Pretoria.

latipes, De Geer. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pretoria.

pretiosa, Pering. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Callichroma(?) cupreum, Fabhr. Waterberg (Wilde), Rustenburg

(Krantz), Pienaars River.

Litopus dispar, Thoms. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria,

Promeces clavicornis, Fabr, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

viridis, Pase. Pretoria, Waterberg.

Anubis Mellyi, White. Pretoria.

scalaris, Pasec. Rustenberg, Pretoria.

Hypocrites Dejeani, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Paroeme Gahani, Dist. Pretoria.

Callidium Krantz, sp.n. Rustenburg (Krantz).

Clytanthus capensis, Lap. & Gory. Pretoria.

Plagionotulus cinereus, Jordan. Near Pretoria.

Amphidesmus analis, Oliv. Pretoria.

Philagathes letus, Thoms. Pretoria.

Eleanor Dohrni, Fahr. Near Pretoria.

Zamium bicolor, sp. n.

Head and thorax fuscous ; antenne, elytra, abdomen, and

legs castaneous.

Head sparsely and coarsely punctate, with a central sulca-

tion extending to front—in one specimen terminating between

the eyes; antenne sparingly pilose, with the basal joint

clavate, about the six apical joints ochraceously pubescent.

Pronotum broader than long, lateral margins convexly

370 Mr. W. L. Distant on

ampliated, lateral areas and margins ochraceously pilose,

coarsely punctate, very slightly rugulose, disk sparingly

levigate. Scutellum with a foveate impression. Elytra

entire, humeral angles subprominent, apices convex, thickly

ochraceously hirsute, thickly and coarsely punctate; each

elytron with two longitudinal raised lines, sutural margins

slightly prominent. Body beneath and legs sparingly pilose.

Long. 13-15 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant); Barberton

(Dr. P. Rendall).

Hypocrites Dejeant, sp. n.

Hypocrites femoratus, Dejean, MS.

Cyaneous ; antenne and legs black, anterior and inter-

mediate femora and about basal half of posterior femora

croceous, apices of anterior and intermediate femora black.

Head coarsely punctate, with a narrow central sulcation in

front. Antenne shorter than the body ; basal joint incrassate

and clavate, second joint very short, six apical joints thick-

ened and sordid. Pronotum longer than broad, thickly and

coarsely punctate, lateral margins ampliated and obtusely

angulated, anterior and posterior margins raised and promi-

nent. Elytra very coarsely and thickly punctate, humeral

angles prominent and subnodulose, lateral margins slightly

concavely sinuate, apices convex. Anterior and intermediate

femora clavately incrassate; posterior femora extending

beyond apex of abdomen, with their apical halves moderately

incrassate.

Long. 11-12 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Barberton (Dr. P.

Rendall).

Callidium Krantzt, sp. n.

Head and basal joint of antenne luteous; antenna, eyes,

and two eye-like spots near anterior margin black; thorax

dark orange-yellow; elytra black, basal and apical areas and

a large central spot on each elytron stramineous ; abdomen

beneath and femora luteous; tibie and tarsi black.

Head large, subquadrate, about as long as broad, very

finely and obscurely punctate, with a narrow central striation

extending to front, the two black spots situate near antenni-

ferous tubercles oblique, raised, and tessellate; antenne a

little longer than the body, basal joint much thickened, re-

maining joints longly pilose. Pronotum about as long as

broad, ovate, lateral margins convex, lateral areas coarsely

Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 371

punctate and rugulose. Scutellum sulcate, subangulate

posteriorly. Hlytra thickly and finely punctate and thickly

and finely pilose, humeral angles subnodulose, concavely

sinuate before middle, widened and rounded posteriorly.

Femora and tibiz pilose.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg (Krantz).

The genus Callidium will serve to contain this species

until further generic subdivision is made amongst other allied

species. ‘The species here described is allied to C. depressum,

Klug.

Fam. Lamiide.

Phantasis gigantea, Guér.(?). Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

—— sp.(?). Rustenburg (Ayres), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Brimus Rendalli, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Hepomidion stygicum, Thoms. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Lasiopezus marmoratus, Fabry. Pienaars River ( Thomsen).

Prosopocera falcata, sp.n. Rustenburg (Krantz).

Alphitopola maculosa, Pasc. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall and J. R.

Harrison).

reticulata, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

—— murrea, sp.n. Rustenburg (Krantz).

lapidaria, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria.

Anoplostetha luctator, Fabr. Pretoria, Pienaars River.

Timoreticus aspersa, Gahan. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Dejeani, Gahan. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pienaars River.

armaticeps, Pering.(?). Rustenburg (Krantz).

Tragocephala vittata, Fahy. Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria.

Tragiscoschema Wahlbergi, Far. Pretoria.

Ceroplesis bicincta, Fabry. Pretoria.

milhtaris, Gerst. Pretoria.

hottentotta. Fabr. Zoutpansberg (Kessnei), Lydenburg District

(Zutrzenka).

Thunbergi, Fihr. Barberton.

Ceroplesis capensis, Linn., var. Pienaars River (Thomsen), Waterberg

( Wilde), Pretoria.

quinquefasciata, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Pycnopsis brachyptera, Thoms. Rustenburg (Ayres), Lydenburg District

(Zutrzenka), Pretoria, Pienaars River, Waterberg, Zoutpansberg.

Cochlicpselaphus catherina, White. Pretoria.

Phryneta spinator, Fabr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner), Pretoria.

Chreostes obesa, Westw. Rustenburg (Krantz), Waterberg (Wilde),

Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

cinereola, White. Middelburg (Kessner).

Mollonia granulata, Dist. Pretoria.

Nemotragus helvolus, Westw. Pienaars River ( Thomsen).

Psathyrus modestus, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pienaars River

( Thomsen).

—— lineatus, sp.n. Pienaars River (Thomsen).

Eumimetes barbertoni, sp. n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

bye Mr. W. L. Distant o7

Crossotus Klugit, Dist. Rustenburg (Krantz), Pretoria.

plumicornis, Serv. Pienaars River (Thomsen), Rustenburg (Krantz).

ethiops, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Dichostates Ayresi, sp.n. Rustenburg.

Tetradia fasciatocollis, Thoms. Pretoria.

Hecyrida terrea, Bertol. Pretoria, Rustenburg.

Alyaties rustenburgi, sp. n. Rustenburg.

Apomecyna binubila, Pasc. Pretoria.

Eunidia maeuliventris, Thoms. Pienaars River.

Thomseni, sp. n. Pienaars River.

Syessita divisa, Pasc. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Thercladodes Kraussi, White. Waterberg (Wilde), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

Amblesthis insignis, sp. n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Amblesthidus plagiatus, Fahr. Rustenburg.

Apodasya pilosa, Pasc. Pretoria.

Hyllisia stenideoides, Pase. Pretoria.

subvirgata, Fairm. Pienaars River.

Tetraglenes pienaari, sp. u. Pienaars River. :

Volumnia Westermanni, Thoms. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria,

Barberton, Rustenburg.

Moregamus globiceps, Harold. Barberton (Dr; P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Oberea scutellaris, Gerst. Middelburg (Kessner), Pretoria, Rustenburg:

Kessner?, sp.n. Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria.

Nitocris nigricornis, Oliv. Pretoria, Zoutpansberg.

Blepisanis Bohemani, Pasc. Pretoria, Rustenberg:

porosa, Pase. Zoutpansherg (Kessner).

—— exilis, Pasc., var. Pretoria.

Brimus Rendall, sp. n.

Ochraceous, mottled with dark chocolate-brown ; antenne,

body beneath, and legs dark chocolate-brown.

Head coarsely punctate, with a narrow central striation and

profoundly sulcate between the antenniferous tubercles ; an-

tennz about as long as the body, basal joint very robust and

pilose. Pronotum broader than long, with a broad anterior

collar, the lateral margins slightly ampliated and armed with

a strong robust spine on each side. Elytra somewhat gibbous,

narrowed and deflexed posteriorly, apices rounded, four very

strong tubercles at base—two on each elytron, one at humeral

angle, and one between that and suture—very coarsely punc-

tate on anterior area.

The dark brown shadings on pronotum tend in the direction

of each lateral area, with anterior central scattered markings ;

on elytra they are small and scattered on anterior half, then

almost form a wide transverse fascia, and two large irregular

spots near apex.

Long. 16 millim.; max. lat. elytr. 8 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 373

Prosopocera falcata, sp. n.

Chocolate-brown, almost completely covered with dull

ereyish pubescence.

Head very short, foveately sulcate in front, a long, robust,

slightly incurved spine on each antenniferous tubercle; an-

tennx considerably longer than the body, basal joint robust,

gradually thickened to apex, third joint longer than first.

Pronotum about as broad as long, with a broad anterior

collar, the frontal margin of which is convexly rounded ;

behind this collar is a transverse central sulcation; disk

strongly rugose, basal margin distinct, sinuate, and with a

central transverse striation ; a long robust spinous tubercle on

each lateral margin. Elytra with the humeral angles very

prominent and ornamented with small scattered tubercles ;

apices moderately rounded. Scutellum broad and rounded.

Long. 24 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg (Krantz).

The’ peculiar character of this species is to be found in the

strong spines to the antenniferous tubercles, which will

probably serve as the distinguishing points for a new genus.

Tn all other respects it seems a true Prosopocera.

Alphitopola reticulata, sp. n.

Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs greyishly pubescent ;

the head and pronotum with five longitudinal black fasciee—

three discal and one on each lateral area—on the pronotuin

the two outer discal fascia have a short, transverse, inwardly

directed continuation, and between the two outer fascia is a

small black spot ; mesosternum with a short lateral oblique

black fascia. Elytra black, covered with large greyish

pubescent spots.

Head broad, moderately convex, front with a narrow

central striation; antenne longer than the body, fuscous,

basal half of fourth joint greyishly pubescent. Pronotum

longer than broad, constricted posteriorly, transversely sulcate

before the anterior and posterior margins. Elytra with the

lateral margins subparallel, apices obliquely rounded.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Alphitopola murrea, sp. n.

Fulvous; a broad central fascia, narrowed anteriorly, to

pronotum ; scutellum, a cordate spot beneath same, a long

irregular fascia, constricted at middle, on each elytron, and

374 Mr. W. L. Distant on

lateral margins to sternum and abdomen cretaceous ; a small

black spot near base of the elytral fascia.

Head with a distinct striation from base to apex of front ;

antenne fulvous, greyishly pubescent, a little longer than the

body. Pronotum about as broad as long, transversely sulcate

near anterior and posterior margins, lateral margins mode-

rately convex. Elytra with the humeral angles prominent

and their area ornamented with coarse black punctures ;

beyond this area the elytra are narrowed, their apices obliquely

rounded. A central fascia to sternum and the legs more or

less greyishly pubescent.

Long. 17 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg (Krantz).

Alphitopola lapidaria, sp. n.

Fulvous ; a central fascia to pronotum, narrowed anteriorly

and posteriorly, two irregular elongate fascia to each elytron

and lateral margins to sternum cretaceous; a black spot in

the centre of the upper elytral fascia.

Head with a distinct striation from base to apex of front;

antenne fulvous, greyishly pubescent, a little longer than

the body. Pronotum about as broad as long, transversely

sulcated near anterior and posterior margins. Hlytra with

coarse brown punctures at base, humeral angles prominent,

apices obliquely rounded. Abdomen beneath greyishly

pubescent.

Long. 18-21 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Lydenburg District

(Zutrzenka).

Psathyrus modestus, sp. n.

Strongly pilose, head and pronotum castaneous ; elytra

dark ochraceous, irregularly streaked with castaneous.

Head thickly and coarsely punctate, deeply suleate between

the antenniferous tubercles; antenne shorter than the body,

very strongly pilose, basal joint coarsely punctate and rugu-

lose, with a tubercle on outer margin a little before apex,

second and third joints distinctly nodulose at apex. Pro-

notum a little longer than broad, coarsely punctate, rugulose.

Elytra elongate, thickly punctate, margins subparallel,

apices rounded, marked by apparently four very much broken

fascia on each elytron—two discal, the others at suture and

lateral margin. Body beneath castaneous, legs dark ochra-

ceous.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 37D

Psathyrus lineatus, sp. n.

Head and pronotum dark castaneous, thickly covered with

greyish pubescence ; elytra greyish pubescent, each elytron

with three longitudinal pale castaneous fascie extending from

base to apex.

Head triangular from eyes, with a slight central longitu-

dinal ridge, sulcate between antenniferous tubercles ; antenne

castaneous, longly pilose, longer than the body, basal joint

very short and thickened. Pronotum longer than broad,

lateral margins convexly deflexed, subparallel, a slight central

dorsal ridge. Elytra very elongate, narrowed towards apex,

apices subangulate. Abdomen beneath and legs dark casta-

neous, greyishly pubescent.

Long. 15 millim.

flab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Thomsen),

Eumimetes barbertoni, sp. n.

Dull brownish, more or less griseously pubescent.

Head very widely sulcate between antenniferous tubercles,

front truncate ; antenne about as long as the body, second

joint about one third the length of the first, fourth and suc-

ceeding joints with their bases griseous. Pronotum about as

long or a little longer than broad, griseously pubescent, ante-

rior half coarsely punctate, posterior half with three blunt

obscure tubercles, lateral areas sparingly coarsely punctate.

Elytra wide at humeral angles, narrowed to apices, which are

obliquely rounded, coarsely punctate, especially on anterior

half, three tufts or hairy tubercles on each elytron situate on

posterior half, griseously pubescent, but much less so at apical

area. Body beneath and legs griseously pubescent, with

brown punctures.

Long. 11 millim.; lat. hum. angl. 5 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Crossotus cthiops, sp. n.

Dull greyish, base of elytra brownish, tomentose.

Head with three narrow blackish strize, broad, short, front

narrowly but deeply sulcate. Antenne shorter than the

body, robust, longly pilose beneath, apical joints sparingly

pilose. Pronotum about as long as broad, armed with eight

strong tubercles, of which four are discal, and two on each

lateral margin, one of the last being long and spinous ;

thickly pubescent, strongly transversely sulcated before ante-

rior and posterior margins. Elytra broad at base, the humeral

376 Mr. W. L. Distant on

angles prominent, narrowing to apices, which are rounded,

thickly pubescent, brownishly tomentose on basal area; a

short blackish tuft or hairy tubercle on each elytron a little

beyond middle. Body beneath and legs greyishly pubescent ;

lees mottled with brownish spots; abdominal segments

fringed with ochraceous hairs.

Long. 16-18 millim.; lat. hum. angl. 8-9 millim.

Hab, Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Dichostates Ayrest, sp. n.

Broad, griseous, pubescent, each elytron ornamented with

three tufts or hairy tubercles at base, situate transversely, and

two on disk, placed longitudinally.

Head broad, short, mottled with fuscous, thickly pubescent,

with a central narrow striation, somewhat foveate at anterior

margin ; antennez longer than the body, shortly pilose, third

joint nearly equal in length to the first, apices of the joints

fringed with pale hairs. Pronotum broad, pilose, mottled

with brown; lateral margins oblique, much broader at base,

basal angles produced into a prominent blunt tooth. LElytra

broadest at base, narrowing to apices, which are rounded,

thickly and coarsely punctate, the tufts ochraceous. Body

beneath and legs griseous, pubescent, the last spotted with

brownish.

Long. 10 millim.; lat. hum. angl. 7 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg (Distant).

Near D. caffer, Falr., but differmg by arrangement of

tufts to elytra.

Alyattes rustenburg?, sp. n.

Griseous, rather thickly covered with brownish pubescence.

Head broad, with a central longitudinal striation and a

transverse striation between the antenniferous tubercles ;

antenne shorter than the body, castaneous, with pale ochra-

ceous pubescence, basal joint very robust, third about twice

as long as first. Pronotum long, subquadrate; lateral

margins deflexed and moderately convexly rounded, anterior

margin slightly convex and very prominent; two robust

central tubercles on disk. Elytra with the humeral angles

very prominent, beyond which the lateral margins are mode-

rately concavely sinuate to about centre, when they are again

ampliated and obliquely rounded to apices ; each elytron with

a very large compressed tubercle at base, and with a long

compressed tuberculous elevation beyond middle; between

these tubercles and outer margin a raised tuberculous line;

Coleoptera from the Transvaal. 377

‘ochraceously and fuscously pubescent, coarsely punctate on

about anterior half.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Rustenburg.

Eunidea Thomseni; sp. n.

Very pale brown, greyishly tomentose, elytra spotted with

greyish.

Head broad, its posterior area gibbous, transversely pilose

between antenniferous tubercles; front longitudinally pilose,

with a narrow central striation, greyishly pubescent behind

eyes ; antenne a little longer than the body, basal joint long,

gradually clavate, third only slightly longer than first, third

and following joints mostly greyish pubescent, excepting

their apices, which are brown. Pronotum subquadrate ;

lateral margins slightly constricted towards base, anterior

and posterior margins raised, prominent, posterior margin

preceded by a transverse striation; two broad greyish

pubescent fascia on each lateral area. Scutellum greyishly

pubescent. Hlytra thickly punctate, broadly greyishly

pubescent on each lateral margin ; three or four small greyish

spots on each elytron and a large spot near apex joining

lateral fascia at suture; humeral angles prominent and

fureate. Body beneath and legs greyish, pubescent.

Long. 10-13 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Zhomsen and Distant).

Amblesthis insignis, sp. n.

Head brownish ochraceous, pubescent ; two oblique fascia

beneath eyes and a short narrow central fascia, black ; an-

tenn about as long as the body, first and second joints pale

castaneous, remaining joints brownish ochraceous, with their

apices fuscous, their bases narrowly pale greyish; basal joint

strongly thickened, first and third joints about equal in

length. Pronotum considerably longer than broad, ochra-

ceous, moderately pilose, indications of two pale tubercles on

disk ; lateral margins produced into a prominent tubercular

spine, which, with their whole basal area, are pale strami-

neous ; behind disk the surface is somewhat foveate. Scu-

tellum ochraceous, elongate, its apex rounded, centrall

sulcate, and black. lytra ochraceous, mottled with fuscous,

pilose, coarsely punctate, rugulose, the apex pale ochraceous,

with a few inner and outer marginal black spots, and preceded

by a broad black fascia interspersed with griseous pubes-

cence. Body beneath and legs pale ochraceous and pilose.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Vrausvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

378 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Tetraglenes pienaart, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous, strongly pilose.

Head about as broad as long, coarsely punctate, with an

arcuate, black, strongly punctate, and slightly raised fascia

between the eyes; antenne about as long as the body, very

strongly pilose, basal joint incrassated, longer than the third.

Pronotum long, pilose, with two dark central longitudinal

fasciaz, between and beyond which the colour is ochraceously

pubescent, extreme lateral margins dark castaneous ; narrowed

anteriorly and posteriorly, the lateral margins moderately

convex. Scutellum small, ochraceous, centrally sulcate.

Elytra strongly punctate and pilose, their apices narrowed

and rounded ; each elytron with a broad, central, longitudinal,

castaneous fascia, which is much mottled with ochraceous

pubescence. Body beneath thickly and palely pubescent ;

legs brownish ochraceous,

Long. 8 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant).

Oberea Keessnert, sp. n.

Head and pronotum ochraceous; elytra luteous, their

apices broadly cinereous; body beneath and legs cinereous.

Head about as broad as long, with a central incision; an-

tenne pilose, a little longer than the body, joints 1, 2, 3, 9,

10, 11 fuscous, remaining joints ochraceous, with their apices

fuscous. Pronotum subquadrate, lateral margins convexly

deflected. Scutellum small, cinereous. LHlytra very coarsely

punctate, pubescent, humeral angles prominent, apices some-

what obliquely truncate.

Long. 10-11 millim.

Hab, Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), Zoutpansberg (Kess-

ner).

APPENDIX.

Longicornia from Delagoa Bay.

Fam. Prionide.

Pivodarus nyasseé, Bates,

Macrotoma natala, Thoms.

Aulacopus (?) mossambicus, sp. n.

Pixodarus nyasse, Bates.

Pivodarus nyasse, Bates, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 272 (1878).

Head, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and

legs black, elytra ferruginous.

§ ria §

Coleoptera from Delagoa Bay. 379

Head rugose, very coarsely reticulate, front transversely

sulcate; antenne with the basal joint stout and coarsely

punctate, remaining joints more finely and sparingly punc-

tate, gradually becoming more slender, and, with the excep-

tion of the very short second and the apical joint, with their

apices clavate. Pronotum transverse, wider than long, very

coarsely punctate, roughly rugose and intricate; lateral

margins laminately produced, armed with five strong spines,

which on the right-hand margin are less strongly produced,

and where there is an additional small central spine, making

six in all; anterior margin finely and ochraceously pilose,

with a prominent tuft of ochraceous hairs near the lateral

angles. Scutellum obtusely triangular, the margins coarsely

punctate. Elytra very finely and thickly punctate and

slightly scabrous; humeral angles rounded, apices rounded,

lateral and sutural margins very narrowly black. Apices of

the tibiae and the whole of the tarsi beneath ochraceously

pilose. Body beneath thickly and finely punctate and

sparingly pilose ; head beneath rugose.

Long. 30 millim.; max. lat. elytr. 13 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

A single male specimen. Very closely allied to P. pretorius,

Dist., from the Transvaal, but differing by the strongly

spined lateral margins of the pronotum and the more trian-

gulated scutellum.

Aulacopus (?) mossambicus, sp. n.

Dull reddish; abdomen beneath, scutellum, and eyes

piceous.

Head coarsely punctate and rugulose, with a central linear

levigate impression, the front transversely sulcate ; antenna

about as long as the body, somewhat coarsely punctate, basal

joint stout and clavate, second joint very short, its apical

margin gibbous, third joint about twice as long as first.

Pronotum transverse, wider than long, coarsely punctate and

rugulose, lateral margins obtusely serrated, widened poste-

riorly, lateral posterior angles prominent. Scutellum coarsely

punctate and rounded. LKlytra slightly widened posteriorly,

slightly sinuate betore middle, apices obliquely rounded and

overlapping ; each elytron with seven raised longitudinal lines,

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

The head and pronotum are much duller red than the

antenne and elytra.

380 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Fam. Cerambycidz.

Xystrocera mar: hie Goldf.

Plocederus hamifer, Bates.

Cordylomera Schinherri, Faby.

—— principalis, sp. 0.

Eugoa Dalmanni, Fahy.

Compsomera elegantissima, White.

Callichroma auricolle, Thoms.

melanianthe, White.

Philematium natalense, Bates.

Oxyprosopus Junodi, sp. 0.

Lugenius plumatus, Faby.

Promeces sp.(?) (Two imperfect specimens of an apparently undescribed

species. )

Promecidus chalybeatus, White.

Anubis scalaris, Pase.

ITypocrites tenuis, Bates.

Closteromerus sexpunctatus, Fabr.

Helymeus albicornis, sp. n.

Calanthemis myops, Thoms,

Apwogaster mahota, sp. 0.

Cordylomera principalis, sp. n.

Antenne, body beneath, and legs ochraceous; head, pro-

notum, scutellum, and clavate apices of the femora casta-

neous ; eyes black ; elytra violaceous.

Head with the front transversely sulcate; antenne with

the basal joint strongly clavate. Pronotum much longer than

broad, lateral margins slightly emarginate, subangularly

ampliated a little behind middle; posterior margin raised

and prominent, surface very coarsely punctate and finely

tessellate. Scutellumconcavely sulcate. Hlytra not reaching

apex of abdomen, their apices emarginate and obtusely angu-

late; surface very coarsely punctate and tessellate, each

elytron with two raised longitudinal lines.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Oxyprosopus Junodi, sp. n.

Body above and beneath cyaneous ; legs pale castaneous,

bases and apices of femora, the tibia, and antenna black ;

tarsi fulvous.

Head sparingly and coarsely punctate, strongly foveate at

base of antenna and inner margin of eyes; anterior margin

strongly incrassated, front with a longitudinal striation.

Pronotum coarsely punctate, much longer than broad, lateral

margins convexly ampliated behind middle; two ‘distinet

fovex transversely situate on disk. Scutellum concavely

Coleoptera from Delagoa Bay. 381

suleate. Elytra entire, thickly and somewhat finely punctate ;

humeral angles prominent and subnodulose ; lateral margins

slightly concave towards middle, narrowed towards apices.

Posterior tibies inwardly bispinous at apices; anterior and

intermediate femora coarsely punctate, posterior femora finely

and sparingly punctate.

Long. 20 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Helymeus albicornis, sp. n.

Helymeus cyanipennis, MS., Dej. (nom, preeoce. by Thomson).

Black ; elytra cyaneous, in one specimen olivaceous; pro-

notal angles cretaceous.

Head, including front, coarsely punctate and subrugulose,

anterior margin strongly incrassated ; antenne with the basal

joint incrassated and coarsely punctate. Pronotum about as

broad as long, very thickly and coarsely punctate and tessel-

late, lateral margins ampliated, obtusely angulate, and creta-

ceously hirsute. Scutellum triangular and sulcate. Elytra

very thickly and coarsely punctate, the humeral angles sub-

nodulose, lateral margins slightly concavely sinuate, apices

truncate. Lateral margins of pro-, meso-, and metanotum,

and margins of abdomen beneath cretaceously hirsute.

Femora apically clavate, posterior femora extending a little

beyond apex of abdomen.

Long. 18-15 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

The markings of the pronotum resemble those of the species

described and figured by Gerstaecker under the name of

Closteromerus insignis.

Apiogaster mahota, sp. n.

Black ; clavate portion of anterior femora and rather more

than basal half of elytra orange-yellow.

Head coarsely punctate and scabrous; antenne shorter

than the body, joints 1 to 4 coarsely punctate, remaining

joints tomentose. Pronotum much longer than broad, rugn-

lose, constricted anteriorly. Elytra very coarsely and thickly

punctate, their bases narrowly convex, levigate and subnodu-

lose, lateral margins moderately concavely sinuate, apices

angulate; each elytron with a prominent raised longitudinal

line. Sternum very coarsely punctate; body beneath very

finely pilose.

Long. 10 milli.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 29

382 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Fam. Lamiide.

Anthores leuconotus, Pasc.

Coptops fusca, Oliv.

Lasiopezus longimanus, Thoms.,= Whitez, Pasc.

marmoratus, Fabr.

Alphitopola sofala, sp. 0.

Timoreticus aspersa, Gahan.

Zographus aulicus, Bertol.

Tragocephala variegata, Bertol.

Chevrolati, White.

mashenga, sp. D.

Rhaphidopsis melaleuca, Gerst.

Tragiscoschema amicta, sp. 0.

Ceroplesis militaris, Gerst.

quinquefasciata, Fabr.

Pycnopsis brachyptera, Thoms.

Cymatura bifasciata, Gerst.

Olenecamptus tessellata, sp. Nn.

Crossotus ethiops, Dist.

Dichostates concretus, Pasc.

Hercyrida terrea, Bertol.

Eunidia sp. (?).

Apheniastus bella, Dalm.

Volumnia Westermanni, Thoms.

Nitocris nigricornis, Oliv.

Blepisanis exilis, Pasc., var.

Alphitopola sofala, sp. n.

Head and pronotum pale ochraceous, with five longitudinal

cinereous fascie—three discal and one on each lateral area—

which on the pronotum are more or less united at about

centre. Elytra ochraceous, with broad reticulate cinereous

markings, enclosing ochraceous spots. Body beneath and legs

cinereous, sternal and abdominal margins spotted or streaked

with ochraceous.

Head with a distinct central striation in front; antenna

very much longer than the body, pale cinereous, becoming

fuscous towards apices, basal joint thickened and wholly pale

cinereous, third joint very long, twice as long as first, fourth

a little shorter than third. Pronotum rather longer than

broad, constricted posteriorly, transversely sulcate before

anterior and posterior margins, lateral margins moderately

convex. Elytra pubescent, coarsely and sparingly punctate,

humeral angles prominent, apices obliquely rounded.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Tragocephala mashenga, sp. n.

Densely covered with a short ochraceous pubescence, and

Coleoptera from Delagoa Bay. 383

with the following black markings, all edged with yellowish

white, viz.:—head with the frontal margin, continued be-

tween antenniferous tubercles, and a central longitudinal

fascia; pronotum with a broad central fascia, a little convex

at centre and then concavely sinuate ; elytra with three trans-

verse fasciee, the first on basal margin, the second at about

centre, both connected along the suture, third fascia a little

before apex, broad and reticulate, enclosing two ochraceous

spots, and continued to near apex along thesuture. Antenne

black; legs broadly streaked with griseous; a lateral black

stripe on sternum from behind eyes; central sternal area,

basal lateral margins of abdomen, coxe, and trochanters

griseous. Abdominal segmental margins, widened laterally

and centrally, black, margined with yellowish white.

Head with a central narrow striation; antenne much

shorter than the body. Pronotum longer than broad, mode-

rately rugulose, with a wide anterior collar, at the posterior

margin of which is a transverse sulcation; a long, robust,

spinous tubercle on each lateral margin, constricted at base.

Scutellum black, its centre yellowish white, pubescent, sub-

triangular, apex obliquely rounded. Elytra with the humeral

angles somewhat prominent.

Long. 23 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Tragiscoschema amicta, sp. n.

Sulphureous, with black and griseous markings.

Head with a fine narrow central striation; the anterior and

lateral margins, a narrow fascia extending from eyes to base,

and a broad central triangular fascia, black; antenne a

little longer than the body, griseously pubescent. Pronotum

longer than broad, the lateral areas depressed and rounded, a

small tubercle on lateral margins, anterior margin convexly

rounded, transversely sulcated near anterior and posterior

margins, and with a broad central black fascia with griseous

tints, the margins of which are moderately sinuate and

angulate. Scutellum black, rounded. Elytra with a broad

and much waved black fascia, griseous internally, extending

from base to apex along the suture, and emitting three waved

and angulated transverse fascia, one at base enclosing two

rounded yellow spots, second a little beyond middle, third

occupying apex and enclosing two rounded yellow spots;

humeral angles somewhat oblique, apices obliquely rounded.

Body beneath dark griseous, with a marginal series of

29*

384 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

yellow spots to both sternum and abdomen; legs pale reddish

brown.

Long. 12 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

Olenecamptus tessellata, sp. n.

Ferruginous, marked and spotted with cretaceous.

Head long, with a distinct central striation; a prominent

marginal ridge between antenniferous tubercles, with a narrow

central and two broad lateral cretaceous fascie, all united in

front; antenne much longer than the body, basal joint

robust and very coarsely punctate, third joint more than three

times as long as the first, apex of fourth joint and the whole

of remaining joints darker brown. Pronotum longer than

broad, transversely striate, constricted posteriorly, profoundly

sulcate before anterior and posterior margins, with a broad

cretaceous fascia on each lateral margin. Scutellum sub-

quadrate, impunctate. Elytra densely and coarsely punctate ;

each elytron ornamented with four large, irregularly-shaped,

cretaceous pubescent spots—one at base, second longest, about

middle, third deeply notched, fourth smallest, near apex ;

humeral angles subprominent, lateral margins slightly con-

cavely sinuate, apices very obliquely rounded. Body beneath

griseously pubescent.

Long. 15 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

LX.—Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Central and

South America. By R. I. Pocock.

THE species from Central America recorded in this paper

will be redescribed and fully figured in the ‘ Biologia Cen-

trali-A mericana,’

Family Buthide.

Genus Tityus, C. Koch.

Tityus Championt, sp. n.

? — Colour yellow, indistinctly variegated with black ;

mandibles and frontal portion of carapace, as well as its

lateral margin, infuscate ; tergites indistinctly mottled,

blackish laterally, with a bright yellow posterior spot, in

addition to this spot there are four similar spots on each side

of the middle line ; posterior median portion of tergites with

Scorpions from Central and South America. 385

a broad fuscous patch relieved by the pale keel and a pair of

yellow spots; sterna rather thickly clouded with fuscous ;

lower side of tail clouded with fuscous, more thickly at the

posterior end, the lower side of the fifth segment being mostly

black ; sides of tail also clouded with black, vesicle almost

wholly infuscate, aculeus pale; chele and legs mostly yel-

lowish red, indistinctly mottled, digits black, with flavous

tips; coxe of legs pale. Upperside of trunk weakly

granular in the intercarinal spaces; lower side of abdomen

coriaceous, with a smooth triangular area in the middle of

the third sternite, the fifth sternite with the keels finely

granular, the external ones very short. Tazl about six times

as long as the carapace, which is a little shorter than its fifth

segment, its fourth segment a little more than twice as long

as wide (62:3); vesicle slightly wider than brachium,

about as wide as hand ; the intercarinal spaces finely granular ;

median lateral keel represented by a few posterior granules ;

the normal keels strong and coarsely granular, the superior

subdenticulate and ending posteriorly in an elongated denticle,

those on the fifth strongly granular; vesicle strongly

granular ; the tooth large, with conspicuous accessory

denticle.

Chele of medium length, keels and granulation normal,

hand only very slightly thicker than brachium, narrow,

weakly keeled, the keels subgranular; digits in contact, weakly

lobate and sinuate at the base, the movable about twice as

long as the hand-back, furnished with 15 rows of teeth.

Pectinal teeth 18; no lobate expansion at the base of the

shaft.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 62; length of

carapace 6°5, of tail 389; width of the first segment 3:°5,

of the fifth 38, length of latter 7; width of vesicle 2°6, of

brachium 2°3, of hand 2°5; length of hand-back 4°5, of

movable digit 9.

Loc. Bugaba in Panama (G. C. Champion).

I am doubtful as to the sex of this specimen. The short-

ness and slenderness of the tail, coupled with slender un-

modified chelz, are evidence of its being a female. If this be

the case, the absence of the pectinal lobe removes the species

from the vicinity of the so-called americanus section of the

genus, and points to relationship between it and the Brazilian

species stigmurus, bahiensis, and rufofuscus, especially stig-

murus. But from these it differs in having the caudal crests

stronger and more strongly denticulated, especially the

superior.

386 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Genus Centrurus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.

Centrurus barbudensis, sp. n.

?.—Colour. Trunk banded as in C. tnsulanus of Thorell,

from Jamaica ; legs, palpi, and lower surface of tail thickly

spotted with black.

More coarsely granular than insulanus, but with the

vesicle neither so wide, so high, nor the aculeus so curved.

Hand broader, its width nearly half the length of the movable

digit, with its inner surface rather coarsely granular.

Pectinal teeth 21.

3 -—More different from the male of cnsulanus than is the

female, the tail being very long, about eight times the length

of the carapace, which is shorter than its first segment ;

vesicle long and piriform,

In insulanus the tail is less than seven times the length of

the carapace, which is longer than its first segment; the

vesicle is subspherical.

Pectinal teeth 23.

Measurements in millimetres.— 9. Total length 59, cara-

pace 6, tail 38°5 ; width of hand 3; length of movable digit

7°5 (in a female of insulanus the digit measures 7°5 and the

width of the hand 2°5). ¢. Total length 68, of carapace

5:5, of tail 47.

Loc. Barbuda and Bird’s Island (W. B&. Forrest coll.).

Centrurus ochraceus, sp. n.

2 .—Colour a uniform ochre-brown on the upperside of the

trunk (the very edges of the tergites alone infuscate) ; palpi

and tail a uniform ochre-yellow ; legs paler yellow.

Trunk less coarsely and less closely granular than in

R. margaritatus ; keels on tail and last abdominal sternite as

in margaritatus, but less strongly granular, those on the

sternite quite smooth; spine beneath aculeus of vesicle large,

broader at base than in margaritatus; chele carinate as in

the latter; the external finger-keel complete, but, like the

middle finger-keel, smooth; eight rows of teeth on the

movable digit.

g.—Diflering from the male of margaritatus in the same

characters as the female from the female of margaritatus, but

further recognizable by the different form of the vesicle,

which, when viewed trom below, is evenly oval and not

broad, and strongly shouldered at the base of the aculeus.

Pectinal teeth, 9 27; 3 27-28.

Scorpions from Central and South America. 387

Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 72, cara-

pace 7°2, tail42. ¢. Total length 67, carapace 6, tail 43.

Loc. Yucatan (in Keyserling’s coll.).

Centrurus nigrovariatus, sp. n.

g. Allied to C.infamatus of C. Koch in colour and most

structural features, but differing in the formation of the

posterior segments of the tail, the fifth segment being wider

than the first, with its upper surface much elevated in the

middle, with a deep median groove expanding posteriorly into

an oval depression.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 52, carapace

4-5, tail 33, width of its first segment 2°3, of its fifth 2°7,

height of latter 2°5.

Loc. Oaxaca, Mexico.

Centrurus flavopictus, sp. n.

Colour reddish or brownish black, with a narrow median

dorsal yellow stripe on the tergites, and a yellow spot on the

posterior angle; tail reddish brown, darker beneath and

posteriorly, vesicle red; humerus and brachium of chelz

blackish red, the trochanter and hand clear yellowish red,

digits black, with distal third pale reddish; legs entirely

yellow, mandibles infuscate distally.

External finger-keel of hand nearly obsolete, internal

granular ; eight rows of teeth on digit.

Pectinal teeth 22 (3 9).

Measurements in millimetres.— 2 . Total length 62, tail 37,

carapace 6°7 ; width of hand and brachium 2°5, movable digit

75. . Total length 69; length of tail 46, of carapace 7 ;

width of hand 3°3, of brachium 2°5, length of finger 8.

Loc. Jalapa in Mexico.

Centrurus limbatus, sp. n.

$ —Allied to C. gracilis, but strikingly different in colour

as well asin some structural features. Carapace and tergites

yellow or reddish, narrowly margined with black; ocular

tubercle black ; tail also yellow, with its fifth segment and

vesicle uniformly brown or black; keels spotted black,

especially those on the lower side of the segments; legs

entirely pale yellow; palpi also pale yellow, digits quite

black with reddish tips; mandibles distally infuscate.

Nine rows of teeth on the digits.

Pectinal teeth 25.

388 My. R. I. Pocock on new

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 100; length of

carapace 9, of tail 70 ; width of hand 4, of brachium 3, length

of movable digit 11:5.

Loc. Sirires, Talamanca (H. Pittier coll.).

Centrurus bicolor, sp. n.

2 .— Colour of trunk a brownish black above ; sterna ochre-

yellow, mesially and marginally infuscate ; first four segments

of tail yellow above and at the sides, tinted with fuscous

below, the keels black; fifth segment, vesicle, and lower

surface of fourth infuscate; mandibles infuscate; chele

yellow, with the exception of afuscous spot at the apex of

the brachium; hands reddish black, with black keel, fingers

black with reddish tips; legs entirely rich yellow, the

maxillary processes of chele and anterior legs infuscate ;

pectines pale.

Carapace sparsely granular as in rubricauda. Tail almost

as in the latter, but the crests more numerously granular,

there being upwards of 25 granules on the infero-lateral

crest of the third segment; sterna 2—4 coriaceous and punc-

tured, the fourth distinctly rugose and granular. Crests on

hand strong.

Pectinal teeth 26-28.

g .—Like female in colour, and differing structurally in the

ordinary characters; sterna not granular.

Pectinal teeth 28-29.

Measurements in millimetres.— 2? . Total length 109; length

of carapace 10, of tail 63. g. Total length 120; length of

carapace 11, of tail 82.

Loc. 9. Poyo azul de Pirris (Atlantic) (7. Zeledon coll.).

g. Santo Domingo de Golfo Dulce (Z. Pittier).

Centrurus nigrimanus, sp. n.

g.—Resembling C. bzcolor in colour, but more closely

and coarsely granular above; the fifth caudal segment

having its crests distinctly granular, and also the inferior and

lateral surfaces; the vesicle on the other hand, instead of

being granular, is smooth below, and the tooth is much closer

to the aculeus ; the infero-lateral crests of the third caudal

segment are furnished with about 30 granules.

Pectinal teeth 32-33.

Loc. Oaxaca (type) (68.74): also a younger specimen of

apparently the same species from Honduras (Indo- Colonial

Hxchibition).

Scorpions from Central and South America. 389

Centrurus rubricauda, sp. n.

9 .—Obolour almost a uniform reddish black all over; the

hands redder than the rest of the chelw; tarsi and pectines

yellow; tail reddish ochre- brown. Granular crests on hand

evident and finely granular; crests on tail rather coarsely

granular, but the granules few in number and more spaced

than in allied forms; on the infero-lateral keel of the third

segment, for example, the granules are fewer than twenty

(15-19); vesicle granular; the spine not close up to the

aculeus. Sterna 2-4 smooth, punctured, especially number 3.

Pectinal teeth 20-21.

3.—Differing from the female in_ the normal sexual

features, but in addition with the legs bright yellow ; crests

on hand scarcely perceptible; crest on tail weakly and

sparsely granular as in female ; vesicle parallel-sided when

viewed from below, bulging on each side at right angles at

the base of the aculeus.

Pectinal teeth 21-23.

Measurements in millimetres.— ? . Total length 80; length

of carapace 8:5, of tail 51. ¢. Total length 103; length of

carapace 9, of tail 71.

Loc. Managua in Costa Rica (Dr. Rothschuh). Four

male and four female specimens.

Centrurus nigrescens, Sp. 0.

9 .— Colour a uniform blackish green ; tarsi and distal half

of fingers ferruginous; pectines flavous; cox: and sternal

areas mesially ochraceous. Coarsely and thickly granular ;

middle finger-keel or hand strong, all the crests on the tail

strongly granular ; vesicle weakly granular ; the spine close

up to the base of the vesicle.

Pectinal teeth 25-27.

3 .—Like female in colour. Inferior crests on fifth caudal

segment distinct and granular; vesicle about twice as long

as wide, almost smooth, its shoulders not very strongly ex-

panded.

Pectinal teeth 28-30.

Measurements in millimetres—?. Total length 89, of

carapace 9, of tail 53°5. @. Total length 105, carapace 9,

tail 73.

Loc. Xantipu (5500 feet alt.) (type); also Amula and

Orizaba.

In colouring the female of this species resembles that of

rubricauda, except that the reddish tint upon the palpi and

390 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

tail of the latter is not noticeable. But the granulation of

the carapace is much closer, the interstices between the series

of larger granules being filled in with fine granules, and the

crests on the tail much more numerously granular, there

being about 35 granules on the infero-lateral crest of the

third segment ; lastly, the spine is much closer to the base of

the aculeus.

Centrurus fulvipes, sp. 0.

?.—Apparently differing from nigrescens only in colour,

the humerus of the palp and the entire legs being a clear

reddish yellow, also the basal segments of the tail reddish

brown above. Spine on vesicle as in nigrescens, close to

base of aculeus.

Pectinal teeth 28-29.

Loc. Xantipu in Mexico.

Family Scorpionide.

Genus DipLocentrus, Pet.

Diplocentrus rectimanus, sp. n.

Differing from the male of Whzted in the characters pointed

out in the annexed table of species.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 55; length of

carapace 6, of tail 80; width of hand 5:5; length of movable

digit 7.

Loc. Jalapa (Mexico).

Diplocentrus politus, sp. n.

The essential characters of this species are set forth in the

subjoined synoptical table. Colour yellowish brown. Upper-

side of trunk smooth and polished ; carapace granular laterally

and with a few granules on the frontal lobes; tergites with a

few scattered granules posteriorly and laterally ; the last more

coarsely granular. Tazl robust, with intercarinal spaces

smooth, the normal keels coarsely granular; the median

lateral and inferior medians represented by a few granules on

the fourth segment ; median keel on fifth weak ; sides of these

segments with a few coarse granules ; vesicle granular. Ohelc

robust ; humerus with irregular coarse granulation above, not

distinctly keeled, smooth behind and below ; brachium almost

wholly smooth, a little granular in front above; hand smooth

above, marked with scattered punctures, its inner edge and

Scorpions from Central and South America. 391

lower surface towards the base of the immovable digit

granular. Legs smooth.

Pectinal teeth 7.

Length 36 millim., of carapace 4:5, of tail 18°5.

Loc. Brazil. Three female examples in the Museum

Collection.

The species of this genus known to me may be distinguished

as follows :—

a. Lateral margin of distal extremity of tarsus lobate,

its inferior angle rounded, the terminal spine

elevated above the level of the rest, forming a

curved series.

a’. Immovable digit of hand normally curved,

inner border of hand more strongly produced ;

sculpturing of hand a reticulated pattern of

ridges; upper surface of humerus flat, with

strong anterior keel ; frontal lobes not

coarsely granular ; tergites with a few large

coarse granules amongst the fine granulation ;

lateral margins of caudal segments straight

or nearly so; infero-lateral caudal crests not

strongly converging ; pectinal teeth 12-14... White, Ger., 3.

b'. Immovable digit much straighter, inner edge

of hand less strongly produced; sculpturing

of hand more granular; area at base of digits

distinctly granular; upperside of humerus

convex, with weak anterior crest; frontal

lobes coarsely granular; tergites without

distinct coarse granules, but very rough with

fine close-set granulation; caudal segments

with rounded convex sides; infero-lateral

caudal crests strongly converging posteriorly ;

pectinal: tedthelOveie ites atieialds 6403 Sane ee rectimanus, sp.n., 3.

b, Lateral margin of distal extremity of the tarsus

nearly straight, the lower angle squared or

acute, the terminal spine in the same straight

line with the rest (3 Q).

a’, Caudal segments with relatively weak keels,

the median inferior keels obsolete on the

third and fourth segments, strong but not

granular upon the first and second, median

lateral keel weak, though just visible upon

the second, third, and fourth segments ;

vesicle not granular; cuticle of trunk, legs,

chelze, and tail densely and finely punctured,

less closely so on the sterna and coxe; five

spines on each side of the posterior tarsi .... antillanus, Poc., 2.

6°. Caudal segments strongly keeled, the inferior

four keels strong and granular upon the first,

second, and _ third segments, traceable by

granules on the fourth, median lateral keel

strong on the first and second segments and

visible on the third ; vesicle granular.

392 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

a, Upperside of trunk, intercarinal spaces of

tail, and outer surface of legs densely and

closely granular ; hands finely and closely

punctured, furnished with one keel; 5-6

spines on posterior tarsi................ seaber, Poc., 9.

6°. Upperside of trunk, intercarinal spaces of tail,

and outer side of legs not closely granular,

nor finely punctured as in antilanus, but

smooth, polished, and beset with a few

larger scattered granules; hands not

clesely and finely punctured as in scaber

and antillanus; hands not keeled ; 6-7

spines on posterior tarsi ............0.005 politus, sp. u.

The following brief criticisms may be made respecting

Prof. Kraepelin’s determinations of the species of this

genus :—

Diplocentrus Hasethi, Kraepelin (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss.

Anst. xiii. p. 180, 1896), from Curacao, is closely allied to

D. antillanus, Poc., not to D. White’, Gervais; but, judging

from the description, it differs in having the vesicle granular

and the caudal keels better developed.

Diplocentrus Whitet, Kraepelin (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss.

Anst. xi. p. 13, 1894), is not the same as Whited of Gervais,

whatever else it may be. Prof. Kraepelin quotes D. mewt-

canus, Peters, and ). Gundlach?, Karsch, as undoubtedly syno-

nymous with it, and Ozelus Purvesi, Becker, and D. Keyser-

lingwt, Karsch, as doubtfully so. So far as Otclus Purves? is

concerned, this view is quite untenable. The British

Museum has recently received from Mr, Forrest specimens

of the latter species from Antigua, and I have been able to

establish the accuracy of Mons. Simon’s observations as to

the presence of but two lateral eyes on each side, the feature

upon which the genus Ozelus was based. In addition to this

the species is characterized by sundry well-marked specific

features, sufficient, apart from the eyes, to differentiate it

from all the members of the genus Déplocentrus known to me.

Diplocentrus antillanus, Kraepelin (loc. cit. p. 16), is not

identical with D, antillanus, Pocock, but is either the same

as, or closely allied to, D. White’, Gervais, and D. rectimanus,

Poe.

Family Bothriuride.

Genus URopHontvs, Poe.

Urophonius granulatus, sp. n.

@ .—Colour (faded) yellow, indistinctly variegated with

Scorpions from Central and South America. 393

black, a continuous pale band on the median dorsal area of

the tergites ; femora and tibize of legs variegated ; sides and

lower surface of tail lined with black.

Carapace finely granular, frontal portionsmooth. Tergites

finely granular; the last more coarsely, with two granular

crests on each side. Sterna smooth, finely punctulate, the

last granular in the middle posteriorly. Tad! of normal

thickness, nearly parallel-sided ; superior and supero-lateral

keel present and granular on segments 1-3, the superior also

traceable on segment 4, the lower side of segments 1 and 2

coarsely granular, the granules arranged along the four crests,

those in the middle irregularly disposed ; the inferior lateral

crests very weak on the second segment; third and fourth

segments smooth laterally and below, without crests; fifth

segment with three inferior granular keels extending along

the posterior two-thirds of the segment, the area between

them irregularly granular in its posterior half; vesicle finely

granular laterally and below, as wide as segment 5.

Chele : humerus weakly granular and keeled above at the

base and in front ; brachium and hand smooth, not keeled,

punctured ; hand slender, a little wider than brachium, nar-

rower than vesicle, its width considerably less than half the

length of the movable digit, the median teeth of which are

arranged in two irregular rows only in the basal half.

Legs with femora externally finely granular, especially on

third and fourth pairs; tarsus 4 with 6—6 spines, tarsus 3

with 5—5 spines, tarsus 2 with 2—2 spines, tarsus 1 with

1—1 spines.

Pectinal teeth 17 ; apices of each half of genital operculum

rounded.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 33°5 ; length of

carapace 4°3, of tail 19°5; width of vesicle 2, of hand 1°5, of

brachium 1°3 ; length of movable digit 4.

Exact locality doubtful, probably Chili, the specimen being

contained in a tube with examples of Bothriurus coriaceus, a

species which has been recorded from Coquimbo, &c.

The female of this species may be recognized from that of

brachycentrus (=Jheringit, Poc.) by the following features :—

a. Third segment of tail entirely smooth and keel-

less below, smooth tuberclesor granules on lower

side of first segment arranged in four longi-

tudinal lines, the medians more coarsely and

irregularly granular; second segment with

two irregular rows of rounded tubercles below ;

superior crests present and granular on seg-

ments 1-4, supero-lateral present and granular

394 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions

on segments 1-8; vesicle granular to the base

of aculeus; carapace and terga finely granular. granulatus, sp. n.

6, Third segment of tail granular below, superior

and supero-lateral crests obsolete on segments

1-4; segments 1 and 2 more coarsely and

irregularly tubercular below, the first with an

anterior transverse crest of tubercles; vesicle

punctured ; tergites and carapace smooth and

polishhd Sicix.es Ate ee bees Mak Relea s brachycentrus, Thor.

LXI.— The Scorpions of the Genus Vejovis contained in the

Collection of the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock.

Genus V asovis, C. Koch.

Vajovis variegatus, sp. n.

2 .— Colour reddish ochre-yellow orreddish brown; carapace

with black tubercle and irregular lateral blackish patches ;

tergites regularly marked, lateral margin black, with a yellow

stripe separating it from a broad black patch; the median

keel marked with a very narrow black stripe which sometimes

expands in front and behind; between this and the large

lateral patch there is a deep black spot, narrowed and pro-

jecting inwards in front, where it sometimes fuses with the

expanded portion of the keel-stripe ; tail clouded below and

laterally with black, the position of the lower keel emphasized

by black stripes; vesicle and upper surface of tail clear

reddish brown.

Palpi reddish brown, scarcely at all infuscate ; legs strongly

striped externally, with pale tarsi and protarsi; lower surface

pale, last sternite infuscate at the sides.

Upper surface of trunk coarsely granular. Taz more than

four times length of carapace, which equals its first and

second segments in length ; anterior segments granular above

and laterally ; fourth and fifth segments smooth above and

laterally ; superior and supero-lateral keels strongly developed,

granular, dentate posteriorly, except the supero-lateral on the

fourth segment ; segments 1 to 4 entirely smooth and polished

below, the median keels entirely obsolete, the lateral merely

represented by a low, indistinct, smooth ridge; fifth segment

with its lower surface finely and closely granular throughout ;

vesicle entirely smooth and, like the lower side of the tail,

punctured.

Chele: humerus granular above, in front, and finely

below, with well-developed superior and anterior crests ;

brachium with the upper and lower anterior crests well

of the Genus Vejovis. 395

developed and granular, with a few large granules above

and below, smooth on its upper and posterior surfaces ; hand

entirely smooth, without crests, punctured, hand-back about

three quarters the length of the movable digit, which has 7

teeth on the inner row.

Legs with trochanteres and femora finely granular exter-

nally ; patella: weakly granular also.

Sterna quite smooth, punctured.

Pectines with 16-17 teeth.

Measurements of type.-—Total length 45 millim. ; length of

carapace 5:5, tail 25.

3 es i es than female ; more coarsely granular; lower

side of fourth caudal segment more distinctly g ‘eranalar poste-

riorly, and the sides of the fourth and fifth caudal segments

finely granular.

Hand subcostate above, but not granular.

Pectines larger, with 17-18 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 36; length of

carapace 4°5, tail 23.

Loc. Amula in Guerrero, Mexico (H. H. Smith).

Vajovis nigropictus, sp. n.

Colour much as in variegatus, the tergites marked with

four black bands, one on each side close to the middle line

and one close up to the margin, leaving a wide yellow space

between; tail mostly pale, the keels of the lower surface

nigro-lineate ; legs and palpi pale.

“Lower surface of fifth caudal segment more coarsely and

less closely granular than in variegaius.

Pectinal teeth 17-18.

Loc. Jalisco, Mexico (Schumann).

Vejovis bilineatus, sp. n.

Colour a uniform yellowish red; carapace variegated ;

terga with a large black patch on each side of the middle

line, forming a pair of black stripes.

Closely allied to V. vardegatus in having the inferior caudal

keels absent and infero-lateral scarcely visible and entirely

smooth ; the hand smooth, punctured, without crests ;

brachium also scarcely crested.

Pectinal teeth 15.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 25; length of

carapace 4, tail 15.

Loc. San Diego, Texas (Wm. Taylor).

396 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions

Vajovis nigrescens, sp. n.

Colour of trunk, limbs, and tail a tolerably uniform brown,

tips of fingers reddish.

Carapace rather coarsely granular, but not closely on the

interocular frontal area.

Terga coarsely but sparsely granular, the granules forming

distinct lateral keels.

Tail thick and longish, more than four times the length of

the carapace, second segment broader than long, third as

broad as long; superior and supero-lateral keels granular,

posteriorly dentate; infero-lateral low, but quite smooth,

infero-median obsolete, only just traceable; upper surface of

segments ] and 2 granular, of the rest almost entirely smooth ;

keels of fifth segment only crenulate, its lateral surface very

weakly aud obsoletely granular above, the median keel repre-

sented merely by a low ridge; vesicle punctured, also weakly

granular.

Chele : humerus weakly granular above and below, coarsely

granular in front, furnished with four strong granular crests ;

brachium also furnished with four strong granular crests, with

a row of strong granules on its anterior surface; hand costate,

the finger-keels distinct and smooth, the three inner crests

strong and strongly granular; fingers long, the movable

longer than the carapace and longer than the fifth caudal

segment, at least twice the length of the hand-back.

Legs externally granular.

Sterna smooth, the last with a distinct crest and a few

granules on each side.

Pectines short, teeth 18-19.

Measurements in millimetres——Total length 58; length of

carapace 7, of tail 34, of hand-back 4, of movable digit 8-8.

Loc. Mexico (54. 76).

Vajovis subcristatus, sp. n.

& .— Colour reddish yellow ; ocular tubercle black ; tergites

with a V-shaped black patch and a badly defined submarginal

black spot ; tail nigro-lineate beneath.

Carapace somewhat coarsely granular; terga also furnished

with coarse granules ; sterna smooth, the last witha smooth

crest on each side. Tail long, at least five times the length of

the carapace, which is shorter than the fifth segment; the

inferior and infero-lateral keels of segments 1 to 4 visible as

distinct smooth punctured ridges, the laterals at most very

slightly crenulate on segments 3 to 4; lateral keel of fifth

of the Genus Vejovis. 397

segment forming a weakly crenulate ridge; lower surface of

fifth sparsely granular, lateral intercarinal spaces of segments

1 to 4 practically smooth ; vesicle smooth, punctured.

Chele: the posterior crests on brachium developed, but

smooth ; hand wide, entirely smooth, punctured, and scarcely

visibly crested; the width about two thirds the length of the

hand-back, which is almost as long as the movable digit, the

« latter about as long as the fourth caudal segment.

Pectinal teeth 18.

? .—Resembling the male, but less granular, the anteocular

area being nearly smooth; tail shorter; hand narrower, its

width about half the length of the movable digit.

Pectinal teeth 16-17.

Measurements in millimetres—g. Total length 51:5;

length of carapace 5:5, tail 31; width of hand 3; length of

movable finger 4:5. ¢. Totallength 52; length of carapace

6, tail 29; width of hand 2:8; length of movable digit 5

Loc. St. Andres, Mexico. In the collection of Count

Keyserling.

Differs from the species belonging to the V. meaicanus

section in having the four inferior caudal keels smooth, also

the hand in both sexes entirely smooth and keelless,

Vejovis cristimanus, sp. n.

2 .— Colour a uniform reddish brown, not variegated ; legs

yellower.

Closely allied to V. subcristatus, but, apart from the colour-

differences, recognizable by having the palpi more strongly

crested, the posterior surface of the brachium being weakly

granular and its inferior crest distinctly crenulate; the hand

is also distinctly crested, the crests on its inner surface being

granular.

Terga visibly tricostate; upper surface of fifth caudal

segment smooth; superior and supero-lateral crest on the

fifth segment granular; vesicle granular below and more

coarsely punctured.

Pectinal teeth 18-19.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 63; length of

carapace 7°3, tail 36.

Loc. Zacatecas, Mexico (85. 40).

Vejovis crassimanus, sp. n.

$.—Colour a tolerably uniform palish yellow, lightly

infuscate in parts; an indistinct fuscous patch on each side

of the middle line on the tergite.

Trunk coarsely granular above ; smooth below, except for

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 30

398 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions

a few granules and a pair of weakly granular keels. Tail

long and slender, nearly five times the length of the carapace,

which is shorter than its fifth segment; first segment about as

wide as long, second distinctly longer than wide, fifth nearly

three times as long as wide; keels as in V. mewxicanus, but

the terminal tooth of the superior and supero-laterals not so

large, being scarcely noticeably enlarged on the first and

fourth segments; fifth with a strong median lateral crest

extending over half the segment; the intercarinal spaces

coriaceous, but almost entirely devoid of granules; vesicle

smooth.

Chele with keels and granules as in meaitcanus ; hand very

large, keeled, the keels weakly granular, the width almost

equal to the length of the hand-back and excelling the width

of the first segment of the tail.

Pectinal teeth 15.

@ .—Differs from the male in its shorter thicker tail, the

inferior keels of which are less well developed, the medians on

the first being obsolete and on the second weak and scarcely

granular; hand smaller and quite smooth, practically without

erests and without granules, shining and punctured ; hand

narrower than the fifth caudal segment.

Measurements in millimetres.— Total length (g) 58;

length of carapace 5:8, tail 36 (width of its fifth segment 3,

length 8°8) ; width of hand 4-2, length of movable digit 6:5.

Total length (¢) 43; length of carapace 5, tail 24 ; width of

hand 2, of fifth caudal segment 2°5, length of latter 5°5.

Loc. San Diego, Texas (William Taylor).

Vajovis granulatus, sp. n.

Colour variegated black and reddish brown; external

surface of legs also variegated ; sterna and coxe sparsely

spotted.

Trunk granular above, as in V. mexicanus. Upperside of

tail rather coarsely granular, its lateral and inferior surfaces

very coarsely granular between the keels ; keels developed

and granular, as in V. mewicanus ; vesicle granular below.

Tail short and thick, about four times as long as the carapace,

which is as long as its fifth segment ; fourth segment almost

as wide as long, third much wider than long, fifth about two-

thirds as wide as long.

Chele as in V. mexicanus, but the hand thicker and the

digits shorter, the width of the hand about two thirds the

length of the movable digit.

Pectinal teeth 15.

of the Genus Vejovis. 399

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 333; length of

carapace 4, tail 17.

Loc. Mexico (Patrick Geddes).

Belonging to the same category as V. mexicanus, C. Koch

(‘Die Arachniden,’ iii. p. 51, 1836), of which the British

Museum has several examples from the city of Mexico and

the Lake of Chalco, with the inferior caudal keels granular ;

but differs in having the tail thicker, and the intercarinal

spaces coarsely and closely granular. In V. mexicanus the

intercarinal spaces are at most weakly granular, the inferior

being almost wholly smooth, and the fifth segment of the

tail is longer than the carapace, the third caudal segment is

longer than wide.

Vejovis pusillus, sp. n.

Colour : densely variegated above and below and on the legs

and palpi; tergites with a median triangular reddish patch,

a V-shaped mark of the same colour, a submarginal yellow

stripe, and a clear yellowish-red spot on each side of the

middle line; the general pattern of coloration being describable

as consisting of a fine yellow band separated by four black

bands.

Belonging to the same category as V. mewicanus of Koch ;

with the inferior and infero-lateral caudal crests developed

and granular; the lateral and inferior intercarinal spaces very

finely and closely granular or coriaceous, also furnished with

a few larger granules; vesicle granular below, fifth segment

of tail with a very distinct and long median lateral crest.

Palpi constructed very much as in V. mexicanus ; but the

crests, especially on the brachium, much weaker, the posterior

crest of the upper and under surfaces very little pronounced.

Peetinal teeth 11-12.

Total length 20-25 millim.

Loc. Omilteme, in Guerrero, 7000 to 9000 feet, under

rotten logs (H. H. Smith).

The species described in the preceding pages may be deter-

mined as follows :—

1. Tail thicker; the inferior and usually the infero-

lateral crests of segments 1-4 obsolete, entirely

smooth, marked with large punctures ; last abdo-

minal sternite smooth, not crested; hand (except

in nigrescens) smooth, scarcely crested in ¢ ;

brachium with posterior crests weak.

a. Hand without crests and granules, at least the

posterior crests of brachium smooth or almost

obsolete; movable digit shorter, the fifth caudal

segment variegated black and yellow.

30*

400 On Scorpions of the Genus Veejovis.

a. Terga yellow, marked with only one black

patch on each side; the rest of the body not

WATIGPAUCU. | os tveis spices das eee as ay bree Re

b'.. Terga yellow or red, but marked with two

distinet black patches on each side of the

middle line.

a*, The lateral tergal patch closer to the margin,

leaving a broader yellow band; legs entirely

pale; tail with only the lower keels lined

withi| Mack ((iiit Seki deity cree

b°. The lateral tergal patch more remote from

the margin; legs and lower side of tail

strongly blackened 2.0). ct asa so sth ae

6. Hand with inner surface crested and strongly

granular; crests on brachium aH strong and

granular; movable digit longer than fifth caudal

segment, uniformly blackish

2. Four inferior keels on caudal segments 1-4 visible

as smooth upstanding ridges, of which only the

infero-lateral keels on the third and fourth ame: at

most indistinctly crenulate.

a, Trunk banded black and yellow; hand in both

sexes Without crests and entirely smooth:

posterior surface and posterior inferior crest of

brachium, as well as lower surface of vesicle,

punctured, notieminular.. i... ss. seme tents

6. Trunk not banded; hand distinctly crested, the

inner crests granular ; posterior surface and

posterior inferior crest on brachium, as well as

lower side of vesicle, granular ..............

8. Inferior and infero-lateral caudal keels developed

and granular, sometimes the medians on: segments

1-2 smooth; hand and brachium usually crested

and granular.

a. Inferior and lateral imterearinal spaces of tail

coarsely and closely granular; tail short and

robust; distinctly variegated ..............

6. Inferior and lateral intercarinal spaces either

smooth or at most marked with a few granules.

a‘. Of small size (20-25 mm.); pectinal teeth

11-12; distinctly variegated above and on

the legs ; also the coxe, pectines, and sterna

diversified with blackish spots ............

b!. Larger size, adults not less than about 45 mm.;

pectinal teeth not less than 15; palpi and

legs not distinctly variegated ; lower surface

of trunk without fuscous spots.

a*, Lateral intercarinal spaces of tail without

granules ; upper keel of fourth without

enlarged terminal denticle; hand in 9 not

crested Horerantlar|, ; Dvd iei hive «ie woraiee

b?. Lateral intercarinal spaces of tail granular ;

upper keel of fourth with terminal denticle

much enlarged; hand in @ crested and

granular

seers eeeee ese sreettoert ten eeoeee

bilineatus, sp. 1

nigropretus, sp. We

vartegatus, sp. De

nigrescens, SP. Ye.

subcristatus, sp. Ti

cristimanus, Sp. Te

granulatus, sp. %,

pusillus, sp. D-

crassimanus, sp. 0.

mexicanus, Koch.

On some new Species of Syntonide. 401

LXII—Descriptions of some new Species of Syntomide,

chiefly in the Oxford Museum. By HERBERT DRUCE,

F.L.S. &c.

Pseudopompilia mimica, sp. 0.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries brownish black: pri-

maries shot with greenish blue beyond the cell and along the

inner margin; a tuft of greenish-white scales at the base,

the fringe black: secondaries with a small semihyaline spot

at the base. The underside of both wings very similar to the

upperside ; the primaries with a reddish-brown streak at the

apex and along the inner margin. The head, collar, tegule,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the Jegs with a yellowish-

white streak on the upperside; the antenne black, with the

shaft sordid white from the base to the middle.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Amazons (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

This very remarkable species closely resembles Myrmecopsis

vespa, Herr.-Schiiffer, also from the Amazon region.

Calonotos tripunctata, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries black ; a small green

spot at the base and a green streak partly along the costal

margin; an elongated white spot below the cell about the

middle of the wing, and a rather large round white spot at

the end of the cell nearer the apex: secondaries with a white

spot on the middle of the costal margin. Underside very

similar to the upperside ; the costal margin of the secondaries

streaked with green at the base. The head, antenna, tegule,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; the abdomen striped trom

the base to the anus with three wide, greenish-white lines,

one down the middle, and one on each side.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. ‘Trinidad (Lowsley, in Mus. Druce).

Calonotos chryseis, sp. n.

Female.— Primaries above dark golden green; underside

much paler, with the veins black: secondaries black, with a

few green scales in the cell ; underside pale green, with black

veins. Antenne and front of the head black, with two small

white spots between the eyes; palpi black. Collar golden

green, edged with black and three small white dots, one in

402 Mr. H. Druce on some

the middle and one on each side; tegule black, golden green

at the base; thorax golden green; abdomen black, with

three white spots close to the base and three rows of golden-

green spots extending from the base to the anal angle; legs

black ; the underside of the abdomen with a row of white

spots.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Bolivia (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

This species somewhat resembles Eupyra bicchaus, Schaus.

Homeocera lophocera, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline: primaries, the

base, costal, outer, and inner margins broadly black ; a rather

wide black band crosses the wing at the end of the cell,

extending from the costal margin to the anal angle; two

small blue dots at the base of the wing: secondaries broadly

edged with black from the apex to the anal angle; the veins

of both wings black. The head, antenne, tegule, thorax,

part of the abdomen, and legs black ; a large white spot on

each side of the thorax and one at the base of each leg; the

last three segments of the abdomen and the anal tuft orange-

red.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Brazil (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Homeosoma stictosoma, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, the

veins all black ; primaries, the base black, the apex broadly

black, the outer and inner margins black : secondaries edged

with black from the apex to the anal angle, where it is

broadest. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and legs

black ; a white spot on each side of the head, a metallic-blue

spot on both the tegule; a white spot at the base of the

thorax ; two white and two blue dots on the first segment,

and a central row of four white spots down the abdomen, also

a row of white spots on each side of the abdomen.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Colombia (Chesterton, in the [Hope Collection, Mus.

Oxford) .

Trichura mathina, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; the

outer and part of the inner margin edged with black; the

veins yellow: secondaries edged with black from the apex to

new Species of Syntomide. 403

the anal angle ; the end of the cell black. The head, collar,

tegule, and thorax black, the collar and tegule edged with

yellow ; the base of the thorax and the first and third

segments of the abdomen yellow; the abdomen black ;

antenne yellow-black near the base; the legs brownish

yellow.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Amazons, Pard (Bates, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to T. aurifera, Butler.

Sarosa xanthobasis, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins,

costal margin, outer and inner margins edged with black, the

apex broadly black: secondaries edged with black. The head,

antenne, and palpi black, the front of the head and the collar

metallic blue; the thorax, tegule, abdomen, and hind legs

bright chrome-yellow, the first and second pair of legs

brownish black ; the anal segments of the abdomen bluish

black.

Expanse 2,%, inches.

Hab. Ecuador (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Mallodeta sanguipuncta, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline; the veins

black ; the base, apex, outer and inner margins broadly

black, a wide black band at the end of the cell: the secondaries

edged with black from the apex to the base. Antenne black,

tipped with white on the upperside; the head, collar, tegule,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; two small spots at the

back of the head, two at the base of the abdomen, and a row

on each side white; the tegule edged with red; two red spots

at the base of the abdomen, and two on the third segment

somewhat indistinct.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Paraguay (tn the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Mesothen ignea, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all

black ; the apex of the primaries broadly bordered with black ;

the outer and inner margins edged with black: secondaries

with the apex, outer and inner margins edged with black.

The head, antenne, palpi, and legs black ; the collar, tegule,

thorax, and abdomen dark chrome-yellow ; the tegulee spotted

with black and a central black spot on each segment of the

abdomen, the first three being the largest.

Expanse 1/5 inch.

Hab. Merida (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

404 Mr. H. Druce on some

Phenicoprocta metachrysea, sp. n.

Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins, costal

margin, apex, outer and inner margins of both wings black.

The head, antenne, palpi, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ;

front of the head metallic blue, the collar and tegule edged

with blue, a central row of greyish-white spots on the

abdomen, the anal segments and anal tuft yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Urolosia opalocincta, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline ; the veins all

black ; the costal, outer, and inner margins narrowly edged

with black, widest at the anal angle: secondaries broadly

bordered with black from the apex to the anal angle. The

head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and

legs black; the collar, tegule, and base of the primaries

irrorated with a few metallic-green scales; the second and

third segments of the abdomen opalescent white, more so in

the female than the male; the anal tuft black.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab, Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Herea xanthogaster, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries brownish hyaline, with

the veins and margins all black. The head, antenna, thorax,

abdomen, and legs all black; the underside of the abdomen

from the base to the anus bright chrome-yellow.

Iixpanse | inch.

Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Chrysostola fulvisphex, sp. n.

Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins

brownish black : primaries, the costal and inner margins yel-

lowish brown, the apex and outer margin edged with black :

secondaries edged with black. Antenne black ; the head,

thorax, and abdomen yellowish brown, the anal half of the

abdomen the darkest; the collar and tegule black, edged

with yellow ; the legs yellowish brown.

Expanse 1,!5 inch.

Hab, Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford),

new Species of Syntomide. 405

Chrysostola sanguiceps, sp. n.

Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline : primaries

broadly black at the apex, the outer and inner margins black,

the veins black: secondaries edged with black from the apex

to the anal angle, the veins yellow. The head, thorax, and

basal half of the abdomen chrome-yellow, the anal half of

the abdomen black ; antenne black ; legs chrome-yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Cayenne (tn the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Paramya picta, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries semihyaline, the base and partly along

the inner margin chrome-yellow, the apex broadly brownish

black; a large black spot at the end of the cell, beyond which

the wing is crossed by a rather indistinct pale yellow band;

a small black streak on the inner margin close to the anal

angle: secondaries chrome-yellow, the apex black. The

head, antenne, last three segments of the abdomen, and legs

black ; the thorax and abdomen chrome-yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Cosmosoma orathidia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline: primaries, the

base, apex, outer and inner margins broadly black; a wide

zigzag black band crosses the wing at the end of the cell

trom the costal margin to the anal angle: secondaries, the

costal, outer, and inner margins edged with black. The veins

of both wings black. The head, palpi, antennez, thorax,

abdomen, and legs black; the tegule black, edged with

metallic blue; a large red spot on both sides of the abdomen

at the base and a row of metallic-blue spots extending from

the base to the anus on each side.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (7. Belt, in the Hope Collection,

Mus. Oxford).

Histiwa glaucozona, sp. n.

Male.— Primaries brown, slightly shaded with pink in the

cell; two minute blue dots at the end of the cell, beyond which

is a very indistinct brownish-white band, similar in shape to

the yellow band on the primaries of H. amazonica: second-

aries brown, with a large square-shaped red spot beyond the

406 Mr. H. Druce on some

middle. Underside: primaries brown, bright pink in the cell,

two small spots beyond and one large spot at the anal angle

cream-colour ; the spot on the secondaries is quite small and

slightly reddish in colour. The head, antenna, collar, tegule,

thorax, abdomen, and legs brown; a row of metallic-blue

spots on each side of the abdomen.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab. Amazons (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

This species is closely allied to H. amazonica, Butler.

Cyanopepla obscura, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries dull brown, a small red

spot and a metallic-green dot close to the base of the primaries

and a small red spot on the costal margin of the secondaries

near the apex; on the underside both wings are shot with

bright metallic blue from the base to beyond the middle. The

head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black, the collar metallic

blue, each segment of the abdomea edged with metallic-blue

scales ; legs black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Peru (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Neacerea albiventus, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries black : primaries with a

small, transverse, white band about the middle, not reaching

either margin: secondaries, the inner margin broadly greyish

white ; the fringe white at the apex of the primaries. Under-

side very similar to the upperside, but with the marking much

whiter. The head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax black;

abdomen above dark glossy blue, on the underside white.

Legs black above, white on the underside.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. South Brazil, Minas Garaes (Rogers, in the Hope

Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Neacerea dizona, sp. 0.

Male.—Primaries black, crossed by two semihyaline bands,

neither of which extends to the margins of the wing; the first

band before the end of the cell, the second beyond nearer the

apex: secondaries hyaline, broadly bordered with black from

the apex to the anal angle. The head, antenne, palpi,

tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; collar red; the

underside of the thorax and abdomen white.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

new Species of Syntomide. 407

Loxophlebia posiflavia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all

black : primaries, the base and apex broadly black, the outer

and inner margins edged with black: the secondaries edged

with black from the apex to the anal angle. The head,

antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ; the three anal segments

of the abdomen sordid yellow; the legs black.

Eixpanse 1, inch.

Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Lymire strigivenia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries smoky black, the veins rather darker:

secondaries hyaline dusky black along the costal margin, and

broadly so along the inner margin. The head, antenne,

palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Psilopleura polia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries whitish hyaline: pri-

maries, the base of the cell, a spot at the end of the cell, the

apex, anal angle, and imner margin shaded with dark and

light brown, darkest along the inner margin: secondaries

edged with brown. The head and thorax pale brown; an-

tenne pale brown, tipped with white; tegule dark brown,

with a pale brown streak down the middle; abdomen black

above, with the base and sides yellow ; legs brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Espiritu Santo (tn the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Teucer albapese, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all

black ; a large spot at the end of the cell black; the apex,

outer and inner margins broadly black, the fringe at the apex

white: secondaries, the costal, outer margin, and anal angle

broadly black. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and

legs black ; the front of the head and the underside of the

thorax and abdomen white.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. Cayenne (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

This species is closely allied to Anaphlebia caudatula,

Felder.

408 M. E. Perrier on the

Holophea cerulea, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries and secondaries uniformly dark bluish

black. The head, antennae, thorax, and legs black; abdomen

dark glossy blue-black ; the collar and the edges of the tegule

bright red.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab, Ecuador (in the Hope Collection, Mus. Oxford).

Atyphopsis roseiceps, sp. 0.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries semihyaline greyish

white, the veins all dark brown, the apex dark brown. ‘The

head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs

pale greyish brown; the top of the bead and the fourth and

fifth segments of the abdomen pale red; the anus black.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. 8.E. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (in the Hope Collection,

Mus. Oxford).

The specimen is in very poor condition and much faded.

LXUI.—On the Place of the Sponges in the Classificatory

System and on the Significance attributed to the Embryonic

Layers. By EDMOND PERRIER*.

In a note published in the last number of the ‘ Comptes

Rendus’ M. Yves Delage proposes ‘ to raise the Spongiarie

to the rank of a branch by contrasting them, under the name

Enantioderma (évavrios, contrary), with the Ccelenterata,

if not, indeed, under the title Enantiozoa, with all other

animals, Protozoa, Mesozoa, and Metazoa, in which the

invagination of the layers, when they exist, takes place in

the normal way.’ Since as early as 1881, in the first edition

of my book ‘ Les Colonies animales et la Formation des Organ-

ismes’ (p. 764), I laid claim to a distinct series in the animal

kingdom on behalf of the Sponges, and as, since then, I have

not ceased to defend this manner of regarding themf, I cannot

but congratulate myself on seeing, after the lapse of sixteen

years, my opinion embraced by the industrious professor of

the Sorbonne. Since the Sponges were already called by this

name, and were also termed Spongiaria, Spongozoa, Poritera,

Polystomata, &c., I did not, indeed, consider it advisable to

add a new number to this already copious list.

* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Comptes Rendus, t. exxvi.

no. 8 (February 21, 1898), pp. 579-583.

+ Cf. my ‘ Traité de Zoologie,’ pp. 407 and 587. Huxley, in 1874, in

his embryogenic classification, already separated the Sponges from the

Ceelenterata under the name PoLtystomaTa ; Milne-Edwards, in 1855,

and de Blainville, in 1822, had treated them in the same way. But the

former associated them with the Iufusoria, the latter with the Infusoria

and the Corallina.

Classification of Sponges. 409

The characters upon which I had relied for establishing

the Sponges as a distinct series—ramified or irregular shape,

absence of general cavity, great development of mesoderm,

ciliated chambers lined with choanocytes, absence of nemato-

cysts and of tentacles—were known already ; but having taken

care to define strictly the starting-points of the nomenclature

that I adopted, and to explain clearly what I meant by the

terms series, branch, class, &c.*, they were amply sufficient

to establish a due conception of Sponges. The apparently

new character invoked by M. Delage would therefore only

serve to justify the importance of those upon which I had

dwelt, even though it should be found not to be open to

criticism and were freed from the, at the very least, debatable

interpretations with which it has been surrounded.

For anyone who reflects that the organization of animals

is dominated by general rules, it is difficult to admit that a

zoological group can be opposed to another, and especially to

the remaining groups as a whole; in truth the idea would

appear to be but a metaphor to be added to those with which

the language of zoology is already obscured, if the author did

not take care to tell us that “dn the Spongiaria, alone among

all creatures, the normal invagination of the layers is reversed,

the endoderm passing to the surface to form the epidermis, and

the ectoderm sinking into the interior to form the digestive

cavities.” Of the causes which could have produced so extra-

ordinary a reversal M. Delage tells us nothing, and yet zoology

is to-day too rich in materials for it to be still possible to

suppose, if we take our stand on the ground of transmutation,

that reversals of layers and transformations of organs occur

which could not be connected with causes that are at least

probable.

But in order to arrive at the conclusion that the Sponges

are the reverse of the rest of the animal kingdom, M. Delage

has recourse to processes of argument and to generalizations

the value of which it is important to determine.

If we were ignorant, he remarks, of the development of

Sponges, and the larve of these animals were presented to

embryogenists with the request that they should name the

layers and predict their development, there zs not one of them

who would not say that the flagellate cells are the ectoderm,

that the granular cells are the endoderm, and that the invagi-

nation of the latter within the former will ensue. ‘There is

therefore no doubt as to the homologization of the larval

layers.

The definition of the homologies is due to Geoffroy Saint-

* ‘Colonies animales,’ p. 744, and ‘Traité de Zoologie,’ p. 403.

410 M. E. Perrier on the

Hilaire, who termed them analogies ; it is based on the prin-

ciple of connexions—that is to say, that it rests on the relative

position of the organs in the adult state and on the identity

of their mode of succession during the embryonic period, to

the exclusion of all consideration of function or of structure.

The endoderm being essentially that which is within, the

ectoderm that which is without, as indicated by their names,

it is clear that there is neither endoderm nor ectoderm in a

hollow body, such as the most simple form of sponge-larva,

formed of a single layer of cells, and that, in order to

remain in conformity with the precise language of compara-

tive anatomy and embryogeny, it will be necessary, if one

half of this body is invaginated within the other, to apply

the designation entoderm to that which becomes internal and

to term exoderm that which remains external. The propo-

sition of M. Delage might therefore be enunciated simply as

follows :—

The larva of Sponges is an ellipsoid, one cap of which is

Sormed by flagelliferous, the other by granular cells ; the cap of

Hlagelliferous cells is invaginated into the other and constitutes

the entoderm.

In designating this cap by the name exoderm, in homolo-

gizing it with the exoderm of the rest of animals, we run

counter to the very definition of homologies, for it is implicitly

agreed that the character of the exoderm is derived not from

its position, but from the form of the anatomical elements

composing it.

The character invoked by M. Delage amounts therefore to

saying that the entoderm of Sponges is formed of flagellife-

rous and their exoderm of granular elements; it is a histo-

logical character, like that which is derived from the presence

ot the choanocytes in the ciliated chambers—nay, more, 7zé 7s

exactly the same character, since M. Delage recognizes that

the ciliated chambers originate from his supposed exoderm,

and the question of the position of the Sponges remains pre-

cisely at the point at which it had been left by his prede-

cessors. ‘The apparent progress results simply from the

credence once more accorded to the metaphysical theory of

the embryonic layers and of their predestination—a theory in

some sort retroactive, like all those which claim to apply to

the lower animals conceptions derived from the study of the

higher animals, often even of single vertebrates, and based

upon structural features which are the result of the activity of

primitive animal forms, or are considered as such, but are not

yet realized in them. Lvery animal, it is said, is at first a

gastrula, composed of an exoderm and an entoderm: the

generalization is gratuitous; the exoderm and entoderm are

Classification of Sponges. All

recognized by this or that histological structure : it isa propo-

sition contrary to the very definition of homologies ; they are

predestined to play such and such a rédle in development:

this is metaphysics.

The circumstances appear under a _ totally different

aspect, and no longer lend themselves to any obscurity,

if, following the facts without attributing to them any

mysterious significance, we remember that the primitive

form of every embryo* is not a gastrula composed of two

layers, as is gratuitously supposed, but a dlastula more or less

approaching the ellipsoidal shape, and constituted by a single

layer of cells. This larva is ciliated, and the strokes of the

cilia impel it in a fixed direction; it therefore possesses an

anterior and a posterior pole. From the moment at which

locomotion is accomplished in a definite direction the cilia of

the anterior region of the blastula are necessarily those which

exhibit the maximum of activity ; their activity exhausts the

alimentary reserves of the elements which bear them, while

the elements of the posterior region remain crammed with

these reserves. ‘The elements which are disburdened of these

reserves are always those the multiplication of which is the

most active.

This being granted, the dlastula can follow only two courses

in its evolution—either it remains free or else it becomes

fixed. If it remains free its locomotor anterior region, by

reason of its rapid growth, necessarily induces the invagina-

tion of the posterior region, which is essentially nutritive, and

this is why the orifice of invagination, which has for so long

been erroneously considered as a primitive mouth, is very

generally posterior in the Nephridiate series (‘dans la série

des Néphridiés”’). If, on the contrary, the blastula becomes

fixed, it does so necessarily (the exceptions to the rule in the

animal kingdom are only apparent) by its anterior locomotor

region. Indeed, an animal cannot adhere to an obstacle

except by pressing against it—that is to say, by applying

against it the region which, in its habitual mode of loco-

motion, it carries in front. It is therefore the ciliated region

of the blastula that in this case will be covered by the granular

region, will proliferate, multiplying its anfractuosities on the

inside of its envelope, and will constitute the entoderm: thus

is to be explained the particular case of the Sponges, which

henceforth there is no need to contrast with the rest of the

animal kingdom; they detach themselves from the common

branch because they become fixed in the blastula state; in

respect to this they diverge from the Polyps, since in the

latter the cavity of the d/astula, already filled with elements,

* Except in the Arthropod series, where the vibratile cilia are absent.

412 Geological Society.

has become a parenchymella at the moment of fixation ; here,

therefore, no invagination takes place. This, of course,

applies in each series only to the primitive larval forms, and

not to those which have been modified by tachygenesis.

M. Delage’s remark, therefore, does not throw any particular

light on the problem of the place of the Sponges in classifica-

tion, and the terms that he employs to designate a group of

the animal kingdom already named by the Greeks might lead

to error with reference to the signification of what it has

been agreed to call the embryonic layers.

It remains to be learnt whether the histological characters

have as little value as is apparently sometimes believed.

Remembering that the entire vegetable kingdom owes its

essential characters to the fact that the elements of the plant

shut themselves up in an envelope of cellulose, that the faculty

of charging themselves with chitin possessed by the free

region of the epithelia of Arthropods has suppressed in these

animals the vibratile cilia, orientated their organization in an

altogether peculiar direction, and justified the creation of a

branch for them—it will not appear to be immaterial that the

Sponges and the Polyps possess respectively, and each in an

exclusive manner as regards the other group, choanocytes or

nematoblasts. This is also a consequence of the properties

in their protoplasm.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 17th, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Observations on the Genus Aclisina, de Koninck, with De-

scriptions of British Species, and of some other Carboniferous

Gastropoda. By Miss J. Donald, of Carlisle.

The Author makes some preliminary observations on the genus

Aclisina, and considers it advisable to regard A. pulchra as the

type of the genus, while the so-called A. striatula must be placed

among the Murchisoniw, and A. nana is placed in a new genus.

The Author gives a diagnosis of Aclisina, de Kon., belonging to the

family Turritellide, and describes the British species, twelve of

which are new, including two new forms placed in a subgenus.

Of the family Murchisonidee, and in the section Aclisoides of the

genus Murchisonia, the form A. striatula, de Kon., and a variety are

described ; and a diagnosis of the new genus, in which -A. nana of

de Koninck is placed, is given, followed by a description of the

species,

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 6. JUNE 1898.

LXIV.—Descriptions of some new Scorpions from Ecuador.

By R. I. Pocock.

Family Buthide.

Genus Trryus, C. Koch.

Tityus pugilator, sp.n. (Fig. 1, p. 419.)

3 .—Colour of trunk black, of tail greenish black, legs and

chelz: yellowish brown.

Carapace and tergites normally granular; sterna very

closely and very distinctly granular throughout, except for

the usual smooth area on the posterior portion of the third,

lateral keels on the last abbreviated.

Tail a little more than five times as long as the carapace,

which about equals its fourth segment in length; posteriorly

incrassate, the segments increasing in width to the middle of

the fifth segment, the fourth very deeply excavated above,

its width almost equal to the length of the second segment ;

the keels normal in number and granulation, the superior

keels not ending posteriorly with noticeably enlarged denticles,

the intercarinal spaces weakly granular, median lateral crest on

second segment represented by a series of four granules, fifth

segment about one third longer than wide, width of the fourth

about three quarters its length ; vesicle very weakly granular,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 31

414 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

its width about half the length of the carapace, greater than

that of brachium, and nearly equal to length of first caudal

segment ; tooth not close to base of aculeus, as in forcipula.

Chele with normal crests and granules; hand smooth,

normally crested, wide, its inner surface very strongly pro-

duced, its width equal to about half the length of the movable

digit, less than that part of the immovable which is distal to

the tooth ; digits not widely separated basally, but the movable

strongly lobate, the immovable correspondingly sinuate; 13

rows of teeth on the movable.

Legs granular.

Pectinal teeth 15-16; an angular expansion at the base of

the teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 51, of cara-

pace 5°5, of tail 30; width of first segment 3, of fifth 4, of

vesicle 2°5, of hand 3°3, of brachium 2; length of hand-back

4, of movable digit 6°5.

Loe. Cachavi, N.W. Ecuador, 500 feet (Rosenberg coll.).

In thickness of tail and width of hand this species

approaches both T. forcipula, Gerv., and T'. pachyurus, Poc.,

from Colombia, but differs trom both in having the chele

and legs of a much paler colour than the trunk and tail and

the digits basally adjacent. From pachyurus it further

differs in having the abdominal sternal plates coarsely and

closely granular, the tergites more closely granular, and the

vesicle wider ; and from forctpula in its less coarsely granular

tail, with the superior crests weak and not denticulate, the

vesicular tooth further from the base of the aculeus, Kc.

Tityus timendus, sp. n.

¢ .— Colour « uniform black, pectines flavous.

Carapace about as long as fourth caudal segment, like the

terga normally crested and granular.

Tail about six times the length of carapace, parallel-sided,

first segment as wide as fourth and a little wider than fifth ;

all the keels strong and coarsely granular, but the terminal

granules of the upper crests not enlarged; median lateral

crests complete on second segment and represented by about

6 granules lying in the middle of the segment; fourth segment

considerably less than twice as long as wide (44: 74), width

of fifth about half its length and considerably less than length

of second; vesicle coarsely granular, its width a little greater

than that of brachium, very nearly equal to that of hand;

tooth at normal distance from aculeus.

Chele normally granular and crested; hand nearly smooth,

Scorpions from Ecuador. 415

crests smooth, of medium strength ; width a little greater

than that of brachium, equal to area lying between ocular

tubercle and posterior border of carapace; digits in contact

weakly lobate and sinuate; movable digit less than three

times length of width of hand and rather less than twice as

great as length of hand-back ; 13 rows of teeth.

Legs normally granular and crested.

Sterna granular, fifth much more closely than the fourth,

fourth than third, &c., the fifth with coarsely granular keels ;

second, third, and fourth smooth, shining posteriorly, the

smooth patch largest on the third.

Pectinal teeth 19-21; no angular expansion of shaft at

base of pecten.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 70, of carapace

7°3, of tail 43; width of first segment 4°5, of fifth 4°5;

length of latter 8°5; width of vesicle 3:2, of brachium 3, of

hand 3°5 ; length of hand-back 5, of movable digit 9.

Loc. Cachavi, Ecuador (Rosenberg coll.).

Judged by the table of species of Tityus of the so-called

americanus-type that 1 published last year (Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xix. pp. 516-517), this new form will fall

under heading &* of the section devoted to the males alongside

of metuendus, Poc., which it approaches in dimensions of

tail-segments. But the secondary sexual characters are much

less strongly pronounced, the tail being less incrassate, the

chelz shorter, the hand narrower, and the digits adjacent.

Moreover, in the tail the intercarinal spaces are much

smoother, the keels stronger and marked with fewer larger

granules, the median lateral keel being complete, though

anteriorly weak upon the second segment, while in metwendus

it is merely represented by a few posterior granules.

Tityus Rosenbergi, sp.n. (Fig. 2, p. 419.)

¢.—Colour a uniform black, pectines and tips of digits

flavous.

Upper and lower sides of trunk carinate and granular,

almost as in 7. Cambridget.

Tail with its keels and intercarinal spaces much less

coarsely granular than in 7. Cambridget, of medium length,

slender, a little narrowed posteriorly, width of fourth segment

a little less than half its length (3:7); fifth segment a little

longer than carapace ; vesicle a little narrower than brachium

and slightly wider than hand ; tooth not close to aculeus.

Chele long and slender; hand narrower than brachium,

strongly keeled, the keels finely granular; digits very long,

BL*

416 Mr. R. T. Pocock on new

the movable more than twice the length of the hand-back,

very weakly lobate, furnished with 15 rows of teeth.

Sterna weakly granular, the middle and posterior portions

of sterna 1-4 smooth.

Pectinal teeth 21.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 69, of cara-

pace 7, of tail 40°5; width of first seement 3°3, of fifth 3°2,

length of latter 7°5; width of vesicle 2°5, of brachium 2°6, of

hand 2°3; length of hand-back 4, of movable digit 10°2.

Loe. Cachavi, Ecuador (Rosenberg).

Falling under heading 6° of my synopsis of species based

upon females (op. cit. p. 518), alongside of 7. Cambridgei,

but differing from the latter in having the intercarinal spaces

of the tail and its keels much less strongly granular, the hand

narrower and shorter as compared with the movable digit,

with the external finger-keel of the hand complete and not

mesially broken.

Tityus spinatus, sp. n.

Belonging to the amertcanus section and nearly allied to

T. forcipula, Gervais, from Ibaque in Colombia.

Colour uniform black or brownish black.

Trunk coarsely granular above; sterna and coxe closely

granular throughout below, with the exception of a small

smooth triangular area in the middle of the third sternite.

Tail incrassate to the middle of the fourth and fifth seg-

ments, the intercarinal spaces thickly and coarsely granular,

the superior more finely so; all the keels coarsely granular,

the superior denticulate and ending on the second to fourth

segments in an enlarged tooth; granules on upper edge of

fitth segment forming a denticulate crest ; vesicle granular

below, tooth close to base of aculeus ; vesicle distinctly wider

than brachium, a little wider than hand; fifth caudal segment

about as long as carapace, its width about two thirds its

length ; width of fourth about three quarters its own length

and almost equal to length of second segment.

Chele closely granular, normally costate; hand very

slightly wider than brachium; hand-keels not strong, the

external finger-keel weak, but not divided; movable digit a

little more than twice as long as hand-back, weakly lobate

basally, with 15 rows of teeth.

Pectinal teeth 15.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 58 ; length of

carapace 6°5, of tail 835; width of its first segment 4, of its

Scorpions from Ecuador. 417

fifth 4:8, length of latter 7; width of vesicle 3:2, of brachium

2°7, of hand 3; length of hand-back 4, of movable digit 8°8.

Loe. Cuenga, in Ecuador (95. 6. 23. 1).

Differs from the female of forcipula in having the tail

wider, its upper crests more strongly denticulated, those on

the fifth segment in forcipula not being denticulate. The

differences in the proportions of the tail-segments may be

judged by a comparison between the measurements in milli-

metres given of J’. spinatus and those of the female of the

type of forcipula.

? of forcipula.—Total length of tail 39; width of first

segment 3°8, of fourth 4:2, of fifth 4:2; length of fourth 6:2,

of fifth 7; width of vesicle 3°4, of brachium 2°5, of hand 2°5;

length of carapace 6°5.

These data show that the vesicle is larger as compared with

the width of the tail in forcipula than in spinatus.

Tityus ecuadorensis, Kraepelin.

Tityus ecuadorensis, Kraepelin, JB. Hamb. Wissen. Anstalten, xiii.

1896, p. 127, figs. 6, 7.

Subspecies zarume, nov.

Specimens of a species of Tvtyus received from Zaruma in

Kceuador may be recognized from the typical form of ecuador-

ensis as follows :—

a. Humerus, brachium, and trochanter of chelze

a uniform ochre-yellow, or at most very

slightly variegated with black; sterna 3

to 5, sometimes also 2, clouded with

black ; posterior and lateral portions of

carapace much more heavily infuscate ;

keels and granulation of fifth caudal seg-

ment and vesicle stronger ........0.+..- ecuadorensis, Kraep.

(Loja, in Heusen)

6. Humerus, brachium, and trochanter of chelee

very largely infuscate above; only the

last sternite mottled (the fourth some-

times slightly so at the sides); posterior

and lateral portions of carapace mostly

yellow, lined with black; keels and granu-

lation of fifth caudal segment and vesicle

moe “weaker is A. geist eel cto rsigis ecuadorensis ZaruUMe@, NOV.

(Zaruma, in Ecuador.)

Male and female examples of this form were obtained by

Mr. T. Gunter. The male has the tail long and slender and

the hands dilated. Co-types of the principal form have been

sent to the British Museum by Prof. Kraepelin, of Hamburg.

418 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

The species of the genus Tityus here recorded from Ecuador

may be recognized by the following table :—

a. Base of pecten bearing a smooth rounded

prominence at the base of the series of

teeth (9).

a, Conspicuously variegated black and

yellow.

a’, Humerus and brachium of chela not

strongly mottled with black, almost

entirely pale... 0:...00s. siti ohetg nite ete ecuadorensis, Kraep.

(From Loja.)

6?, Humerus and brachium heavily infus-

CHU. Maleate Nicks stale ae te toan ict eeind zarume@, nov. (Sub-

specific form from Zaruma.)

6'. Mostly a uniform blackish colour; not

variegated.

a>. Tail slender, its intercarinal spaces very

weakly granular, its crests also weak ;

sterna weakly granular ; hand narrow,

but strongly keeled... .c%00 30 estes .. Rosenberg, sp. n.

(Cachavi.)

b®, Tail thick, fourth and fifth segments

wider than first; the intercarinal

spaces coarsely and thickly granular ;

the upper keels of segments 2 to 5

denticulate ; hand broader, weakly

REGIEML | ects ciara nia ina cee eisar rer eet aas spinatus, sp.n. (Cuenga.)

shaft (¢).

a‘, Strongly variegated black and yellow .. ecuwadorensis, Kraep.

(The forms from Loja and Zaruma distin-

guished as under a* and 6.)

6‘, Not strongly variegated.

a>, Uniformly black; sterna weakly gran-

war; granules of caudal keels few and

large, median lateral keel complete on

second segment; hand narrower, its

width much less than half the length

Of movablowWisip sh. ccace es see «es timendus, sp. 0.

(Cachavi.)

b’. Legs and chele paler than trunk and

tail; sterna thickly and rather coarsely

granular; granules of caudal keels

weak and numerous; scarcely a trace

of median lateral keel on second seg-

ment; hand very broad, its width

almost half the movable digit ...... pugilator, sp. n.

(Cachavi.)

Scorpions from Ecuador. 419

Family Vejovide, Thorell.

Subfamily Czacrrwz, Poe.

Genus CHacTas, Gervais.

Chactas Rosenberg, sp. n.

Colour black or brownish black, legs yellowish brown.

Carapace about as long as caudal segments 1+2+4 of 3,

granular throughout except on the ocular tubercle and. the

Fig. 1.—Hand and brachium of Tityus pugilator, x 2.

Fig. 2.—Ditto of Tityus Rosenbergi, X 2.

Fig. 3.—Ditto of Teuthraustes latimanus, X 2.

Fig. 4.—Ditto of Teuthraustes nitescens, X 2.

two posterior prominences; anterior border deeply excised

with rounded frontal prominences, which project far in front

of the anterior lateral eye.

Tergites finely granular.

Sternites smooth.

426 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Tail moderately robust; the superior and supero-lateral

crests and area between them granular; upper surface of

segments smooth in middle, granular at sides; segments 1 to

3 finely granular or coriaceous laterally, smooth and _keelless

below, the third slightly coriaceous below; fourth distinctly

granular below and laterally, with the inferior lateral crest

traceable by a series of larger granules, upperside of fourth

finely granular mesially ; fifth granular above, laterally, and

below, the three inferior crests more coarsely granular, with

coarser granules between; vesicle large, wider than second

seement, granular laterally and below.

Chele: humerus finely granular below, coarsely above,

the crests strong and granular; two infero-anterior crests ;

brachium with a row of five posterior pores below, finely

granular in front, with a small inferior tubercle, rather

coarsely granular above and behind; hand large, its width

nearly equal to length of hand-back, finely granularly reticu-

late above, more coarsely granular externally and internally

and at the base of the digits; the network of granules extends

on to the inner surface, and is intermixed with larger

granules; keel of hand-back strong, granular, area below it

smooth, marked in front with an oblique series of 3 pores,

with 2 also close to the articulation of the movable digit;

immovable digit with strong basal tooth fitting into an exca-

vation of the movable digit, which is only a little longer than

the hand-back.

Legs: femora of third and fourth finely granular.

Pectinal teeth 8-10. ;

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 65; length of

carapace 8°5, of tail 34; width of hand 6°8; length of hand-

back 7°5, of movable digit 8.

Loc. Chimbo, 1000 feet, near Guayaquil (Losenberg).

Perhaps most nearly allied to C. Whympert, Poc., from

Milligall, Heuador (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 90,

pl. v. figs. 7-7 6), which it resembles in having the anterior

border of the carapace deeply excised in the middle with

prominent lateral lobes, which project in advance of the

anterior lateral eye, also in the granulation and crest-develop-

ment of the tai], and in the presence of a large tooth on the

immovable digit fitting into an excavation in the movable

digit. But Rosenbergi has much less coarsely granular cara-

pace and palpi, the hands of which are not nearly so noticeably

costate ; moreover, the vesicle is granular, not punctured as

in Whympert, and, lastly, the legs are yellowish brown.

Scorpions from Ecuador. 421

Genus TEUTHRAUSTES, Sim.

Teuthraustes latimanus, sp.n. (Fig. 3.)

Colour a uniform black above, tarsi ochraceous, vesicle

ferrugino-piceous.

Carapace, tergites, and tail uniformly and rather coarsely

granular ; tubercle continued in front into a long bifid ridge.

Upper surface of tail-segments finely granular mesially,

the second and third smooth in the middle; the median

inferior keels weaker than the laterals on segments 1 to 4,

scarcely recognizable amongst the granules on the first;

superior, supero-lateral, and infero-lateral crests strong and

granular ; first caudal segment nearly twice as wide as long,

its width about equal to the length of the fourth. Veszcle

broad, furnished laterally and below with seven coarsely

granular tracts. Anterior sterna smooth, punctured, posterior

rather coarsely granular in the middle and laterally.

Chele coarsely granular, the granules on the hand forming

a network of fused ridges; inner surface of the hand coarsely

granular ; upper surface externally strongly ribbed; crest of

hand-back posteriorly dentate; hand very wide and thick, its

width almost equal to the length of the fifth caudal segment

and excelling the movable digit; digits short, immovable

triangular, only slightly longer than broad, with basal tooth.

Legs 1 and 2 smooth, 3 with granular femur, 4 with femur

and patella granular.

Pectinal teeth 7.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 48; length of

carapace 6°5, of tail 26:5; width of first segment 4, of vesicle

3, of hand 5°5; length of movable digit 4°8.

Loc. Corazon, in Ecuador, 12,000 feet (LZ. Whymper).

Teuthraustes monticola, sp. n.

9 .— Colour as in latémanus, from which it differs principally

in the narrower hand and longer fingers. Hand ornamented

above in the middle with low punctured ridges, which towards

the inner margin and externally become granular; its width

less than length of movable digit; the immovable about

twice as long as broad; carapace less coarsely granular, the

anterior prolongation of the tubercle shorter and less noticeably

divided.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 50; length of

carapace 7, of tail 26°5 ; width of first segment 4:2, of vesicle

3°3, of hand 6 ; length of movable digit 6:5.

Loc. Machachi, in Ecuador, 9000-10,000 feet (LE. Whym-

per).

422 On new Scorpions from Ecuador.

Teuthraustes nitescens, sp.n. (Fig. 4.)

Colour as in the above.

Closely allied to T. monticola, from which it scarcely

nse in any characters other than those enumerated in the

table.

Total length 63 millim.; length of carapace 8, of tail 32 ;

width of first segment 4:3, of vesicle 3°5; width of hand 6;

length of movable digit 7°5.

Loc. Cachavi, in Ecuador (Rosenberg coll.).

The species of this genus known to me may be recognized

as follows :—

a. Hand very wide, its width exceeding the

length of the movable digit ; digits short,

the immovable triangular, its basal width

nearly equal to its length .............. latimanus, sp. n., 3d.

(Corazon, 12,000 feet.)

b. Hand narrower, its width less than length

of movable digit ; digits longer, basal width

of the immovable only about half its length.

a. More coarsely granular, the anteocular

portion of carapace and the portion of

the postocular area on each side of the

median groove coarsely granular; last

sternite mesially granular; first caudal

segment with a pair of median granular

keels ; vesicle considerably more globular. monticola, sp. n.

(Machachi,9000-10,000 ft.)

6‘. Less granular, anteocular portion of cara-

pace and its posterior median area nearly

smooth ; last sternite almost smooth in

the middle; vesicle narrower, more

elliptical .........% Sicko Detaae Saheb bs. shdivle nitescens, Sp. 0.

(Cachayi, 500 ft.)

Judging by the figures published by Becker of the two

previously described species of this genus, namely 7. atra-

mentarius, Sim. (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1878, p. 400), from

Quito, and of 7. ecuadorensis, Becker (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.

xxiv. p. 142, 1880), from Pensagui, Imbabura, 8000 feet,

these two species fall under the heading 6 of the above table.

Again, according to Becker’s description, the tergal plates of

the abdomen in atramentarius and ecuadorensis are “ finement

pointillés,” and not “ granuleux.” If there is no error of

observation involved in this statement, the two species are

quite distinct from the forms described by me. Moreover,

ecuadorensis appears further to differ from atramentarius in

having the legs red instead of black, and the lower surface of

the vesicle granular instead of punctured.

A new Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand, 423

LXV.—A new Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand.

By Cuartes Curtton, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S.

[Plate XVIII]

Tue Amphipod described in this paper was first found some

years ago in a mountain stream on the slopes of Mount Mihi-

waka, near Port Chalmers, New Zealand, at a height of

about 1000 feet above sea-level. Afterwards [ found it in

numerous other streams in the neighbourhood, and also at

Waitati, at various heights from about 200 feet above sea-

level up to an altitude of 1500 feet. Since then Mr. G. M.

Thomson tells me that his sons have collected it for him from

a small dam at a hillside stream at Hopehill, Taieri, from

spongy moss near the top of Mount Cargill, 2200 feet, and

from similar ground on the top of Swampy Hill, 2400 feet.

Further investigation will probably show that it is widely

distributed in similar situations in the eastern parts of Otago

and perhaps elsewhere.

I have usually found it in the damp moss &c. on stones and

boulders over which water trickles at the side of the stream,

and often in association with the freshwater Isopod Jdotea

lacustris, var. B*.

The occurrence of this Amphipod was briefly referred to

in my paper on the “Subterranean Crustacea of New

Zealand” +; but no description has hitherto been published.

I refer it with some slight hesitation to the genus Hyalella,

numerous species of which are found in the fresh waters of

both North and South America.

Alyalella mthiwaka, sp. n.

(Pl. XVIII. figs. 1-12.)

Specific Description.— Male (fig. 1). Body stout and broad,

especially in the pereion, smooth. Eyessmall, round. Side-

plates of the first four segments of the pereion much deeper

than their respective segments, the fourth much broader

than any of the preceding. First three segments of pleon

with the lower posterior angles nearly right-angled, very

slightly produced backwards. ‘Telson simple, fairly large,

convex, subrectangular, posterior angles rounded, hind margin

very slightly produced in the middle.

* See ‘Transactions New Zealand Institute,’ xxiv. p. 263.

t+ Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser., Zool. vol. vi. part 2, p, 254.

424 Dr. C. Chilton on a new

Antenne subequal ; peduncle of upper antenna as long as

the flagellum, reaching to the middle of the last joint of the

peduncle of the lower, which is slightly longer than its

flagellum. First gnathopoda with the carpus as long as the

propodos, its posterior margin bearing a regular row of about

fifteen long setee, which increase in length distally ; propodos

subrectangular, widening distally, palm nearly transverse,

well defined by a knob formed by a projection of the posterior

margin. Second gnathopoda with the ischium, meros, and

carpus all small, subequal, the carpus not produced into a

lobe ; the propodos very large, about as long as the basos,

rectangular, attachment to carpus narrow, both margins

straight and free from setee; palm nearly transverse, defined

as in the first gnathopod, slightly convex, bordered by one

or two irregular rows of short sete of varying lengths ;

dactylos stout, with a slight projection on the inner margin

near the base. Last three pairs of pereiopoda with the basos

very broad, its posterior margin very convex, minutely

serrate. Third uropoda very minute, peduncle indistinct,

apparently fused with its segment, the single ramus pear-

shaped and bearing a few minute sete.

Female. Differs from the male in the second gnathopoda,

which are like the first in shape and size, but have the carpus

shorter, subtriangular, with the row of sete more oblique and

containing only about five or six sete.

Colour. Greyish or nearly white.

Size. Largest specimens about + of an inch (5 millim.).

Habitat. Mountain streams near Port Chalmers, up to

about 1500 feet above sea-level (Chilton). In hillside stream

at Rast Taieri; from spongy moss at top of Mount Cargill,

2200 feet, and on Swampy Hill, 2400 feet (G. MW. Thomson).

Remarks. This species appears to be very distinct and

easily distinguished from the other species of the same genus

of which I have descriptions at my command. The chief

distinguishing points seem to be :—

(1) The body is stout and broad and the side-plates deep.

(2) The lower antenne are only slightly longer than the

upper; usually they are much longer.

(3) The gnathopoda are very characteristic, especially in

the regular row of sete on the carpus of the first and

in the very large rectangular propodos of the second.

In neither is the carpus produced into a lobe lying

alongside the base of the propodos.

(4) The third uropoda appear more rudimentary than in

most of the species.

In addition to the description given above, I add the

Freshwater Amphipod from New Zealand. 425

following particulars regarding some of the appendages,

those appendages which are not mentioned being understood

to present no features calling for special mention beyond the

description already given.

Upper lip firm and strong; distal margin regularly

rounded and nearly semicircular, covered with a fur of fine

sete converging towards the centre.

First maxilla. Outer lobe strong, with the usual strong

denticulate sete at the end; inner lobe small and very slender,

with two long plumose sete at the extremity. On the outer

margin of the outer lobe is a slight notch, indicating the

position of the rudimentary “ palp,” but I can find no trace

of the palp itself.

Mawillipedes (fig. 4) fairly large and well developed. ‘The

inner lobe is long, reaching as far as the end of the outer

lobe; it is oblong, and the extremity, which is slightly

oblique, bears, in addition to some fine sete, three rather

blunt teeth, of which the innermost one is the smallest and

the outermost one the largest; the outer lobe has the inner

margin nearly straight and fringed with fine sete, the outer

margin curved and without sete except at the extremity ;

the meros has one or two sete at the extremity on each margin ;

the carpus is broad, being produced on the inside into a flat

expansion densely fringed with fine sete; propodos much

narrower than the carpus, slightly curved, margins parallel,

the extremity bearing numerous fine sete; the dactylos

small, partially imbedded in the propodos, the extremity

bears several sete, one of which is much longer and stronger

than the others.

First gnathopod (fig 5). The general form will be sufti-

ciently understood from the figure and the description already

given. The well-marked row of long sete on the carpus is

on the outer portion of the posterior margin, which is slightly

produced into a flat expansion ; a few sete are irregularly

placed on the inner surface of the propodos.

Second gnathopod. 'The difference in the form and size of

this appendage in the two sexes is very marked. Fig. 7,

which represents the inner side of the appendage in the

female, shows that there is a small tuft of two sete present

on the inner surface of the carpus in addition to the row of

setee on the posterior margin.

Uropoda (figs. 9,10, 11). The first and second pairs of

uropoda are well developed and present no remarkable

features; the third are rudimentary and very minute, the

only part that can be easily made out being that shown in

fig. 11, which appears to represent the single ramus; it is

426 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

pear-shaped, and bears on the outer margin a small tuft of

fine sete at the centre and another at the extremity ; the

inner margin is without sete; the peduncle appears to have

coalesced with the sixth segment of the pleon.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Hyalella mihiwaka.

. Pleon, X 45.

Fig. 1. Side view of male, x 19.

Fig. 2. Upper antenna, x 45.

Fug. 3. Lower antenna, Xx 45.

Fig. 4. Maxillipedes, x 45. 4a. Inner lobe, x 120. 46. Hxtremity,

x 120.

Fig. 5. First gnathopod, x 45.

Fig. 6. Second gnathopod of male, x 45.

Fig. 7. Second gnathopod of female, x 46.

ig. 8

. 9. First uropod, x 45.

“ig. 10. Second uropod, x 45.

Fig. 11. Third uropod, x 45.

Fig. 12. Telson, x 85.

LXVI.— New Coccide from Mexico. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural

Experiment Station.

Tue Coccide herein described were collected in Mexico in

1897 by Mr. A. Koebele and Prof. C. H. T. Townsend, and

sent to the U.S. Department of Agriculture. J am much

indebted to Dr. L. O. Howard, the Entomologist of the

Department, for the opportunity of studying and describing

these insects, which prove to be many of them of extreme

interest.

It is proper to state that Mr. Koebele’s expedition was

made at the expense of the government of the Sandwich

Islands, while Prof. Townsend’s collecting was done in the

service of the United States.

POROCOCCUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Solenophora. Female with antennz and legs.

Antenne 6-segmented, the last segment long. Caudal

tubercles not much produced. Anal ring with 6 bristles.

Insect contained in a black scale, which has an orifice at the

hind end. Embryonic larva with rows of spines as in Erzo-

coccus &¢.

Type P. tinctorius.

new Coccide from Mexico. 427

Porococcus tinctortus, sp. n.

¢.—Scales crowded on twigs, Kermes-like, pitch-black,

hard, slightly shiny, 23-34 millim. diam., very convex,

globular, with the caudal end projecting like the neck of a

flask, with quite a large opening directed upwards. Some-

times there is a strong protuberance on each side of the

scale.

@.—Placed in caustic potash, without boiling, gives at

once a dark cherry-red colour, blackish in thin solutions ; on

boiling it gives the most intense madder-colour, extremely

dark, stronger than cochineal. On adding HCl to the alka-

line solution it turns to a rather light claret-colour, and a

precipitate appears. After boiling pyriform, with a pale

purple tint, as though stained with logwood. Abdominal

segmentation rather obscure ; except the last four segments,

constituting a narrowed caudal portion, which are very

distinct and (especially the last two) brownish, becoming

chitinous. Dermis crowded with small round glands, some

simple, but most with three orifices close together, appearing

as one under a low power. Mouth-parts well developed.

Antenne and legs pale yellowish; antenne 6-segmented,

formula 63 2 (51)4; the sixth is quite long, like that of a

Dactylopiid. ‘Tibia barely longer than tarsus; claw large,

gently curved ; all the digitules filiform. Caudal tubercles

not much produced, each with a strong bristle; anal ring

with six light brown, very long, and very stout bristles. The

tissue of the scale is invaded by the mycelium of a fungus,

and the female itself suffers from a dipterous parasite, Leucopis

or an allied form.

Hab. Ameca, Mexico, June 7, 1897, on mistletoe on oak

(Koebele, 1748). Div. Ent. 7909.

Porococcus Pergandet, sp. n.

9 .—Scales on twigs, 2 millim. long, of the same pitch-

black colour and hard texture as P. tinctorius, but shape

quite different. They are elevated, with a high longitudinal

crest, presenting three conspicuous nodular prominences,

which are sometimes deflected to one side; in transverse

section the scale is triangular. Posteriorly the scale is not

produced, and the orifice is filled in with lamelle of brownish-

white secretion, arranged so as to resemble an aster-flower.

From the nodules of the crest there run blunt ridges down

the sides of the scale. The scales do not crowd together as

in P., tinctorius.

428 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

The insects placed in caustic potash without boiling give a

lilac colour ; boiled, they give a dark purple.

? (containing embryos) similar to P. tinctortius, but

smaller. Anal ring with 6 bristles. Caudal and dermal

structure and form of body as in édnctortus; antenne 6-seg-

mented, formula 6325 (14), but there is a very marked

false joint, dividing 3 just beyond its middle, and another

at the end of the basal third of 6, so that the antennee seem to

be 8-segmented. Legs tinged with brown, resembling those

of tinctorius ; trochanter with a long hair. HKmbryonic larva

more than twice as long as broad, with very minute spines or

bristles arranged in rows after the manner of Eriococcus.

Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, May 31, 1897, on mistletoe on

lime (Koebele, 1738). Div. Ent. 7919.

Named after Mr. T. Pergande, of the Department of Agri-

culture, who looked at the specimens before they were trans-

mitted to me, and recognized them as belonging to a new

genus.

PROTODIASPIS, gen. nov.

A genus of Diaspine secreting no distinct scale, but the

females enveloped in cottony secretion, the male pup resem-

bling those of Diaspis, but extremely short. No grouped

circumgenital glands.

Type P. parvulus.

Fiorinia syncarpie, Maskell, possibly belongs to the same

genus.

Protodiaspis parvulus, sp. n.

9 .—Very small, little over 4 millim. long, enclosed in

irregular white cottony secretion ; exuvie light yellow.

? .— Bright yellow, colourless after boiling in KHO; broad

oval or nearly circular; skin with numerous small round

glands; mouth-parts large, rostral loop short ; on each side of

the mouth-parts is, on a rounded patch, what I take to be a

stigmatic orifice, and also a group of about eleven round glands

resembling the circumgenital glands of Déiaspis; anterior to

the mouth-parts are two nearly circular structures which may

be rudimentary antenne; abdomen with six very distinct

segments, exclusive of the terminal piece, which is not very

large ; anus very distinct, a fair distance from the hind end,

the skin round it strongly concentrically striate; hind margin

broad and flattened, not at all produced, with four very low,

broad, rounded, colourless lobes, well apart, their edges in-

clined to be crenulate ; very small spines, but no spine-like

plates.

new Coccidee from Mexico. 429

3 .—Scale white, Diaspis-like, with pale yellow larval skin

at one end. ‘The scales are very minute, and the projecting

white portion is not as long as the larval skin.

Hab. Amecameca, Mexico, June 6, 1897, on bark of oak

(Koebele, 1753). Div. Ent. 7965.

A most interesting insect, connecting the Diaspine with

the Coccine.

Solenophora Koebelet, sp. n.

Near to S. corokie, Mask., but much larger. The oldest

females are in a rounded dull black scale, 5 millim. long,

42 broad, and 3 high, the hind part hardly produced. On

breaking this open one finds the shrivelled body of the

female lying loose within, with a mass of yellowish-white

empty egg-pellicles. The dried female has a dark purplish

tint. In the penultimate stage the test or scale is from 3 to

41 millim. long, broadly oval in outline, flat or even depressed

in the middle when dry, with a blunt dorsal keel or row of

protuberances, on each side of which is a subdorsal row of

protuberances, often inconspicuous. Margin convex, raised,

more or less nodular, with three white transverse lines of

secretion about the middle. Caudal end with the usual

orifice, but hardly at all produced.

2 .—Anal lobes and ring (with six hairs) as in Maskell’s

figure of corokie; skin crowded with short rod-like pro-

cesses; mouth-parts small but well-formed; no legs or

antenne; on the abdomen on each side of the middle line are

two large oblong brown patches, close together, the anterior

of each pair the larger, their surface granular or minutely

reticulated.

g .—Scales small and elongate, reminding one of those of

Tuchardia; dark in colour, with a red tint, or sometimes

more or less yellow. ‘Their inner surface is pale yellow.

Hab. Tulare, Mexico, Aug. 8, 1897, on Crategus and

Prunus demissa (Koebele, 1659). Div. Ent. 7891. Also

on Crategus from Mexico (locality and date not stated:

Koebele, 1632).

The discovery of Solenophora in Mexico is most remark-

able, as the genus has hitherto been known by only two

species (both of which are before me) from New Zealand.

Icerya (Proticerya) littoralis, sp. n.

9? .—About 3 millim. long, with sac 10 millim.; breadth

of sac nearly 4 millim. Dorsum entirely covered by snow-

white secretion ; some irregular lateral cottony tassels. Ovi-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. ou

430 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

sac white, distinctly tinged with yellow on its basal half;

distinctly ribbed, but the ribs weak and flattened.

? .— Boiled in KHO gives a crimson colour. Antenne

and legs dark brown; antenne 9-segmented, 9 longest and

about as long as 6,7, and 8 together; 2 and 3 subequal ;

4 to 8 subequal and shortest. Segments with whorls of

bristles, two of those on 8 very long, extending beyond tip

of 9; two hairs on 9 are much longer than itself. Coxa with

a whorl of apical bristles; trochanter with about six short

bristles and one long one; femur moderately bristly, several

erect bristles on its inner side; tibia slender, rather longer

than femur, with three or four long bristles on its outer side

and about ten pairs of short stout ones on the inner; tarsus

about half as long as tibia, curved; claw stout. Skin

sparsely beset with hairs and presenting numerous small

round glands.

Larva with six very long caudal bristles, and six long

curved bristles on each side anterior to them.

Hab. El Faro, near Frontera, Mexico, on Croton on the

sea-beach, on the sandy ridges just beyond the reach of

ordinary surf; May 16,1897 (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7636.

Icerya littoralis, var. mimose, var. nov. ;

Characters of J. littoralis in general. Boiled in KHO

gives a deep raspberry colour. Antenne 9-segmented, but

9 only a little longer than 7+ 8. Ovisac about 8 millim. long,

like that of Mittoralis, but all the secretion of both female

and ovisac a delicate primrose-yellow.

Hab. Las Minas, near Frontera, Mexico, June 4, 1897,

on “ Sarsa,” Mimosa, sp. (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7816.

Ortonia mexicanorum, sp. 0.

9 .—Under cover-glass about 6 millim. long. The dried

insects are oval, dark grey, more or less mealy, often densely

so, with two curled white cottony caudal filaments, nearly

4 millim. long. Boiled, the insects turn the liquid sherry-

colour and themselves become dark mulberry-red, stained

with blackish on the abdominal dorsum, but without black

spots.

Boke and legs dark sepia-brown; antennz about as

long as femur+trochanter, 10-segmented, 10 about as long

as, or a little longer than, 8+9, all the segments except 10

broader than long, each with a conspicuous whorl of strong

bristles. Formula approximately 10 (321) 6 (798) (48) ;

4 and 5 are conspicuously shorter than 3 or 6; 2 is sometimes

new Coccide from Mexico. 431

distinctly longer than 3, 1 is nearly twice as broad as 2.

Coxa large, trochanter with numerous strong bristles, one

longer than the rest ; femur stout, with numerous short but

strong bristles and spines ; tibia about as long as femur, but

only about half as broad, the distal two-thirds on the inner

side beset with 8 pairs of short but strong spines; tarsus

about two thirds length of tibia, with five pairs of spines on

the inner side; claw very long, thick, gently curved, no

knobbed digitules; in place of the claw-digitules are two

slender bristles; skin colourless after boiling, delicately

striated, thickly beset with small round glands, between

which are minute hairs, not enough to make a definite pubes-

cence. In the abdominal region are a number of large round

and oval hyaline spaces, definitely circumscribed and having

the appearance of a nucleus and nucleolus in the middle;

these spaces are free from the small glands. Mouth-parts

well-developed.

Cast skins of immature forms thin, white, suboval, 5 millim.

long, 4 broad, with antenne and legs attached. They occur

on the twigs.

Hab. Misebac (?), Mexico, Aug. 13, 1897, on Acacia

Greggit (?), a thorny plant (Koebele). Div. Ent. 7877.

With them occur certain large (94 millim. long) Coccinellid

larve, which look just like old females of Ortonia.

a °

Kermes grandis, sp. n.

? .—Globular, 10 millim. diam., not visibly segmented,

surface dull; peppered or marbled with black, grey, and

white. With a lens the white areas are seen to be thickly

sprinkled with minute brown spots. The black and brown

marbling is quite irregular.

Hab. Amecameca, Mexico, May 25, 1897, on Quercus

Engelmanni (Koebele, 1756). Div. Ent. 7920.

Only one specimen is available for study, but the species

is very distinct ; nearest to K. galliformis, Riley.

Tachardia fulvoradiata, sp. n.

@ .—Scale hemispherical, diameter about 3} millim.; two

or more often united ; middle of dorsum somewhat depressed

and corrugated ; sides with six irregular foot-like processes ;

colour of scale dark orange-brown, varying in parts from light

orange to black ; three light reddish-orange bands or stripes

start from the centre and pass down the sides between the

lateral processes.

32*

432 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

Boiled in KHO the female gives a fine crimson-lake. Anal

cone ordinary, with about nine not very long terminal hairs ;

spine rather short; excretory tubes with very numerous

ores.

i Hab. Rancho Carbonel, near Frontera, Mexico, on a large

tree called “‘ Palo de gusano,” June 4, 1897 (Townsend).

Div. Ent. 7804.

Inglisia malvacearum, sp. n.

9.—Scale 7 millim. long, 34 broad, only moderately

convex, general shape oblong, snow-white, very conspicuous ;

presenting on the dorsal surface two large conical (patelli-

form) plates and on each side about four similar but lower

plates, not well separated from each other; posteriorly the

plate-structure gives way to a fibrous substance resembling

the tissue of the ovisac of a Lichtensia. The plate-structure

cannot be described in great detail, because it is more or less

irregular and quite variable within certain limits. The

plates appear to be joined together by the fibrous matter.

?.—Dermis after boiling colourless, with small round

glands; margin with a row of brownish spines, short but

stout, blunt-tipped, on the average about as far apart as the

length of one. Antenne and legs well developed, yellowish ;

antenne of the ordinary Lecanid type, long and slender,

8-segmented, 3 considerably the longest, formula 3 5 4

— (2678) 1 or 35(42678) 1; 5 has a pair of bristles, one

very long, near its end; 8 has several bristles. Legs mode-

rately slender ; coxa long, with two anterior and one posterior

apical bristles ; trochanter with a large and a small bristle

near its apex; femur with anterior and posterior subapical

smal] bristles; tibia not much shorter than femur; tarsus

about 2 length of tibia; claw short and much curved ; claw-

digitules rather stout, very short, not so long as claw ; tarsal

digitules apparently absent. These details were from an

anterior leg; a hind leg showed digitules of claw stout,

well-knobbed, extending beyond claw, and tarsal digitules

filiform but strong, quite long, with well-formed knobs. Anal

plates yellowish brown, of the usual form, postero-lateral side

a little longer than antero-lateral, surface armed with about

five bristles. Anal ring with seven hairs. Mouth-parts

rather small.

The conical protuberances of the scale are glassy, concen-

trically striate, with the usual air-cells of Znglisia; the lateral

portions of the scale have a fibrous structure.

g-—Scale glassy, small, resembling the ordinary male

scales of Lecanium.

new Coccide from Mexico. 433

The insects are considerably parasitized by a Leucopis or

allied fly.

fab. Morelos, Mexico, on Malva, May 29, 1897 (Koebele,

1624). Div. Ent. 7884. Also collected by Koebele at

Cuautla, Mexico, July 1 and 2, 1897, on Hibiscus and cotton.

Lecanium Townsendi, sp. n.

?.—Scale 54 millim. long, 44 broad, 32 high; hemi-

spherical, shiny ; ground-colour chrome-yellow, very thickly

bestrewn with minute black dots; larger black pits at in-

tervals ; round the margin and in the anal region the surface

is entirely black ; margin much pitted ; a fine, not quite con-

tinuous, blackish, mid-dorsal longitudinal streak; posterior

cleft quite long.

Boiled in KHO turns the liquid madder-brown. Dermis

chitinous, clear yellow by transmitted light, with very nume-

rous small oval glands. The females studied are full of

eges. Mouth-parts extremely small. Legs and antenne

mere colourless rudiments, not well observed. Stigmatal

spines very small.

Embryonic larva ordinary, yellow to reddish brown, with

minute hairs; claw long, four long filiform digitules.

The scales are badly attacked by a lepidopterous larva.

Small mites occur on or in the scales.

Hab. Frontera, Tabasco, Mexico, June 26, 1897, on orange-

trees (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7806.

Allied to LZ. punctatum, Ckll., but considerably larger.

Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) albopictus, sp. n.

@.—Scale circular, flat, diam. 2-24 millim., very dark

brown, nearly black, but appearing white unless rubbed,

because covered with a chalky-white secretion, leaving the

exuvize as a large round dark brown spot away from the

centre. Younger scales are brown, with the exuvia: darker,

even black, the first skin marked by a pale ring, the second

narrowly margined with ochraceous. Still younger examples

are orange-fulvous, with a semitransparent whitish margin.

Male scales suboval to pyriform, coloured like the submature

female scale, viz. dark brown, with the larval skin black or

blackish, or else white like the mature female.

? .—Of ordinary form, but the caudal end narrow and quite

pointed ; colour pale yellowish after boiling. Four groups of

circumgenital glands, caudo-laterals 6 to 7, cephalo-laterals

8 to 9. Tubular processes at bases of lobes as in the sub-

genus, long; four pairs of the longer ones, the inner four with

434 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

their ends at the same level. Lobes ordinary, well apart,

median ones small, with nearly the outline of a half-circle ;

second twice as broad as first; third fully three times as

broad as first, with the edge minutely serrulate ; beyond the

third lobe the margin is very minutely serrulate, and there

are three distinct notches marking the limits of four broad

rudimentary lobes. Anal orifice a long distance from hind

end. Mouth-parts very large.

The specimens are infested by a fungus.

Hab. Cuernavaca, Mexico, on leaves of orange, Dee. 8,

1897 (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7935.

Ceroplastes minutus, sp. n.

?.—Scale 14 millim. long, broad-oval, convex, pale

yellowish, the dorsum thickly covered with bright lemon-

yellow wax, forming a large protuberance; plates not defined.

Scales solitary on the twigs.

?.—When denuded of wax yellowish brown, depressed,

with a dorsal protuberance, and a large and thick but short

terminal horn. Antenne very pale, segments obscure, but

apparently seven; antenne very close to the mouth-parts,

almost touching them; mouth-parts large, brown, rostral

loop reaching to anal ring; legs very pale, ordinary ; tibia

little longer than tarsus, claw long, digitules rather stout.

Dermis after boiling transparent, non-chitinous, with many

small round glands; stigmata on large yellowish-brown

chitinous patches; anal area yellowish brown, chitinous, the

large chitinous portion abruptly defined from the rest; anal

plates large and well developed.

Hab. Las Minas, Tabasco, Mexico, June 2, 1897, on

“ Escobillo,” a wild shrub (Zownsend). Div. Ent. 7185.

Very distinct by its small size and other characters.

Ceroplastes angulatus, sp. 0.

9 .—Scale 5 millim. long, 44 broad, 4 high; very convex,

wax snow-white, shining, not divided into plates; dorsal

nucleus dark, more or less covered by secretion ; no lateral

nuclei visible, but anal plates exposed; on each side the

margin is produced into two prominent angles, to the tips of

which, beneath, run lines of chalky secretion ; these angles

represent the rays of Vinsonia, to which the species makes an

approach.

A very young individual is elongate-oval, bright yellow,

covered with transparent wax; dorsal knob of wax trans-

versely grooved-striate.

new Coccide from Mexico. 435

Hab. Frontera, Mexico, on twig of native tree in woods

(Townsend). Div. Ent. 7614.

There is only one adult female available for study, but

the species is very distinct, being intermediate between Cero-

plastes and Vinsonia.

Ceroplastes coloratus, sp. n.

?.—Scale 43 millim. long, 33 broad, 3 high; wax irre-

gular, nodulose, not divided into plates, pale yellow; dorsal

nucleus dark, not conspicuous. When the scales are getting

old the surface of the body is exposed in the subdorsal region.

Scales solitary on twigs.

? .—Denuded of wax, 4 millim. long, 3 broad, 23 high ;

dark chestnut-brown ; dorsum convex, smooth, sides irregu-

larly wrinkled, with a pair of emarginate (stigmatal) promi-

nences close together. Caudal horn stout and distinct, not

very long. Boiled in liquor potasse the insects give a fine

crimson colour. Skin feebly chitinized, transparent, with

round gland-spots on small brownish spots; stigmatal and

anal areas and much of back very strongly chitinized, sienna-

brown; legs ordinary, tibia and tarsus of nearly equal length ;

antenne brownish, 8-segmented.

Hab. Las Minas, Tabasco, Mexico, June 2, 1897, on

* Crucetilla,” a small wild spiny shrub (Zownsend). Div.

Ent. 7814.

Nearest to C. crregularis. Peculiar for the crimson colour

it gives on boiling.

Lichtensia crescentic, sp. n.

Ovisac, covering female, about 6 millim. long and 34 broad,

loose in texture, but not adhering to objects that touch it; on

the surface greyish white, with a distinct yellowish tinge ;

inclined to be longitudinally striated.

? .—Antenne pale yellowish, 8-segmented, rather slender ;

3 much longest, about as long as 4+5. Formula 3 (425) 1

(678) ; 2 with two long hairs near its end. Another shows

the antenna with segment 3 not nearly as long as 4+5, and

formula 34 (521)687. Anal plates reddish brown, ob-

liquely pyriform ; skin with numerous small tubular glands ;

stigmatal spines in threes, all short, stout; marginal spines

numerous, of moderate length, stout, closer together than the

length of one, often closer than half that length. Coxa and

trochanter each with a subapical bristle; legs rather short ;

tarsus rather more than half length of tibia; claw short and

curved ; claw-digitules stout, extending a little beyond claw,

436 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

gradually widening to a sort of trumpet-like extremity ;

tarsal digitules only moderately long, not twice length of

claw.

Hab. Frontera, Tabasca, Mexico, June 26, 1897, on

gourd-like fruit (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7980.

Lecanium (Saissetia) castilloe, sp. n.

9 .—Scale 8 millim. long, 7 wide, flat, with an irregular

broad-oval outline, dull; black, with a minute peppering of

whitish patches of secretion, most abundant towards the sides,

where they give the scale a greyish tint. The sides of the

scale are perpendicular, about 1 millim. high, the edge of the

dorsal portion slightly overlapping at the top, like the roof of

a house. Posterior cleft about 24 millim. long.

Skin extremely thick, resisting prolonged boiling in caustic

potash ; by transmitted light dark vandyke-brown, tessellated

as in Saissetia, each small polygon with a central hyaline

spot. Legs pale yellowish, small, slender; coxa and tro-

chanter each with a subapical bristle; tibia very slender, not

quite so long as femur ; tarsus about 3 length of tibia; claw

moderate, curved ; claw-digitules stout but long, extending

considerably beyond claw, well knobbed.

Hab. Frontera, Tabasco, Mexico, June 25, 1897, on bark

of trunk of Castilloa elastica, also on ‘ Moral” (Townsend).

Div. Ent. 7981.

A remarkable species, quite distinct in outward form from

all described.

Lecanium (Pseudokermes) armatum, sp. n.

2? .—Scale 44 millim. long, 44 wide, 3 high, hemispherical,

greenish yellow to yellowish brown, with a very thin and

easily deciduous glassy coating, present only in fragments

in the specimens seen. Anal area depressed and darkened.

The scale is divided into convex plates or areas, two very

large ones subdorsally and seven laterally, on each side; each

of these convex areas presents in the middle a small conical

prominence. Margin thickened.

? .—Boiled in liquor potasse gives a dark brown colour.

Skin chitinous, with rather large and numerous round glands ;

towards the margins the skin is obscurely reticulated, in

Eulecanium fashion. The dermis exhibits numerous large

low-conical elevations. Legs and antenne apparently absent.

g .—Scales small, overlapping, with a glassy covering as

usual in Lecanium.

new Coccide from Mexico. 437

Hab. 8. Francisco del Peal, Tabasco, Mexico, July 1,

1897, on “ Palo de gusano” (Townsend). Div. Ent. 7978.

The species is badly attacked by a lepidopterous larva.

This is the second Pseudokermes, the first being from Brazil.

Diaspis phoradendrt, sp. n.

?.—Scale rather over 14 millim. diam., circular, snow-

white, moderately convex; exuviz somewhat to one side,

exposed, orange-brown to dark brown, second skin covered

with a layer of secretion in fresh specimens ; surface of first

skin cancellate.

9 .—After boiling circular, colourless, the caudal end and

median lobes strongly tinged with yellowish brown ; small

sac-like structures at bases of lobes resembling those of Dias-

pidiotus, a closely adjacent pair beneath median lobes, and

three or four other pairs at intervals along the margin; median

lobes close together, low, evenly rounded, entire; second

and third lobes represented by extremely small, colourless,

pointed prominences; spines large; spine-like plates large,

two on each side especially large and broad, with fimbriated

ends ; anal orifice not very far from the hind end, far poste-

rior to the level of the postero-lateral glands ; five groups of

circumgenital glands, median of 11, antero-laterals 10, caudo-

laterals or postero-laterals 3 to 4.

d-—Scale minute, of the usual form, with only a bare

indication of a median keel.

Hab.—Cuautla, Mexico, May 31, 1897, on mistletoe,

doubtless Phoradendron (Koebele, 1749). Div. Ent. 7960.

The female scale is more convex than that of D. visct,

and a more opaque white; the exuvie are browner.

Aulacaspis miranda, sp. n.

9 —Scale 1} millim. diam., flat, irregularly subcircular to

subtriangular, black, with a sort of whitish bloom, extreme

margin whitish; exuviz lateral, very pale yellowish.

9 .—After boiling in liquor potasse pale yellow. Median

lobes wide apart, minutely serrated, striated, produced, but

not conspicuously, beyond the margin; two spine-like plates

in the interval between them; second and third lobes each

divided into three small lobules ; spine-like plates, extending

considerably beyond the lobes, cephalad of the second and

third lobes ; fourth lobe represented by two prominences, the

second larger and serrate ; beyond this is a short, stout, spine-

like plate, then a low prominence, and beyond, at intervals,

four short, stout, spine-like plates. Five groups of circum-

438 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

genital glands, median of 11, anterior laterals 18, posterior’

laterals about 8.

3 .—Scales obscurely tricarinate, but very fluffy, looking

like little fluffy white spots of no particular shape.

Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, July 25, 1897, on Cherimoya ;

also Cuautla, Sept. 27, 1897, on “ Zapote ”’ (Koebele, 1658).

Div. Ent. 7890. Also Orizaba, July 19, 1897, on ‘ Zapote”’ (?)

(Koebele, 1736). Div. Ent. 7944.

The scales occur upon the leaves, Very distinct by the

black female scale &c.

Mytilaspis mexicana, sp. n.

2? .—Scale pale brown, dull, flat, so broad as to be almost

circular, the pointed basal end sometimes curved to one side.

Diam. 3 millim., length 34 millim. Exuvie brown, of a

darker tint than the scale, second skin covered.

? .—After boiling colourless, the caudal portion strongly

striated longitudinally, and suffused with yellow. Median

lobes large, a short distance apart, the inner margins parallel,

the apex rounded, the outer declivity long and twice notched ;

second lobes small, completely divided into two lobules, of

which the outer is the smaller; third lobe similar, but only

one distinct lobule; beyond the third lobe are three broad

serrated eminences, representing rudimentary lobes; plates

spine-like, stout, and rather long; many transversely linear

dorsal glands; some structures like theinterlobular thickenings

of Diaspidiotus, but below instead of between the lobes.

Five groups of circumgenital glands, median of 18 to 25,

anterior laterals about 27 to 33, posterior laterals 25 to 35.

3 -—Scale elongate, of the form usual in the genus.

Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, on “ Nettle-tree,” July 2, 1897

(Koebele, 1724). Div. Ent.1763. Also collected by Koebele

at Cuautla on “ Dragon’s Blood” (?) and on roots of Ficus,

sp. (?), many of the last-mentioned lot being parasitized.

The form and appearance of the scale at once distinguish

this from all other American forms.

In the collection are also specimens of Myttlaspis (subg.

Opuntiaspis, Ckll., MS.) philococcus, Ckll., marked “ On

cactus, Mexico, Aug. 2, 1897” (Koebele, 1695). Div. Ent.

5860.

Aspidiotus (Pseudodiaspis) dentilodis, sp. n.

9 .—Scale oval, about 24 millim. long, convex, with the

exuvie lateral but within the marginal limits, at one end;

colour of scale black, with more or less greyish and whitish

new Coccidee from Meaico. 439

concentric strigation, the margin often quite white; exuvize

large, first skin at margin of second, second skin more or less

covered by blackish secretion, or more often exposed ; the two

skins of the same colour, a very deep orange.

? .—Colourless and transparent after boiling, except the

whole caudal portion, which is striate and chitinized, and

remains yellowish brown. No groups of circumgenital glands,

but numbers of small dorsal glands; the four median lobes

resembling human incisor teeth, 7. e. broad and squared at

the end, but separated by distinct intervals, and the second

lobes hardly over half the length of the first, though not much

less broad; third lobe represented by a pair of angular

prominences, separated by a wide interval from the second ;

beyond this the margin shows large irregular crenations.

Spines quite large; spine-like plates beyond second and third

lobes quite large and broad, as in Diaspis. The females

contain extremely large embryos, which remain sepia-brown

after boiling, as in A. larree; they show intensely dark eyes

and 6-segmented antenna, in which 3 and 6 are much

longest, 3 longer than 4+5, 2 shortest of all.

3 -—Ncale in texture like the female, but elongate, with

the larval skin at one end.

Hab. Cuautla, Mexico, May 31, 1897, on a spiny wild

shrub (Koebele, 1751). Div. Ent. 7947. Also found by

Koebele at Cuautla on Mimosa, and on an Acacia (?) with

yellow flowers and long spines (Koebele, 1696).

This is the second known species of Pseudodiaspis.

Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) longissimus, sp. n.

?.—Scale linear, 23 millim. long, 2 millim. broad, black,

more or less marked with brown, or even becoming whitish

or actually dull white from a coating of secretion. A thin

white ventral scale. LExuvie at one end, nearly circular;

second skin black, with more or less of a reddish-orange edge ;

first skin represented by a small low nipple-like structure, in

fresh specimens showing a distinct pale dot and ring.

?.—Characters practically as in A. Bowreyi. Three

pairs of lobes, successively larger from the first to the third,

the largest (third) with two little notches on its broad outer

edge; three serrations on the margin beyond the third lobe ;

anal orifice a considerable distance from the hind end; circum-

genital glands present, median of 2, anterior laterals 5, poste-

rior laterals 3, the lateral groups forming a nearly continuous

row.

Hab. Frontera, Tabasco, Mexico, June 28, 1897, on leaves

440 On new Coccidee from Mexico.

of mango, together with a few Aspidiotus personatus, Comst.

(Townsend). Div. Ent. 7973.

As Prof. Townsend remarks, this very curious little species

resembles a lately-hatched lepidopterous larva. It is closely

allied to Asptdiotus Bowreyt, Ckll. 1894, which must be added

to the fauna of Mexico, as Prof. Townsend found it at Fron-

tera on “ Pitahaya,” an edible cactus, June 5, 1897 (Div.

Ent. 7831).

Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) calurus, sp. n.

9? .—Scale about 14 millim. diam., approximately circular,

slightly convex, covered by the epidermis of the bark, except

the shining black exuvie, which are exposed and very con-

spicuous. ‘There is a thick ventral scale, which makes it very

hard to extract the female.

9 .—After boiling, brownish yellow or yellowish brown ;

general form circular, but the caudal portion is narrowed on

each side, produced and rounded, having a curious appear-

ance. From the sides of this portion cephalad the margin is

gently rounded until it reaches a deep notch, forming the

further (anterior) wall of which is a Jarge tooth-like projection ;

the cephalad side of this latter gradually slopes to another

notch, beyond which is a rounded eminence. ‘The last

visible suture before the caudal portion is marked by a broken

dark chitinous band. No groups of circumgenital glands ;

anal orifice some distance from hind end; two long and seven

short pairs of tubular processes, the short ones considerably

longer than the lobes; the innermost long ones further apart

than either from the outermost. Four very well-formed pairs

of lobes, the first rather narrow, pointed, with a notch on the

outer margin; the second, third, and fourth broader and

similar to one another, except that the second and third have

two notches on the margin, while the third is minutely serrate.

The median lobes are near to each other, but not touching, at

the base; the intervals between the other lobes are wide,

that between the third and fourth rather wider than a lobe.

Beyond the fourth lobe the margin is crenate, with about

five little prominences. Plates short and inconspicuous,

¢ .—Scale brownish, with concolorous exuvie, with a small

well-sculptured dot and ring.

Hab. Orizaba, Mexico, July 15, 1897, on Crategus, on the

bark of the twigs (Koebele, 1727). Div. Ent. 7950.

A very distinct species, easily known by the form of the

hind end of the female.

Mesilla Park, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

April 3, 1898.

On the Beech-Martens of the Palwarctic Region. 441

LXVII.—WNotes on the Beech- Martens of the Palearctic

Region. By G. E. H. Barrert-Hamiron.

THROUGH the kindness of Mr. Abel Chapman I have been

permitted to examine the skin and cranium of a marten from

Andalucia. This specimen, though it agrees in general size

and in cranial characters with Martes foina, is very distinct

both from that animal and from J. martes in coloration, but

is indistinguishable from specimens in the British Museum

collection from Xanthus, in Asia Minor, and from Kandahar.

In the Afghanistan region, however, there is another form—

M. leucolachnea—of which the British Museum collection

possesses a specimen from Hazara, in Afghanistan, and a

second from Vernoé, in Turkestan. Finally, a third form—

M. toufea—is represented in the same collection by specimens

from Gilgit, Hunya (Cashmere), and from Tibet.

Probably all these forms intergrade with each other in the

intermediate regions, and their treatment presents many

difficulties, in illustration of which I need only quote the

remark of Mr. W. T. Blanford*, that “ probably the martens,

like the cats, comprise a large number of incipient species,

imperfectly differentiated. This is Severtzoff’s view also.”

They may be treated as distinct species, or as varieties or

subspecies of the typical M/. foina, according to the individual

preference of the investigator ; but it will be useful to give

a concise review of the characters by which they may usually

be distinguished from one another.

General characters t (common to all the foina group).—

Third upper premolar convex externally ; external margin of

the fourth upper premolar exceeding in length the transverse

diameter of the single upper molar; external margin of

hindmost tooth incurved and bilobed.

The subspecies are

Mustela foina, Erxleb.

(Syst. R. An. 1777, p. 458),

which has the throat-patch pure white, the fur close in tex-

ture and of a dark brown colour, the underfur greyish white,

and the tail not bushy.

* ‘Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Expedition, Mammalia,

. 29.

+ For further details see Blasius, Saugeth. Deutsch. pp. 213-219, and

R. Hensel, in Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1853, pp. 17-22 (with plate).

442 On the Beech- Martens of the Palearctic Region.

Mustela mediterranea, sp. n.

which has the throat-patch * not pure white as in WZ. foina,

but tinged with yellow and nearly as bright as that of a

specimen of M/. martes from Co. Kerry, Ireland (B. M.

coll. no. 94. 3. 27. 1), though not nearly so bright as is the

case with ordinary continental or British examples of the

same species, the richest in this respect being one from

Sardinia (B. M. coll. no. 95. 4. 16.1). The general colour

of the fur is not dark brown as in M. foina, but reddish

brown, redder than in MV. leucolachnwa, but resembling the

colour of J. toufea, from which species IM. mediterranea may,

however, be readily distinguished by the far lighter, nearly

white, colour of the underfur. The colour of the tail 1s

slightly darker than that of the body; it is less bushy than

that of IZ, toufea and M. leucolachnea, but more so than in

M. foina. ‘The texture of the fur is woolly.

The type is in the British Museum collection (no. 98. 3. 18. 1),

and was purchased by Mr. Abel Chapman in Andalucia,

where it was killed in the Sierra de Jerez.

Mustela leucolachnea, Blanford

(op. cit. 1879),

which has the throat-patch white, the colour of the fur sepia-

brown, very slightly redder than in MM. foina; the texture

of the fur woolly, and the underfur very light in colour.

Mustela toufeea, Wodgson

(J. A. S. B. 1842, p. 281; Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1847, p. 353),

which has the throat-patch slightly yellowish; the texture

of the fur closer than in M. leucolachnea ; the underfur of the

same colour, reddish sepia-brown, as the longer hairs.

Key to the Spectes.

a’, Underfur lighter than the longer hairs.

b'. Fur light FEAGISH SEPIA ss eliacinvecesis ave M. mediterranea.

6’. Fur dark sepia.

* The throat-patch in the specimens of M. mediterranea which I

have been able to examine extends to the region between the fore legs,

and in some cases reaches them. I do not, however, rezard this character

as of any importance, since the extent of the throat-patch in the martens,

both of the present group and in the case of M. martes, seems to be very

variable. It may or may not reach the legs, it may enclose islands of

the darker fur, or may surround a peninsula of dark fur running ante-

riorly up the breast from the belly.

On the Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 443

SM OO, sce eicalal eu vin ee Sis wea eeld 6 a 28 M. leucolachnea.

GPE OE UOS WOOLY! oAge nots jack te das et ve M., fowna.

a, Fur of uniform colour throughout ...........6++ M., toufea.

There remains the supposed species M. intermedia, the

name given by Severtzoff * to specimens which he described

as being intermediate in character between M. martes and

M. foina. As, however, the only intermediate character

specified was the colour of the throat, and the whole descrip-

tion of the supposed species is inadequate, I can only for the

present treat this name as a synonym of M. martes. I

imagine that the description was made through ignorance of

the variability of the colour and size of the throat-patch in

the martens.

LXVIII.—Note on the Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas.

By W. A. HerpDMAN, D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Natural

History in University College, Liverpool.

For some years I have been engaged in studying a large

collection of Australian Tunicata sent to me by the Trustees

of the Australian Museum at Sydney, in order that I might

prepare one of their museum catalogues. That work is now

finished : I have returned the collection of type specimens to

the Curator of the Australian Museum, and have deposited

the MS. and drawings of the catalogue f in the hands of the

Agent-General for New South Wales. As I understand it

may be some time before the Trustees of the Museum are

able to publish this catalogue, I think it will be useful

if I make known to fellow-workers what species are

described in my MS. _ I also add to the list other species

which have been described from Australia but are not repre-

sented in the museum collection, so as to make this a

complete record of the Tunicate fauna of Australian seas so

far as is known to me.

List oF AUSTRALIAN TUNICATA.

In the following list the sixty-three species described and

figured as new in the Catalogue of the Tunicata in the Austra-

lian Museum are denoted by an asterisk.

* Proc. Mosc. Soc. Nat. vol. viii. p. 2 (1873), translated by J. Carl

Creemers in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, ser. 4, vol. xviii. pp. 45, 46.

+ Over 300 pages of description and 45 octavo plates.

444 Prof. W. A. Herdman on the

ASCIDIACEA.

ASCIDILZ SIMPLICES.

Family 1. Molgulide.

* Ascopera nana, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*Molgula mollis, Herdm. Port Jackson.

Forbesit, Herdm. Port Jackson.

sydneyensis, Herdm. Sydney Harbour.

recumbens, Herdm. Port Jackson.

inconspicua, Stimp. Port Jackson.

? Molgula (Cestra) parasitica, Macd. King George’s Sound.

( ) fieus, Macd. Shark Bay.

? ( ) pellucida, Macd. Shark Bay.

? Ctenicella (Ascidia) tumulus, Quoy and Gaimard. Port

Western.

? Molgula (Ascidia) sabulosa, Q. & G. Port Western.

Family 2. Cynthiide.

Subfamily Bozrenryz.

Boltenia gibbosa, Heller (?=Ascidia spinifera, Q. & G.).

Bass Strait and Port Jackson.

australis (Q. & G.). Port Jackson, Port Western, &c.

pachydermatina, Herdm. Port Jackson Xe.

tuberculata, Herdm. Port Jackson and Port Stephen.

Subfamily Crwrurz2z.

Microcosmus affinis, Heller. Australia.

polymorphus, Heller. Bass Str., 40 fath.

—— Helleri, Herdm. Torres Straits and Amboina.

propinguus, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

Julinii, v. Dr. Sydney.

—— distans, Heller. New South Wales.

*—— Draschit, Herdm. Port Jackson and Port Stephen.

*, australis, Herdm. Port Jackson.

os Ramsayi, Herdm. Port Jackson.

Rhabdocynthia t complanata, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6 fath.

tenuis (?), Herdm. Amboina.

sp. (?), Sluit. Thursday Island.

+ I know of three other new species of Rhabdocynthia from the north

of Australia, but they are not yet described. They are in the collection

brought home from Torres Straits by Professor A. C. Haddon.

Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 445

Cynthia preputialis, Heller. Port Jackson.

arenosa, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 1-8 fath.

Jormosa, Herdm. Torres Str., 3-11 fath.

cerebriformis, Herdm. Port Jackson, 30 fath.

trregularis, Herdm. Port Jackson, 2-10 fath.

jissa, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

arcuata, Heller. New South Wales.

grandis, Heller. Sydney.

hispida, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

dumosa, Stimp. Port Jackson.

sabulosa, Stimp. Port Jackson.

—— levissima, Stimp. Port Jackson.

—— molguloides, Herdm. Port Jackson.

solanum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

multiradicata, Herdm. Port Stephen.

*——. cataphracta, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*—— spinifera, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* crinitistellata, Herdm. Port Jackson.

? Cynthia (Ascidia) aurora, Q. & G. Port Western.

2 ( ) reticulata, Q. & G. King George’s Sound.

¥.

?—— ( ) erythrostoma, Q. & G. New Zealand.

2—— ( ) tanthinostoma, Q. & G. New Zealand.

?—— ( ) cerulea, Q. & G. New Zealand.

?—— ( ) spinosa, Q. & G. King George’s Sound.

Subfamily Srrezwz.

Styela radicosa, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

humilis, Heller. New Zealand.

captiosa, Sluit. Amboina.

palinorsa, Sluit. Amboina.

exigua, Herdm. Port Jackson.

— plicata, Les. (= 8S. gyrosa, Heller). Port Jackson &c.

—— phaula, Sluit. Thursday Island.

solvens, Sluit. Amboina.

* pinguis, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*—— Etheridgii, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*—— Whiteleggii, Herdm. Port Jackson, Port Stephen.

* personata, Herdm. Port Jackson.

bs stolonifera, Herdm. Moreton Bay.

Polycarpa tinctor, Q. & G. Port Jackson, &e.

aurata, Q. & G. (=P. sulcata, Herdm.,=P. pneumo-

nodes, Sluit.). Port Jackson, Ke.

radicata, Herdm. Port Jackson and Twofold Bay,

120 fath.

viridis, Herdm. + Port Jackson and Port Stephen.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 33

446 Prof. W. A. Herdman on the

Polycarpa pedunculata, Heller. Bass Str.

elata, Heller. (?) Australia or New Zealand.

longisiphonica, Herdm. Port Jackson, &c.

—— Stimpsont, Heller. Sydney.

obscura, Heller. Bass Str.

——- nebulosa, Heller. (2?) Australia or New Zealand.

—— pilella, Herdm. Port Stephen.

—— rigida, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath., Port Jackson, &c.

basst, Herdm. Bass Str.

molguloides, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

* Sungiformis, Herdm. Moreton Bay.

** stephenensis, Herdm. Port Stephen.

3 Sluitert, Herdm. Port Jackson.

** sacciformis, Herdm. Port Jackson.

= jacksoniana, Herdm. Port Jackson.

attollens, Herdm. Port Jackson.

Family 3. Ascidiide.

Subfamily Crowzwz.

Ciona (?) intestinalis, Linn. Off Cockatoo Island, Port

Jackson.

Rhodosoma (Pera) Hualeyi, Macd. Bellona Reefs.

(?=Peroides, Macd. also.)

Subfamily Ascrprrvz.

? Ascidia diaphana, Q. & G. Hobart Town.

Ascidia cylindracea, Herdm. Twofold Bay, 120 fath.

pyriformis, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6 fath.

succida, Stimp. Port Jackson, low tide.

sydnetensis, Stimp. Port Jackson, low tide.

— bifissa, Sluit. Amboina.

—— empheres, Sluit. Amboina.

gemmata, Sluit. Amboina.

kreagra, Sluit. Amboina.

3 incerta, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6-8 fath.

* phallusiotdes, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6-8 fath.

Pachychlena oblonga, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

obesa, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

ae are Wyvillii, Herdm. South of Australia, 2600

fath.

Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 447

Family 4. Clavelinide.

Perophora Hutchisont, Macd. King George’s Sound.

* Podoclavella meridionalis, Herdm. Port Jackson, Amboina,

Thursday Is.

* Stereoclavella australis, Herdm. Naucluse, Port Jackson,

low tide.

sp.? Broughton Islands.

Ecteinascidia euphues, Sluit.

psammodes, Sluit.

Rhopalopsis crassa, Herdm. Ki Is., 129 fath.

fusca, Herdm. Banda, 17 fath. ;

[? Chondrostachys, sp., Macd. Bass Str., 10-12 fath.]

ASCIDLAH COMPOSITA.

I. MEROSOMATAT.

; Family 1. Distomida.

Colella pedunculata, Q. & G. Port Western &e.

pulchra, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 6 fath.

elongata, Herdm. Port Jackson, 80 fath.

Murrayi, Herdm. §S.E. Australia, 120 fath., and

Port Jackson.

, var. rubtda. Bass Str., 38 fath.

*—— plicata, Herdm. (?= C. cerebriformis, Q.&.G.). Port

Jackson, &e.

* tenuicaulis, Herdm. Port Jackson, Port Stephen.

* claviformis, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*. cyanea, Herdm. Port Jackson.

Distoma deerrata, Sluit. Thursday Is., Torres Str.

? Chondrostachys, sp., Macd. Bass Str., 10-12 fath.

? Polyclinum cylindricum, Q. & G. Port Western.

Family 2. Polyclinide.

Sigillina australis, Sav. Port Jackson [Whitelegge].

Atopogaster aurantiaca, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

Polyclinum fungosum, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6-15 fath.

—— depressum, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 3-11 fath.

glabrum, Sluit. Amboina.

+ Modified from Sluiter’s classification, and including those families

of Compound Ascidians which are related to the Clavelinide, and in

which the body is divided into regions, such as the Distomide and the

Polyclinide.

33*

448 Prof. W. A. Herdman on the

Polyclinum hospitale, Sluit. Thursday Island.

* clava, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* giganteum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

= globosum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*_—— complanatum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* fuscum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

prunum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*? Polyclinum nigrum, Herdm. Naucluse, Port Jackson.

Amaroucium albidum, Herdm. Bass Str., 40 fath.

Rittert, Sluit. Thursday Is.

* rotundatum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* protectans, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*—— distomoides, Herdm. Port Jackson.

= anomalum, Herdm. (?= Polyclinoides, sp., Macd.).

Sydney Harbour.

Psammaplidium spongiforme, Herdm. Port Jackson, 7 fath.

ovatum, Herdm. ‘Torres Str., 3-11 fath.

—— pyriforme, Herdm. N. Australia, 8 fath.

* solidum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

lobatum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

a fragile, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* incrustans, Herdm. Port Stephen.

pedunculatum, Herdm. ? Port Jackson.

Family 3. Didemnida.

Didemnum aurantiacum, Herdm. Bass Str., 38 fath.

Leptoclinum jacksont, Herdm. Port Jackson, 6-15 fath.

psammathodes, Sluit. Thursday Is.

pantherinum, Sluit. Amboina.

—-- pustulosum, Sluit. Amboina.

torrestz, Sluit. ‘Thursday Is.

stphoniatum, Sluit. Amboina.

asteropum, Sluit. Amboina.

* incanum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

*—_ fimbriatum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* patulum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

Family 4. Diplosomide.

Diplosoma Rayneri, Macd. Sydney Harbour (?).

Tunicate Fauna of Australian Seas. 449

Il. HoLoSsoMATATf.

Family 1. Polystyelide.

Synstyela incrustans, Herdm. ‘Thursday Is.

* Goodsiria lapidosa, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* Chorizocormus sydneyensis, Herdm. Port Jackson.

ts subfuscus, Herdm. Port Jackson.

= leucopheus, Herdm. Port Jackson.

Family 2. Botryllide.

Botryllus (? Symplegma) racemosus, Q.&G. New Zealand.

? Botryllus (Distomus) violaceus, Q. & G. Port Western.

* Botrylloides leptum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* , var., Herdm. Port Jackson.

* Sarcobotrylloides jacksonianum, Herdm. Port Jackson.

= anceps, Herdm. Port Jackson.

* purpureum, Herdm. Port Jackson and Port Stephen.

+ pannosum, Herdm. Port Stephen.

ASCIDIZ SALPIFORMES.

Family Pyrosomide.

Pyrosoma, sp. (?) [Whitelegge]. Bondi and Coogee.

giganteum, Lesueur. SS. of Australia.

TIPA DIA CH A:

Family 1. Doliolide.

Doliolum denticulatum, Q. & G. Off Port Jackson &c.

Ehrenbergi, Krohn. Between Sydney and New

Zealand.

Family 2. Salpide.

Salpa democratica-mucronata, Forsk. Off Port Jackson &c.

cylindrica, Cuv. Amboina.

scutigera-confederata, Cuv.-Forsk. Amboina.

costata-tilesit, Q. & G.-Cuv. Between Sydney and

New Zealand.

cordiformis-zonaria, Q. & G.- Pallas. Between Sydney

and New Zealand.

+ Modified from Sluiter’s classification, and including those families

of Compound Ascidians which are related to the Cynthiide and in which

the compact body is not divisible into regions, viz. the Polystyelide and

the Botryllide.

450 On a new Cyprinotd Fish from Siam.

LARVACEA.

Family Appendiculariida.

Appendicularia, sp. (2?) [Whitelegge]. Port Jackson.

The above list comprises 180species—a greater number than

that (about 176) known from the shores of North-western

Europe, a nearly corresponding area of coast in the Northern

hemisphere, and the one which, of all the world, has been most

exhaustively worked up. But even this large number of

species does not complete the Australian Tunicate fauna, as I

have seen from a preliminary examination of the large collec-

tions brought back from Australian seas by Professor A. C.

Haddon and by Dr. A. Willey that they each contain some

additional undescribed species. This great abundance of

species in these southern seas agrees with the view I expressed

in the ‘Challenger’ Report, that Ascidians “ attain their

greatest numerical development in southern temperateregions,”’

and bears out especially the remark made long before by

Quoy and Gaimard :—“ La Nouvelle-Hollande, dans sa partie

sud, et la Nouvelle-Zélande, sont les lieux de prédilection

des Ascidies en général.”

I may add that the extra-tropical southern species do not

show any special relationship to the species of the northern

hemisphere. I do not think that the Tunicata can be said

to give any support to a “ bipolar”’ hypothesis.

LXIX.—Description of a new Genus of Cyprinoid Fishes

Jrom Siam. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

CATLOCARPIO.

Allied to Catla, C. & V., with which this genus agrees in

the structure of the mouth, with large maxillary bone covering

the slender protractile preemaxillary, the thin cephalic integu-

ment, the absence of barbels, the subinferior position of the

eyes, the very long and fine gill-rakers, the large scales, and

the short anal fin; differing in the short dorsal fin, with nine

branched rays, and the disposition of the (4) pharyngeal teeth

in a single series.

On new Mammals from Ecuador and Venezuela, 4051

Catlocarpio stamensis.

Head large, flat above; eyes visible from below and not

from above; mouth wide, terminal, maxillary extending to

below anterior border of eye ; lower lip much developed, but

interrupted at the mandibular symphysis ; nostrils large ; eye

64 times in length of head, 3 times in interorbital width; a

much developed thin dermal fold bordering the gill-cover.

Gill-rakers a little longer than gill-fringes, 110 on anterior

arch. Depth of body equal to length of head, 23 times in

total length. Dorsal IV 9, originating above base of ventrals,

at equal distance from the end of the snout and the base of

the caudal; first branched ray longest, ? length of head.

Pectoral a little shorter than ventral, a little more than §

length of head, reaching beyond base of ventral ; latter fin

reaching vent. AnalIV 5. Caudal deeply forked, middle

rays not half as long as outer. Caudal peduncle as long as

deep. Scales 39 a ; 5 series of scales between lateral line

and ventral; lateral line complete. Bronzy brown above,

silvery beneath ; fins blackish towards the end.

Total length 210 millim.

The British Museum has received from the Royal Siamese

Museum, through its Curator, Mr. 8. S. Flower, a single

specimen of this highly interesting new fish. It was procured

in the Menam River.

og Wi nCO Seed So Be ae

LXX.— On Seven new Small Mammals from Ecuador and

Venezuela. By OLDFIELD ‘l'HOMAS.

Tur British Museum owes to the generosity of Mr. Ludovic

Séderstrém, Her Majesty’s Consul at Quito, a small collection

of mammals from Ecuador, and, besides several species

obtained by Mr. L. Fraser and described by Mr. ‘Tomes,

there are examples of the two new species described below.

Mr. Séderstrém was also the discoverer of the Ichthyomys

Séderstrémi and Pudua mephistopheles, described by Mr. de

Winton in 1896*. I have also taken the opportunity of

describing some further new species recently received from

Venezuela.

Reithrodontomys Séderstrémi, sp. n.

Size fairly large, nearly equalling that of 2. costaricensis,

Allen. General colour dull greyish fawn, not nearly so rufous

* P. Z, 8. 1896, p. 507,

452 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from

as in R. costaricensis. Brighter lateral line little developed.

Under surface not sharply defined, its colour much less bright

than in costaricensis, the tips of the hairs more or less buffy

or fawn-coloured. Ears thinly haired, brown, little darker than

the general colour. Hands and feet white, without darker

markings on the metapodials. Tail pale brown above and

below, the tip white.

Skull low, with a flat superior profile. Palatal foramina

short, barely reaching backward to the level of the front of m.*.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 72 millim.; tail (extreme tip doubtfully

perfect) 83; hind foot (wet) without claws 19; ear (wet) 14.

Skull: back of parietal to nasal tip 21'1 ; greatest breadth

11°5; nasals 8°9x2°6; interorbital breadth 3°7; palate

length from henselion 9:2; diastema 5°9; palatal foramina

4:°1x1°6; length of upper molar series 3°8.

Hab. Quito.

Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.1.9. Killed August 1897.

“Feeds on flowers and seeds in the gardens. Comes out

from among the climbing plants every evening at about 7 P.M.”

(L. Séderstrém).

This is by far the most southern record for the genus

Reithrodontomys, which has not hitherto been found south of

Costa Rica.

AEPEOMYS *, gen. nov.

Type Oryzomys (?) lugens, Thos.t

Molars about asin Oryzomys. Skull in general shape, and

especially in that of the anterior zygoma-root, as in the less

specialized species of Oxymycterus. Thumb with a nail;

claws not specially lengthened.

From what was said in the original description of “ O. lu-

gens” it will be understood with what doubt that species was

placed in Oryzomys, and the discovery by Mr. Séderstrém of

a second species closely allied to it renders it advisable that a

genus should be formed for its reception.

Aipeomys vulcant, sp. n.

Fur excessively long, soft, and woolly, the underfur about

12 and the longer hairs 15 millim. in length. General colour

uniform dark buffy grey, not far from the “‘ clove-brown”’ of

Ridgway ; this colour is slightly darker along the top of the

* aizos, a height.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 806 (1896).

Ecuador and Venezuela. 453

loins, but there is little difference over the rest of the upper

surface. Projecting tips of longer hairs whitish. Belly not

sharply defined, the hairs slate-ccloured except at their ex-

treme tips, which are buffy. Lars scarcely projecting from

the long fur of the head, the anterior third of their outer

surfaces black. Metapodials brown mesially, whitish laterally,

as are also the digits. ‘l'ail shorter than in 2. lugens, barely

as long as the head without the body, finely scaled, short-

haired, brown throughout.

The skull of the type is unfortunately very imperfect, but

it differs from that of &. lugens by its shorter nasals and

rather broader anterior zygoma-root. The slanting shape of

the latter is quite as in the type species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 111 millim.; tail 84; hind foot without

claws 25; ear (approximately) 13.

Skull: length of nasals 10:1; interorbital breadth 6;

diastema 7°5 ; palatal foramina 5°5x2-°1. Lower jaw: con-

dyle to incisor-tips 18°1; length of lower molar series 5:7.

Hab. Mount Pichincha, Ecuador, at about 12,000 feet.

Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.1. 10. Killed May 1897,

44. vulcani may be distinguished from its ally 4. lugens

by its longer softer fur and much shorter tail.

Thomasomys paramorum, sp. n.

Considerably smaller than 7. cinereus. Fur long, soft,

and woolly, the hairs on the back about 15 millim. in length.

General colour, so far as can be made out in a spirit-specimen,

dark rufous brown; belly dull whitish, not sharply defined.

Ears large, evenly rounded, without anterior basal projection,

well-haired, dark brown. Hands and feet white above,

without darker metapodials. Tail long, well-haired, the hairs

almost hiding the scales, but not specially pencilled at its

tip; brown above, rather lighter below, but not markedly

bicolor. Mamme 1—2=6.

Skull slender and very delicately built, the bones of the

brain-case exceedingly thin and papery. Muzzle narrow.

Interorbital region paiallel-sided, narrow, its edges rounded,

without ridges, though it is flattened mesially. Brain-case

long, narrow, smoothly rounded. Front edge of zygoma-root

nearly vertical, without projection. Palatal foramina long,

reaching backward to the level of the front lamina of m..

Bulle larger than in T. cinereus. Incisors narrow, dark

orange in front. Molar structure much as in T. cinereus,

m.' distinctly 6-cusped, not 5-cusped as in Peromyscus.

454 Mr. O. Thomas on new Mammals from

Dimensions of the type (a female, measured in spirit) :—

Head and body 96 millim.; tail 130; hind foot without

claws 24°5; ear 18.

Skull: basal length 23°5 ; basilar length from henselion 22 ;

greatest breadth 13:8; nasals, length 10; interorbital breadth

4:5; brain-case, length * 14°7, breadth 12-7; diastema 6°7 ;

palatal foramina 5°6 ; length of upper molar series 4°2.

Hab. Paramo, south of Chimborazo.

Type: B. M. no. 97. 11. 7. 82. Collected by Mr. W. F. H.

Rosenberg.

The external proportions and the narrowness and extreme

delicacy of the skull will readily separate 7’. paramorum from

any of its allies.

Oryzomys vestitus, sp. n.

Very similar in proportions and general colour above to

O. meridensis, but the fur very much longer, softer, and

woollier. Hairs of the back 14 or 15 millim. in length.

General colour grizzled fuscous grey, becoming more rufous

posteriorly. Head clearer grey. Ears of medium size, very

thinly haired, the few short hairs pale brown. Under surface

of body uniformly dirty greyish, the hairs washed with dull

buffy terminally ; no white on chest or throat ; line of demar-

cation on sides quite indistinct. Hands and feet dull whitish

above. ‘Tail comparatively well-haired, pale brown above and

below.

Skull broad and peculiarly depressed in the cranial region,

the height of the brain-case being no greater than in an old

specimen of O. meridensis, while its breadth is very markedly

greater. Nasals short and narrow. Interorbital region flat-

tened above, its edges rounded or faintly squared, but not

ridged. Anterior edge of zygoma-root quite vertical, without

forward projection. Palatine foramina of medium length, but

narrow, and unusually far apart, the septum between them

1:5 millim. wide posteriorly; they end in front of m.. a

distance equal to the length of m.*. Incisors broad and

strong, orange above, yellow below. Mbolars of normal

Oryzomys structure.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in skin) :—

Head and body 138 millim.; tail 166; hind foot 33°3;

ear 17,

* The length of the brain-case may be conveniently taken in all

Murines from the hinder border of the interparietal to the centre of the

line dividing the olfactory chamber from the rest of the brain-case.

Internally there is a transverse ridge at this point, which readily shows

through on the upper surface.

Ecuador and Venezuela. 455

Skull: extreme length 36-2 ; basilar length 29:2; greatest

breadth 19°3; nasals 12:7x 4:1; interorbital breadth 4:9;

brain-case, length 16°5, breadth just behind zygoma-root 16 ;

interparietal 5x 10°6; palate length from henselion 15°8 ;

diastema 10°2; palatal foramina 6°63; length of upper

molar series 6°2.

Hab. Rio Milla, Merida, 1630 m. Coll. S. Briceno.

Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.15. 3. Killed March 7, 1897.

This very peculiar species has a superficial resemblance to

O. meridensis, but may be readily distinguished externally

by its soft fur and dull-coloured belly. Its broad flat skull is

different from that of any species known to me, and even

recalls that of the South-African Graphiurus platyops.

Marmosa marica, sp. n.

Most nearly allied to I. pusilla, Desm., but decidedly

larger. Fur rather long for this group, the hairs of the back

about 10 millim. in length. General colour greyish fawn,

not uniform, but decidedly wavy, the darker tips to the hairs

so disposed as to give a mottled or wavy appearance to the

back. Centre of face paler fawn. Area round eyes black.

Cheeks, chin, and throat yellowish or creamy white, the hairs

light to their roots ; belly similar, but less strongly yellowish,

and the hairs slaty basally ; line of demarcation on sides not

strongly marked. Upper surface of hands and feet dull

whitish. ‘T'ail very short-haired, paler brown above, rather

whiter below.

Skull much larger than in the typical WZ. pusilla. Muzzle

broad. Zygomata evenly and boldly expanded. Interorbital

space flat, parallel-sided, its edges just thickened into indis-

tinct parallel ridges, not forming postorbital processes. Palate

broad. Canines small. Last upper premolar slightly smaller

than the middle one.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, in skin) :—

Head and body 102 millim.; tail 131; hind foot (wet) 16°5;

ear 16.

Skull: basal length 25; greatest breadth 15°6; nasals

12x 3°6; interorbital breadth 4°8; palate, length 15, breadth

between outer corners of m.® 8°5 ; combined length of ms.}* 4-7,

Hab. Rio Abbarregas, Merida, Venezuela, alt. 1630 m.

Coll. S. Briceno.

Type: B. M. no. 98. 5.15.1. Killed Jan, 24, 1897.

‘his is the species which, with some doubt, I referred to

M. pusilla in 1896, but the recent presentation to the Museum

of a Paraguayan specimen of that species, practically a topo-

456 On new Mammals from Ecuador and Venezuela.

type, by Mr. J. Graham Kerr, enables me to make a better

comparison between the two than was formerly possible.

The true puszl/a is much smaller, has a narrower and more

rounded skull, while its dorsal colour does not show the

peculiar waviness which additional material proves to be

quite constant in the Merida form. The same is true of

a Santa specimens representing Burmeister’s Grymcaomys

agilis.

Marmosa dryas, sp. n.

Size of 1Z. marica. Fur long, as in that species. General

colour dull rufous fawn, darker and more uniform than in

that species. Centre of face but little lighter. Under surtace

dull rufous throughout, except for a white patch on the chest;

no line of demarcation on sides. Cheeks and chin rather

paler rufous, not white. Hands and feet whitish above,

Tail very short-haired as usual, brown above, rather paler

below.

Skull with a much narrower and more sharply pointed

muzzle than in M. marica. Zygomata not so boldly diver-

gent as in that animal, especially anteriorly, where, in fact,

their profile, as viewed from above, is almost concave. Inter-

orbital region smooth, its edges diverging backwards, not

ridged. Palate longer and narrower than in the allied species,

the two rows of teeth more nearly parallel.

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin, said to be that of a

male) :—

Head and body 97 millim. ; tail 147 ; hind foot (wet) 18:4;

ear 16.

Skull: basal length 24:8; greatest breadth 15; nasals

11:7 x3°3; interorbital breadth 5:2; palate, length 15,

breadth between outer corners of m.* 8°1 ; combined length of

ms.1? 4:9.

Hab. Culata, Merida, 4000 m. Coll. S. Briceno.

Type: B. M. no. 98. 5. 15. 2. Killed Dec. 14, 1896.

Some time ago Mr. Briceno sent home a single specimen

of this form, but I could not then be sure that it was not a

mere spasmodic colour-variation of M. marica, but now four

additional examples identical with the first have been obtained,

and show conclusively that it is really a different species to

the common Merida torm. It may be readily distinguished

by its darker general colour, its dull rutous instead of

yellowish-white belly, and its narrower and more pointed

skull.

On Scorpions cc. from the Solomon Islands. 457

Blarina meridensis, sp. n.

Size comparatively large, skull-length greater than in any

member of the subgenus Cryptotis except B. magna, Merv.

Colour darker, more sooty and less brown than in B. Thomast,

Merr., the only other South-American species. Tail much

longer than in that species. Internal cusps to unicuspids

indistinct, not definitely at the postero-internal angle of the

tooth as in B. Thomasi. Back of large upper premolar not

deeply excavated.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 79 millim.; tail 37; hind foot, without

claws 14, with claws 15:3.

Skull: greatest length, including incisors, 23°7; greatest

breadth 11; tip of incisors to chief cusp of p.* 5°2.

Hab. Merida, alt. 2165 m. Coll. 8. Briceno.

Type: B. M. no. 98. 5. 15. 5.

Dr. Merriam has shown that the members of this genus,

like as they are in colour and general appearance, can be

readily divided into species by their size, proportions, and the

shapes of their premolars. In these respects none of the

species in Dr. Merriam’s monograph at all agree with B. mert-

densis. Its only geographical ally, B. Thomasi, from Bogota,

‘is readily distinguishable by its smaller size and shorter tail.

LXXI.—Scorpions, Pedipalpi, and Spiders from the Solomon

Islands. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of

Natural History.

(Plate XIX.]

Part of the material contained in the British Museum upon

which this small contribution to the arachnology of the

Solomon Islands is based was purchased from Mr. C. M.

Woodford in 1887. A second instalment was procured by

the officers of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’ (Commander A. J. Balfour

commanding), and was presented to the Trustees in 1894

and 1895 by the Lords of the Admiralty.

In Thorell’s tables of distribution of spiders occurring

in the Austro-Malayan area (published in 1881 in vol. xvii.

of the Ann. Mus. Genova) only one species of the order

is recorded from the Solomon Islands. This is Argiope

bougainvilla of Walckenaer. Walckenaer, however, mentions

two more species, namely Ctenus marginatus and Nephila

vitiensis, as doubtfully coming from this locality, and in the

458 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Scorpions, Pedipalpi,

last volume of ‘Die Arachniden Australiens’ Keyserling

records three more. Consequently it will not, I think, be far

wide of the truth to say that up to the present time only about

half a dozen species of spiders have been recorded from this

interesting archipelago. The material I have been able to

examine has added considerably to the list, the number of

known species now amounting to twenty-nine.

Concerning the affinities of the fauna, it need only be said

that it closely resembles, so far as genera and also so far as

species are concerned, that of Papua and the neighbouring

islands of the Austro- Malayan seas.

The species marked with an asterisk are unknown to me.

Order SCORPIONES.

Genus Hormurvs, Thorell.

1. Hormurus australasie (Fabr.).

Hormurus australasie (Fabr.), Syst. Ent. p. 399 (1775) ; and all recent

authors.

Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’), and _ probably

Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford).

2. Hormurus Karschii, Keyserling.

Hormurus Karschii, Keyserling, Die Arachniden Australiens, 1885,

p. dl.

Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’). The British

Museum has also received from Mr. Simpson specimens of

this species from the Solomon Islands. It is common in New

Guinea.

Order PEDIPALPI.

Genus Cuaron, Karsch.

1. Charon Gray?t, Gervais.

Charon Grayt, Gervais, Ins. Apt. iii. p. 4 (1842).

Loc. New Georgia (H.IL.8. ‘ Penguin’).

Previously recorded by Prof. Kraepelin from the Solomon

Islands. A comparison between the specimens procured in

New Georgia and the typical example from the Philippines

leads me to think the synonymy of the species given by

Prof. Kraepelin is probably correct (see Abh. naturwiss. Ver.

Hamburg, xiii. p. 42, 1895).

and Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 459

Order ARANES.

Family Ctenizide.

Genus ConoTHELE, Thorell.

1. Conothele nigriceps, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 1.)

3 .—Colour. Carapace and mandibles black ; anterior legs

and palpi blackish brown, with the tarsi yellow; tibia of

palp, distal end of protarsus of first leg and protarsus of second

yellow; third leg rather paler than the second, fourth paler

than the third; sternum and cox quite pale yellow; lower

side of abdomen pale grey, dorsal side dark ashy grey.

Carapace subcircular, rugose throughout, swollen and

elevated between the fovea and ocular tubercle, area just

behind the tubercle depressed; tubercle large, wider than

long; anterior median eyes the largest, close together, anterior

laterals close to the edge of the clypeus, anterior line pro-

curved, posterior line almost straight ; carapace longer than

patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp, slightly longer than patella

and tibia of fourth leg, equal to those of first, and just about

equal to tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of third leg.

Mandible with fang-groove armed below with five inner

teeth and ten outer; dabéwm with a row of four spinules and

a few more behind; mazzlle sparsely spinulose basally and

below.

Palp slender, scarcely projecting beyond the tip of the

patella of the first leg; tibia longer than patella, slightly

narrowed distally, four times as long as wide, furnished with

long hairs below ; tarsus short, oval, a little longer than wide,

bulb elliptical, spine slender, slightly curved, thicker at the

base, filiform at the tip.

Legs slender, 4,1, 2,3; femur of first armed internally

with an irregular series of short spines; patella also with an

internal series and several spines below ; tibia thickly spined

below, especially externally ; protarsus with a double external

row and asingle internal row beneath; tarsus spiny externally :

tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of second leg spiny externally,

patella with one external spine, tibia and protarsus with

one internal spine, tarsus with one or two internal spines :

patella of third leg spiny anteriorly, tibia spiny along its

distal margin above; protarsus with about three superior

distal spines and many setiform spines below, tibia with

a few inferior setiform spines, tarsus with some spinules

in front and behind: tibia of fourth leg with a few spinules in

front and below, protarsus and tarsus with many spinules

460 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

below ; tarsi of first and second legs scopulate : claws armed

with one longer and one shorter tooth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 10; length of

carapace 5°8, width 5:5; length of palpus 8, of first leg 15,

of second 13, of third 11, of fourth 16 T; patella and tibia of

first leg 6, of fourth 5.

Loc. Probably Shortland Island. A single example col-

lected by Mr. C. M. Woodford.

All the previously described species of this genus, which

ranges westward from the Solomon Islands as far as Burma,

are based upon female examples, with which males cannot be

profitably compared.

Family Argiopide.

Genus Nrepuia, Leach.

2. Nephila maculata (Fabr.).

Nephila maculata (Fabricius), Ent. Syst. ii. p. 425 (1798); and all

recent authors.

Specimens of the typical form from New Georgia

(LILS. § Penguin’).

3. Nephila maculata, Walckenaerwi (Dol.).

Epeira Walckenaervi (Dol.), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indié, xiii. p. 412

(1857) ; id. Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. 1859, pl. i. fig. 4 (1859).

Nephila fuscipes, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austral. i. p. 156, pl. xiii. fig. 1

(1871) ; Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii. p. 146 (1881).

A single example of this subspecies procured by Mr. Wood-

ford.

4. Nephila imperialis (Dol.).

Nephila imperialis (Dol.), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indié, xiii. p. 418

(1857); id. Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. p. 28, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1859).

Loc. New Georgia (H.M.8. ‘ Penguin’). Specimen also

procured by Mr. C. M. Woodford.

5. *Nephila vitiana (Walck.).

Nephila vitiana (Walck.), Ins. Apt. iv. p. 471 (1847).

Recorded from the Solomon and Fiji Islands.

+ In this and in all cases in this paper the legs are measured from the

base of the femur, the coxa and trochanter being omitted.

Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 461

Genus Arctopr, Aud. & Sav.

6. Argiope picta, L. Koch.

Argiope picta, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austral. i. p. 33, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1871).

Argiope principalis, id. ibid. p. 207, pl. xviii. fig. 5.

A couple of examples collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford,

probably in Shortland Island, belong to the form Dr. L. Koch

described as A. principalis, a form elie has been recorded

from New Guinea, Fiji, Queensland, &e.

7. Argiope leopardina, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Colour. Carapace deep brown, with a yellowish border ;

palpi ferruginous, with black tarsi; legs uniformly blackish

brown, not banded; coxe blackish, sternum entirely clear

yellow, maxille black, with yellow border ; abdomen blackish

brown ‘above, spotted with yellow and marked in its anterior

half with a large yellow patch, as broad as the abdomen in

front, but narrowing posteriorly, and partially, or in some cases

entirely, divided into two—a larger broad trapezoidal anterior

patch and a smaller irregularly circular patch ; the yellow spots

smaller and larger, the larger ones traceable with more or

less distinctness by their arrangement in transverse rows ;

sides of abdomen reddish above, black below; lower surface

with the epigastric region black, with a broad median black

band, interrupted in front by four or six white spots, ex-

tending along the middle line to the spinners ; at its posterior

end the band is defined on each side and narrowly behind by

a triangular patch of an orange-yellow hue, which in front

is in contact with the posterior end of a broad white stripe,

three times or only twice as long as wide, with its posterior

end produced into an external anguliform process ; the stripe

does not reach the epigastric fold in front, but ends-inter-

nally in a short point just in front of the anterior white spot,

while externally it is continued as a narrow white line forwards

into a point on a level with a continuation of the epigastric fold.

Carapace a little shorter than tibia of fourth pair.

Abdomen oval, without shoulder-spikes,

Vulva as in A. picta,

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 25; length of

carapace 8°2, width 7°8; length of abdomen 17°5, width 11;

length of first leg 46, of fourth 43°5.

Loc. Probably Shortland Island. Qollected by C. M.

Woodford.

This form apparently differs from A. picta and all its sub-

species, i. e. gorgonea, principalis, and faorensis (see Thorell,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. i. 34

462 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii. pp. 64-65), at least in the pattern

of the lower side of the abdomen. So far as the upperside is

concerned, leopardina perhaps comes nearest to faorensis, a

form which is unknown to me.

8. *Argiope bougainvilla (Walck.).

Argiope bougainvilla (Walck.), Ins. Apt. iv. p. 473 (1847).

Recorded by Walckenaer from Bougainville Island.

Perhaps allied to A. pentagona, L. Koch.

Genus CyrTOPHORA, Simon.

9. Cyrtophora cylindrovdes (Walck.).

Epetra cylindroides, Walck. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 186 (1887) (teste Simon).

Epeira viridipes, Doleschall, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. 1859, p. 29,

pl. i. fig. 7.

Epeira nephilina, LL. Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. i. p. 90, pl. vii.

fig. 6 (1871).

Recorded from Cochin China, Amboina, Yule Island,

Queensland, &c. A _ single specimen was obtained by

Mr. C. M. Woodford in 1887, probably from Shortland

Island; and specimens have also been received from New

Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’).

10. Cyrtophora unicolor (Dol.).

Cyrtophora unicolor (Dol.), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indié, xiii. p. 419

(1857) ; id. Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. v. pl. ii. fig. 1 (1859).

A single immature female referable to this or to a closely

allied species was obtained by Mr. C. M. Woodford, probably

in Shortland Island.

Genus ARANEUS, Linn.

11. Araneus nauticus, L. Koch.

Araneus nauticus, L. Koch, Aigyptische und Abyssinische Arachniden,

p- 17, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1875).

Loc. Probably Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford).

12. Araneus relicinus, Keyserling.

Nephila relicina, Keyserling, Die Arachniden Australiens, p. 217,

pl. xix. fig. 6 (1887).

Colour. Carapace, mandibles, sternum, coxe, and mouth-

parts bright red; femora of legs the same red tint except the

tips of the first and second, which are steel-blue-black ; patella,

tibia, protarsi, and tarsi of first and second legs steel-blue-

black ; third leg the same colour as the second, except that

the tibia has the base paler; fourth leg red, with the patella,

tarsus, apex of tibia, and both ends of protarsus steel-blue-

Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 463

black; palpi red, with tarsus apically infuscate; abdomen

with a broad silvery-white anteriorly and posteriorly narrowed

dorsal median longitudinal band, bordered with black; sides

of abdomen yellow, silvery in front, ochre-brown behind, and

marked with a silvery-white stripe; lower surface bounded

on each side with a silvery-white stripe; the middle field

testaceous brown in front, smoky black in the middle; area

all round the spinners yellow, spinners black.

Carapace as long as tibia of fourth leg, longer than patella

and tibia of third; impressed on each side behind the head,

which is convex from side to side and from before backwards;

ocular quadrangle a little wider in front than behind, situated

on a low eminence; the eyes subequal in size; eyes of ante-

rior line slightly procurved ; lateral eyes on a low eminence,

without superciliary tubercle.

Legs long and slender, first nearly five times as long as

carapace,

Abdomen nearly twice as long as broad, as high as wide,

rounded in front, gradually narrowed behind; its posterior

extremity convexly rounded, and produced beyond and above

the spinners into a broad rounded prominence.

Vulva. Scape piriform, short and small as compared with

the subjacent sclerite, its apex not projecting beyond the

posterior border of the latter.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 18; length of

carapace 5:5, width 4°8; length of abdomen 12, width 6:5;

length of first leg 27, of second 25, of third 15, of fourth 25.

Loc. Probably Shortland Island, a single adult female

collected by Mr. C. M. Woodford.

13. Araneus Woodfordi, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. figs. 3, 3a.)

In shape and very largely in colour nearly allied to

A. relicinus, but differing in that the upperside of the

abdomen is occupied by a long, broad, black stripe, broad in

front and behind, narrower in the middle, divided in front by

a narrow, median, silvery-white stripe, and bordered on each

side by a sharply defined silvery white stripe emphasized

externally by a narrow black border line: the femora of the

legs are in one specimen coloured as in relicinus, in another

there is much more black; in both examples the fourth leg

from patella to tarsus is of a uniform black.

Scape of vulva large and long, projecting some distance

beyond the posterior edge of the interior portion.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15; length of

carapace 5, of abdomen 10, of first leg 22, of fourth 22. (In

the second specimen the legs are relatively longer.)

Loc, Probably Shortland Island (C, IZ, Woodjord).

34*

464 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Though presenting a strong superficial resemblance, so far

as regards the shape of the thorax and abdomen, to the

species of the genus Nephila, the structure of the vulva in

these species excludes them from the Nephilinz, and points

to close relationship with the genus Araneus (Epetra).

Genus ARGYROEPEIRA, Emerton.

14. Argyroepeira grata, Guérin.

This widely distributed Austro-Malayan species has been

recorded from the Solomon Islands by Keyserling as Meta

coccinea, Doleschall (see ‘Die Arachniden Australiens,’

p. 208, 1887).

Genus PASILOBUS, Simon.

Pasilobus, Simon, Hist. Nat. Araignées, i. 1894, p. 881.

15. LPasilobus mammatus, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 4.)

Colour a nearly uniform blackish brown, abdominal tuber-

cles paler; legs indistinctly annulate.

Carapace smooth above, irregularly granular at the sides,

compressed on each side behind the head; width of head just

about equal to length of tibia of first leg. Abdomen twice as

wide as its median length; its anterior border mesially emar-

ginate, the emargination furnished with six large tubercles,

the edge outside the emargination directed obliquely outwards

and backwards, and ending in a long tubercle directed for-

wards and outwards, near the base of which, but higher up

and towards the middle line, are a pair of large tubercles;

lateral margins short and parallel, tubercular ; posterior

margin widely convex, with four large tubercles in a trans-

verse line in the middle; a pair of large tubercles in the

centre of the dorsum ; in addition to the tubercles mentioned,

there are others of a smaller size scattered subsymmetrically

on the dorsal surface.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 9; median

length of abdomen 5:5, width of latter 11.

Loc. Probably Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford).

Differs from P. bufoninus, Sim., from the Moluccas, and

from the Javan species P. dunatus, Sim., and P. conohumeralis,

van Hasselt, in the tuberculation of the margins of the

abdomen.

Genus ACTINACANTHA, Simon.

16. Actinacantha scintillans, Butler.

Actinacantha scintillans, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1878, pt. ii. p. 156,

pl. iy. fig. 9.

Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 465

A single example obtained by Mr. Woodford.

The locality of this species has been unknown up to the

present time.

17. Actinacantha metallica, sp.n. (Pl. XLX4 fig. 5.)

Colour. Carapace, mandibles, maxille, labium, and sternum

black ; legs of first, second, and third pairs, and palpi red or

yellow, with black coxe and infuscate tarsi and protarsi ;

legs of fourth pair black ; upperside of abdomen pale yellow,

with black sigilla; the basal prominences of the spines and

the lower surface shining metallic blue or green; lower side

not spotted ; spines of the same metallic hue.

Form of abdomen and disposition of spines as in A. penta-

gona, Walck., but the spines longer, the length of the median

spine exceeding the width of the head, and the posterior

spine is about equal to the width of the head.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length (excluding

mandibles and posterior spines) 10; length of abdomen

along middle line 7:2, including posterior spine 10, width

behind base of anterior spine 9°3, from tip to tip of median

spines 16; width of head 3:2; approximate length of median

spine 4.

Loc. Probably Shortland Island (C. M. Woodford).

Resembling A. scintillans and A. regalis, Butler, the latter

from the New Hebrides, in shape of body, disposition and

approximately in length of spines, as also in the metallic tint

and absence of spots from the lower side of the abdomen ;

but in the former two species the anterior three pairs of legs

and the palpi are entirely black, not red as in metallica.

Genus GASTERACANTHA, Sund.

18. Gasteracantha signifer, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 6.)

Colour. Carapace, sternum, maxille, legs, palpi, and

mandibles entirely black, polished; abdomen a rich yellow

above, the sigilla black, a large black central patch usually

involving the ten central sigilla, but sometimes not extending

forwards to the anterior six sigilla; the lower surface black

in the middle below and behind nearly up to the posterior

spines, sometimes without spots, sometimes with two behind

the mamille, and sometimes with a second pair at the sides

of the tubercle; sides of the lower surface yellow, with a

yellow stripe running inwards over the black towards the

middle line.

Abdomen variable in shape, its length along the middle

466 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

line a little greater or less than or about equal to half the

width between the spines, the difference depending upon the

greater or less development of the lateral wings which support

the lateral spines; the anterior border on level with the eight

anterior sigilla widely convex, truncate mesially, posterior

border immediately behind the posterior line of nine sigilla

straight or slightly convex, with the convexity looking back-

wards ; lateral wings nearly parallel-sided, the spines some-

times nearly following the direction of their respective borders,

but always diverging, sometimes a little, sometimes consider-

ably, the anterior looking forwards and outwards, the posterior

backwards and outwards, the border between them less than

the length of the posterior spine, and almost always greater

than that of the anterior, straight or directed inwards and

backwards ; posterior lateral spine twice or more than twice

the length of the anterior lateral; posterior spines longer or

about as long as anterior lateral, separated at the base by a

space equalling from two to three times their own length and

equal to or a little less than the length of the posterior lateral

spine.

Measurements in millimetres (of two specimens, A and B).—

Total length of abdomen along middle line in A 7, in B 5;

between lateral spines in A 12°5, in B 12; from tip to tip of

lateral spines in A 16.5, in B 18.

Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S.‘ Penguin’: type). Specimens

also procured by Mr. Woodford, probably in Shortland Island.

The structural variations in this species do not appear to

be attributable to age nor to be correlated with geographical

distribution, each one of the series of seven collected by

Mr. Woodford being different from the rest; the same is

true of the three collected in New Georgia.

There is little doubt that this species is identical with

G. mollusca of Keyserling (‘Die Arachniden Australiens,’

1886, p. 88, pl. vil. fig. 1) ; but it isto my mind quite distinct

from the G. mollusca described and figured on p. 7, pl. i.

fig. 4, of the same work sixteen years earlier. Keyserling, I

think, confounded two species together when he described

what is here named G. signifer as the adult of G. mollusca.

At all events, none of the specimens of signifer, whether

young or old, that I have seen agree with the figure and

description of the original G. mollusca; and in Keyserling’s

collection of spiders, one of the specimens labelled by him

G. mollusca is a representative of a form very like G@. signifer,

while the others are referable to a species closely allied to

G. Westringi?, Keyserling.

Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 467

19. *Gasteracantha mollusca, L. Koch.

Gasteracantha mollusca, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Australiens, i. p. 7,

pl. i. fig. 4 (1871).

This species has been recorded by Keyserling from the

Solomon Islands, but it does not appear from the reference

whether the record applies to the genuine G. mollusca or

to the form I have described as G. signifer ; probably to the

latter.

Family Pisauride.

Genus DoLoraus, Thorell.

20. *Dolopeus (Thalassius) marginatus (Walck.).

Ctenus marginatus, Walkenaer, Ins. Apt. iv. p. 402 (1847).

Recorded from the Solomon or Fiji Islands.

Genus Dotomepgs, Latr.

21. Dolomedes icadius, L. Koch.

Dolomedes icadius, L, Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. ii. p. 859, pl. xxiii.

fig. 5.

A single adult female from New Georgia (H.ILS.

‘ Penguin’) agrees very closely with the description and

figures of D. icadius recorded by Koch from several localities

in Queensland.

22. Dolomedes laticeps, sp.n. (Pl. XIX. fig. 7.)

3 .— Colour. Carapace and legs mahogany-brown, carapace

with wide lateral border of white hairs, the band extending

from the edge over about one fourth of the upper surface,

upper surface covered with whitish-brown hairs; a narrow

white stripe in the middle line between the eyes; legs

covered with a clothing of whitish hairs intermixed with

longer bristles; abdomen whitish, darker above, with two

blackish sinuous bands, defined by an external white line, in

the anterior half of the upper surface and a sinuous darker

stripe on each side behind.

Carapace nearly circular, only a little longer than wide, in

length exceeding that of patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp,

about equal to that of third tibia; eyes practically of rela-

tively the same size and disposition as in D. icadius, the

clypeus nearly twice the diameter of the anterior medians.

Fang-groove of mandible armed with three teeth behind.

Palp short, reaching about as far as apex of first femur, its

468 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

tibia longer than its patella, about twice as long as broad,

but shorter than the tarsus, armed at its distal end externally

pa a stout process; palpal organ as in figure (Pl. XIX.

Pit).

Legs long and slender, 1 and 4, 2,3, strongly spined ; tibia

of first and second with spines above.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11:5; length

of carapace 5, width 4°2; length of palp 6, of first leg 22, of

second 21, of third 18, of fourth 22.

Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’).

Apparently resembling J). flaminius and D. jfacetus of

L. Koch in many structural features, but certainly differing

from both in the form of its palpus. The greater width of

the carapace as compared with its length forbids the view

that the species is the male of the one I have identified as

D. icadius, unless such a sexual difference is found to obtain

in other species of the genus. In the female referred to

icadius the length of the carapace is 7 and the width 5:5.

Family Heteropodida.

Genus Patystes, L. Koch.

23. Palystes spectosus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIX. figs. 8, 8 a.)

? .— Colour. Carapace clothed with yellowish-brown hairs,

its integument reddish brown, blackish on the head-region ;

mandibles black, scantily clothed with greyish hairs, not

striped ; palpi and legs ochre-brown above; lower side of

femora a rich brownish red; a fringe of fiery red or yellow

hairs extending along the anterior and posterior sides of the

protarsi above the greyish-black scopula, the fringe extending

nearly halfway along the tibia of the first and second legs

and also for a short distance on that of the third; coxe

ochre-brown, sternum deep brown, labium blackish, maxillee

same colour as sternum ; abdomen parti-coloured, yellowish

red above, with a median blackish longitudinal stripe nar-

rowed posteriorly, laterally digitate, and joined in front with

a transverse black band, which extends backwards on each

side of the abdomen and expands into a broad, black, mar-

ginally badly-defined stripe reaching to the spinners ; lower

side of abdomen with a broad black stripe extending from

the epigastric fold to the spinners and divided mesially by a

fine red line, the area between the stripe and the lateral

black area covered with hairs of a fiery red; epigastric area

testaceous, bordered posteriorly with a red fringe; the area

Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 469

on the upperside of the abdomen immediately behind the

pedicle covered with yellowish-white hairs.

Carapace as long as tibia of second leg measured along its

upperside, and as protarsus of fourth, slightly shorter than

patella and tibia of third.

Legs: femur of first armed above with 3—2—83 spines ;

patella with 1 posterior spine ; tibia with 3—3 spines below,

2 in front, 2 above, and 2 behind; protarsus with 2—2 below

2 in front, and 2 behind, all in the basal half: second leg

armed like the first, but with one dorsal spine on tibia; third

leg armed like the second, fourth leg like the second, but

with only 1 distal spine on the posterior side of the femur.

Vulva consisting of an anterior transversely oval depres-

sion, followed behind by asomewhat quadrate plate consisting

of two halves, which meet and form a sutural junction

throughout the greater part of their length, and then diverge

where the two sclerites dip into the epigastric fold.

g.—The femora, cox, and tibia of the legs duller in

colour beneath than in the female; the lower side of the

abdomen covered with bright fiery yellow hairs, with no

median black stripe.

Legs much longer (cf. measurements), carapace a little

longer than the third tibia, a little shorter than the fourth

tibia, about two thirds the length of the second ; spine-arma-

ture of legs as in female.

Palpal organ (see figure, Pl. XIX. fig. 8 a) ; tibial spine

slender and straightish.

Measurements tn “millimetres.— 2. Total length 32 ; length

of carapace 14°2, width 11; length of first leg 54, of second

53, of third 38, of fourth 44; patella and tibia of first 21, of

fourth 15:5.

6 .—Total length 27; length of carapace 14, width 11;

length of first leg 75, of second 73, of third 50, of fourth 57 ;

patella and tibia of first 38, of fourth 20.

Loc. Ugi and New Georgia (type), obtained by officers of

H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’; specimens also collected by Mr. C. M.

Woodford, probably in Shortland Island.

This species certainly differs from P. ignicomus of L. Koch

(‘ Die Arachniden Australiens,’ 1, p. 701) both in colouring

and in the structure of the vulva and of the palpus. The

type of Palystes pinnotherus of Walckenaer (Ins. Apt.

i. p. 565), from Port Jackson, I have not seen; but the

specimen which L. Koch identified by that name differs

from P. speciosus at least in the form of the vulva (see

L. Koch, ‘Arachniden Australiens,’ ii. p. 703, pl. Ix.

figs. 3-35). In Keyserling’s collection there is an immature

female, labelled P. pinnotherus, from Brisbane.

470 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Genus HETEROPODA, Latr.

24. Heteropoda venatoria, Linn. '

Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’).

25. Heteropoda (? Parhedrus) mecistopus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIX. figs. 9, 9a.)

Colour. Carapace mahogany-brown, with greyish-brown

hairy clothing (mostly rubbed), black on the posterior slope,

with a crescentic yellow band which extends laterally to the

middle of the carapace; clypeus with faintly defined paler

stripe; mandibles mahogany- brown, with blackish-grey

hairy clothing, with indistinct paler bands; palpi and legs

reddish brown, redder beneath, coxe yellowish brown;

sternum, maxille, and labium reddish brown; tibize and pro-

tarsi clothed above with silvery-grey hairs, intermixed with

small dark spots; abdomen infuscate, with an anterior

median dorsal line extending throughout half its length ;

lower side behind the epigastric fold with a broad, but not

strongly defined, yellowish-brown band about one third longer

than wide.

Carapace rather low, flat above, considerably longer than

broad (12°5:11), cephalic grooves strongly defined, a little

more than half the length of patella and tibia of fourth leg, less

than half those of first, and just about equal to patella, tibia,

and tarsus of palp. Eyes of posterior line a little recurved,

medians a little smaller than laterals and a little closer

together than either is to its lateral; ocular quadrangle longer

than wide, narrowed in front, the four eyes subequal ;

anterior line of eyes procurved ; lower edge of medians, which

are a little smaller, on a level with the centre of the laterals ;

clypeus high, the lateral eyes nearly three times their diameter

from the edge.

Mandibles weak, feebly geniculate; fang-groove armed

below with 5 posterior teeth, 4 large and 1 small one between

them.

Palp (as in Pl. XIX. figs.9,9a); terminal portion of

palpus long and slender. Legs very long, 2,1, 4,3; tarsi

and protarsi normally scopulate; patelle with anterior and

posterior spines.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 24; length

of carapace 12°5, width 11; length of first leg 71, of second

75, of third 62, of fourth 69; patella and tibia of first 26,

of fourth 24°8. —

Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 471

Loc. Probably Shortland Island; a single male procured

by Mr. Woodford.

In the height of the clypeus and shape of the carapace

this species resembles the genus Parhedrus ; but in the curva-

ture of the anterior line of eyes it more nearly approaches

Heteropoda.

Genus Prycata, L. Koch.

26. Prychia gracilis, L. Koch.

Prychia gracilis, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. ii. p. 654, pl. liii.

fig. 1 (1875).

Two specimens of the genus Prychia obtained in New

Georgia (H.M.S. § Penguin’) are, I think, referable to the

species named gracilis described by L. Koch from the Fiji

Islands.

Family Attide.

Genus Bavtia, Simon.

27. Bavia sex-punctata (Dol.).

Salticus sex-punctatus (Doleschall), Nat. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indiée,

ae p. 24 (1857); id. Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. 1859, pl. iv.

Marptusa sex-punctata, Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, xiii. p. 224, &c.

(1878) ; id. op. cit. xvii. p. 444 (1881).

Acompse dulcinervis, L. Koch, Die Arachniden Austral. p. 1149, pl. c.

fig. 1 (1879).

In this synonymy I follow Dr. Thorell, since a specimen

of Bavia obtained by Mr. Woodford in the Solomon Islands,

which appears to be identical with the species described by

Koch as Acompse dulcinervis, also agrees seemingly with

Thorell’s description of Marptusa sea-punctata. Koch’s

- specimens were from the Pelew Islands; those that Thorell

examined from Amboina, Aru, Goram, New Guinea, &c.

Genus Batuiprus, Thorell.

28. Bathippus (?) macroprotopus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIX. fig. 10.)

Colour. Carapace deep mahogany-brown, with metallic

lustre at the sides, paler on the head and in the middle line

of the thoracic portion, a few red hairs around the eyes;

mandible mahogany-brown, with blue metallic lustre in front ;

legs and palpi a uniform ochre-yellow ; abdomen duller yellow,

472 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

infuscate on each side of the middle line above, and clothed

above and at the sides with yellowish or reddish metallic

hairs.

Carapace high; height from inferior edge up to lower

border of posterior eye equal to length of ocular area; width

about three quarters its length, length from clypeus to poste-

rior border greater than length of tibia of second and third leg

and than patella and tibia of fourth ; ocular quadrangle a little

wider in front than behind, its anterior width a little greater

than its length. yes of middle line a little farther from

anterior laterals than from posterior eyes, their lower edge

in a straight line with that of the posterior eyes and with

the upper border of the anterior laterals; the latter almost

touching anterior medians; the lower rims a little higher

than the centre of the medians, and the upper rims above the

upper rims of the medians; clypeus less than length of radius

of anterior medians.

Mandibles long, strong, and diverging; basal segment

almost as long as carapace; posterior edge of fang-groove

armed with about 12 longer and shorter teeth (differing in

number and position on the right and left sides), and a large

subquadrate tooth near the distal end; anterior border armed

with a few small teeth near the base and a long strong spike

about one fourth of the distance from the distal end; close to

the joint of the fang there is also a blunt prominence and a

small marginal spinule; fang long, strongly curved, with a

triangular tooth on its lower edge just beyond the middle.

Mazille with convexly rounded external angle. Palpi

long and slender, considerably longer than carapace ; femur

bowed ; tibia one third longer than patella and nearly twice

as long as tarsus, with the normal external distal spine;

basal half of tarsus swollen, distal half cylindrical,

Legs 1,3, 2,4, long and slender, second reaching to middle

of tibia of first; fourth just past end of tibia of third, first

about twice as long as second ; patella and tibia of third about

equal to those of second, much greater than the fourth; coxa

of first about twice as long as that of second; patelle with

anterior and posterior spine; protarsus and tarsus of fourth

a little greater than patella and tibia of fourth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 13; length of

carapace 6, width 4°5 ; length of basal segment of mandible 5,

fang 4; length of first leg’ 34, second leg 17, third leg 19,

fourth leg 14, palp 8.

A single adult male obtained by Mr. C. M. Woodford

probably in Shortland Island.

This species appears to differ from all those from New

Spiders from the Solomon Islands. 473

Guinea &c. ascribed by Thorell to the genus Buthippus in

the exceptional length of the legs of the anterior pair.

EUSTIROGNATHUS, gen. nov.

Carapace almost as wide as long, head-region strongly

elevated, its lightly convex upper surface meeting the poste-

rior thoracic slope at an obtuse angle of about 135°; sides

of the thoracic portion about halfway above the lower edge

distinctly depressed ; ocular quadrangle longer than wide,

longer than half the carapace, a little wider in front than

behind. yes of second line about midway between those of

the first and third; centres of anterior laterals on a level with

upper rims of anterior medians ; clypeus very narrow.

Mandibles (3) of moderate length, diverging from the

base, with strongly geniculate outer anterior edge, then

converging and meeting, the inner or posterior extremity of the

fang-groove being produced into a broad lobate process which

meets that of the opposite side ; the mandibles thus circum-

scribe a central piriform space, through which the rostrum and

maxille may be seen; they are furnished in front and ex-

ternally with a long smooth keel, running upwards from the

base of fang, and below internally with a crest beset with

stridulating-ridges ; fang short.

Maxille much expanded distally, the antero-internal edge

strongly convex, the external border of the distal portion

strongly produced. Labium twice as long as wide.

Sternum subcircular.

Legs long and slender, 1, 3, 4, 2, third and fourth subequal,

second only a trifle shorter ; patella and tibia of third a little

greater than those of fourth ; protarsus and tarsus of fourth

a little greater than tibia and patella of fourth ; all segments

of legs except tarsi spined.

Abdomen more than twice as long as broad.

According to Keyserling’s tables of Australian Attidee

(‘Die Arachniden,’ ii. p.1471 &c., 1883), this genus, neglecting

the peculiarity of the mandibles, which may be sexual, falls

alongside of Jona, Peckh. (Hrasmia, Keys.), and Prostheclina;

but, judging from the structure of the carapace, it has no near

affinity with either. Tested by Mr. Peckham’s tables (T'r.

Wisconsin Acad. vi. p. 265, 1885), it also falls under the

same heading as Lona.

29. Eustirognathus oscitans, sp. n.

(Pl. XLX. figs. 11-11 8.)

Colour. Carapace black, pale on the head, thoracic portion

furnished on each side with a broad silvery band, the two

474 On Spiders from the Solomon Islands.

just meeting in the middle line behind; a silvery-white

patch in the middle between the posterior eyes and one on

each side below the eyes of the second line; red hairs in the

space between the eyes of the anterior line. Abdomen pale in

the middle, a broad black band stretching on each side to the

spinners ; sides pale, with silvery hairs; ventral surface pale,

with atuft of black hairs in front of the spinning-mamille.

Second, third, and fourth legs pale yellow, with black spines,

the tibiz stained with deep brown, especially along their

anterior and posterior sides ; first leg deep ochre-yellow, with

a heavy brown stripe running along the anterior and posterior

margins. Mandibles, palpi, and mouth-parts deep ochre-

yellow; tarsus of palp infuscate.

Carapace with its cephalic area nearly flat above and

almost horizontal, its height considerably less than the length

of the ocular area. yes of second row minute, nearer those

of the third than of the first; antero-laterals standing by

about half their diameter above the upper edges of the

medians, their diameter equal to about the radius of the

latter; clypeus low, about half the radius of the medians.

Fang-groove of mandible armed with 5 strong teeth in

front and 5 or 6 equally strong teeth behind. :

Palpus short, reaching about halfway along the femur of

first leg, its femur arched ; patella and tibia subequal; tarsus

piriform elongate, as long as tibia and about half the patella ;

tarsal bulb with a median blunt-pointed process running

backwards alongside the tibial spur.

Legs long and slender; those of first pair thicker than the

rest, with a fringe of hairs along the underside of the femur,

tibia, and protarsus, and a slighter fringe on the upperside of

the femur ; tibia armed below with 5-7 pairs of longish spines ;

protarsus with 3-4 pairs. Patella of first and second un-

spined, of third and fourth with or without a posterior spine.

Measurements in millimetres —TYotal length 8; length of

earapace 3°5, width 2°5; length of first leg 14°5, of second 10,

of third 10°5, of fourth 11; patella and tibia of first leg 5°5, of

second 4°8, of third 3°5, of fourth 3; protarsus and tarsus of

fourth leg 4.

Loc. New Georgia (H.M.S. ‘ Penguin’). A single male

example.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Conothele nigriceps, sp. n. Distal segments of palp from ex-

ternal aspect.

Fig. 2. Argiope leopardina, sp.n. Dorsal surface of cephalothorax and

abdomen.

Fig. 2a. Ditto. Lower surface of abdomen.

Bibliographical Notice. 475

Fig. 3. Araneus Woodfordi, sp. n. Dorsal surface of cephalothorax

and abdomen.

Fig.3a. Ditto. Vulva.

Fig. 4. Pasilobus mammatus, sp.u. Dorsal view.

Fug. 5. Actinacantha metallica, sp.n. Dorsal view.

Fig. 6. Gasteracantha signifer, sp.n. Dorsal view.

Fig. 7. Dolomedes laticeps, sp.n, Right palpal organ from below.

Fig. 8. Palystes speciosus, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig.8a. Ditto. Right palpal organ from below.

Figs. 9,9. Heteropoda (Parhedrus) mecistopus, sp. n. Right palpal

organ from below.

Fig. 10. Bathippus macroprotopus, sp. n. Dorsal view.

Fig. 11. Eustirognathus oscittans, gen. et sp.n. Anterior view of head

and mandibles.

Fig. lla. Ditto, Side view of carapace.

Fig.116. Ditto. Labium and maxille.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Fossil Plants: for Students of Botany and Geology. By A. C.

Sewarp, M.A., F.G.S., &e. Vol. I. With Frontispiece and 111

other Illustrations. Pages xviii and 452. 8vo. University

Press, Cambridge. 1898.

Tuis volume is one of the Biological series of the Cambridge Natural

Science Manuals. The mutual bearings of Geology and Botany are

well considered by the author in his preface, and clearly elucidated

throughout his work. He intimates, with good reason, that both

of these branches of science are rarely sufficiently well understood

by one and the same naturalist ; for a botanist will probably with

ease get enough knowledge of geology, without working its deeper

and more complicated problems, to be assured of its value in

palzobotany ; whilst, on the other hand, a geologist, taking up the

subject intently, would require an intimate knowledge of the ad-

vanced and manifold researches of recent botany. In the third

place, students having a general knowledge of natural science can

find interest and instruction in such an earnest, clear, and compre-

hensive exposition of the principles and facts concerning petrified

plants as this manual now before us.

The difficulty of clearing away the physical obscurities from

fossil plant-remains, due to their imbedment, mineralization, and im-

perfections, doubtlessly delayed botanists from attempting to co-relate

them with living forms to any great extent; and when they knew

of the relative age and successional occurrence of these fossils, they

could not feel sufficient interest to study their geological history in

detail. Fossil-collectors, applying a limited knowledge of recent

plants to the desired explanation of fossil leaves, fruits, and wood,

made very slow advance ; but they obtained some good results with

careful use of the hand-lens. With the compound microscope,

however, and the acquired art of making more or less transparent

476 Bibliographical Notice.

slices of both fossil and recent specimens, sound knowledge

accumulated from many sources. Under these circumstances both

botanist and geologist were interested in the research; and one

result arrived at was that the fossil plants, in many instances, could

not be closely classified with those now known to be living, and

were therefore assorted into other typical species and groups, with

distinctive names. This was especially the case with several kinds

of trees found fossil in the Coal-measures. Among British and

foreign paleobotanists the late W. C. Williamson stands pre-

eminent in his bold and successful exposition of the structural cha-

racters and biological affinities of these Carboniferous plant-remains.

As a life-long geologist and experienced professor of botany

Dr. Williamson combined all the requirements of a palzeobotanist.

There are others working on the same lines, and one of the most

promising, and, indeed, successful, among them is the author of the

book under notice.

In Part I. there are six chapters treating generally of the

historical and geological aspects of the subject. Chapter I. sketches

the ideas of the older observers, and the successful results of modern

research. In Chapter II. the author considers the mutual bearings

of botany and geology in a philosophic spirit, carefully and compre-

hensively, with the earnestness of personal knowledge. Chapter III.

takes up the geological history, or broad features of the successive

stages in the building of the earth’s crust, and gives a condensed

but clear account of the natural origin of conglomerates, sandstones,

shales, and limestones, also of the superposition of strata with or

without successional organic remains; there are also allusions to

rock-foldings and dislocations, to metamorphism and igneous rocks.

After a careful and suggestive “Table of Strata,” the different

formations are successively taken in hand, and their main charac-

teristics briefly described (pp. 32-53). The continuous evolution

of the earth’s constitution is insisted on as proved by the details of

its history. Chapter IV. (pp. 54-92) gives an excellent account of

the preservation of plants as fossils under very different circum-

stances and in manifold conditions. First on surface-soils, both

now-a-days and in far-past ages; for the frontispiece illustrates the

stumps of a forest of Carboniferous age, now exposed near Glasgow,

and the analogous fig. 5 (occupying page 59) shows the relics of a

submerged forest of recent date on the coast of Cheshire. The

local accumulation of plant-remains of all sorts and sizes in the

great rivers of India, America, and Western Africa illustrates the

origin of vast quantities of vegetable remains, often of different

characters, in some strata. The peculiar local association of

plants and animals, of various families and orders, both aquatic and

terrestrial, in the Bowera Creek (p. 66) is, of course, noticed as an

important example to be studied by paleobotanists. The con-

ditions in which fossil plants occur, whether more or less altered

and imperfect, and their stony or mineral constituents, their relative

positions, and modes of imbedment, are next studied in considerable

detail. Chapter V. treats of the difficulties and the sources of error

Bibliographical Notice. AT7

in the determination of fossil plants. External resemblances may

easily deceive the inexperienced student, as shown by examples in

figs. 20, 21, and 22. The venation characters are often doubtful as

tests in family or generic affinity, and even for larger groups, as

classes. Decorticated or otherwise imperfect casts of stems present

difficulties, some of which receive interesting explanations at

pages 102-105. Thus, the bark of one species of Lepidodendron is

stated to have been described with twenty-eight specific names,

under several genera. Lyginodendron, Artisia, Sternbergia, aud

Tylodendron have been referred to mere peculiarities of structure

represented by casts. Contemporary insects, boring holes in plants

before they were fossilized, have left their minute coprolites in

abundance, easily mistaken for spores of cryptogams.

Some cautious, sound, well-timed, and therefore useful remarks

on nomenclature and terminology, for the advantage of neophytes

and others, close this chapter and Part I. of the book.

Part IL. of this volume is occupied by descriptions of the plants

constituting the lower divisions of the Vegetable Kingdom and the

geological conditions under which they are met with. They are

taken in their natural sequence, beginning with the lowest.

The Thallophyta (pp. 116-228) supply :—I. The Peridiniales,

represented by Pertdinium pyrophorum, Ehrenberg ; II. The Cocco-

spheres and Rhabdospheres, so common in the Chalk as well as in

the ocean, are described as organisms of doubtful affinity, but

probably algal (p. 121); III. The Schizophyta comprise (1) the

Schizophyceze (Cyanophycee) and (2) the Schizomycetes. The

former are “ fission-plants ” or “ blue-green algze,” and the latter are

“fission-fungi.” 1. The formation of many calcareous oolitic con-

eretions is intimately connected with the presence of Chroococcaceze

and Nostocaceee, members of the Schizophyceze ; and probably the

Girvanella, a simple tubular organism to which oolites in several

rocks are attributed, as also the Zonatrichites, may belong to this

group. ‘The building-up of both calcareous and siliceous sinters is

regarded by some as due to the presence of some such low-class,

filamentous, and gelatinous alge. There are also minute boring

alee belonging to this group, which perforate and burrow in corals,

molluscan shells, and fish-scales; and their analogues are found

fossil. Besides helping to reduce these hard substances to debris,

and, on the contrary, building up calcareous rocks, Cyanophyces

have been probably efficient agents in preparing the mass of hot

volcanic ashes in the island Krakatoa for the growth of highly

organized plants, by occupying and modifying the surface under

conditions which would be fatal to more complex types.

2. The Bacteria belong to Schizomycetes; and a most careful

and cautious account of the researches that have led to the specifi-

cation of Micrococcus and Bacillus, as well in the fossil remnants of

plants that have suffered decomposition, as in coprolites of fish and

reptiles (pp. 132-138), deserves attentive consideration. The

possible error of mistaking spherical particles and rod-like bodies

due to incipient crystals in calcareous and siliceous mineralization

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. 1. 35

478 Biblicgraphical Notice.

is properly indicated, without throwing total discredit on the

researches of earnest and conscient.ous observers.

IV. Algie succeed, and the impossibility of accepting very many

of the so-called fucoids, or fossils referred to seaweeds, is reasonably

insisted on. Other members, however, of the algal group are abun-

dant both in recent and fossil states. The Diatomaceze (Bacil-

lariacewe) are succinctly described as belonging to the ‘* Brown

Alge,” and their wide distribution in existing waters, both fresh

and salt, is analogous to their frequent occurrence, sometimes in

enormously thick deposits, in the later geological formations. The

oldest known fossil form has been found in the Lias; other forms

are common in the Chalk; and others are vastly numerous in some

Tertiary formations. For reasons given, the reported occurrence of

diatoms in the Coal and in the Trias is not accepted.

The Chlorophycee, or “* Green Algze,” comprise the Siphonez and

Confervoideee. Of the former, Caulerpa is a recent representative,

and two fossils have been referred to it; but the Silurian Cauler-

pites cactoides, Gopp., is rejected, and the Jurassic Caulerpa [1tes |

Carruthersi, Murray, not accepted by the author. Codiwm and

Penicillus come in the same category ; the former has a doubtful

fossil analogue (Spherocodium), a limestone-maker of Triassic age.

The author thinks that Girvanella, Bornemann’s Siphonema, and

Spheerocodium are closely allied and probably algal, but too imper-

fectly known to be referred to any particular family.

Penicillus has ten recent, mostly tropical, species; but in the

fossil state there are many allied forms. These have mostly been

described as foraminiferal, but have now been brought home to

the Siphoneze by Prof. Munier-Chalmas. Of these reclaimed

organisms the chief are Acicularia, Polytrypa, Vermiporella and

others (Silurian), Syetdiwm (Devonian), Diplopora and Gyroporella

(Triassic), Dactylopora (Eocene), and others, belonging to Munier-

Chalmas’s Siphonez Verticillate, of which Acetabularia and Cymo-

polia are good recent types.

For the Confervoideze several so-called Confervites have been

recorded by geologists, but scarcely any of them are of value. At

pages 178-183 “ Torbanite” or ‘“ Boghead Coal” is discussed. It

consists of minute light brown granules of hydrocarbon, with some

earthy matter, and portions of the tissues of coal-plants. In the

morsels of hydrocarbon in Torbanite and Kerosene-shale (known also

as Tasmanite) MM. Renault and Bertrand sce evidence of some

Chlorophyceous? Algze, which they name Pila and Reinschia, The

author seems to go with this opinion to some extent. It is notice-

able, however, that the Retnschia represented by fig. 3 at page 180,

although its hydrocarbon is somewhat modified, has much resem-

blance to a compressed macrospore, such as abound in Tasmanite.

The important paper by Mr. E. T. Newton in the Geol. Mag. 1875,

has escaped the author’s notice.

Of the “Red Alge” group, the Nullipores (Melobesiee and

Corallinexe) comprise very important rock-builders in both recent

Bibliographical Notice. 479

and past time. The “ Brown Alge” include the common Fucus or

Chondrus, the gigantic Lessonia, and the floating Sargassum. A

colossal fossil form (Nematophicus) is regarded (pages 192-202)

as a doubtful member of this group; it is from Silurian and

Devonian strata; and so is Pachytheca, possibly the sporangium of

the same or an allied alga.

Of the very low-class Myxomycetes some possible representatives

in the fossil state are referred to (p. 205). Fungi (pp. 207-222),

chiefly parasitic on leaves and in the tissue of plants, from the

Carboniferous period upwards, are not unfrequent. The Charo-

phyta are well represented by Mtella and Chara, the latter in both

recent and fossil state.

In Chapter VIII. the Liverworts occur fossil as Marchantites ;

and the Mosses as Muscites, one in the Coal-measures. In Chapters

IX.-XI. the “ Vascular Cryptogams” are described, with their fossil

predecessors, so important in geological history. These Pteridophyta

comprise :—(i.) Equisetales; (ii.) Sphenophyllales ; (ii1.) Lycopo-

diales ; (iv.) Filicales. The external character and interual structure

of the recent Hquisetwm are carefully described (pp. 244-254),

and then the fossil forms—(1) quisetites; (2) Phyllotheca ;

(3) Schizoneura; (4) Calamites; and (5) <Archwocalamites—are

described in detail, with remarks on their relationships, geological

position, and distribution. ‘The Calamites (pp. 295-388) are more

fully described than the others, with their bibliographic history, the

description of the anatomy of their stems (Arthropitys, Arthro-

dendron, Calamodendron), their leaves (Calamocladus or Astero-

phyllites and Annularia), their roots, and their cones (Calamostachys,

Paleostachya, and Macrostachya), also the pith-casts of Calamites,

Calamitina, Stylocalumites, and Eucalamites (pp. 367-379). A

useful tabular summary of the different generic and subgeneric terms

used by the author in this excellent account of Calamites is given

at p. 381, defining the basis, in the special characters, for each group.

The paleozoic genus Sphenophyllum is defined as showing some

points of contact with various living plants; but it is a nearly

isolated type among the Pteridophytes of the Coal-measures. The

anatomy of its stem, root, leaves, and cone is fairly well known,

and the details are here carefully illustrated, together with remarks

on the affinities, range, and habit of the genus.

The careful list of works referred to in the text fills 26 pages,

and the excellent index (12 pages) completes this Vol. I. of a most

valuable work, conscientiously and cautiously elaborated. With

regard to the researches of others, whether botanists with more or

less interest in geology, or geologists often with but little real

botanical knowledge, the author is honestly critical, modest in the

expression of his own opinions, and courteous in his disapproval, or,

when necessary, in his rejection, of the views or statements of

others.

480

INDEX to VOL. I.

ACANTHODON, new species of, 319.

Achatina, new species of, 29,

Aclis, new species of, 199.

Aclisina, observations on the genus,

412,

Actinacantha, new species of, 465.

AMnidea, new species of, 357.

/Xpeomys, characters of the new

_ genus, 462,

Agaphthora, new species of, 147.

Agassiz, Prof. A., on the islands and

coral-reefs of the Fiji group, 231.

Agelacida, characters of the new

genus, 358,

Aglaophenia, new species of, 365,

Agrotis, new species of, 220.

Agyrta, new species of, 208.

Akodon, new species of, 281.

Alphitopola, new species of, 575,

382.

Alyattes, new species of, 376.

Amblesthis, new species of, 377.

Andrews, HK. A., on some activities of

polar bodies, 109.

Anomalurus, new species of, 251.

Anoplopterus platychir, on the habi-

tat of, 254.

Antarctia, new species of, 148.

Antipus, new species of, 348.

Apiogaster, new species of, 381.

Arachnida from the Transvaal and

Nyasaland, 308; from Funafuti

and Rotuma, 321; new, 518, 384,

394, 413, 457.

Araneus, new species of, 463.

Argiope, new species of, 461.

Aspidiotus, new species of, 433, 438.

Atyphopsis, new species of, 408.

Aulacaspis, new species of, 437.

Aulacopus, new species of, 379.

Baniana, new species of, 230.

Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on two

subspecies of the Arctic fox, 287 ;

on the beech-martens of the Pale-

arctic region, 441.

Bassett-Smith, P. W., on new para-

sitic Copepods from Bombay, 1.

Bather, F. A., on the name Mesites,

102.

Bathippus, new species of, 471.

Batrachians from Ombaai, on, 123.

Blarina, new species of, 457.

Boa-constrictors of British Guiana,

notes on the, 296.

Bohn, G., on the respiration of Car-

cinus meenas, 17; on the reversal

of the respiratory current in the

Decapods, 20.

Bomolochus, new species of, 2.

Bonhote, J. L., on the species of the

genus Viverricula, 119; on two

subspecies of the Arctic fox,

287.

Books, new : — Godwin - Austen’s

Land and Freshwater Mollusea of

India, vol. ii. pt. vil., 180; Bu-

bani’s Flora Pyreneea, vol. i., 255;

Seward’s Fossil Plants, vol. i.

475.

Bostra, new species of, 161.

Boulenger, G. A., on reptiles and

batrachians from Ombaai, 122; on

two new blind snakes, 124; on

the habitat of Anoplopterus platy-

chir, 254; on a new genus of Sal-

monoid fishes, 529; on a new genus

of Cyprinoid fishes, 450.

Bouvier, E.-L., on the crabs of the

family Dorippidee, 105.

Brachiella, new species of, 14.

Brimus, new species of, 572.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on the Pierine

butterflies of the genus Terias, 56,

181; revision of the butterflies of

the genus Ixias, 133; review of

the genus Hebomoia, 289 ; on new

species of Pierinz, 294.

Butterflies of the Transvaal, on the,

47.

Caligus, new species of, 5.

Callidium, new species of, 370.

Calonotos, new species of, 401.

Calosoma, new species of, 98.

Calyptreea, new species of, 201.

INDEX,

Canis lagopus, new subspecies of,

287.

Carcinus meenas, on the respiration

fol.

Carter, J., on the paleontology of

the English Decapod Crustacea,

332.

Catarctia, new species of, 210.

Catlocarpio, characters of the new

genus, 450.

Cavia, new species of, 282, 284.

Centrurus, new species of, 386.

Ceroplastes, new species of, 454.

Chactas, new species of, 419.

Chapman, F., on the specific name of

the Saccammina of the Carboni-

ferous limestone, 215.

Charybdea, new species of, 32.

Chilton, Dr. C., on a new freshwater

Amphipod from New Zealand,

425,

Chinchillula, characters of the new

genus, 280,

Chloropsinus, new species of, 208.

Chondracanthus, new species of, 14.

Choristoneura, note on the genus,

182,

Chrysostola, new species of, 404.

Cicadide, new Oriental, 97.

Clytra, new species of, 346,

Coccidee, new Mexican, 426,

Cockerell, T. D. A., on bees of the

genus Megachile from New Mexico,

125; on new Coccide from

Mexico, 426.

Colasposoma fulgidum, remarks on,

302,

Coleoptera, new, 98, 344, 368.

Collinge, W. E., on two new slugs

from Borneo, 191, 352,

Conant, F.S.,on the Cubomedusz, 31.

Conepatus, new species of, 278.

Conothele, new species of, 459.

Copepods, new, 1, 185.

Coralliophila, new species of, 199.

Coral-reefs of the Fiji group, on the,

231,

Cordylomera, new species of, 380.

Cosmosoma, new species of, 405.

Crambus, new species of, 158.

Crossotus, new species of, 375.

Crustacea, new, 1, 185, 425.

Cryptocephalus, new species of, 344,

Ctenomys, new species of, 285,

Cubomedusee, notes on the, 31.

Cyanopepla, new species of, 406,

Cylindrodesmus, new species of, 329,

481

Cypridinide, notes on the fossil, 333.

Dactylopus, new species of, 187.

Dahl, F., on a new flea-like genus of

Diptera, 99.

Darantasia, new species of, 212.

Decapods, on the reversal of the

respiratory current in the, 20.

Delganmma, new species of, 229.

Dendrolimus, new species of, 118.

Desmidocnemis, new species of, 207.

Devara, new species of, 214,

Diaspis, new species of, 437.

Dichostates, new species of, 376.

Diplocentrus, new species of, 390.

Diptera, new, 99.

Dipthera, new species of, 222.

Distant, W. L., on the butterflies of

the Transvaal, 47 ; on new oriental

Cicadidee, 97 ; on Heterocera from

the Transvaal, 116, 218; on

Coleoptera from the Transvaal,

360, 566,

Dolomedes, new species of, 467.

Donald, Miss J., on the genus Acli-

sina, 412.

Dorcasia, new species of, 28,

Dorippide, on the crabs of the

family, 103,

Drew, G. A., on the embryology,

anatomy, and habits of Yoldia

limatula, 267.

Druce, H., on new species of Hete-

rocera, 146, 207; on new Syntom-

ide, 401.

Echimys, new species of, 243.

Elodina, new species of, 294,

Ennea, new species of, 24.

Kphialtias, new species of, 213.

Etheridge, R., jun., on a precaudal

vertebra of Ichthyosaurus aus-

tralis, 145,

Ethmostigmus, definition of the new

generic name, 327,

Eublemma, new species of, 225.

Eucheetes, new species of, 212.

Eudendrium, new species of, 382.

Kulima, new species of, 200.

Eumimetes, new species of, 375,

Eunectes murinus, observations on,

296,

Eunidea, new species of, 377.

Eurynotus, characters of the new

genus, 188,

Eustirognathus, characters of the

new genus, 473.

Hele yaguarondi, new subspecies of,

41,

482

Fishes of Newchwang, on the, 257,

263; new, 262, 329, 450.

Gari, new species of, 204.

Gasteracantha, new species of, 465.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 101, 331, 412.

Georychus, new species of, 253.

Gerbillus, new species of, 249, 263.

Grose-Smith, H., on butterfligs from

the Pacific Islands, 182; on three

new African butterflies, 245.

Giinther, Dr. A., on a collection of

fishes from Newchwang, 257.

Gynandrophthalma, new species of,

549,

Hampson, Sir G. F., on Heterocera

from the Transvaal, 158.

Hares of Western Europe and North

Africa, on the, 149.

Harpactira, new species of, 316.

Hebomoia, review of the species of,

289 ; new species of, 290.

Helleria, characters of the

genus, 10.

Helymeeus, new species of, 381.

Herdman, Prof. W. A., on the Tuni-

cate fauna of Australian seas,

445.

Herea, new species of, 404.

Heron, F. A., on the genera Choris-

toneura, Mabille, and Katreus,

Watson, 182; on Pamphila go-

nessa, 256.

Heteropoda, new species of, 470.

Hipposiderus, new species of, 243.

Histizea, new species of, 405.

Holopheea, new species of, 408.

Homeeocera, new species of, 402.

Homeceosoma, new species of, 402.

Hyaletheea, new species of, 147,

Hyalella, new species of, 423.

Hydroids, new species of, 362.

Hymenoptera, new, 125.

Hypocrites, new species of, 370.

Icerya, new species of, 429.

Ichthyosaurus australis, on a pre-

caudal vertebra of, 148.

Ictonyx, new species of, 248.

Idalus, new species of, 212.

Inglisia, new species of, 452.

Isometrus europzus (Linn.), on the

synonymy of, 86.

Ixias, revision of the genus, 133.

Jacoby, M., phytophagous Coleoptera

from the Transvaal, 344.

Janson, O. E., note on Martyn’s

‘ Psyche,’ 184.

new

LMP EX.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the fossil

Cypridinidée and allied Ostracoda,

333.

Katreus, note on the genus, 182.

Kermes, new species of, 431.

Lacipa, new species of, 117.

Lecanium, new species of, 433, 436.

Leiostraca, new species of, 200.

Lepidoptera, new, 60, 116, 184, 146,

158, 207, 218, 245, 290, 294, 401.

Leptothyra, new species of, 201.

Lepus, new species of, 45, 152.

Lernzeonema, new species of, 12.

Lernanthropus, new species of, 12.

Lichtensia, new species of, 435,

Lénnberg, Dr. E., revision of the

Linnean type specimens of Scor-

pions and Pedipalps in the Zoolo-

gical Museum at the Royal Uni-

versity of Upsala, 82.

Loxophlebia, new species of, 407.

Lycosa, new species of, 318.

Lymantria, new species of, 208.

Lymire, new species of, 407.

Lynx rufus, new subspecies of, 42.

Malacosoma, new species of, 357.

Mallodeta, new species of, 403.

Mammals, new, 40, 120, 152, 176,

243, 247, 251, 277, 288, 360, 442,

451,

Mangilia, new species of, 198.

Marmosa, new species of, 455.

Matopo, characters of the new genus,

227.

Megachile, new species of, 125.

Megalodes, new species of, 223.

Melitonoma, new species of, 350.

Melvill, J. C., on new terrestrial

Mollusca from South Africa, 24;

on the Erythrean Molluscan

fauna, 194; on new Mollusca from

Aden, 198.

Mennis, new species of, 213.

Mesites, note on the name, 102,

Mesocystis, definition of the new

name, 105,

Mesothen, new species of, 403.

Metachrostis, new species of, 224.

Metcalf, M. M., on the follicle-cells

in Salpa, 89.

Microhydra Ryderi, observations on,

130.

Microparmarion, new species of,

191,

Milionia, new species of, 149.

Miopristis, new species of, 346.

* Miresa, new species of, 214,

INDEX.

Mochlorhinus, characters of the new

genus, 167.

Mollusca, new, 24, 191, 198.

Morrison, Dr. W., on the physical

aspects and on the food-fishes of

the Liao Basin, 263.

Mugil so-iuy, remarks on, 200.

Mustela, new species of, 442.

Mylothris, new species of, 246, 294.

Myriopoda, new, 286, 325.

Mytilaspis, new species of, 438.

Nassa, new species of, 198,

Natalina, new species of, 24.

Neacerea, new species of, 406.

Neolaurona, new species of, 214.

Nephopteryx, new species of, 161.

Neptis, new species of, 246,

Notodonta, new species of, 210.

Novaculina, new species of, 202.

Nutting, Prof. C. C., on new species

of hydroids, 562.

Nystalea, new species of, 148.

Oberea, new species of, 378.

CEcura, new species of, 209.

Olenecamptus, new species of, 584.

Opercularella, new species of, 363.

Ophiusa, new species of, 228.

Opsariichthys, new species of, 262.

Ortonia, new species of, 430.

Oryzomys, new species of, 177, 454.

Ostracoda, notes on some, 339.

Oxyprosopus, new species of, 380.

Palystes, new species of, 468.

Pamrhila gonessa, note on, 256,

Paramya, new species of, 405.

Parasa, new species of, 118.

Pasilobus, new species of, 464.

Pectunculus, new species of, 205.

Pedipalps, revision of the Linnean

type specimens of, 82.

Peripatus, new species of, 386.

Peroderma, new species of, 13.

Peromyscus, new species of, 44.

Perrier, E., on the place of the

Sponges in the classificatory sys-

tem and on the significance attri-

buted to the embryonic layers,

408.

Petricola, new species of, 204.

Phassus punctatus (De Geer), on the

synonymy of, 87.

Pheenicoprocta, new species of, 404.

Phygasia, new species of, 355.

Phyllotis, new species of, 279.

Phylogephyra, characters of the new

genus, 330.

Pinacopteryx, new species of, 245,

483

Pipistrellus, new species of, 361,

Pixodarus, new species of, 368.

Platypleura, new species of, 97.

Platytes, new species of, 159.

Plumularia, new species of, 364.

Pocock, R. I., on Arachnida from’

the ‘Transvaal and Nyasaland,

308; on Arachnida and Myrio-

poda from Funafuti and Rotuma,

321; on new scorpions from Cen-

tral and South America, 384;

on scorpions of the genus Veejovis,

394; on new scorpions from

Ecuador, 413 ; on scorpions, pedi-

palpi, and spiders from the Solo-

mon Islands, 457.

Polar bodies, some activities of, 109.

Polydesma, new species of, 227.

Ponsonby, J. H., on new terrestrial

mollusea from South Africa, 24.

Porococcus, characters of the new

genus, 426.

Potts, E., on a North-American

freshwater jelly-fish, 130,

Prasia, new species of, 97.

Prosopocera, new species of, 373.

Protodiaspis, characters of the new

genus, 428.

Psathyrus, new species of, 374.

Pseudaclytia, new species of, 208.

Pseudopompilia, new species of, 401.

Pseudosphenoptera, new species of,

207.

Psilopleura, new species of, 407.

‘ Psyche,’ note on Thomas Martyn’s,

106, 184.

Pterinochilus, new species of, 317.

Puliciphora, characters of the new

genus, 99.

Quelch, J. J., on the boa-constrictors

of British Guiana, 296.

Reid, C., on Pleistocene plants from

Casewick, Shacklewell, and Grays,

101.

Reithrodontomys, new species of,

451.

Reptiles from Ombaai, on, 122;

new, 124, 164.

Rhabdotocephalus, characters of the

new genus, 165.

Rhembastus, new species of, 353.

Rhodoneura, new species of, 149,

Rhynchina, new species of, 231.

Rhynchota, new, 97, 426,

Saccammina of the Carboniferous

limestone, on the specific name of

the, 215,

484

Salpa, on the follicle-cells in, 89.

Sarosa, new species of, 403.

Scieena, note on species of, 258.

Sciapteron, new species of, 207.

Sclater, Dr. P. L. on butterflies

from the Pacific Islands, 105.

Scorpio afer, Linn., on the synonymy

of, 85.

Scorpions, revision of the Linnean

type specimens of, 82.

Scott, T. & A., on three new Cope-

pods from the Clyde, 185.

Seeley, Prof. H. G., on the skull of

Mochlorhinus platyceps, 164.

Semele, new species of, 205.

Sherborn, C. D., on Thomas Martyn’s

‘Psyche,’ 106,

Snakes in captivity, notes on Indian,

Solenophora, new species of, 429,

Spilarctia, new species of, 210.

Spilosoma, new species of, 116.

Sponges, on the place of the, in the

classificatory system, 408.

Stenele, new species of, 214.

Stephos, new species of, 185,

Syntomis, new species of, 146.

Tachardia, new species of, 431.

Tarache, new species of, 223.

Tarantula reniformis (Linn.), on the

synonymy of, 89.

Tellina, new species of, 202.

Terais, revision of the genus, 56,

181; new species of, 60, 295.

Tetraglenes, new species of, 578.

Teucer, new species of, 407.

Teuthraustes, new species of, 421.

Thelyphonus caudatus (Linn.), on

the synonymy of, 88.

Thermesia, new species of, 230.

Thomas, O., on new mammals from

W. Mexico and LowerCalifornia,

40; on indigenous Muride in the

West Indies, 176; on a new

Mexican Oryzomys, 179; on anew

bat from North Borneo, 243; on a

INDEX.

new Echimys from Bogota, 243 ;

on new mammals from Bolivia,

277; on new Argentine Rodents,

233; on a new bat from Selan-

gore, 360 ;on new mammals from

Eeuador and Venezuela, 451.

Thomasomys, new species of, 453.

Thracia, new species of, 206.

Tituboea, new species of, 347.

Tityus, new species of, 384, 415,

Toxocampa, new species of, 221.

Tragiscoschema, new species of, 383.

Tragocephala, new species of, 382.

Trichocambala, new species of, 325,

Trichura, new species of, 402.

Tripedalia, characters of the new

genus, 54,

Tripedalidee, characters of the new

family, 32.

Tulbaghinia, characters of the new

subgenus, 28.

Tunicata, list of the Australian, 443.

Typhlops, new species of, 124.

Urolosia, new species of, 404.

Urophonius, new species of, 592.

Veejovis, new species of, 594.

Vespertilio fuscus, new subspecies of,

Viverricula, on the species of the

genus, 119.

Waterhouse, C. O., on a new species

of Calosoma, 98.

Watts, W. W., on excavations at

Carshalton, 331.

Willey, Dr. A., on a new Peripatus,

286.

Winton, W. E. de, on the hares of

Western Europe and North Africa,

149; on mammals from Somali-

land, 247; on new rodents from

Africa, 251.

Yoldia limatula, on the embryology,

anatomy, and habits of, 267.

Zamium, new species of, 369.

Zatrephes, new species of, 148.

END OF THE FIRST VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR

AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. I. Pl. 1.

Pweas

aan ere

»* a, r *

Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 7. Vol. I. Pl. it:

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. I. Pl. I.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8S. 7. Vol. I. Pl. LV.

PWBS

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. I. Pl. Vi

Pw eS

Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. I. Pl. VI.

38 Nw?

pans

oUtAe

ty P|

BN S™

@ Ads

aa OF AP a ee

ral Raed x

VW \ \

\ \ \ \\ \

AAAS

NYS

ice N)

é ate

1 NAO: \\

RONEN

Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7. Vol. I. Pl. VIL.

Pw BS.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. fist. 5.7.Vol 1. PU.VH.

Mintern Bros.imp-

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7.VotL. PU IY,

aa ge

Mintern Bros. lth.

W.E.C.del.ad nat.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. §.7. Vol I. PUX.

~ A.Seott del.ad nat. Mintern Bros. lith.

FIGS.F8 STEPHOS FULTONI sp.n. FIGS. 946 DACTYLOPUS PECTINATUS spn.

FIG.17 EURYNOTUS INSOLENS n.§,ésp.

; 4

} '

7 *

: a

/ =:

Ah bs?

, tee i

pace: Pega Ro x

at J ic

a ra ‘ ioe -

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §.7 Vol I.PUXT.

WVantern Bros. hth.

A.Scott del.adnat.

FIGS.1-4 STEPHOS FULTONI sp.n.

FIGS.5-18 EURYNOTUS INSOLENS ngé&sp.

Annv.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7.Vol.1. Pt.AM.

Mantern Bros.imp.

J.Green del. et ith.

F ‘SNAGIa SAHLHVDIIEV SadOSlIINOSITAROM SARLHOMMY Ss O°

‘Guat sosg waste qty Be ' “UAT 42 [Op weety) fp

nav. & Mag. Nat. Hist. $.7 Vol.1. Pt. XIV.

, SF

(3 a

ng SE LIFE RER

hal’ £3

RS itweec.

Mary Mac Bride del. Montern Bros. hth.

IEUDENDRIUM ALBUM. 2 OPI IRC UL YR GAY BUS PIE ae

Ana. & Mag. Nat. Hest. S.7 Vol. PUA.

Mary MacBride del. Mintern Bros lith.

ALONE AN JEU IE 1 IN/y

rt Oe Mag. Nat. Hist.5.7VolL. PU, XVI.

Mary Mac Bride del. Mintern Bros. hth.

ACLAOP HE NAY BE LLERI.

;

it a

v7 ae :

Ny a

Conse.

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7 Voll. PLXVIL.

Mintern Bros. hth.

HOSscle CYVPRIDINADS..

> Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7.Vol.I.PU. XVII.

Mintern Bros .lith.

HYALELLA MIHIWAKA.

Anim. & Mag Nat. Hist.S.7.VolL. Pu. XIX.

R.LP. &J.Green delet hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

Vol. 1. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 1.

a a

THE e ” NALS

MAGAZINE OF N ATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M. A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F X S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, guy., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

Se eS Seen nenee eens eee ES ee eee

WITH EIGHT PLATES.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

“Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Go., Ld. ; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,

Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh Hedges, Figzis, & Co., Dublin; and Asher,

Berlin.

Wee ee mo eae

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI- AM aint.

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D, Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i .-EXXY.,

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi—lx. , Temporary Title-

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-40, pls. lxi., lxii.) rack

Reptilia. By A. GUNTHER. | (Pp. 1-195, pls. ilix.) —

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von MaRTENs. p. 1-272,

pls. 1.-xv.) z

Arachnida Araneidea. By O. Pickarp CamBringe. (Pp. 1-232, pls. fs

XXvlii.)

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.IJ. By F.O.Pickarp Campringr. (Pp. 1-

40, pls. i., ii.)

Chilopoda. By R. L Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-iii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsELAPHIDE &e.). By D. Smarr, A,

MattTuHews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i—xyv.)

cay Vol. LV. part 3 (RuyNncHorHora). By D. Suarp. (Pp. 1l-

168, pls. i.—vi a

Galsontara: Vol. IV. part 6 (RHyNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHARP

and W. F. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-176, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (unos ony By H.S. Goruam. (Pp, 1-240,

ls. i.—xiii.) Ke

Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cameron, (Pp. 1-466, pls.i i-xx.) Vol. Ul. eat

(Pp. 1-400, pls. i.—xiv.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. SaLvin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-448, ect xlviii-

xc.

€ anpiaes Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Druce. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. IZ.

(Pp. 1-424.) (Pls. i—lxxxii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. DIsTanr. (Pp. 1-40, he iv.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fower. (Pp. 1-200,

ls, i.—xii.

j ona Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i,—iii.)

Diptera. Vol. II By F. M. van per Wou.p. (Pp. 1-368, pls, i.-ix.)

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wixtisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1, Ha)

Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. By A. pe Bormans, H. DE "Saussure, and L, ZEHNTNER.

(Pp. 1-328, pls. i.—xv.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCHAOLOGY.

By A. P. Mavpstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. III. pp. 1-24,

pls. i-xxv. Vol. IV. pp. 1-80, pls. i.—Ixxiii.)

By J.T. GooDMAN. (Appendix : The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. i-xii, ©

1-150.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street,

Cayendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Oo., Soho Sq., W

Royal 8yvo, price 12s.

CATALOGUE

OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS

IN THE :

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEON Ss OF ENGLAND.

Part 3.—Aves.

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &e.

Tayior and Franors, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

aaa e SEVENTH SERIES. —

4 THE ANNALS

: | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

| ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

7 CONDUCTED BY ;

_, ALBERT 0. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Px.D., F.R.S.,

AI WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,”

pW esr: LONDON: aie hy

|| TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET... | |

Ut a i

‘Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &0o, Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,

pei ani Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin; and Ashe

BH fe AND

WILLIAM FRAN CIS, JUN., F.L.S.

hil bales wha

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI- AMERICANA,

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY. . oath

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvry and F. D, Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i-xxxy.,

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If. (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi—lx., Temporary Title- —

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-40, pls. 1xi., lxii.)

Reptilia. By A. Genrer. (Pp. 1-195, pls. i.-lix.) ts

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von MaRTEns. (Pp. 1-272,

pls. i.-xv.)

Arachnida Araneidea. By O. Pickarp Campriper. (Pp. 1-282, pls. i.-

XXVIii. )

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O. Prckarp CaMBriper. (Pp. a

40, pls. i., ii.) i

Chilopoda. By R. I. Pococr. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i-iii.) 2k

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PseLaPHip» see By), ‘shin Bee

Martruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i-xv.) Nor

Coleoptera. Vol. 1V. part 3 (RuyncHoPuHora). By D. SHARP, (Pp. le’

168, pls. 1.—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayncHoPHORA, continued), By D. Suarr-

and W. F. H. BLranprorp, (Pp. 1-176, pls. i—vi.) s

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. cot ee By H.S. Gorwam, (Pp. 1-240, —

pls. i.—xiii.)

Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cameron. (Pp.1-466, pls.i. -xx.) Vol. II.

(Pp. 1-400, pls. i—xiv.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Savin.

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Vemporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-448, pls. xlviii.-

xc.

7 agate Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. IL.

(Pp. 1-424.) (Pls. 1.-Ixxxii.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, uke i.-v.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. By W. W. Fow.er. (Pp. 1-2 200, i.

ls, i.—xii.) ohne

3 Diptera. Vol. I. By BaronC. R. Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. iii.)

Diptera. Vol. II. By F. M. van per Wun. (Pp. 1-368, pls. Lx) sete

Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wituisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 4.)

Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)

Orthoptera. Dy A. pt Bormans, H. DE Sieanie and L. ZeucwTXEE,

(Pp. 1-328, BF i.-xv.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s,

ARCH AOLOGY.

By A. P. Maunstay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. III. pp. 1-24,

pls.i-xxv. Vol. 1V. pp. 1-380, pls. i.—Ixxiii.)

By J.T. Boorse: (Appendix : The Archaic Maya Inscriptions, Pp. i-xii,

1-150.)

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes sioahig

Cavendish Sq., W., and DuLau & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Royal 8vo, price 12s.

CATALOGUE

OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ” IMALS

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

Part 3.—Aves. .

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &e.

‘\

} Vol. 1. SEVENTH SERIES. No.5.

eae See

THE ANNALS oe

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, :

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu. D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., =

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F. L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FOUR PLATES,

Illustrative of Mr. W. E. Collinge’s Paper on Two new Species of Slugs,

Messrs. T. & A. Scott’s on Three apparently new Copepods from the Clyde,

and Mr. J. C. Melvill’s on new Mollusca from Aden.

LONDON:

“‘PAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., La. ; Whittaker & Co. Baitlisre,

|| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: ae Asher,

Ce aces

SE Ee ie a ESS Se ARES eS

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. Be

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and

numerous woodcuts. Price £1.

HYMENOPTERA. —Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price £19 °(7=.

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1 each. ;

FISHES.—2 Vols.

By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LLD., &. =e

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.

BIRDS.—Vol. L, £1: Vol. IL, 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z:8.

VOL. III., 15s.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1,

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous a eelene Price £1 each.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.

. By Sre G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, F.C.

Royal 8vo, price 12s.

CATALOGUE

OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

% Part 3.—Aves.

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &e. |

Price 2s. each.

_Apprnpices 5 to 10 to the Second Edition of the

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE —

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE

A aadit hh OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND DB. :

is By J. H. -TARGETT. .

Seat ek and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E. OF

Sw <4 eee Cs ur ey

. Vol. 1. SEVENTH SERIES. No.4.

THE ANNALS /O07//

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

INCLUDING

: CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

: AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH |

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ |

WITH ONE PLATE.

Illustrative of Dr. A. Giinther’s Paper on Fishes from N ewchwang,

North China.

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

; Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: ‘Bailliére,

|| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,

{| Berlin.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. ; Sap

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for qnias in Council. Bae

Edited by W. T. Brayrorp, S3

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med, 8vo, with four coloured sate ona

numerous woodcuts, Price £1.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z8.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts. Price ey

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RS, ©

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med, 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

FISHES.—2 Vols.

By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &c.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.

BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s.

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8.

VOL. IIL., 15s.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.

Bourd in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price Sl.

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts, Price £1 each.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.

By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

Royal 8yvo, price 12s.

CATALOGUE

OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

Part 3.—Aves. |

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &.

Price 2s. each.

Apprnpicres 5 to 10 to the Second Edition of the

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

By J. H. TARGETT.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. -

» Vol. 1. SEVENTH SERIES. No.5.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

iff, y

. : 2

: CONDUCTED BY ;

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., ERS.

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS ” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FOUR PLATES,

Illustrative of Prof. C. C. Nutting’s Paper on new Species of Hydroids, and

Prof, T. R. Jones’s on the Fossil Cypridinide and some Allied Ostracoda.

: LON DOR oe

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Qo.: Baifliére,

_ || Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin and ASher,

|| Berlin, : ey ok hort

SECURE OKT a

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH. INDIA,

INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA, ——

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.

Edited by W. T. Branrorp,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, pp. i-xx, 1-617, and 199 woodcuts, Price £1, :

MAMMALIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RS.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vyo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each, Se ‘

By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &c.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. —

BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s. 3

By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8,° °°”

VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each.

By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S,

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1. _

REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.—1 Vol. Complete.

By G. A. BOULENGER.

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.

MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.

By Str G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. ©

Rae need ais. tpi ety oak Note a as

Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates aa

numerous wovdcuts. Price £1.

HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.

By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.

Tayior and Francrs, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

CATALOGUE.

OF THE SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE

OSTEOLOGY OF VERTEBRATE ANIMALS

IN THE

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

Part 3.—Aves. _ ae

By R. B. SHARPE, LL.D. &ec.

Price 2s. each.

Apprnpices 5 to 10 to the Second Edition of the

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE

PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS

CONTAINED IN THE |

MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.

By J. H. TARGETT.

'- Taytor and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

a THE ANNALS

Or ; AND

“ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, eae AND GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED By

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.2.S,,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S,,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Dr. C. Chilton’s Paper on a new Freshwater Amphipod from

New Zealand, and Mr. R. I. Pocock’s on Scorpions, Pedipalpi, and Spiders

from the Solomon Islands.

LONDON: ;

te TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

| Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.- Bailligte,

| Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figzis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,

Berlin. | rigs

4 . Sle EBS EAE TNS STE Ea BOR MEE SSS Sa OSes

1 Ea RT SEI PES CAEN Nn et a BO LS ate a RE

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. —

Edited by F. D. GODMAN and OSBERT SALVIN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Aves. Vol. I. By O. Savin and F. D. Gopmay. (Pp. 1-512, pls.i.-xxxy.,

Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. If, (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.-lx., Temporary Title-_

page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-40, pls. 1xi., Lxii-)

Reptilia. By A. GinrHer. (Pp. 1-195, pls. i—lix.)

Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-312,

pls. i.—xvi.)

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.PickarpCamBripegr. (Pp. 1-248,

pls. i.-xxix.)

Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp CamBriner. (Pp. 1-

40, pls. i,, ii.)

Chilopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. iii.)

Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsELarpHipm &c.). By ID). Suarp, A,

Matrurws, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-496, pls. i.-xv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. 1V. part 3 (RuyNcHoPHoRA). By D. SuHarp. (Pp. 1-

168, pls. ivi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHopHora, continued). By D. Suare

and W. F. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-227, pls. ivi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. VII. (Hroryiipm), By H.S.Gornam. (Pp. 1-248,

pls. i.—xiii.)

Hymenoptera. Vol.I. ByP.Cammron. (Pp. 1-466, pls.i-xx.) Vol Il.

(Pp. 1-400, pls. i=xiv.)

Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol.I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sarvin,

(Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-448, pls. xlviii—-

xc.)

Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol. I. By H. Drucr. (Pp. 1-490.) Vol. IL

(Pp. 1-464.) . (Pls. 1.-xei.)

Rhynchota Heteroptera. Vol. Il. By G. C. Cuampion. (Pp. 1-88,

Is. i.-v.) :

; Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. iv.)

Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowier. (Pp. 1-200,

pis. 1.—Xil.)

Diptera. Vol. I. By BaronC. R. Osten Sacken.. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i-tii.)

Diptera. Vol. Il. By F. M. van per Woup. (Pp. 1-376, pls. i-ix.)

Diptera. Vol. IIL By S. W. Wixtuisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.)

Neuroptera. By A. E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. 1.)

Orthoptera. By A. pe Bormans, A, Picrrr, H. pe Saussure, and

l,, ZpuntNer. (Pp. 1-368, pls. ixviii.)

The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s.

ARCH AOLOGY.

By A. P. Maupsiay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xeix. Vol. III. pp. 1-24,

pls. i-xxv. Vol. IV. pp. 1-80, pls. 1—Ixxiii.)

By J.T,Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp, i-xii,

1-150.) < 2s

London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrrr, 7 Princes Street,

Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho 8q., W.

"KIRBY'S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES. —

DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. (A new Edition in preparation.)

SUPPLEMENT to the First Edition. 1877. 8s. 6d.

EPR. TEROCERA.. Vol. I. SPHINGES: anp

LEPIDOPTERA Re St BOMBYCES. 1892, £2 2s. nett:

_. NEUROPTERA ODONATA, 1590. 16s.

Ae a - |

PAGS by,

hi 4 ¢ :

ave Pon } Ky A)

7 yl

Jae rp

i AP ioe

{oa

Beal

‘ 7

fy we

Ws he lige EAR el dala

(AML deed Aka

meerd Ag tageats Oc4

sh asee piiebion ht ott

Heer. be *

sa pimesney pits

abies vt

ave os not

;

maetrtitint raters

sheyne Papers por ere PeLeh mie

miceaner’ +19

wrnett

peptone

sonst peri eers petite

iste

piebe bens

ester

beles ree

oe Seotleb pee

en paeRinee peel gr

eis

peat gene

oplopee HL)! Ph bear

ah oes omepeli

peryene

Shbad bene pe nedoas,

“4

prep ere de:

rpeet pibtatiets

si i

initia ae pprpryene

Avs

ee the

bier gt ye sa 9) Hota

faa bitte

e: niaitag

jefe be bebe sata t Sena

LLL EL Aahsieni Lipa

Teele Ut Tent

Delonte tite Dans cette!

hep mt en tty) Th bre” ’

empirenen pe: 4!

nese *

rites a iiowh tet

Menstenht terete te)

o | these ane

RL eae soe ley

- re

ee tw

heb geny

banat ioe

geet

Fiat

Thott ea ntae ee) vie

Ha unt

StH sairtd

4 att

Mee auth biped

Sees

£-Est

fi Ae

fy bint

\ tH pitettlcs "

dense Baking

ThPH Pe eee

Aye tit

‘

thee pbyt

ies

Ch hyd

i art

+ tae

get a}

Beem eal GIRL EN Et

Foe Pur

smeheye AP

Lepr bur err gi uh gt

Fh ur iy

ot Fab ee ved, 4

rary dient

tod bas

Peedi arut rub thy

eed tatu

abuse niys

ee tite at ey bee dere rat sg

LLL AL dae aA eee fe

aaa p

pte pantie Pat Say

ab baat

Hy Fe eh

Lrpbetee

ver tpt oBuay

aera wre ee Lic ur re aM

Eat ¥

aint anata at nt

feed test babebcy

ort

frist

EWP Re bee peed nA Fi

beret bores eabilephee

besarte

et tee eee

Hatten:

baat het

eet eetabied

a eieeitiacesiet

Hobalytety Seaturctamnar ney

erst

¢} aettats dees,

Rattray

i HY bate

preenere rr

es es we Wothe ye on epetye by Oe

mrtg eae

rhe he ary

aaig Tabmenesy ide

wins priate ae

Heeb ety

peere Sater Po

shebe ph tintroh phe sme

Pipl etd som bom ee ow

Prrorme yi fief ote

CAPERS TNE me rmprene: br

oe ieress ote rent

iP beee 2a

ray ee a

rie ote?

ak er ated tpt

Cl et ae

bey

cpt

wt yehabi pes rene ett iytioe ye

beets re piel eeent

Tk wt jraboe grt portb ene

Meet eens oeprnet !

Don DVL sre) poppin

“ Pepeheny:

Bays

Pht eed on ct

bg vest Yb

Voi bent

pipgeer tpn eta

atbaneei tits pratt

bstevertoripcuee

Ata on ME ead MHS

Bata ernest ath

eter eat ithe

Statens

yet Pavisbel ati uapene tie

aT a Sasatataroraet

japranenevens deny

Maree

Teraevaprn

Peopitis

woul

irre to

beh ye ae

neki

sheh ne

Hintey

ot hhae

Lr re Obie

Dee LPH Ht. Epon hoe Phe PF

tit

Ph hailey

FL bby

UO es 0

Vie Le aRL Ede y

Heel bipe

ee Behe

es ,

biniRlayiet

4 Pht otat

wthe ieee

Mietacy

(Raha ta thd ona

dpa whi bPt PRET DN wieitives F

ait swirl |

peel

viet ot thn bb Hnee

eprecoty

be oeey eet

ure ely

Th ah esis 8 pion Hist 6) Doyen) Ht

pide

berigunttarnyent iyo)

spre pe ee lente epe sor nets”

Si epenehenennn she Hie

fpayeit

shat

dy besa it ber

eat abby

srebiaene: Sreye

pipleeeerreneny( iy.

binant

eo behel eueyelier &

eee

oye toe ghey

pereeeineee sete

bee 4h nett

wey e oge

boertes

leepep beers eerie

Leaeuere este yeney

Sosreebi pene he

cerererars tye tat)

tater aot tie

Teena ney pietetens bop: 98 ot

oer peer

Fert 8

rar ivisie Tories

oe pah f pw pe

yh set eet OW

epee dered &

areas

) hppa ph aye gt aM

eet Mad haas

epee Dev ele ROD)

‘2

wet

aiyry et

SE aS

a ae

ry ering

kok id ooh at

Vipeaeuh ebb latyy

eerye ee

Oatida ad)

shee ohne

Poe rr

ib Aeah wey sere

ere bey

+ By EDR WeHe!

renee ere Ores a!

reir aye)

avarh 4s) Ure ere:

poueri

ob yeep ty bye te

yhatins

one

HTERDESOE HLPEBE SUE BHUE HELE CH ey

iy iy

“

Leriserent

etrtiitierts it

Mas eeeit

Mug aititirans

Creat eae ms

Lbahieelepen.ees

fH bipryrh Babee

art

ae ote gt pd eet

Wi pyeit RLF IT lobe

FOLEY eh HEE pe

Pyeuenen ee

inert cri rer es ean

re ad

renee

Mere ren er Tener ray

rere

panes Pye

eee

Payer

Fe ahant

chy awe

ery eeaernint

Fh Eve pe ebe

pie oe at

eee ben Bee Eure ayer hed

erent belpeiie erreur

pprayernnr tenn Tar tael lente: ltr

iat have phi

iad repertytetyts

perearrir ty

oF awe at yet

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

3 9088 01314 0322

dubete

52eeees

“

euhnr athe

aps tres ety bait yt

wipepene

sienig weeps reset F

wos

[ot hd eieatanenaed

Pipes arerhs Fri

oie, #pepes buoy birt i

Fh op bye joe ee | AH

Pee gtaecene ye) OF

a ota

iysine pe

hemes

' pare:

ere